A. MOE EASA (DQ-007)

9/19/23, 9:23 AM Reports : Intelex 6.5.170.
EASA - IFP - F145 - MOQM - EASA held and approved…

Report for quality managers. Shows EASA approved documents, approved post holders, concessions (all), approved locations
EASA approved documents (directly and indirectly approved)
EASA Ap- Full Organi- Document Document Document Is- Document Is- Document Document Date of Ac- Indirect Ap-
proval Num- sation Name Type Name/Refer- sue Number sue Number Revision Revision ceptance/Ap- proval
ber ence Date Number Number proval
Date
EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - DQ-007 18 01/Aug/22 4 03/Aug/23 18/Sep/23 No

MAINTENA… Maintenance
FACILITY Organisation
AERO ASIA Exposition
TBK.
EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - List of GMF/Q-402 104 13/Sep/23 15/Sep/23 Yes
MAINTENA… certifying
FACILITY staff, support
AERO ASIA staff and
TBK. airworthiness
review staff
(1.6)
EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - Other QP-209-03 9 07/Nov/00 10 27/Jun/22 12/Jun/23 Yes
MAINTENA…
FACILITY
AERO ASIA
TBK.
EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - Other QP-311-04 7 27/Oct/00 1 27/Jul/20 12/Jun/23 Yes
MAINTENA…
FACILITY
AERO ASIA
TBK.
EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - Other QP-209-13 4 01/Jul/10 3 09/Jul/20 12/Jun/23 Yes
MAINTENA…
FACILITY
AERO ASIA
TBK.
EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - Other QP-204-01 10 23/Oct/00 1 29/Oct/20 12/Jun/23 Yes
MAINTENA…
FACILITY
AERO ASIA
TBK.
EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - List of DQ-035 3 27/Mar/14 0 30/Nov/21 12/Jun/23 Yes
MAINTENA… Contracted
FACILITY Organisatio…
AERO ASIA (5.4)
TBK.
EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - Other QP-206-01 7 28/Nov/21 0 28/Nov/21 12/Jun/23 Yes
MAINTENA…
FACILITY
AERO ASIA
TBK.
EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - Other QP-313-01 8 19/Oct/00 1 11/Aug/20 12/Jun/23 Yes
MAINTENA…
FACILITY
AERO ASIA
TBK.
EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - Other QP-108-01 8 17/Sep/21 12/Jun/23 Yes

MAINTENA…
FACILITY
AERO ASIA
TBK.
EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - Other QP-207-02 7 15/Nov/21 0 15/Nov/21 12/Jun/23 Yes
MAINTENA…
FACILITY
https://eu.intelex.com/Login/EASA/Application/reports/reports/DataSetBuilder/datasetbuilder/ViewReport/7173b992-ddcb-4761-be9c-0cbf52574b13 1/5
M OE
Maintenance Organization
Exposition
PT Garuda Maintenance Facility Aero Asia Tbk

Soekarno-Hatta International Airport
BUSH 19130
Cengkareng Indonesia
Part 145
Maintenance Organization Exposition
GARUDA MAINTENANCE FACILITY (GMF) AERO ASIA

SOEKARNO-HATTA INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT
BUSH 19130, CENGKARENG
INDONESIA
For
EASA Part 145 APPROVED MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION
Aproval Ref.: EASA.145.0062
Copy No :
Holder :
Document No. DQ-007

Revision No.: 4, 03 August 2023
Issue No.: 18, Date: 01 August 2022
Headquarter Technical Management
GMF AeroAsia Management Building 3rd Floor Hangar 2, 2nd floor

Soekarno-Hatta International Airport Soekarno-Hatta International Airport
BUSH 19130 BUSH 19130
Cengkareng - Indonesia Cengkareng - Indonesia
Tel: +62-021-5508601 Tel: +62-021-5508032
Fax: +62-021-5502441 Fax: +62-021-5501257
Exposition
PART 0
GENERAL

BUSH 19130
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
FACILITY (GMF) AERO ASIA
MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION EXPOSITION
PART: 0 GENERAL SECTION: 0.1
0.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Ref: EASA Part-145 A.70)
The current version of this MOE is Issue 18 Revision 4 and comprises of the pages listed below:
PART 0 GENERAL
Section Description Pages
0.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1-8

0.2 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES 1- 6
0.2.1 List of Effective Pages 1-4
0.2.2 Matrices of MOE Issuance number 5-6
0.3 LIST OF ISSUES / AMENDMENTS RECORD OF REVISIONS 1 – 80
0.4 DISTRIBUTION LIST -
0.4.1 MOE Distribution and control 1
0.4.2 MOE Distribution list related with the EASA approval 2
0.4.3 Quality Procedure Distribution and control 3
0.4.4 Quality Procedure Holder 4
0.5 INTRODUCTION AND OBJECTIVES -
0.5.1 Introduction 1
0.5.2 Objective 1
0.6 EASA PART-145 REGULATIONS CROSS REFERENCE MATRIX 1 – 10
0.7 ACCESS TO LOCATIONS 1
0.8 ABBREVIATIONS 1–2
0.9 DEFINITIONS 1–5
PART 1 MANAGEMENT
1.1 CORPORATE COMMITMENT BY THE ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER -

1.1.1 Corporate Commitment by the CEO and Accountable Manager 1
1.1.2 Continuous Improvement Process 2
1.1.3 Continual Improvement of the Quality Management System 2
1.2 SAFETY AND QUALITY POLICY 1
1.3 MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL -
1.3.1 Accountable Manager and Deputy 1
1.3.2 Nominated Person 1
1.3.3 Deputy Nominated Personnel 1
1.3.4 Managers 1
1.3.5 Responsible NDT Level 3 1-3
1.4 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL -
1.4.1 CEO (Accountable Manager) 1
1.4.2 VP Quality Assurance & safety (Safety/Quality Manager) 2-3
1.4.3 Director of Base Operation 3-5
1.4.4 Responsible NDT Level 3 5
1.4.5 Director of Line Operation 6-7
1.4.6 Responsibility of Capability Development 8-10
Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023

Page: 1 of 8
Issue : 18 Date of Issue : 01 Aug 2022
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART 1 MANAGEMENT (Cont’d…)

1.5 MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION CHART -
1.5.1 GMF AeroAsia Executive Management 1
1.5.2 Quality Assurance & Safety 2
1.5.3 Wide Body Base Maintenance 3
1.5.4 Narrow Body Base Maintenance 3
1.5.5 Line Maintenance 3
1.5.6 Line Maintenance Planning 4
1.5.7 Component Maintenance 5
1.5.8 Engine Service 6
1.5.9 Material & Logistic Services 7
1.5.10 Sales & Marketing 8
1.6 LIST OF CERTIFYING STAFF, SUPPORT STAFF AND AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW STAFF -
1.6.1 Certifying Staff (C/S) and Support Staff (S/S) 1-4
1.6.2 Airworthiness Review Staff 5
1.6.3 Content of The List 5
1.6.4 Management of The List 5
1.7 MANPOWER RESOURCES 1-6
1.8 FACILITIES 1
1.8.1 Principal Place of Business 2
1.8.2 Postal (surface mail and e-mail) address 2
1.8.3 Base Maintenance Facilities 2
1.8.4 Line maintenance facilities (at each location) as appropriate 3-4
1.8.5 Engines / APU and Component Maintenance Facilities 4
1.8.6 Layout of Premises 5 – 34
1.9 SCOPE OF WORK -
1.9.1 Aircraft Maintenance 1–4
1.9.2 Engine Maintenance 4
1.9.3 Component Maintenance 5
1.9.4 Specialized Services Maintenance 6
1.9.5 Maintenance Away from the Approved Locations 7
1.9.6 Fabrication of the part(s) by GMF AeroAsia 7
1.9.7 Use of Maintenance Data not Clearly Intended for The Rating Held 8-9
1.9.8 Airworthiness Review Privilege 9
1.10 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE TO THE AUTHORITY REGARDING CHANGES TO THE -
ORGANIZATION'S ACTIVITIES / APPROVAL / LOCATION / PERSONNEL
1.10.1 Notification of Changes 1-4
1.10.2 Change not requiring amendment of the proposal 5
1.10.3 Management of the change with the Assigned Inspector 5
1.11 EXPOSITION AMENDMENT PROCEDURE (INCLUDING DELEGATED PROCEDURE) -
1.11.1 MOE Amendment 1
1.11.2 Associated Procedures, Lists and Forms 2–3
1.11.3 Approval Process 3–4
1.11.4 List of Applicable Regulations and User Guides 4–6
1.11.5 Manual Revision and Network Sharing Data Security and Control 6
1.11.6 Manual Training 6

Page: 2 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART 2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
2.1 SUPPLIERS EVALUTION AND SUBCONTRACT CONTROL PROCEDURE -

2.1.1 Type of Provider 1-2
2.1.2 Monitoring the Suppliers 2-3
2.1.3 Monitoring the Contracted Organization 3-4
2.1.4 Monitoring the Subcontractors 4-5
2.1.5 Material and Inventory Control using the computerized system 5
2.2 ACCEPTANCE / INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS FROM -
OUTSIDE CUSTOMERS
2.2.1 Classification and Definition 1
2.2.2 Component / Material Certification 2-4
2.2.3 Receiving Inspection Procedure 4-6
2.2.4 Installation of components/standard parts/materials 6-7
2.3 STORAGE, TAGGING AND RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS TO -
AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
2.3.1 Storage Procedures 1–6
2.3.2 Identification, Tagging & Traceability of Serviceable Parts/Components & 6–8
Material Stores and or in Use
2.3.3 Release to Maintenance Process 8–9
2.3.4 Activities for Managers responsible for Storing Components, Parts and 9 – 10
Material
2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT -
2.4.1 Tools & Equipment Acceptance Procedure 1
2.4.2 Incoming Inspection for Tools and Equipment 1
2.4.3 Monitoring of Tools & Equipment Service Providers 2
2.4.4 Control of Scrapped Tools & Equipment 2
2.5 CALIBRATION OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT -
2.5.1 Calibration – General 1
2.5.2 Inspection, Measuring & Test Equipment Control Flow 2
2.5.3 Calibration Control of Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment 3-4
2.6 USE OF TOOLING AND EQUIPMENT BY STAFF -
2.6.1 Selection, Provision & Use of Tools & Equipment 1-2
2.6.2 Loan Tool Control 2
2.6.3 Control of Alternative Tools 2-5
2.7 CLEANLINES STANDARD OF MAINTENANCE FACILITIES -
2.7.1 Cleanliness Standards & House Keeping of Maintenance Facilities 1-2
2.7.2 Requirements for Environmentally Controlled Facilities - Clean Rooms 2-3
2.8 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATIONSHIP TO AIRCRAFT/AIRCRAFT -
COMPONENT MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING UPDATING AND
AVAILABILITY TO STAFF
2.8.1 Maintenance Data Coming from External Sources. 1-4
2.8.2 Documentation/Maintenance Instructions Issued by GMF 5 - 10
2.8.3 Quality System Documentation Structure 10 - 12
2.8.4 Issue/Revision & Control of Quality Procedures & Associate Forms Related with 13 - 14
the Approval

Page: 3 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART 2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES (Cont’d…)
2.9 REPAIR PROCEDURE -

2.9.1 Repairs 1-6
2.9.2 Fabrication of Parts 6- 13
2.10 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM COMPLIANCE -
2.10.1 Aircraft Maintenance Program Compliance for ELA 2 1
2.10.2 Aircraft Maintenance Program Compliance 1-6
2.11 AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES PROCEDURE -
2.11.1 Determining AD Notes Requiring Incorporation 1
2.11.2 AD Note & Service Bulletin Evaluation- Applicability and Capability 1
Determination
2.11.3 Components in Stores Affected by AD Notes 1
2.11.4 Writing the Maintenance Instructions for the Incorporation of the AD & SB 2
2.11.5 Incorporation of the AD Notes and Service Bulletins 2-3
2.11.6 Control of Accomplished AD Notes and Service Bulletins for A/C, Engines and 3
Components Controlled by GMF AeroAsia
2.12 OPTIONAL MODIFICATION PROCEDURE -
2.12.1 General 1
2.12.2 Non-Mandatory Modifications Analysis 1
2.12.3 Incorporation of the Requested Modifications 1
2.12.4 Optional Modifications Controlled by GMF Aero Asia 1
2.13 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION IN USE AND ITS COMPLETION -
2.13.1 Templates In Use To Record Maintenance 1
2.13.2 Composition of The Work Package 1-5
2.13.3 Completion of Maintenance Documentation 5-9
2.14 TECHNICAL RECORDS CONTROL -
2.14.1 General 1
2.14.2 Retention of maintenance records 1–2
2.14.3 Maintenance Records administration and Compilation 3
2.14.4 Traceability of Maintenance Records 3-4
2.14.5 Control of loan records 4
2.14.6 General support records 4–5
2.15 RECTIFICATION AND CONTROL OF DEFECTS ARISING DURING MAINTENANCE -

2.15.1 General 1
2.15.2 Procedure for Defect Rectification by Maintenance Personnel 1
2.15.3 Damaged Assessment for Defect Rectification not Described in the Manuals 1-2
2.15.4 Defects Rectification Schedule 2
2.16 RELEASE TO SERVICE PROCEDURE -

2.16.1 General Requirements Of The Release To Service 1–3
2.16.2 Aircraft maintenance release to service (A1 ratings) 3 – 15
2.16.3 Components/engines/APUs maintenance release to service (C /B1 /B3 ratings) 15 – 25
2.16.4 NDT release to service (D1 rating) 25 – 26

Page: 4 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

2.17 RECORD FOR THE OPERATOR 1

2.18 REPORTING OF DEFECT TO THE COMPONENT -
AUTHORITY/OPERATOR/MANUFACTURER
2.18.1 Internal Occurrence Reporting System 1-2
2.18.2 Reportable Occurrence 2-5
2.19 RETURN OF DEFECTIVE AIRCRAFT COMPONENT TO STORE -
2.19.1 Serviceable Components/Parts found defective during Installation and 1
Returned to Stores
2.19.2 Labelling and Handling of Unserviceable Components 1–3
2.19.3 Labelling and Handling of Unsalvageable Components 3
2.19.4 Control of Scrapped Parts, Material and Tools 3-4
2.20 DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS/PARTS TO OUTSIDE CONTRACTORS -
2.20.1 Selecting the appropriate contractor 1-2
2.20.2 Receiving the Repaired Component Back from the Contractor 2
2.21 CONTROL OF COMPUTER MAINTENANCE RECORDS SYSTEM -
2.21.1 Security of Computer Generated Back up Files of Job Cards & PD Sheets and 1
Engineering Instructions
2.21.2 Electronic Control of Maintenance Records 1
2.22 CONTROL MAN-HOUR PLANNING VERSUS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE WORK 1
2.23 CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS AND ERROR-CAPTURING METHODS -
2.23.1 Critical Maintenance Task 1–3
2.23.2 Error Capturing Methods 3-6
2.23.3 Defining Duplicate Inspections - Decision Making Diagram 7
2.24 REFERENCE TO SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES -
2.24.1 Maintenance Away from the Approved Locations 1-5
2.24.2 Maintenance Away from the Approved Locations (Direct Approvals) 5
2.24.3 Engine on Wing Running Procedure 5
2.24.4 Aircraft Pressure Running Procedure 5
2.24.5 Aircraft Towing In and Out of Hangars Procedure 6
2.24.6 Aircraft Taxiing Procedure 6
2.24.7 Aircraft Technical Wash 6
2.24.8 Control/ Supervision of de-icing system 6
2.24.9 Handling and control of waste material 6
2.24.10 Scrapping Part 6
2.24.11 Aircraft De-Fueling & Fueling Procedure 6
2.24.12 Aircraft Weighing 6
2.24.13 Ground & Flight Test 6
2.24.14 Aircraft Jacking 7
2.24.15 Aircraft Docking and Ground Support 7
2.24.16 Aircraft Test Flight 7
2.25 PROCEDURES TO DETECT AND RECTIFY MAINTENANCE ERRORS -
2.25.1 Procedure to Minimise the Risk of Multiple Errors and Preventing Omission 1
2.25.2 Procedure to Minimise the Risk of Errors being Repeated in Identical 1-2
Maintenance Tasks Compromising than One System or Function
2.25.3 Identification of Methods in use to Minimise the Risks 2

Page: 5 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

2.26 SHIFT/TASK HANDOVER PROCEDURES -
2.26.1 General 1
2.26.2 Information exchange between outgoing and incoming Managers for base 1
maintenance activities
2.26.3 Information exchange between outgoing and incoming Managers for line 1-2
2.27 PROCEDURES FOR MAINTENANCE DATA INACCURACIES AND AMBIGUITIES TO THE -
TYPE CERTIFICATE HOLDER
2.27.1 General 1
2.27.2 Procedure 1-2
2.28 PRODUCTION PLANNING PROCEDURES -
2.28.1 Maintenance planning and control – Pre-execution phase 1–2
2.28.2 Maintenance Data Planning 3
2.28.3 Material requirements planning 3–5
2.28.4 Man power planning – Pre-execution phase 5-6
2.28.5 Tools and Equipment Planning 6
2.28.6 Managing and controlling schedules – Pre-execution 6-7
2.28.7 Daily scheduling the maintenance tasks – Execution phase 7-8
2.29 AIRWORTHHINESS REVIEW PROCEDURES AND RECORDS FOR ELA1 AIRCRAFT NOT 1
INVOLVED IN COMMERCIAL OPERATIONS
PART L2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
L2.1 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT ETC. 1-2
L2.2 LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE RELATED TO SERVICING/FUELLING/DE-ICING -
INCLUDING INSPECTION FOR/REMOVAL OF DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING FLUID RESIDUES,
ETC.
L2.2.1 General 1
L2.2.2 Ground Support Equipment 1
L2.2.3 Sub-Contracted Maintenance, Servicing and Ground Handling 1
L2.3 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF DEFECTS AND REPETITIVE DEFECTS -
L2.3.1 Recording and Rectifying Defects 1
L2.3.2 Deferring the Defects and Repeated Defects During Operational 1
L.2.3.3 Line Station Without Permanent B2 Staff 1-2
L2.4 LINE PROCEDURE FOR COMPLETION OF THE TECHNICAL LOG 1
L2.5 LINE PROCEDURE FOR POOLED PARTS AND LOANED PARTS 1
L2.6 LINE PROCEDURE FOR RETURN OF DEFECTIVE PARTS REMOVED FROM AIRCRAFT -
L2.6.1 Line Maintenance Procedures for Returning of Defective Parts Removed from 1
Aircraft
L2.6.2 Inspection and Disposition of Components Removed from the Operator's 1
Aircraft
L2.7 LINE PROCEDURE CONTROL OF CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS AND ERROR- 1
CAPTURING METHODS

Page: 6 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART 3 QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES

3.1 QUALITY AUDIT OF ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES -
3.1.1 General 1
3.1.2 Independent Audit 1-2
3.1.3 Quality Audit of Procedure 2-3
3.1.4 Type of Audits 3
3.2 QUALITY AUDIT OF AIRCRAFT AND/OR COMPONENTS -
3.2.1 General 1
3.2.2 Aircraft Components Audit 1
3.2.3 Aircraft Audit 2
3.2.4 Specialized Service Audit 2
3.3 QUALITY AUDIT CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURE -
3.3.1 Corrective and Preventive Actions 1–3
3.3.2 Management Review of the Quality System 4–5
3.3.3 Corrective Action on Deficiencies Created to A/C & A/C Components 5-6
3.4 CERTIFYING STAFF & CATEGORY B1 AND B2 SUPPORT STAFF QUALIFICATION AND -
TRAINING PROCEDURES
3.4.1 Aircraft Certifying Staff and/or Support Staff 1-3
3.4.2 Components/Engines/APU Certifying Staff 3-5
3.4.3 Specialized Services (NDT) Certifying Staff 5
3.4.4 Certifying Staff Initial Assessment and Authorization 5-6
3.4.5 Continuation Training Program for Certifying Staff 6-7
3.5 CERTIFYING STAFF & SUPPORT STAFF RECORDS 1
3.6 QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL -
3.6.1 General 1
3.6.2 Audit Management Process 1
3.6.3 Training, Qualification and Experience of the Quality Audit Personnel 1-2
3.6.4 Assessing the Auditors Skills 2
3.6.5 Responsibilities of the Lead Auditors 2
3.6.6 Authorities of the Lead Auditors 2
3.7 QUALIFYING INSPECTORS -
3.7.1 Qualifying Inspection Personnel 1
3.7.2 Qualified Receiving Material Inspection Personnel 2
3.8 QUALIFYING MECHANICS -
3.8.1 Personnel Training and Development Program 1–2
3.8.2 Non-Certificated A/C Mechanics Training Program and Activities 2-3
3.8.3 Certificated/Licensed Mechanics Training Program and Activities 3
3.8.4 Qualifications of Staff with a Short Term Contract 4
3.8.5 Maintenance Managers (Supervisor) Qualification, Experience and Activities 4
3.9 AIRCRAFT OR COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASKS, EXEMPTION PROCESS CONTROL -
3.9.1 General 1
3.9.2 Deferred Defects 1
3.10 CONCESSION CONTROL FOR DEVIATION FROM THE ORGANIZATION’S PROCEDURES -
3.10.1 Concession for Deviation from Quality Procedures 1
3.10.2 Procedure 1
3.10.3 Concession for Maintenance away from the approved location 2

Page: 7 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART 3 QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES (Cont’d…)

3.11 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIALIZED ACTIVITIES SUCH AS NDT, WELDING -

ETC.
3.11.1 Qualified NDT Personnel Experience, Training and Examination 1–3
3.11.2 Qualified Special Processes Personnel (other than NDT) 3-4
3.12 CONTROL OF MANUFACTURER’S AND OTHER MAINTENANCE WORKING TEAMS -
3.12.1 External Team Working Under Their Own EASA Part 145 Approval 1
3.12.2 External Working Team Not Holding on EASA Part 145 Approval 1-2
3.13 HUMAN FACTORS TRAINING PROCEDURES -
3.13.1 General 1
3.13.2 Initial Training Requirements 1
3.13.3 Continuation Training Requirements 2
3.13.4 Human factors issues coordination, communication and feedback 3
3.14 COMPENTENT ASSESSMENT OF PERSONNEL -
3.14.1 General 1
3.14.2 Assessment Objective 1–2
3.14.3 Assessment Procedure 2–3
3.14.4 Control of Issued Stamps 3
3.15 TRAINING PROCEDURES FOR ON-THE-JOB TRAINING AS PER SECTION 6 OF APPENDIX 1
III TO PART-66.
3.16 PROCEDURE FOR THE ISSUE OF A RECOMMENDATION TO THE COMPETENT 1
AUTHORITY FOR THE ISSUE OF A PART-66 LICENSE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 66.B.105
PART 4 CONTRACTING OPERATORS
4.1 CONTRACTING OPERATORS 1

4.2 OPERATOR PROCEDURES AND PAPERWORK -
4.2.1 General 1-2
4.3 OPERATOR RECORDS COMPLETION 1
4.4 CONTRACT REVIEW -
4.4.1 Contract Requirements 1
4.4.2 Sales & Marketing 1
PART 5 APPENDICES
5.1 SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS -

5.1.1 Issue, Revision and Control of Forms 1-2
5.1.2 List of Forms 3-4
5.2 LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS AS PER PART 145.A.75 (b) 1
5.3 LIST OF LINE MAINTENANCE LOCATIONS AS PER PART 145.A.75 (d) 1
5.4 LIST OF CONTRACTED ORGANIZATIONS AS PER 145.A.70 (a) (16) 1
PART 6 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE
6.1 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE 1

Page: 8 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
0.2 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES
0.2.1 List of Effective Pages

Pages Section Issue Rev Effective Date
PART 0 GENERAL
1–8 0.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 18 4 03 Aug 2023
1–6 0.2 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES 18 4 03 Aug 2023
1 – 80 0.3 LIST OF ISSUES / AMENDMENTS RECORD OF REVISIONS 18 4 03 Aug 2023
1–4 0.4 DISTRIBUTION LIST 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1 0.5 INTRODUCTION AND OBJECTIVES 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1 – 10 0.6 EASA PART-145 REGULATIONS CROSS REFERENCE 18 0 01 Aug 2022
MATRIX
1 0.7 ACCESS TO LOCATIONS 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1–5 0.8 ABBREVIATIONS 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1–5 0.9 DEFINITIONS 18 0 01 Aug 2022
PART 1 MANAGEMENT
1–2 1.1 CORPORATE COMMITMENT BY THE ACCOUTABLE 18 0 01 Aug 2022
MANAGER
1 1.2 SAFETY AND QUALITY POLICY 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1–3 1.3 MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 18 4 03 Aug 2023
1 – 10 1.4 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE MANAGEMENT 18 3 13 Jul 2023
PERSONNEL
1–8 1.5 MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION CHART 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1–5 1.6 LIST OF CERTIFYING STAFF, SUPPORT STAFF AND 18 3 13 Jul 2023
AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW STAFF
1–6 1.7 MANPOWER RESOURCES 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1 –34 1.8 FACILITIES 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1–9 1.9 SCOPE OF WORK 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1-5 1.10 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE TO THE AUTHORITY 18 0 01 Aug 2022
REGARDING CHANGES TO THE ORGANIZATION'S
ACTIVITIES / APPROVAL / LOCATION / PERSONNEL
1–6 1.11 EXPOSITION AMENDMENT PROCEDURE (INCLUDING 18 3 13 Jul 2023
DELEGATED PROCEDURE)
PART 2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE
1–5 2.1 SUPPLIER EVALUTION AND SUBCONTRACT CONTROL 18 1 18 Oct 2022
PROCEDURE
1–7 2.2 ACCEPTANCE / INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT 18 3 13 Jul 2023
COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS FROM OUTSIDE
CUSTOMERS
1 – 10 2.3 STORAGE, TAGGING AND RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT 18 0 01 Aug 2022
COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS TO AIRCRAFT
MAINTENANCE
1–2 2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1–4 2.5 CALIBRATION OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT 18 0 01 Aug 2022

Page: 1 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (cont’d)

PART 2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE (cont’d)
1–5 2.6 USE OF TOOLING AND EQUIPMENT BY STAFF 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1–3 2.7 CLEANLINES STANDARD OF MAINTENANCE FACILITIES 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1 – 14 2.8 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATIONSHIP TO 18 3 13 Jul 2023
AIRCRAFT/AIRCRAFT COMPONENT MANUFACTURER’S
INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDING UPDATING AND
1 – 13 2.9 REPAIR PROCEDURE 18 4 03 Aug 2023
1–6 2.10 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM COMPLIANCE 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1–3 2.11 AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES PROCEDURE 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1 2.12 OPTIONAL MODIFICATION PROCEDURE 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1–9 2.13 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION IN USE AND ITS 18 3 13 Jul 2023
COMPLETION
1–5 2.14 TECHNICAL RECORDS CONTROL 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1-2 2.15 RECTIFICATION AND CONTROL OF DEFECTS ARISING 18 3 13 Jul 2023
DURING MAINTENANCE
1 – 26 2.16 RELEASE TO SERVICE PROCEDURE 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1 2.17 RECORD FOR THE OPERATOR 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1–5 2.18 REPORTING OF DEFECT TO THE COMPONENT 18 0 01 Aug 2022
AUTHORITY/OPERATOR/MANUFACTURER
1–4 2.19 RETURN OF DEFECTIVE AIRCRAFT COMPONENT TO 18 4 03 Aug 2023
STORE
1–2 2.20 DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS/PARTS TO OUTSIDE 18 0 01 Aug 2022
CONTRACTORS
1 2.21 CONTROL OF COMPUTER MAINTENANCE RECORDS 18 0 01 Aug 2022
SYSTEM
1 2.22 CONTROL MAN-HOUR PLANNING VERSUS SCHEDULED 18 0 01 Aug 2022
MAINTENANCE WORK
1–7 2.23 CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS AND ERROR- 18 0 01 Aug 2022
CAPTURING METHODS
1-7 2.24 REFERENCE TO SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1-2 2.25 PROCEDURES TO DETECT AND RECTIFY MAINTENANCE 18 0 01 Aug 2022
ERRORS
1-2 2.26 SHIFT/TASK HANDOVER PROCEDURES 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1-2 2.27 PROCEDURES FOR MAINTENANCE DATA 18 0 01 Aug 2022
INACCURACIES AND AMBIGUITIES TO THE TYPE
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
1–8 2.28 PRODUCTION PLANNING PROCEDURES 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1 2.29 AIRWORTHHINESS REVIEW PROCEDURES AND 18 0 01 Aug 2022
RECORDS FOR ELA1 AIRCRAFT NOT INVOLVED IN
COMMERCIAL OPERATIONS

Page: 2 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

PART L2 ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
1-2 L2.1 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT 18 1 18 Oct 2022
COMPONENTS, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT ETC.
1 L2.2 LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE RELATED TO 18 0 01 Aug 2022
SERVICING/FUELLING/DE-ICING INCLUDING
INSPECTION FOR/REMOVAL OF DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING
FLUID RESIDUES, ETC.
1-2 L2.3 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF DEFECTS AND 18 0 01 Aug 2022
REPETITIVE DEFECTS
1 L2.4 LINE PROCEDURE FOR COMPLETION OF THE 18 0 01 Aug 2022
TECHNICAL LOG
1 L2.5 LINE PROCEDURE FOR POOLED PARTS AND LOANED 18 0 01 Aug 2022
PARTS
1 L2.6 LINE PROCEDURE FOR RETURN OF DEFECTIVE PARTS 18 0 01 Aug 2022
REMOVED FROM AIRCRAFT
1 L2.7 LINE PROCEDURE CONTROL OF CRITICAL 18 0 01 Aug 2022
MAINTENANCE TASKS AND ERROR-CAPTURING
METHODS
PART 3 QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES
1–3 3.1 QUALITY AUDIT OF ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1–2 3.2 QUALITY AUDIT OF AIRCRAFT AND/OR COMPONENTS 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1–6 3.3 QUALITY AUDIT CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURE 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1–7 3.4 CERTIFYING STAFF & CATEGORY B1 AND B2 SUPPORT 18 3 13 Jul 2023
STAFF QUALIFICATION AND TRAINING PROCEDURES
1 3.5 CERTIFYING STAFF & B1/B2 SUPPORT STAFF RECORDS 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1–2 3.6 QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1-2 3.7 QUALIFYING INSPECTORS 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1–4 3.8 QUALIFYING MECHANICS 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1 3.9 AIRCRAFT OR COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASKS, 18 0 01 Aug 2022
EXEMPTION PROCESS CONTROL
1-2 3.10 CONCESSION CONTROL FOR DEVIATION FROM THE 18 3 13 Jul 2023
ORGANIZATION’S PROCEDURES
1–4 3.11 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIALIZED 18 0 01 Aug 2022
ACTIVITIES SUCH AS NDT, WELDING ETC.
1-2 3.12 CONTROL OF MANUFACTURER’S AND OTHER 18 3 13 Jul 2023
MAINTENANCE WORKING TEAMS
1–3 3.13 HUMAN FACTORS TRAINING PROCEDURES 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1–3 3.14 COMPENTENT ASSESSMENT OF PERSONNEL 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1 3.15 TRAINING PROCEDURES FOR ON-THE-JOB TRAINING AS 18 0 01 Aug 2022
PER SECTION 6 OF APPENDIX III TO PART-66.

Page: 3 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

1 3.16 PROCEDURE FOR THE ISSUE OF A RECOMMENDATION 18 0 01 Aug 2022
TO THE COMPETENT AUTHORITY FOR THE ISSUE OF A
PART-66 LICENSE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 66.B.105
PART 4 CONTRACTED OPERATORS
1 4.1 CONTRACTING OPERATORS 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1-2 4.2 OPERATOR PROCEDURES AND PAPERWORK 18 3 13 Jul 2023
1 4.3 OPERATOR RECORDS COMPLETION 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1 4.4 CONTRACT REVIEW 18 0 01 Aug 2022
PART 5 APPENDICES
1–4 5.1 SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1 5.2 LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS AS PER PART 145.A.75 (b) 18 0 01 Aug 2022
1 5.3 LIST OF LINE MAINTENANCE LOCATIONS AS PER PART 18 0 01 Aug 2022
145.A.75 (d)
1 5.4 LIST OF CONTRACTED ORGANIZATIONS AS PER 18 0 01 Aug 2022
145.A.70 (a) (16)
PART 6 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE
1 6.1 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE 18 0 01 Aug 2022

Page: 4 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
0.2.2 Matrices of MOE Issuance Number
Old Numbering New Numbering

Issue Revision Issue Revision
0 0
A 1 1 1
2 2
B 0 2 0
0 0
C 3
1 1
D 0 4 0
E 0 5 0
0 0
F 1 6 1
2 2
0 0
1 1
G 2 7 2
3 3
4 4
0 0
H 1 8 1
2 2
0 0
I 1 9 1
2 2
0 0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
J 6 10 6
7 7
8 8
9 9
10 10
11 11
12 12
K 0 11 0
0 0
L 1 12 1
2 2
M 0 13 0
N 0 14 0
0 0
1 1
O 15
2 2
3 3

Page: 5 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
MOE Issue 18, Revision 4 dated 03 Aug 2023.
Reviewed by: Date:

VP Quality Assurance & Safety
03 Aug 2023
ARIF SUGIANTO

Page: 6 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
0.3 LIST OF ISSUES / AMENDMENTS RECORD OF REVISIONS
Upon receipt of revisions, remove the deleted sections/ chapters of the manual and add the new ones as
instructed in amendments content and approval sheet (section 0.2.2).
Retain this record in the manual and return acknowledgment form to Quality Assurance & Safety.
Issue Issue Rev. Section

Rev. No. Rev. Date Reason for Change
No. Date Type / Para
A 12/09/94 0 12/99/94 Initial n/a ALL
1 25/04/96 Major Organization changes ALL
2 01/09/96 Minor Changes of SAR Section 6 to SAR 145 Part 6
B 01/03/00 0 01/03/00 Major Rewrite in new format and to ALL

accommodate the requirements of
CASR 145, FAR 145, and JAR 145.
C 25/09/00 0 25/09/00 Major Added references to all sections. ALL
Added requirements from
Authorities.
Change management titles.
1 08/01/01 Minor Added in part 8 to accommodate Part 8
specific requirements of FAR 145 for
maintaining US Registered Aircraft
D 07/01/02 0 07/01/02 Minor Rewrite in new format and to ALL
accommodate specific requirements
of CASR Part 145 rev. 1, FAR-145
amendment 145-27, JAR-145 revision
April 01st, 2001
E 20/08/02 0 20/08/02 Major Change to the company name, ALL
organization structure, and
add/revise some of requirements as a
result from JAA review note.
F 07/04/03 0 07/04/03 Major Reissue to correct the MOE ALL
requirements to meet the JAR 145 as
a result of GSAC/DGAC Audit result.
1 29/09/03 Major Revised section 1.3 to change the 1.3

name of VP of Quality Assurance.
2 15/11/03 Major Revised Quality Assurance 1.5.2

organization chart,
Deleted section 3.2.3- self audit 3.2.3

Page: 1 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Records of Revisions (cont’d)

Issue Issue Rev.
Rev. No. Rev. Date Reason for Change Section
No. Date Type
G 15/01/04 0 15/01/04 Major Changes MOE reference from JAR- ALL
145 to EASA Part-145, GMF AeroAsia
organization chart and attachment
of GMF AeroAsia Logo on each page.
1 09/06/04 Minor Change JAR-145 approval no. F- 2.16.6

045/E to EASA Part-145 approval no.
145.0062
2 14/12/04 Major Changes MOE reference from CASR All
Part 145 revision 1 to revision 2
Revised the Holder 0.4.3

name/workstation of the
distribution list of MOE, related with
the scope of approval
Revised the Holder 0.5.5

name/workstation of the
distribution list of QP, related with
the scope of approval
Added CGK and DPS office code for 0.7

Cengkareng and Denpasar line
maintenance
Change the name of department 1.4.7

refer to the organization chart 1.4.8
Changed the lay out of the 1.5.1

organization chart 1.5.2
1.5.3
1.5.5
1.5.7
1.5.8
1.5.9.2
Added EASA Part 145.A.70 (a)(6) and 1.6

deleted EASA Part 145.A.70 (a)(5)
Added ‘shall be reported by VP 1.7.1

production’ and replaced
‘permanent’ with ‘total staff
required’

Page: 2 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Revised the number of GMF 1.7.2
AeroAsia permanent employee
Added Scope of work for EASA Part- 1.9.2.3

145 AMO
Changed “…in section 1.9.2” to “… 1.9.3.2

in section 1.9.3”
Changed the second paragraph to 1.9.4.1

“Except for the new capability list
……”
Deleted 1.11.8 1.11
Replace the word “Technical 2.8

Documentation” with “Technical
Publication Services” to the entire
MOE, reformat the paragraph about
obsolete documents to clarify the
intension, add words “, provided by
Technical Publication Services
through LAN-Internet-Intranet
access connection, “ to paragraph
mentioning about Engineering
crosscheck the revision status of
document to indexes, in order to
clarify the intension
Revised “The Log will be updated 2.8.3

monthly ….” to “The Log will be
kept update to show…”
Changed the word “…the processes 2.8.6

engineering…” to “…the
engineering services…”
Revised EASA approval no. from 2.16

145.0062 to EASA.145.0062 and
revised form GMF/Q-123 R1 to
GMF/Q-123 R2 2.25
Revised Form No.: GMF/Q-226
L2.4
Revised the statement for DGAC
approval
Page: 3 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
3.8
Replaced “The Personnel & General
Affair” with “The Human Resources
Management”
5.1
Revised List of Forms
3 22/03/05 Major Revised and added the Holder 0.4.3
name/workstation of the distribution
list of MOE, related with the scope of
approval
Added the Holder name/workstation 0.5.5

of the distribution list of QP, related
with the scope of approval
Revised to accommodate FAR 145- 0.6

223,” inspection of non-certificated
person’s”.
Revised Department code 0.7
Insert Vice President Line 1.3.1

Maintenance and Vice President
Engineering Services as Senior
Nominated Personnel related with
the approval
Change the name of department 1.4.3

refer to the organization chart
Insert VP Line Maintenance duties & 1.4.6

responsibility due to new scope of
work for EASA Part-145 AMO
Merge unit Quality Control ELMO 1.5.2

and Quality Control Avionic to be
Quality Control Avionic & ELMO on
the organization chart
Insert Line Maintenance
G 15/01/04 organization chart due to new scope
(cont’d) (cont’d) of work for EASA Part-145 AMO 1.5.6
Revised the applicability of

Engineering Services organization
chart 1.5.9
Page: 4 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Add FAR 145.161 as reference of

Manpower Resources and replace
the title of unit “Personnel & General 1.7.1
Affairs” with “Human Resources
Management”
Revise the number of GMF AeroAsia

employees
Declare the number of employees 1.7.2
who perform the job related with the
EASA approval 1.7.3
Replace the title of unit “Personnel &

General Affairs” with “Human
Resources Management”. 1.7.4

General Affairs” with “Human
Resources Management” 1.8.2
Change the unit in charge to develop
a workable occupational safety and
health program
Insert Line Maintenance facility due

to new scope of work for EASA Part-
145 AMO 1.9.2
Renumbering the section number in
from 1.8.3 to 1.8.2 and delete 1.8.3
Revised Intended Scope of Work

under EASA Part-145 due to
additional rating and added line 2.2.2
maintenance statement as additional 2.3.1
of “Note:” 2.7.4
Revised the sentences to reorganize

the engineering function
2.8.1
Added exception for operator
maintenance data controlled as per
2.8.1.4, insert the maintenance data 2.8.3
that hold and used by line stations,
revised the sentences to reorganize
the engineering function & added
Page: 5 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
line maintenance managers as
distributor and controller of 2.8.6
operator’s maintenance data. 2.8.7
2.9.1
Revised the statement about Quality
procedure signing in first paragraph
and revised the sentences to 2.10.2
reorganize the engineering function 2.10.4
Revised the sentences to reorganize 2.11

Replace the word “repairs” with

“defects” on the last paragraph
2.12
the engineering function, revise the
title of unit from Technical 2.15
Documentation to Technical
Publication Services and revised form
no.: GMF/Q-191 to be R1

the engineering function 2.16.1

the engineering function and revise
the typing error of form no.: GMF/Q- 2.18
013 stated on MOE 2.15.3 to form no.:
GMF/Q-003
2.23
Revise the sentences of first
paragraph on section 2.16.1 to clarify
the meaning and revise the MOE 2.26.2
section number related to the DGAC
22/03/05 or FAA or EASA Regulation.
(cont’d) 2.26.3
Replace the word “be” with “is” in the
MOE 2.18.2 item (e)

the engineering function 2.27
3
15/01/04 (cont’d) Revise the title of section 2.26.2
G (cont’d) Correct the typing error from RI to RII L2.1
Page: 6 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
(cont’d)
Add section 2.26.3 to describe the
information exchange between
outgoing and incoming line L2.4
maintenance Managers
Revised the sentences to reorganize L2.1

Insert “Control of operator’s 3.4.1

maintenance data as per section
2.8.1.4” on items (g)
Add the statement of EASA Part 145 3.13

approval on sub-section of L.2.4
Revise the sentence as per EASA Part- 4.1

145.A.65 & A.70
5.1.2
Revised by adding Training Aviation
Regulation has to conduct by
Certifying staff.
Delete “(Form No.: GMF/H-006)” on

item d of the trainer responsibility
Provide the list of operators

5.3
Add form no.: GMF/Q-102, GMF/Q-
103, GMF/Q134A, GMF/Q-134B,
GMF/Q-134D, GMF/Q-135D, GMF/Q-
137, GMF/Q-145, GMF/Q-148,
GMF/Q-148A, GMF/Q-149, GMF/Q-
206, GMF/Q-212, GMF/Q-220,
GMF/Q-221, GMF/Q-222, GMF/Q-233,
GMF/Q-234 and GMF/Q-235 to the
List of Forms.
Revise the list of maintenance

locations
4 30/09/05 Major Propose Boeing B747-300 powered 1.9.2

by JT9D-7 series engine as
additional Scope of Work for EASA

Page: 7 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Part-145 Approved Maintenance
Organization
H 02/12/05 0 02/12/05 Major Removed CASR and FAR due to not ALL
related to EASA
Corrected the typing error 0.5.2
Removed subsection 0.6.2 due to 0.6

not related to EASA
Added some abbreviations and 0.7

department codes
Revised the definition of 0.8
accountable manager, article and
line maintenance
Revised the total of employment 0.9

(approximately)
Replaced ‘Authority of A/C 1.1.2

registration’ with ‘Authority’ 1.3
1.4.1
1.4.2
1.4.3
1.4.5
1.4.6
H 02/12/05 0 02/12/05 Removed the description due to not 1.4.7

(cont’d) (cont’d) (cont’d) (cont’d) related to EASA 1.4.8
Replaced ‘Authority of A/C 1.4.9.2

registration’ with ‘Authority’
Added “the position’s titles” to the 1.5.1

chart
Shadowed the service and business
unit due to not related to EASA
Removed QSA for Service Unit 1.5.2

Added “the position’s titles” to the
chart

chart 1.5.5
Page: 8 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
1.5.6
Removed the chart due to not 1.5.7

related to EASA 1.5.8

chart
Addressed the total number of 1.7.2

permanent employee to the
http://portal.gmf-aeroasia.co.id and
corrected the typing error

General Affairs” with “Human 1.7.3
Resources Management”.

General Affairs” with “Human 1.7.4
Resources Management”
Change the unit in charge to
develop a workable occupational
safety and health program
Added hangar-2 lay out and hangar-
3 annex-2nd floor lay out and 1.8.2
revised lay out of material receiving
area
H 02/12/05 0 02/12/05 Corrected the current process of

(cont’d) (cont’d) (cont’d) (cont’d) developing capability for A/C, 1.9.3
Engines and Component, replaced
‘Authority of A/C registration’ with
‘Authority’ and delete 1.9.3.1 and
remarks as ‘Not applicable’ due to
not related to EASA
Delete subsection 1.9.4.1 due to not 1.9.4

applicable for EASA
Replaced ‘Authority of A/C 1.10

registration’ with Authority’
Corrected the current process of 1.11.1

control of issue/revision procedure

Page: 9 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Added specification of major & 1.11.2
minor changes
Deleted and corrected some items 2.1.2

due to not related to EASA, replaced
‘accepted’ with ‘approved’ and
removed ‘JAA’ on 2.1.2.1 (a) and
inserted TCA Form 24-0078
Corrected the current process of 2.2

retention of incoming parts/material 2.3
certificates
Deleted some items due to not 2.3.5

related to EASA

determination of equivalent
equipment and replaced ‘Company’
with ‘Approval’
Replaced “plant maintenance” with 2.7

“facility maintenance”

description of the quality
management system
documentation structure, removed
H 02/12/05 0 02/12/05 ‘DER’ and replaced ‘Authority of A/C
(cont’d) (cont’d) (cont’d) (cont’d) registration’ with ‘Authority

issue/revision & control of quality
procedures
Removed some words due to not 2.8.5

related to EASA

writing engineering instructions

procedure 2.9.1
2.9.3

Page: 10 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Corrected the current process of the 2.10.7

work performed at the aircraft by
shop personnel

airworthiness directives procedure

technical record control
Removed the sentence due to not 2.16.1

related to EASA
Added 2.16.8 on section 2.16 2.16.8
Removed the sentence due to not 2.18

related to EASA
Removed “NOTE” para2 on 2.23 2.23

definition of critical tasks &
procedure
H 02/12/05 0 02/12/05 Corrected the typing error 2.28.4

(cont’d) (cont’d) (cont’d) (cont’d)
Corrected the current process of line L2.3

procedure for pooled parts and loan
parts
L.2.5
Corrected the current process of
audit schedule
Corrected the hangars and line 3.1

stations subject to aircraft audit and
deleted ‘DC-10’ on 3.2.2
3.2
controlling the investigation and
corrective action process by QA
Page: 11 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
3.3.3
Deleted physical fitness

certifying staff categories 3.4.2

Revised the information that will be
kept in records
3.5.1
quality audit personnel

qualifying the RII personnel

personnel training and
development program
3.8.1
Replaced “job grade” with
“competency level"

typical activities for non-certificated
A/C technicians
Removed some items due to not 3.8.4

related to EASA
Replaced “job grade” with 3.8.5

“competency level"
H 02/12/05
(cont’d) (cont’d) Corrected the typing error 3.8.7

competence assessment of
personnel 3.14
Added a number of forms to the list 5.1.2

of forms
1 29/12/05 Major Propose Boeing B747-200 and B747- 1.9.2

300 powered by CF6-50 series engine
as additional Scope of Work for EASA
Page: 12 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Part-145 Approved Maintenance
Organization
2 09/02/06 Major Added the department code 0.7
Inserted form no.: GMF/Q-220 and 1.6

GMF/Q-221 as exhibit 1 & 2
Revised the numbers of direct 1.7.2

employees of component
maintenance related to the
submitting of additional rating.
Revised Hangar 3 and Part material 1.8.2

receiving inspection area lay out
Propose Additional Rating C3 1.9.2

Comms and Nav, C5 Electrical
power, C6 Equipment, C13
Instruments, C14 Landing Gear, C15
Oxygen and C18 Protection ice/
rain/ fire as additional Scope of
Work for EASA Part-145 Approved
2 09/02/06
(cont’d) (cont’d) Give document number to the shop 1.9.4
capability list

writing maintenance instructions
Reformatted the structure of 2.16.6

instructions for completing the
EASA Form-1.
Revised certifying staff categories for 3.4.3

CASR category
I 14/02/07 0 14/02/07 Major Reissued due to the changes of Chief All

Executive Officer and Accountable
Manager, Senior Persons, additional
ratings proposed, clause of safety
and quality policy, corrections on the
reference in harmonization with
EASA Part-145 Regulation cross
Page: 13 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
reference matrix and how to control
of issue/revision.
1 05/09/07 Major Revised list of MOE holder 0.4.3
Revised the list of QP. 0.5.5
Revised list of senior persons 1.3.1

nominated
Deleted Number of GMF AeroAsia 1.7.2

employees matrix
Revised engine shop and 1.8.2

Cengkareng line maintenance
station lay out
Added manufacturer’s policy for AD 2.11

Notes and SB evaluation
Deleted QP number QP 304-02 3.12.3
Revised the list of forms 5.1.2

2 09/10/14 Major Revised list of senior persons 1.3.1
nominated
J 21/01/08 0 21/01/08 Major 1. Foreign 145 M.O.E. Guidance, All
issue 1 rev.0;
2. Decision No 2007/002/R of The
Executive Director of The
Agency;
3. GMF AeroAsia organization
change
4. Quality documentation
improvement
1 09/06/08 Major 1. Revised QP Holder 0.4
2. Revised Senior Nominated 1.3
Personnel
3. Revised Duties & Responsibilities 1.4
4. Revised Organization Chart 1.5
5. Revised Form No.: GMF/Q-221 &
1.6
GMF/Q-284
1.7
6. Revised Manpower Resources 1.9
7. Additional ratings:

Page: 14 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
§ A1 Base Maintenance Airbus
A330
§ C4 Doors –Hatches
§ C9 Fuel – Airframe
§ C17 Pneumatic
§ C19 Windows
8. Intended Scope of Work under
EASA Approval
9. Revised Human Factor 3.13
Continuation training
requirement due to finding by
IOSA
2 23/02/09 Major 1. Number of GMF AeroAsia 1.7
employee
2. Revised workshop lay out WSI 1.8
3. Additional ratings: 1.9
- A1 Base & line maintenance
Boeing B737 –
600/700/800/900
4. Revised serviceable
components removed from a
non EASA registered aircraft. 2.16
5. Add clausal EASA Form 44
“Technical Occurrence Report”
6. Revised re-qualified all NDT
personnel in accordance with 2.25
NAS 410.
3.11
3 13/05/09 Major 1. Revised Senior Nominated 1.3

Personnel
2. Relocated the form GMF/Q-041 2.1
to QP 201-01
& GMF/Q-108 to QP 209-05
& GMF/Q-189 to QP 601-05
to WITS-002
6. Revised List of form 5.1
4 05/03/10 Major 1. Revised the holder name 0.4
2. Inserting ICA 0.7
3. Revised Senior nominated 1.3
Personnel
1.5
Page: 15 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
4. Revised management
organization chart 1.7
5. Revised manpower related to
EASA approval and replaced
words resources to capital 1.8
6. Revised lay out related to EASA. 1.9
7. Additional rating A319 & A320 2.8.5
8. Revised developing new
capability list process 2.14
9. Revised writing maintenance
instruction related to CDCCL 2.16
10. Insert clause flood, alteration,
theft & revised list of aircraft
maintenance records 2.18
11. Revised maintenance record
list & retention period 2.23
12. Deleted clause related to
CDCCL & inserting EASA Form 1
– MF/145 Issue 2 2.25
13. Replace Form GMF/Q-219 with
EASA Form 44
14. Revised nomination of 3.4

definition of critical tasks &
procedures
15. Replace Form GMF/Q-219 with 3.5
EASA Form 44
16. Replaced phase “Level” with 3.6
“Phase” for FTS Training &
revised certifying staff and
support categories
17. Revised certifying staff & 3.8
support records retention
period
18. Replaced phase “Level” with
“Phase” for FTS Training
19. Replaced phase “Level” with
“Phase” for FTS Training
20. Revised list of Forms 5.1.2
5 22/09/10 Minor 1. Revised the MOE & QP holder 0.4

name
2. Inserting EWIS abbreviation & 0.7
change the Department Code
of name from Aircraft Quality
Page: 16 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Control to Aircraft Quality
Performance Monitoring
3. Revised the Department Code 1.5
of name from Aircraft Quality
Control to Aircraft Quality
Performance Monitoring
4. Reformat scope of work as per 1.9
Commission Regulation (EU)
No. 127/2010 & ED Decision
2010/002/R
5. Replaced word NDI to NDT 2.8
6. Relocate Form No.: GMF/Q-071 2.11
to QP 209-05
7. Revised the title as per ED L2.2
Decision 2010/006/R and
adding new maintenance task
to detect and eliminate de-
icing and/or anti-icing fluid
residues
8. Inserting EWIS on training 3.4
program & determination
9. Inserting EWIS on Non- 3.8

Certificated A/C technicians
training program & activities
and certificated/licensed
technicians training program &
activities
10. Revised List of forms 5.1
6 01/12/10 Major 1. Revised Senior nominated 1.3

personnel
7 02/02/11 Major 1. Revise MOE holder list 0.4
2. Revise abbreviation 0.7
3. Revised Senior nominated 1.3
personnel
4. Revise management personnel 1.4
by deleted EVP Line operation
and inserting Deputy President,
EVP Base Maintenance and VP
Aircraft Maintenance Planning
& Control
5. Revise organization chart 1.5
6. Revised number of GMF 1.7
AeroAsia Employee 1.7.2
Page: 17 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
7. Revise lay out Hangar 2, 1.8
Terminal F11 and Delete
Engine shop lay out
8. Revise scope of work by 1.9
deleted MD aircraft type.
9. Revise Manual Training 1.11
paragraph 1.11.5
10. Replaced QP 209-10 with QP 2.5
209-13
11. Revised Repair Procedure 2.9
Limitation 2.9.3.1
12. Replaced QP 209-04 & QP 209- 2.10
10 with QP 209-13
13. Revise block to block 2.16
instruction
14. Deleted certifying staff & 3.4
support records paragraph
3.4.2.1.2
15. Revised list of form 5.1
8 08/07/11 Major 1. Revise scope of work by adding 1.9

capability B747-200/300
powered by engine RR RB 211
Up to and including D checks.
9 16/01/12 Major 1. Revise MOE & QP distribution 0.4

list in regards with new office
code.
2. Revise abbreviations in regards 0.7
with new office code.
3. Revise Management 1.5
Organization Chart
4. Revise scope of work by adding 1.9
capability B747-200/300
powered by engine PW JT9D
Up to and including D checks in
reference to Appendix I to AMC
to Part-66.
10 20/05/12 Major 1. Revise layout of line station. 1.8
2. Revise by including control to 1.11
the scope of work.
3. Revise certifying staff & support 3.4
staff qualification and training
procedures in accordance with

Page: 18 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
EASA User Guide No.
UG.CAO.00005-000. 3.14
4. Revise by adding requirement
for English language.
11 30/06/12 Minor 1. Replace EASA Form 44 with 2.18
Form FO.IORS.00044-004.
2. Revise section 5.1.2 List of Form 5.1
12 29/10/13 Major 1. Revise & add MOE & QP holder 0.4
name
2. Revise abbreviation 0.7
3. Change Senior Nominated 1.3
Personnel Related with the
Approval
4. Delete Deputy President (Chief 1.4
Operation Officer) and VP
Aircraft Maintenance Planning
and Control responsibilities
5. Insert EVP Line Operation
responsibilities
6. Revise GMF AeroAsia 1.5
Management Charts
7. Revise Workshop 1 Layout 1.8
8. Revise Statement “EASA Form 2.25
44” to “EASA Form
FO.IORS.00044-004”
K 10/02/14 0 10/02/14 MajorReissued due to changes of Senior ALL

Persons, new Engine additional
ratings proposed and to comply with
Foreign Part 145 Approval – User
Guide for MOE, Doc. No.:
UG.CAO.00024-002
L 29/08/14 0 29/08/14 Major Re issue to comply ALL
UG.CAO.00024-002 consisting:
1. Each page of the MOE has been
identified as follows:
• The name of the
organisation (official name
as defined on the EASA
Form 3 approval certificate);
• The issue number of the
MOE;
• The issue date;
• The revision number of the
MOE;
Page: 19 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
• The revision date;
• The section of the MOE (i.e.
1-5);
• The page number;
• The name of the document
"Maintenance Organisation
Exposition”;
2. At the beginning of the
volume, the first page has been ALL
specified:
• Part 145 Maintenance
Organisation Exposition;
• The name of the
organisation (the official
one defined on the EASA
Form 3 approval certificate);
• The address, telephone, fax
numbers and e-mail address
of the Principal Place of
Business of the
Organisation;
• The copy number from the
distribution list;
• The approval reference of
the PART 145 organisation;
3. Adding List of Effective Pages 0.2
and included the name of
organization, the date of
review, approval and the name
of the person who has
reviewed and approved MOE
4. Conforming the List of
Issues/Amendments of 0.3
Revisions according to
UG.CAO.00024-002 - Page 21 -
84 example 1
5. Changing title
6. Adding statement “These 0.4
Quality procedures also are 0.4.3
available in GMF computer
network” 1.5.1
7. Revising organization chart in to
include NDT level 3 under Vice
President (VP) Component

Page: 20 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Maintenance and identified the
form 4 holder 1.6.2
8. Moving paragraph 3.4.3 of MOE
issue K rev.0 to paragraph 1.6.2
of MOE issue L rev.0 1.6
9. Adding certifying staff
categories and their
interrelations between EASA,
Indonesian CASR and GMF
AeroAsia 2.1
10. Moving paragraph 2.1.1.3 of
MOE issue K rev.0 to section 2.2
of MOE issue L rev.0 2.2
11. Moving paragraph 2.1.1.3 of
MOE issue K rev.0 to section 2.2 2.2.2
of MOE issue L rev.0
12. Adding statement “The Material
Inspection function will perform
the acceptance inspection of
A/C components and material
and the disposition,
identification, traceability and
record keeping requirements as
mentioned in QP 202-01 before
they deliver to the stores. The
Material Inspection function will
ensure that all material entering
the stock will have a true copy
certificate attached traceable to
the received certificates and 2.2.2
traceable to the purchase order”
13. Adding new paragraph 2.2.2.5
Internal Source, 2.2.2.6
Acceptance and incoming
inspection of internal fabricated
parts, 2.2.2.7 Acceptance and
incoming inspection
Components removed
serviceable from aircraft, 2.2.2.8
Acceptance of components
received in AOG (these parts are
normally received directly at the
AOG location and dedicated
procedures need to be in place)
and 2.2.2.9 Procedure of
Page: 21 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
treatment of a suspected 2.8.2
unapproved part
14. Adding general information
refer to UG.CAO.00024-002 - 2.13.3.2
Page 50 of 84
15. Adding the summary table of 2.16.1
Task-sign off
16. Adding letter reference EASA
D(2013) 2.16.2
KSP/MGO/ABR/145NAAs/51975
17. Adding new paragraph 2.16.2
Maintenance Away from the 2.16
Approved Location
18. Changing block 4 (address) of
Q-123 form and EASA form one 2.23.2
according to approval certificate
19. Revising the content of
paragraph 2.23.2 Definition of
Duplicate Inspection/ 2.24
Independent Inspection
20. Adding maintenance away form
the approved location in section 2.25
2.24.1
21. Adding statement “Every effort
will be made to avoid action
that may inhibit reporting
and/or the personnel are not
inappropriately punished for
reporting or cooperating with L2.4
occurrence investigations”
22. Adding statement “ Prior A/C
maintenance, GMF will require
training to customer related to:
• Operator procedures and
maintenance record
completion
• Certification / Sign-off
(Maintenance Statements)
• Maintenance Duplicate
Inspections
• ETOPS Certification L2.4
• Retention of records
(Periods, Methods and
Security)

Page: 22 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
23. Conforming statement in MOE
L2.4 to EASA Part 145.50 (b)
“Certifies that the work
specified, except as otherwise
specified, was carried out in
accordance with Part-145 and in L2.5
respect to that work the
aircraft/aircraft component is
considered ready for release to
service”. 3.4
24. Deleting point a of section L.25
MOE issue K rev.0 and adding
point a, b, f, g, h in MOE issue L
rev.0
25. Moving statement in paragraph 3.4.1
3.4.1 of MOE issue K rev.0 to 3.4
section 3.4 of MOE issue L rev.0
“The VP for Quality Assurance &
Safety has the authority…” 3.4
26. Changing title
27. Adding new paragraph 3.4.1.1 ,
3.4.2, 3.4.3
28. Moving paragraph 3.4.3 of MOE
issue K rev.0 to paragraph 1.6.2
of MOE issue L rev.0
L 29/08/14 1 23/06/15 Major 1. Revising table of contents. 0.1
2. Revising List of Effective Pages 0.2
3. Adding issue L revision 1 in 0.3
Record of Revisions
4. Changing of 1.3.2 Senior 1.3
Nominated Personnel Related
with the Approval
5. Changing Organization chart of 1.5
Quality Assurance & Safety and
Base Maintenance
6. Adding statement in section 1.8
1.8.3 Base Maintenance Facility
related to mitigation of wind,
dust, and wild life in hangar and
revising Facility Layout of
Denpasar Line Maintenance in
section 1.8.7.
7. Changing capability of engine
turbine CFM56-7B to be 1.9

Page: 23 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Overhaul limited to assembly &
disassembly
8. Adding QP 108-1 in section 1.11
1.11.2 Associated Procedures,
Lists and Forms
9. Revising paragraph (a) section 2.20
2.20.1, changing statement
“section 2.1.3” to be “section
2.1.1.1”
10. Revising authorization of form 5.1
AC 131 from GSAC to be OSAC
L 29/08/14 2 02/01/16 Major 1. Update table of content 0.1
2. Update list of effective pages. 0.2
3. Update record of revisions 0.3
4. Updating list of senior person 1.3
5. Updating detail facility and 1.8
adding layout hangar 4.
Adding detail of hangar 1 & 3 for
wide body, hangar 4 for narrow
body, and hangar 2 for light -
maintenance.
6. Adding rating Airbus A330 (PW 1.9
4000) Up to and including C
checks/6 years/12 years/20 years
7. Adding rating Airbus 330 (CF6- 1.9
80) Up to and including C
checks/6 years/12 years/20 years
8. Adding rating ATR (PW127M) up 1.9
to and including C checks
9. Revising 700 foot candle to 2.7
be500 lux .
10. Adding hangar 4 as 3.2
maintenance location for narrow
body.
M 14/09/16 0 14/09/16 Major 1. Revised according to the MOE 0.1
changes
2. Updating list of effective pages 0.2
3. Added according to the MOE 0.3
changes
4. Revising the Senior person 1.3.2
5. Adding duties and
responsibilities of VP Quality
Assurance in section 1.4.4 point 1.4.4
10

Page: 24 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
6. Adding duties and 1.4.9
responsibilities of GM NDT &
Calibration in section 1.4.9 point
9 1.5
7. Updating GMF Organization
Chart 1.6.2
8. Revising Form Number GMF/Q-
285 to GMF/Q-402
9. Adding statement in section
1.6.2 point 2 regarding form Q-
402
10. Adding roster content in section
1.6.2.2 point h, i and j 1.7
11. Deleting Exhibit 1 of Section 1.6
12. Adding detail of Certifying staff 1.8
for A,B,C and D rating
13. Revising the facilities area
14. Adding layout of Hangar 4
15. Adding detail hangar 1&3 for
wide body, hangar 4 for narrow
body, hangar 2 for light 1.8.3
maintenance"
16. Adding statement "For detail
procedure of facility
maintenance in QP 108-01" in 1.9
section 1.8.3
17. Revising structure of section 1.9
in accordance with 1.9.1
UG.CAO.00024-004
18. Additional rating :
a. Airbus A330 PW 4000 - Up to
and including C checks/6
years/12 years/20 years
b. Airbus A330 CF6-80 - Up to
and including C checks/6
years/12 years/20 years
c. ATR - PW127F - up to and
including C checks
19. Deleting rating Boeing B747-

200/300 GE CF6 up to and
including D check and SI check 1.9.3
20. Adding name of rating in the
component maintenance table
in section 1.9.3 1.9.4
Page: 25 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
21. Adding paragraph in section
1.9.4.1 regarding NDT and
adding the NDT limitation in the
NDT table
22. Adding section of NDT without
D1 rating in 1.9.4.2
23. Adding section of Other
Specialised activities in section
1.9.4.3
24. Adding Section of Maintenance
away from the approved
location in section 1.9.4.4 1.10.1
25. Adding table of changes which
are subjected to notification in
section 1.10.1 point i
26. Adding sentences regarding
EASA direct approval 1.11.2
27. Revising table of associated
procedures, list and forms in
section 1.11.2
28. Revising Form Number GMF/Q-
285 to GMF/Q-402 1.11.3
29. Adding the last two paragraph in
section 1.11.3 regarding direct
and indirect approval 1.11.4
30. Adding section 1.11.4 regarding
List of Applicable Regulations
and User Guides 2.1
31. Replacing words of Suppliers
into Providers, contractors into
contracted organisation and
subcontractor into
subcontracted organisation 2.2.1
32. Additional form for used parts
and new parts of component
and revising table of raw 2.8.3
material in section 2.2.1
33. Adding statement in 2.8.3.2 that
Quality Assurance will review
MOE refer to revision of EASA
regulation which listed in
FO.CAO.00136-xx withdrawn in
EASA website. Monitoring of
FO.CAO.00136-xx revision will 2.2.2
be performed monthly
Page: 26 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
34. Revising form for Suspected 2.4.3
Unapproved Parts Questionnaire
35. Revising paragraph 2.4.3
regarding Evaluation and 2.4.5
Selection of Calibration Sources
2.4.5 regarding alternative/ 2.7.4
equivalent tool of NDT
37. Revising 700 foot candle --> 500 2.9
lux section 2.7.4.2
38. Revising section 2.9.2 regarding
Fabrication of parts in
accordance with UG.CAO.00024- 2.14.2
004
2.14.2 regarding When GMF 2.18.2
AeroAsia terminate its operation
40. Revising reporting operational
defects to EASA in section 2.18.2
41. Adding statement for reporting
occurrence in relation to the
base maintenance hangar being
not equipped with doors; 2.23.2
42. Deleting form FO.IORS.00044-
006
2.23.2 that primary error 2.24.1
capturing method procedure is
detailed in the MOE chapter 2.25
44. Revising section 2.24.1.1 Support
an Unserviceable Aircraft in 2.25.1
accordance with UG.CAO.00024-
004 L2.3
45. Adding section 2.25.1 regarding
Error Capturing Method
46. Adding section L 2.3.3 regarding
Line Station Without Permanent 3.1.1
B2 Staff
47. Adding requirement of
independent auditor for audit
the Quality system of GMF 3.2.2
covered in section 3.1.1
48. Revising location, adding hangar
4 for narrow and revising hangar
3 for wide body.
Page: 27 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
49. Revising criteria of C/S and S/S 3.4.1
qualification in point k
50. Adding sentences in section
3.4.1 regarding experience
criteria demonstration
51. Revising criteria of C/S and S/S 3.4.2
qualification in point j
52. Adding sentences in section
3.4.2 regarding experience 3.7.1
criteria demonstration
53. Adding structure of qualifying 3.11
inspection personnel
54. Revising structure of 3.11 in
accordance with UG.CAO.00024- 3.11.1
004
55. Deleting performance of NDT
and revising NDT methods in 3.11.2
section 3.11.1
56. Adding QP209-15 Aircraft
Painting Process as
reference for Painting
Personnel qualification and 5.1
training in section 3.11.2 5.2 & 5.4
57. Revising list of form
58. Swapping content 5.2 and 5.4
N 17/05/17 0 17/05/17 Major 1. Revise reference IAW 1.1
UG.CAO.00024-004
2. Revise structure of section 1.3 1.3
IAW UG.CAO.00024-004
3. Adding description of 1.3
management personnel
4. Revise list of management 1.3
personnel (Form 4 holder)
5. Revise Structure MOE section 1.4 1.4
6. Revise GMF organization chart 1.4
IAW form 4 holder
7. Revise Structure MOE section 1.6 1.6
8. Revise section 1.6.2 IAW 1.6.2
UG.CAO.00024-004: Adding
privileges
9. Add section 1.6.3 (add section i) 1.6.3
and 1.6.4 IAW UG.CAO.00024- 1.6.4
004 (add retention)
Page: 28 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
10. Revise Roster Rev 92 (has been 1.6
sent to competent authority as
one of follow up finding
evidence, attachment #1).
11. Updating number of GMF 1.7
AeroAsia Employees related to
the EASA approval
12. Revising structure of section 1.7 1.7
13. Add Layout of Tool store and 1.8
temporary storage in Terminal 3
14. Add Layout of remote area 75 1.8
15. Revise reference IAW 1.9
UG.CAO.00024-004
16. Revise word GSAC into competent 1.9
authority
17. Additional rating 1.9.2: 1.9.2
APU GTCP 331
CFM 56-7
Engine PW-100 series up to HIS
18. Additional rating 1.9.4.1 and
1.9.4.2: 1.9.4.1
NDT Thermography 1.9.4.2
19. Adding reference QP 601-26 as
detail procedure for other special 1.9
activities
1.9.4.5 regarding fabrication part 1.9.4.5
under approved rating
21. Revise structure of section 1.9.5
22. Revise content of table 1.9.5
notification change 1.10
23. Add statement in 1.10.1: For any
changes which require Form 2
shall be submitted via email to 1.10.1
foreign145@easa.europa.eu and
will be sent 7 days after changes
applicable.
24. Add statement in 1.10.2
regarding who responsible for
any change 1.10.2
25. Add last paragraph of 1.11.1
regarding record approval
26. Add QP 601-26 in list of 1.11.1
associated procedures
Page: 29 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
27. Revising paragraph in section 1.11
1.11.1 that "Level III requires
suitable training/examination at 1.11.1
least one method listed in the
scope of work of the
organisation provided by an
organization under the general
control of an EU NDT Board."
28. Revise paragraph of section
1.11.3 regarding approval
process 1.11.3
29. Add list of applicable regulation
and user guides in section 1.11.4
30. Add paragraph in section 1.11.4 1.11.4
regarding responsibility of 1.11.4
Quality Assurance to assess any
revision
31. Adding explanation about GMF 2.1
AeroAsia subcontractor
organisation in the first
paragraph of Section 2.1.
32. Adding explanation about 2.1.1
Provider, in Section 2.1.1
Contracted Organisations in
Section 2.1.1
34. Adding explanation about 2.1.1.3
Subcontracted Organisations in
Section 2.1.1.3
Monitoring the Suppliers in
Section 2.1.2
36. Moving Section 2.1.1.2 about 2.1.1.2
Purchasing Requirements, and
Section 2.1.1.3 about Material
inventory control, to Section
2.1.2.
37. Revising reference of evaluation 2.1.2.3
supplier in Section 2.1.2.3 (a)
38. Revising reference of approval 2.1.2.3
documents aeronautical
products in Section 2.1.2.3 (b)
approved data of component

Page: 30 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
and parts in paragraph 3 of
Section 2.2.2. 2.2.2.1
40. Adding explanation reference of
transfer order in paragraph 1 of
Section 2.2.2.1 2.2.2.1
41. Adding explanation about
method of identify of shelf life
material in paragraph 2 of
Section 2.2.2.1 2.2.2.3
42. Revising 2.2.2.3 to include
procedure of SUP which refer to
2.18.2.3 2.2.2.9
43. Deleting 2.2.2.9 (the procedure
of SUP is combined in 2.2.2.3) 2.2.2.9
44. Adding explanation for internal
report and notify to authority in
section 2.2.2.9 2.2.2.1
45. Removing approval document
list of new and used parts. 2.2.1
46. Revising table of required
certificate of standart parts, raw
material become consumables
table of expected document for
new , PMA and used parts. 2.2.2.1
47. Revising title of 2.2.2.1 become
requirements for accepting
standard parts, material and 2.2.2.6
aircraft parts.
48. Revising reference of internal
fabricated procedure in Section 2.2.2.7
2.2.2.6.
49. Revising reference of acceptance
and incoming inspection
components removed
serviceable from aircraft 2.3
procedure in Section 2.2.2.7. 2.3.1
50. Revising reference of Section 2.3
51. Revising identification labels of
stored component, parts &
material in paragraph 3 of 2.3.2
section 2.3.1.
52. Revising label identification in 2.3.4
Section 2.3.2 ( c )
2.3.5
Page: 31 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
53. Revising proper storage of
chemicals and shelf life materials
in section 2.3.4
54. Revising "material receiving 2.3.6
serviceable tag Form No. GMF/Q-
008" with "transfer order" in
section 2.3.5 (a).
55. Revising document that
attached in serviceable parts,
components and material when 2.3.2
sent to maintenance in Section
2.3.6 (a) 1.
56. Adding item (i) in Section 2.3.2
about tagging and segregation 2.4.1
of unserviceable, unsalvageable
and scrap parts.
57. Revising title section 2.4.1 into 2.4.2
"Tools & Equipment Acceptance
Procedure"
58. Revising paragraph 2 & 3 in
section 2.4.2 to add controlling 2.4.3
for quarantine and validity of
tools & equipment
59. Adding new section 2.4.3 2.4.4
"Monitoring of Tools &
Equipment service providers" 2.4.5
60. Deleting section 2.4.4 for
"Renting of Tools & Equipment"
and section 2.4.5 for 2.5.1
"Determination of Equivalent
Equipment"
61. Revising section 2.5.1; on
paragraph 2 add wording "The
label…….due date"; on
paragraph 3 exchange wording
"the authority" into "EASA"; and 2.5.2
adding new paragraph 6 until
paragraph 8
62. Revising section 2.5.2 in fourth 2.6.1
block to exchange "authority"
into "EASA"
63. Revising section 2.6.1; on
paragraph 2 add wording "and
maintenance……….new special 2.6.1.1

Page: 32 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
tools & equipment"; and adding
new paragraph 3
64. Revising section 2.6.1.1 on 2.6.3
wording poin (e) "equivalency"
into "alternative"; and "2.4.5" into
"2.6.4" 2.8.2
65. Adding new section 2.6.3 "Loan
control tools"; and section 2.6.4 2.9
"Control of alternative tools"
66. Adding paragraph a), b), c) and
g) on section 2.8.2
67. Remove the sentence of " repairs
approved by a FAA Designated 2.9.1.2
Engineering Representative
(DER) are only acceptable under
the terms of the bilateral
agreement"
68. Correction paragraph no. 1 on 2.9.2
section 2.9.1.2; "Rejected
components and engines…as 2.11.3
necessary so that the
component of engine (or …. " 2.11.5
59. Revising the title of section 2.9.2
into "Fabrication of Parts"
69. Deleting form No. GMF/Q-191
and form No. GMF/Q-071
70. Adding statement in section 2.12.1
2.11.5 in sub section
"incorporation" related to
issuance CRS after performing 2.13.2.1
maintenance related to ADs.
71. Adding statement in section 2.13.2.1
2.12.1 General regarding the
modification activities.
72. Adding CDCCL usage on 2.13.2.1
(a) PPC function point 4
73. Adding section 2.13.2.1 (b)
Planning Engineering function
point: 2) Additional works
validation 10) Identify job cards
that cannot be applied in the
airplane and write down word 2.13.3
“N/A” followed by the reason
and sign in the Job cards and put
2.16
Page: 33 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Cross (X) Stamp in the mechanic
and Inspector Column 2.16.1
74. Revising section 2.13.3 regarding
completion of maintenance
documentation
75. Adding Part 145.A.75(c)(e) as 2.16.2
reference for section 2.16
76. Adding point d) “AD due and not
enforced” in 2.16.1 Procedure for 2.16.3.1
Releasing to Service A/C, A/C
Components & Engines - General
77. Adding "reference to MOE 3.4"
on 2.16.2 Maintenance Away 2.16.6.1
from the Approved Location
78. Adding point j) “Ensure all
issued Form 1 can be easily
retrieved” In section 2.16.3.1
Records Review
79. Removing point b) “For
components intended for
installation to FAA registered
aircraft” and c) “For components 2.16.7
intended for installation to DGAC
Indonesian registered aircraft” in 2.17
section 2.16.6.1 New/ Unused
aircraft components 2.18.2
80. Adding section 2.16.7 "technical
log record"
81. Revising reference in section 2.18
2.17 to be 2.14 instead of 2.18
60. Revising 2.18.2.3 to include Form
TE.IORS.00048: Suspected
Unapproved Parts Questionnaire 2.18.1
82. Adding statement in the last
paragraph related to keeping
record shall follow as per MOE
section 2.18 2.18.2
83. Changing sub section 2.18.1 to
be internal occurrence reporting 2.18.2.1
system for deficiencies caused by
GMF AeroAsia
84. Changing sub section 2.18.2 to 2.18.2.2
be reportable occurrence

Page: 34 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
85. Changing sub section 2.18.2.1 to
be Reporting Operational 2.18.2.3
Defects
be Reporting Deficiencies 2.18.2.4
Caused by GMF AeroAsia during
Maintenance after the Release to 2.18.3
Services is issued
87. Changing sub section 2.18.2.3 to 2.19.1.5
be Reporting Procedure for
Suspended Unapproved Part
be Reporting Procedure
89. Adding sub section 2.18.3 2.20.1
Reportable Occurrence Report
90. Adding 2.19.1.5 Serviceable
Components/Parts found 2.20.2
defective and Returned to Stores
"If investigation needed ,report
the occurrence as per MOE 2.18"
91. Revising sub section 2.20.1
“Selecting the appropriate
subcontractor" from to be 2.20.2
“Selecting the appropriate
contractor”.
92. Revising sub section 2.20.2
“Receiving the repaired 2.20.4
components back from the
subcontractor" to be “Receiving 2.22
the repaired components back
from the contractor"
93. Removing sub section 2.20.2 2.23.1
Return of Unserviceable
Components to the Customer 2.23.2
and provider
94. Removing sub section 2.20.4
Approved Maintenance Function
95. Revising sub section 2.22 point
g) regarding permission of 2.23.4
contracted staff proportion
96. Adding sub section 2.23.1
general 2.24.1.1
97. Adding in sub section 2.23.2,
related to responsibility planning
engineer function to plan the 2.24.1.2
Page: 35 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
accomplishment of such
identical maintenance tasks
98. Adding in sub section related to
duplicate inspection item 2.23.4-
point p) Aircraft Stability Control
System (Auto pilot, fuel transfer).
99. Adding word "(AOG requiring 2.24.7
defect rectification)" in sub
section 2.24.1.1
100. Adding paragraph in sub
section 2.24.1.2 "The repetitive 2.24.8
use of the privilege for the same
customer at the same location is 2.24.9
not permitted. In this case the
approval of a new line station 2.24.6
shall be requested to EASA."
101. Adding sub section 2.24.7 2.24
Control/ Supervision of de-icing
system
Handling and control Material
Waste
103. Adding sub section 2.24.9 2.25.1.1
Scrapping of Part
Aircraft technical Wash
105. Deleting paragraph "All scraped
tools and equipment will be 2.25.1.2
collected and controlled as
required by Section 2.19.2 of
this manual." 2.25.1.2
106. Revising in sub section 2.25.1.1
regarding:
a). The definition of
independent inspection 2.25.2
b). How to performed
independent inspection
107. Revising in sub section 2.25.1.2 2.26.1
regarding re-inspection the
work
108. Adding paragraph in sub
section 2.25.1.2 regarding “the 2.26.2
procedure to prevent omissions
describe in MOE 2.13.3”.

Page: 36 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
109. Adding words in sub section 2.26.2
2.25.2 “and free and frank 2.26.3
reporting”.
110. Adding explanation in sub
section 2.26.1 related to 2.26.2
indoctrination for shift/task
handover requirement
2.26.2 a). "availability status of
tools/equipment and any other
facilities ".
112. Adding words in sub section
2.26.2 b) and 2.26.3 b) " Give
information for pay attention
related outstanding issue "
2.26.2 c) “"availability status of
facilities ". 2.27.1
2.26.3 c) "This briefing includes
accounting for the in progress
maintenance status of the work
orders and availability status of
facilities that are to be used to 2.27.2
assure continuation of the
work".
2.27.1 “"Maintenance data
ambiguities means where a
statement of compliance 2.28.1
having more than one possible
meaning and therefore possibly 2.28.1
causing confusion".
116. Adding statement in sub
section 2.27.2 “3). If there is a
problem related job card issued
and furnished by customer,
planning engineering will notify
to the customer’s”.
2.28.1 a). “work order”.
2.28.1 b). “When the
Page: 37 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
maintenance work package L2.1
provided by customer is utilized
by production unit and they
have been trained how to L2.1
handle its maintenance work L2.2.1
package by customer”.
Maintenance Data Planning
120. Adding sub section 2.28.4 Tools L2.2.2
and equipment planning.
121. Revising who responsible to
ensure operator’s maintenance
program in Line maintenance.
122. Adding point c), d) and e) L2.2.3
123. Adding Explanation about GMF
line maintenance service,
reference document used and
distribution documents in
L2.2.1 L2.2
124. Revising L2.2.2 to remove
Aircraft Arrival Service and to
add Ground support equipment
uses in line maintenance L2.3.2
process.
125. Revising L2.2.3 to remove 3.1.1
Preflight Inspection and to add
Procedures of Sub - Contracted
Maintenance, Servicing and 3.1
Ground Handling.
126. Removing L2.2.4 Maintenance
tasks, L2.2.5 Accomplish Service 3.1.1
Tasks, and L2.2.6 Accomplish
Departure Service 3.1.2
127. Revising subtitle and content of
section L2.3.2
128. Adding paragraph 3.1.1 3.1.2.2
regarding quality manager
direct access to accountable
manager 3.1.3
129. Adding composition and
function of management
quality group in 3.1. 3.2.1
130. Adding statement in 3.1.1
regarding records retention

Page: 38 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
131. Revising section 3.1 to include 3.2.3
independent audit in section
3.1.2
132. Adding statement in 3.1.2.2 3.2.4
regarding procedures to
manage finding
133. Adding last paragraph in 3.1.3
regarding detail requirement of 3.2
audit plan and audit system.
134. Adding sub section "3.2.1
General" to describe the 3.3.1
definition and the needs of
product audit.
135. Changing words in sub section
3.2.3 from "once a year" to be 3.3.1.3
"every 12 months"
136. Adding sub section 3.2.4 to
describe the activity related to 3.4
specialized services audit.
137. Adding type of documents that 3.4.1
should be recorded as audit
record.
3.3.1 regarding content of
corrective action plan
139. Adding last statement in
section 3.3.1.3 point e regarding
NCR database system 3.4.1
140. Revising reference of Section
3.4 IAW UG.CAO.00024-004 3.4.1
141. Revising section 3.4.1 by
deleting word of "TC Holder
training school", therefore Type
training for candidate AMEL 3.4.1
holder, who intends to become
a certifying staff, shall be
performed by an EASA-147
approved training school
142. Adding paragraph regarding
exclusion for personnel 3.4.1
143. Adding statement in section 3.4.2
3.4.1 regarding personnel
having privileges before
25/2/2014
3.4.1
Page: 39 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
144. Revising section 3.4.1 point c) 3.4.2
remark module 10 and point e)
remark module 9 by adding
statement "except for holder of 3.4.1
EASA Part 66 aircraft type 3.4.2
license"
145. Revising section 3.4.1 to add 3.4.1
“Issuing an initial individual 3.4.2
EASA Part-145 C/S individual
authorization: Item (c) and in 3.5
section 3.4.2 item (a) to (k)
“Renewing an individual EASA 3.7.1
Part-145 C/S – S/S individual
authorization”
“Extension an individual EASA
Part-145 C/S-S/S individual
authorization” 3.9.2
Lack of recent experience
demonstration/record. 3.10
149. Revising the list in section 3.5-
point g, h, k, l, m IAW AMC 3.10.2
145.A.35 (j)
150. Adding paragraph in section 3.11.1
3.7.1 regarding authorization of
qualifying aircraft/ component/
engine and receiving inspector, 3.11
what they forbidden to do, and
the required training
151. Adding words in the last
paragraph "In coordination with
the operator" 3.12
152. Adding reference IAW
UG.CAO.00024-004
153. Adding statement regarding 3.13.3
Quality Bulletin
154. Revising 3.11.1 to add NDT
methods item f) Thermography
Testing (IRT) 3.14
155. Revise the qualification and
authorization level I, II and III
need to be meet the
4.2.1
Page: 40 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
requirements of EN4179 instead
of NAS 410 4.3
156. Revising structure and the
content to comply with
UG.CAO.00024-004 5.1
157. Adding last sentence of first 5.1
paragraph 3.13.3 regarding 5.2
involvement of Quality
Department 5.2
158. Revising 3.14.4 Mandatory
Training Requirement to add 5.3
ASSESSOR on Quality Audit and
Staff column
159. Revising section 4.2.1-point d)
and k) 5.3
160. Adding 2nd, 3rd sentences and
notes regarding operator’s
record
161. Revising table list of form 5.4
162. Adding sample of form
163. Revising first paragraph of 5.2
by adding word “non-part 145”
164. Revising point b)
165. Revise first sentence in section
5.3 to be " GMF AeroAsia holds
line maintenance approval at
the following airport location:"
166. Revising last sentence of
section 5.3 to be "Rating holds
by those line maintenance
station are described in section
1.9"
167. Revising first sentence of
section 5.4
O 08 Dec 0 08 Dec Major 1. Revise Table of Content 0.1
2017 2017 2. Revise List of effective Page 0.2
3. Revise Distribution List 0.4
4. Revise Regulation Cross 0.6
Reference Matrix
5. Add abbreviation ILAC 0.8
6. Revise reference 1.1
9. Revise NDT Level 3 1.3
1.3
Page: 41 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
10. Revise list of management
personnel 1.4
11. Revise reference 1.4.1
12. Adding point 10 of 1.4.1
Responsibilities Accountable
Manager 1.4.2
13. Revise point 6 and point 8 of
section 1.4.2 Responsibilities VP
Quality Assurance & Safety
(Safety / Quality Manager) 1.4.2
14. Adding point 9, 14, 15, 17, 18, 19
of section 1.4.2 Responsibilities
VP Quality Assurance & Safety
15. Move point 16 to point 12 of
section 1.4.2 Responsibilities VP
Quality Assurance & Safety
16. Adding responsibility of Director
Base Operation ( point 6) 1.4.3
17. Revise structure of section 1.4.3
by merging the responsibility of
VP Base maintenance, VP
Component services and VP
Engine maintenance 1.4.4
18. Revise structure 1.4.4 in
005 1.4.5
19. Revise structure 1.4.5 in
005 1.4.5
20. Adding responsibility of Director
Line Operation 1.4.6
21. Move chapter 1.9.5 regarding
responsibility of Capability
Development to chapter 1.4.6 1.5
22. Revise Reference 1.5
23. Revise Structure organisation of
section 1.5.3 Base Maintenance 1.5
section 1.5.5 Component
Maintenance 1.5
section 1.5.6 Engine
Maintenance 1.6
Page: 42 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
26. Revised 1.6 title i.a.w
UG.CAO.00024-005 1.6
27. Revised reference 1.6.1
28. Adding minimum experience of
S/S and C/S in comparison table
29. Revised title of chapter 1.6.2 by 1.6.2
adding "(C/S)" and "(S/S)"
30. Adding paragraph List of “A” 1.6.2
Tasks Category Which may be
Authorized 1.6.3
31. Adding section 1.6.3 1.6.4
32. Move section 1.6.3 to section
1.6.4 1.6.4
33. Adding point (f) ""Sample of
signature"" of section 1.6.4" 1.6.5
34. Move section 1.6.4 to section
1.6.5 1.6.5
35. Adding reference to section
1.11.3" 1.7
36. Revise reference
37. Revise number of GMF 1.7
employees related EASA
approval
38. Revise structure of 1.7" 1.7
40. Revised section 1.8.3 by adding 1.8
statement related aircraft access
equipment/platform/docking in
base maintenance
41. Revise structure of 1.8 and revise 1.8
location of DPS Line station and
Terminal F11"
42. Revised reference 1.9
43. Revise structure of section 1.9 1.9
iaw UG.CAO.00024-005
44. Section 1.9,1 Adding paragraph 1.9
related unscheduled/
unexpected event in line or base
maintenance
45. Section 1.9.3 Revised table 1.9
46. Revised content of table NDT 1.9
Rating and limitation in sub
section 1.9.4.1 by adding word
"Liquid" for Penetrant Testing
1.9
Page: 43 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
47. Revised Thermography Testing
abbreviation 1.9
48. Adding "Chemical Processing"
on list of other specialised
activities section 1.9.4.3 1.10
50. Revised title 1.10.1 Notification
of Change 1.10
51. Revise table i.a.w UG
CAO.00024-005 1.10
52. add statement in 1.10.1
"Notification shall be submitted
and send via email to
competent authority inspector
before being implemented " 1.10
Change not requiring
amendment of the proposal 1.11
55. Adding DQ-047 Technical form
manual related to MOE 1.11
56. Adding approval process of
rooster and capability list in
1.11.3 1.11
57. Update table 1.11.4
58. Change term LAN to Network 1.11
Sharing Data
59. Adding type of provider 2.1
60. Revise reference 2.2.1
61. Adding document to be 2.2.1
expected for status used parts
(related to dual release)
62. Adding section 2.2.3 Installation 2.2.1
of component/ parts/ materials
63. Reference revision 2.3
64. Revised title from 2.3.1 Control 2.3
of Serviceable Stored
Components, Parts & Material
into 2.3.1 Storage Procedures 2.3
65. Add new sub section 2.3.1.1.1
Requirements for the Survival
Equipment 2.3
Requirements for Batteries 2.3

Page: 44 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Requirement of Electronic 2.3
Equipment
Long Time Storage of Engines
and Other Rotables - Grounded 2.3
A/C for Extended Time
Aircraft Grounded for Extended 2.3
Time
Temperature Monitoring and 2.3
Control
71. Add new section 2.3.1.2
Segregation between
serviceable, unserviceable
unsalvageable 2.3
72. Add new section 2.3.1.3 Control
and Disposition of Shelf Life
Material & Other Chemicals 2.3
Storage of Expired Self Life
Material and Other Chemicals
While Waiting for Disposition 2.3
Disposition by the Material and
Process Engineering 2.3
75. Revised title section 2.3.2
Identification, Tagging &
Traceability of Serviceable
Parts/Components & Material
Stores and or in Use. 2.3
76. Add new sub section 2.3.2.1
Identification and Traceability of
Serviceable Parts or
Components Inspected &
Repaired at GMF AeroAsia
Awaiting Installation to Next
Higher Assembly 2.3
Identification and Disposal of
Scrapped material 2.3
Shipping of engines and
components repaired in house
Page: 45 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
to maintenance and/or to
customers 2.3
Release to the maintenance
process 2.3
80. Add new section 2.3.3.1
Withdrawal of Parts,
Components from Stores Due to
AD Notes 2.3
81. Add new section 2.3.3.2 Moving
Serviceable Parts, Components
& Material from Stores to
Maintenance 2.3
Activities for Managers
responsible for Storing
Components, Parts and Material 2.4
84. Additional new sentence in
section 2.4.1, Tools & Equipment
selected based on aircraft
engine, component manual
accepted by manufacture
and/or authority, or if the tools &
equipment are commercially
available, GMF will procure
using supplier list in Approved
Supplier List, DQ-005. Generally
selection and authorization
process of supplier will refer to
MOE section 2.1. 2.4
85. Add new sentences in section
2.4.3 that explain list of tool
provider. "The Quality Assurance
& Safety will monitor and keep
update list of calibration
laboratory source maintained in
Approved Supplier List, DQ-005" 2.5
87. Add new section 2.5.3
Calibration Control of
Inspection, Measuring and Test
Equipment 2.6

Page: 46 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Maintenance Data Allowing the 2.6
Use of Alternative Tooling
90. Add new sub section 2.6.4.2 The
Tooling Technical Data is not 2.6
Available
Maintenance Data Not Allowing
or Not Clearly Stating the
Possibility to Use Alternative 2.6
Tooling
Personnel Dedicated to the
Alternative Tooling Equivalence 2.6
Assessment
93. moved section 2.6.2 Calibration
Control of Inspection, Measuring
and Test Equipment by Users 2.7
and Storekeepers to section 2.7
2.5.3
95. Point e,f,h in section 2.7.1
moved to section 2.3
96. Point 2.7.1.1 2.7.1.1
Requirements for the Survival 2.7
Equipment Shop (Emergency
Shop) moved to section 2.3.1.1.1
97. Point 2.7.1.2 2.7.1.2
Requirements for Electrical Shop 2.7
(Especially for Batteries) moved
to section 2.3.1.1.2
98. Point 2.7.2 2.7.2 Electronic
Equipment Handling and 2.7
Storage Requirements moved
99. Point 2.7.3 Temperature 2.8
Monitoring and Control moved 2.8
100. Reference revision
101. Revise title for section 2.8.1 2.8
Maintenance Data Coming from
External Sources
102. Revise maintenance
instructions (forms) that will be 2.9
2.9
Page: 47 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
used to write the maintenance
tasks in section 2.8.2.1
104. Add new sentence in section
2.9.1.1 "such as AMM, SRM, CMM
or other maintenance data 2.9
published by the TCH, STCH,
etc" 2.9
105. Change reference from 1.4.1 to
2.9.2.2.1 in section 2.9.2.2.4
106. Change reference from 1.4.2 to 2.9
2.9.2.2.2 in section 2.9.2.2.4
107. Change reference from 1.4.3 to 2.9
2.9.2.2.3 in section 2.9.2.2.4
108. Change sentence in section
2.9.2.2.4 into "This “fabrication 2.10
file” will constitute the 2.10
maintenance records and will be
fabrication records"
110. Add 2.10.1 "Aircraft
Maintenance Program 2.11
Compliance for ELA 2"
111. Replaced "AD" with "SB" in
section 2.11.2
112. Adding Paragraph in section
2.11.3 regarding verification
prior ro installation component 2.12
on aircraft with different
airworthiness directive 2.12
configuration.
2.12.1 General 2.13
114. Adding sentence in 2.12.4
regarding control of scope of
work
115. Replaced the title in section 2.13
2.13.1 "Conception and update of
the template" with "template in 2.13
use to record maintenance".
116. Adding reference in section
2.13.1 point (a).
117. Replace title in section 2.13.2 2.13
"Maintenance Documentation in

Page: 48 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
use" with " Composition of the 2.13
work package".
2.13.2. and list composition of
work package 2.14
119. Revise procedure to ensure
correct completion of customer
provider work cards in section
2.13.3
120. Revise statement all retained
maintenance record shall be
distributed to the last owner or 2.14
customer of the respective
aircraft or component in section 2.15
2.14.2 Retention of maintenance 2.16
record.
121. Adding format of records in 2.16
2.14.1
122. Revise section 2.15.1 General. 2.16
123. Revise structure 2.16 iaw
UG.CAO.00024-005
124. Add refer to L2 for aircraft 2.16
technical log (section 2.16.2.1)
125. Add distinction between EU 2.16
registered aircraft and non EU
registered aircraft 2.18
126. Add paragraph regarding
particular cases in section 2.16.3.2
127. Add responsibilities of NDT C/S 2.18
in section 2.16.4.1.2
128. adding external resources for
internal occurrence reporting 2.20
system in section 2.18.1
129. adding reference of procedure 2.21
for critical maintenance task in
section 2.18.1 2.21
130. Revise section 2.20.1 Selecting
the Appropriate Contractor.
131. Adjust MOE Chapter 2.21 2.22
reference i.a.w UG Chapter 2.21.
132. Not applicable, GMF not using 2.22
computerised maintenance
record system.
Page: 49 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
134. Adding revision process of man
hours planning: approval, 2.23
requirements.
135. Requirement revision of
significant deviation: during 2.23
calendar month.
136. Revise titles of chapter 2.23 2.23
“Critical Maintenance Tasks and
Error-capturing Methods.
137. Adjust MOE Chapter 2.23
138. Revise 2.23.1 with explanation 2.23
of definition of critical
maintenance task and procedure
to identify of a list of critical
maintenance task.
139. Revise 2.23.2 with explanation
of error capturing methods
identification and procedure of 2.24
independent inspection procedur
and reinspection procedure. 2.24
141. Adding Aircraft Test Flight. 2.25
143. Revising the content of 2.25
description of procedures to
detect and minimise errors.
144. Delete 2.25.1 Error Capturing
methods, and replace with
Procedure to minimise the risk of 2.25
multiple errors and preventing
omissions.
145. Delete 2.25.2 Error Management
System, and replace with
Procedure to minimise the risk of
errors being repeated in identical 2.25
maintenance task compromising
than one system or function.
146. Adding subchapter 2.25.3 2.26
Identification of Methods in use
to Minimise the Risk.
reference i.a.w UG Chapter 2.26. 2.26
Page: 50 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
148. Delete book, replace with
record.
149. Change the QC/RII with
inspection staff on 2.26.2 (a).
150. Revise the required hand over 2.26
task on hand over record on
2.26.2 (b) and 2.26.3 (b).
151. Revise the additional
information of required 2.27
information of hand over process
on 2.26.2(b) and 2.26.3 (b)
153. 2. Maintenance personnel will
inform their manager, related to
inaccuracies or ambiguities, then 2.27
manager will inform to
engineering.
154. Engineering services will inform
to the manufacturer, the 2.27
feedback will be inform to 2.28
planning engineer.
155. Add link with section 2.18 2.28
157. Decision making process of long 2.28
term contract and on time
contract.
158. Hangar slot are available based
on aircraft base maintenance
planning and hangar slot 2.28
management for line
maintenance.
159. Critical task planned by 2.29
planning engineer ref to MOE 2.30
Chapter 2.23. L2.1
160. Adding section 2.29
161. Adding section 2.30 L2.2
162. Revise reference of part L2.1 to
be 145.A.75 (d) L2.3
be 145.A.75 (d) L2.3
be 145.A.75 (d)

Page: 51 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
165. Add description “This section
describe the procedure followed
by GMF AeroAsia regarding the
rectification of defects in line
maintenance. The responsibility
to identify and manage the
repetitive defect is an operator. In
coordination with the operator,
GMF AeroAsia may identify such L2.4
repetitive defects and take
involve in relation with L2.5
rectification action. "
166. Revise reference of part L2.4 to L2.6
be 145.A.75 (d)
be 145.A.75 (d)
be 145.A.75 (d)
169. Revise reference to be 145.A.75 3.1
(d) 3.1
170. Add reference in paragraph 2:
section 2.25
171. Revise reference of part 3.1 3.1
172. Revise interval of audit from
"one year" to be "12 months".
(section 3.1.3.1) 3.1
173. Add wording "reflected by
applicable MOE Section" (section
3.1.3.1) 3.2
174. Add sentence in section 3.1.3.1
regarding compliance check to
cross ref in section 0.6 3.2
175. Add reference of part 3.2 to be 3.2
EASA Part 145.A.65 (c) (1), (2) /
AMC 145.A.65 (c) (1), (2))
176. Add definition of product audit
177. Add explanation that "Report of 3.3
product audit shall describing the
detail of product that was
checked."
178. Add reference of part 3.3 to be 3.3
EASA Part 145.A.65 (c) (2),
145.A.95 (a), (b), (c) / AMC
145.A.65 (c) (2) 3.3
179. Add the classification of finding
Page: 52 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Change Lead Auditors to be
Auditor (section 3.3.1.2) 3.4
180. Add sentence to section 3.3.2 3.4
regarding access to the
accountable manager
182. Add requirement for Aircraft
Certifying Staff and/or Support
Staff (3.4.1),
Components/Engines/APU
Certifying Staff (3.4.2), and 3.4
Specialized Services (NDT) 3.4
Certifying Staff (3.4.3) : Minimum
age is 21 years. 3.5
183. Revise structure of 3.4.3 3.6
184. Adding demonstration of 3.6
experience 6/24 months 3.7
187. Create link to section 3.14
189. Add statement that the
inspection personnel shall be 3.7
controlled in roster of inspectors.
190. Revise structure of paragraph 2 3.7
in 3.7.1. 3.8
191. Replace word "qualifying" to be
"airframe"
192. Create link to section 3.14 3.8
193. Delete reference EASA Part
145.A.30 (g) - Part 145.A.35 (a), 3.8
(m))
194. Replace word "technician" to
be "mechanic" 3.9
195. Add statement that the
inspection personnel shall be 3.10
controlled in roster of
mechanics. 3.11
196. Revise reference to be EASA
Part 145.A.65 (b) 1, GM 145.A.65
197. Add ref AMC 145.A.65 (b)
198. Revise reference to be EASA
Part 145.A.30(f), AMC 3.11
145.A.30(f), AMC 145.A.65(b)(2),

Page: 53 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
AMC1 145.A.30(e), GM2 3.12
145.A.30(e), GM3 145.A.30 (e.)
199. Replace roman numerals to be
general numeric for NDT Level (I, 3.13
II, III to be 1,2,3) 3.14
200. Revise reference to be 3.14
145.A.75(b), AMC 145.A.75(b),
AMC
201. Revise reference to be
145.A.30(e), AMC2 145.A.30(e),
GM1
203. Add statement in 3.14.3 "The
assessment shall be performed
based on personnel records,
interview, and on the job
performance evaluation as
detailed in QP 308-01, which
cover relevant knowledge of
technical & procedure, skill,
experience, and appropriate
attitude as per job function 3.14
requirement. The scope of
assessment whether initial,
extension, or renewal shall be
identified and met the 3.14
requirement as described in
section 3.4."
204. Add statement "The record of 3.14
personnel assessment shall be
maintained as described in QP
308-01"
205. Revise title of 3.14.4 . 3.14.4
Regulatory Training Required for
Assessment 4.1
206. Add sentences in section 3.14.3 4.1
regarding verification that all
applicable qualification for
specific category of staff as 4.1
detailed in the MOE / job 4.2
description 4.2
207. Chapter title revision
208. Revise term contracted 4.2
operators to contracting 4.3
operators 5.1
Page: 54 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
209. Revise DQ-035
211. Adding requirement of
Operators's procedure training 5.2
212. Deleting paragraph 4.2.2 5.2
214. Changing term LAN/ Local Area
Network to Network Sharing
Data
215. Updating form to the current 5.3
revision 5.4
216. Revise chapter title 5.4
218. Adding information "not
holding an EASA Part-145
approval" to clearly define
subcontracted organisation 5.4
220. Revise chapter title
221. Adding information "holding
an EASA Part-145 approval
relevant to the maintenance
activity contracted " to clearly
define contracted organisation
222. Add sentence regarding
assurance of correct completion
of customer provided work cards
O 08 Dec 1 07 Jun Minor 1. Revise Senior Person (DB and 1.3
2017 2018 DL) and VP of Engine
Maintenance
2. Revise organization chart in 1.5
accordance with current
organization structure 1.7
3. Revise Specialized Services
Certifying Staff Number 1.9
4. adding limitation CFM 56-5 of
engine maintenance 2.10.2
5. Revise Engine Preliminary
Inspection Form number 2.11.5
6. Revising of AD accomplishment 2.14.2
7. Engine Form Revision

Page: 55 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
O 08 Dec 2 30 Nov Minor 1. Adding Definition of Manager, 0.9
2017 2018 Planner, Supervisor, Mechanic,
Quality Audit Staff and
Specialised services staff
2. No Revision is needed on MOE 1.3
(Current MOE has fulfilled the
requirement)
3. Change of Quality Manager, 1.3
Responsible NDT Level III
4. Revise organization of Base 1.5.3
Maintenance Department to
include Hangar Surabaya.
5. Adding classification of 1.5.4
organization chart in GMF that
EASA approved and not EASA
approved
6. Adding LMS 04 - Jawa in 1.5.4
Outstation Line Maintenance
organization chart GMF that
approved EASA
7. Revise number of personnel to 1.7
include personnel in Surabaya
8. Adding Line Station Surabaya in 1.8.4
Line Maintenance Facilities
9. Updating Layout facility of 1.8.6
Hangar 4 and Engine Shop
10. Adding Layout facilities of 1.8.6
Hangar Surabaya
11. Adding identification for 1.8.6
painting hangar facility
12. Adding Layout Material and 1.8
Tools Store Line Station
Surabaya
13. Revise aircraft model for A330, 1.9.1
A320 and ATR.
14. Giving description of 1.9.1
maintenance level of base and
line airframe rating (CGK) 1.9.1
15. Add Surabaya Line Maintenance
capability for ATR 1.9.2
16. Adding detail limitation of 1.9.4.2
engine
17. Adding information of NDT
without D1 rating specific 1.9.7
workshop
Page: 56 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
18. Adding 1.9.7 regarding Use of
Maintenance Data not Clearly 1.11.4
Intended for the Rating Held
19. Updating status guide revision of 2.2
MOE 1.11.4
20. Revising reference in section
2.2.2.5 regarding segregation of 2.3
non-conformance part
21. Revising reference of Expired Self
Life Storage Material in section 2.5
2.3.1.3.1
22. adding procedures if any out of
tolerance tools found. 2.8
23. Revising the word QC/RII to be
Qualified Inspector in section
2.8.2.4 2.8
24. Revise the definition of
Qualitative and Quantitative in
section 2.8.2.2 2.9
25. Deleting reference of
nonconforming components in
section 2.9.1.2 2.10
26. Revise word of QC/Support
inspection personnel into
qualified inspection personnel in
section 2.10.2.2 2.10
27. Delete word of QC/RII/Support
personnel in section 2.10.2.4 2.13
28. Revising methods of signing off
by Authorised Personnel for
Normal, Critical, Critical or
Identical Maintenance Task 2.13
29. Adding Note for role of B1, B2
S/S and C Category for
completing the job and
Explanation about error 2.13
capturing methods reference in
MOE. 2.14
30. Deleting sentence in section
2.13.3 point c regarding RII 2.16
31. Adding wheel, brake and landing
gear Planning Data Sheet
32. Revising general requirements of
the release to service, Aircraft
Maintenance Release to Service
Page: 57 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
procedures, Component/
engines/ APUs Maintenance 2.16
Release to Service (C / B1 / B3
ratings) 2.24
33. Adding procedures for release to
service in A/C LM
34. Revising procedures of
performing maintenance away
from the approved locations to
be 4 scenarios; Occasional Line
Maintenance, AOG Condition, On 2.24
- Wing Support, NDT Activities
under D1 Rating.
35. Adding procedures for direct
approval of maintenance 2.25.3
performed outside the approved
locations.
36. Adding Table of Error-Capturing
Methods Criteria for identical 2.28
maintenance task and critical 2.28
maintenance task.
37. Deleting QC manager in 2.28.7
38. Deleting sentence regarding RII 3.1.3
task on the last paragraph of
2.28.7
39. Adding unannounced audit
procedures, management of
change regarding to audit plan 3.2.3
and explanation for follow up
audit program 3.4/3.14
40. Adding Surabaya Line station as
one of subject to be audited
41. Adding requirement for C/S of
Aircraft, engine or component
for initial training must have 3.6
Module 9 and Human Factor
Training
42. Revise requirement of auditor 3.14
experience from 7 years to 4
years 3.14
43. Deleting the word RII in section
3.14.2 point f
44. Revising table of section 3.14.3 5.1
by adding training Module 9 and
Quality System
Page: 58 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
45. Deleting revision number in
table of form and adding Form
GMF/Q-441 wheel, brake and 5.3
Landing Gear Planning Data
Sheet
46. Adding details address on line
maintenance and adding line
maintenance Surabaya.
O 08 Dec 3 01 Apr Minor 1. Revise EASA PART-145 0.6

2017 2019 Regulations Cross Reference
Matrix
O 08 Dec 3 01 April Minor 2. Change of Director of Line 1.3
2017 2019 Maintenance, Deputy of Quality
Manager and Company title of
NDT Level 3
3. Revise GMF Organisation chart 1.5.1
4. Revise Widebody Base 1.5.3
Maintenance Org. Chart
5. Adding Narrowbody Base 1.5.4
Maintenance Org. Chart
6. Revise the Number of GMF 1.7
the EASA approval
7. Revise the detail of Certifying 1.7
Staff for each rating
8. Revise Layout of Engine Shop, 1.8.6
DPS Line Maintenance
Production Office, DPS Line
Maintenance Material & Tool
Store and CGK Line
Maintenance Office
9. Revise Aircraft Maintenance 1.9.1
Scope of Work
10. Adding section 3.10.3 regarding 3.10.3
Concession for Maintenance
away from the approved
location
16 10 Oct 0 10 Oct Major 1. Add Section 0.2.2 Matrices of
0.2
2019 2019 MOE Issuance number
2. Change of Accountable manager 1.1
3. Change of Accountable manager 1.2

Page: 59 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
4. Revise the Accountable 1.3
manager, Deputy of Accountable
Manager, Director of Base
Operation, Deputy of Director of
Base Operation, Deputy of
Director of Line Operation, VP
Widebody Base Maintenance, VP
Outstation Line Maintenance
and Add VP Narrowbody Base
Maintenance.
5. Typo error in writing section 1.4
number
6. Revise organization chart of 1.5
10 Oct 10 Oct outstation line maintenance to
16 2019 0 2019 Major include International Customer
Line
UG.CAO.00024-007
8. Revise structure of MOE 1.6
9. Revise number of CS and SS on 1.7
the table of number of staff
employed
10. Revise number of CS and SS per
A/C type
UG.CAO.00024-007
12. Revise Hangar Capacity and 1.8.3
adding facility of Hangar Pondok
Cabe
13. Adding access to Hangar for line 1.8.4
station CGK, DPS and Surabaya
14. Revise Layout of Hangar 2 and 1.8.6
Hangar 4
15. Add layout of Hangar Pondok
Cabe
16. Revise layout of Workshop 2
UG.CAO.00024-007
18. Revise table of aircraft 1.9.1
maintenance capability in
accordance to the new table
reference of UG.CAO.00024-007
19. Adding base maintenance
capability of Airbus
A319/A320/A321 (IAE PW1100G)

Page: 60 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
capability of Airbus
A319/A320/A321 (CFM LEAP-1A)
capability of BOEING 777-
200/300 (GE90)
22. Delete capability of B747-
200/300 (PW JT9D)
23. Adding additional base
maintenance site of Hangar
Pondok Cabe with capability ATR
42-400/500/72-212A (PWC
PW120) up to and including C
Check
16 10 Oct 0 10 Oct Major 24. Revise table of Engine/ APU 1.9.2
2019 2019 maintenance capability in
accordance to the new table
reference of UG.CAO.00024-007
25. Delete special process of Heat 1.9.4
Treatment of B rating
28. Revise list of associated 1.11.2
procedure and add information
regarding issue revision status
log of associated procedure
29. Revise revision of applicable 1.11.4
regulation and user guide
UG.CAO.00024-007
31. Revise definition of suppliers IAW 2.1.1
UG.CAO.00024-007
32. Revised section 2.1.2 Monitoring 2.1.2
the Suppliers
33. Adding new Section 2.1.3 2.1.3
Monitoring The Contracted
Organization
34. Adding new section 2.1.4 2.1.4
Monitoring The Subcontracted
Organization
UG.CAO.00024-007
36. Revise the structure of section 2.2.1
2.2 IAW UG.CAO.00024-007

Page: 61 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
37. Adding classification and
definition of component and
material
38. Adding physical inspection and 2.2.3
documentation review as
procedure for component
acceptance
39. Adding procedure for 2.2.4
verification prior to installation of
components/standard
parts/materials IAW
UG.CAO.00024-007
UG.CAO.00024-007
16 10 Oct 0 10 Oct Major 41. Adding paragraph in section 2.3.1
2019 2019 2.3.1.2 related segregation and
labeling of unserviceable part
42. Revised item a) and b) related 2.3.2
identification and labeling for
standard parts, raw and
consumable material
43. Adding new section 2.3.2.2 2.3.2
Traceability of Unserviceable
Parts/Components
44. Adding new section 2.3.2.3
Traceability of Unsalvageable
Parts/Components
45. Revised section 2.3.2.4
Identification and Mutilation
before Disposal of Scrapped
material by adding paragraph
related agreement scrap material
with customer
46. Revised number section 2.3.2.5
Shipping of engines and
components repaired in house
to maintenance and/or to
customers
UG.CAO.00024-007
UG.CAO.00024-007

Page: 62 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
49. Typo error paragraph 2.8.2 2.8
regarding brackets sign "()" on
definition of qualitative and
quantitative
UG.CAO.00024-007
UG.CAO.00024-007
52. Change paragraph 2.13.3 2.13.3
regarding cross stamp on
inventory list by production
control personnel
UG.CAO.00024-007
16 10 Oct 0 10 Oct Major 54. Revise reference IAW 2.20
2019 2019 UG.CAO.00024-007
UG.CAO.00024-007
56. Revise section 3.2.2 "Wheels and 3.2.2
Brake shop" to be "Wheels, Brake
and Landing Gear Shop"
57. Revise section 3.2.3 to Add 3.2.3
Hangar Pondok Cabe as one of
audited hangar
58. Adding section 6.1 6.1
17 02 Oct 0 02 Oct Major 01. Revise cross reference EASA-145 0.6
2020 2020 to MOE Issue 17 Rev 0 reference
02. Delete abbreviation of GM 0.8
‘General Manager’
03. Add abbreviation of SM ‘Senior
Manager’
04. Add definition of Tool Service 0.9
Provider
05. Change of Accountable Manager 1.1
06. Change of Accountable Manager 1.2
manager, Deputy of Accountable
Manager, Director of Business &
Base Operation, Director of Line
Operation, Deputy of Director of
Line Operation, VP Quality
Assurance & Safety, VP Narrow
Body Base Maintenance, VP Line
Maintenance, VP Engine Services,
Page: 63 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
VP Component Services, and
Project Owner Hangar Pondok
Cabe. Change Company title of
'Director of Base Operation' to
'Director of Business & Base
Operation', ‘VP Engine
Maintenance’ to ‘VP Engine
Services’, and ‘VP Component
Maintenance’ to ‘VP Component
Services’.
08. Change terms ‘GM NDT & 1.4.4
Calibration (NDT Level 3)’ into
‘Responsible NDT Level 3’
17 02 Oct 0 02 Oct Major 09. Delete terms ‘calibration’ from
2020 2020 responsibility of NDT Level 3
10. Change terms of ‘Outstation Line 1.4.6
Maintenance’ into ‘Line
Maintenance’
11. Change terms of ‘General 1.4.7
Manager’ to ‘Senior Manager’
12. Revise structure organization 1.5.1
13. Add Material & Shop Quality 1.5.2
Inspection in Quality Assurance
& safety structure organization
14. Revise ‘Outstation Line 1.5.5
Maintenance’ to ‘Line
Maintenance’
15. Remarks LMS 04-Jawa as not
related to EASA
16. Revise ‘NDT & Calibration’ block 1.5.6
to ‘Tool & Calibration’ in
Component Maintenance
Structure Organization
17. Delete ‘Business & Support’ and 1.5.7
‘Quality Management’ unit
Engine Maintenance Structure
Organization
18. Revise regulation reference 1.6
according to IAW UG.CAO.00024-
008
19. Change terms of ‘General 1.7
20. Change site for permanent
employee into https://soe.gmf-
aeroasia.co.id/
Page: 64 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
21. Revise table of Number of GMF
EASA Approval
22. Revise the detail of Certifying
Staff for each rating. Delete
Boeing 737-300/400/500
(CFM56) from table, and add
Boeing 747-400 (RB211).
23. Delete capability in Line 1.8.4
Maintenance Surabaya
24. Delete Layouts of Line 1.8.6
Maintenance Surabaya
17 02 Oct 0 02 Oct Major 25. Revise Workshop 1 layout into
2020 2020 Workshop 1 First Floor Layout
26. Add Workshop 1 Second Floor
Layout
27. Revise Workshop 2 First Floor
Layout
28. Revise Workshop 2 Second Floor
Layout
29. Revise layout of Part Material
Receiving Area
30. Revise title from ‘GM &
Production Support Office’ to
‘SM & Production Support Office’
in Denpasar Line Maintenance
31. Revise Production Office 1st Floor
of Denpasar Line Maintenance
32. Revise Production Office 2nd
Floor of Denpasar Line
Maintenance
33. Revise Material & Tools of
Denpasar Line Maintenance
according to IAW UG.CAO.00024-
008
35. Delete BOEING 737-300/400/500 1.9.1
(CFM56) as Base and Line
capability.
36. Adding additional Aircraft
Limitation of 747-400F & 747-
400BCF
37. Adding Line Maintenance
capability of Boeing 747-400 (RR
RB211)
Page: 65 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
38. Delete Surabaya Line
Maintenance Station capability
39. Adding paragraph in section 1.9.7

1.9.7 regarding work need to be
perform not in area of intended
rating
40. Revise subsection title to 1.9.8
‘Airworthiness Review
Privileges’ reference IAW
UG.CAO.00024-008
17 02 Oct 0 02 Oct Major 1.9.9
41. Delete section 1.9.9 reference
2020 2020
42. Delete DQ-005 Approved 1.11.2
Supplier List reference IAW
UG.CAO.00024-008
43. Adding QP 109-02 Work
Performed at Another Location
– Engine Services
45. Change Document 1.11.4
identification reference IAW
UG.CAO.00024-008
47. Delete sentence regarding 2.1.1
supplier of tools
48. Add note regarding term of 2.1.1.1
supplier
according to IAW
UG.CAO.00024-008
50. Add notes regarding used 2.2.2
components maintained by a
CAO
51. Revise Option 2 (1) regarding
FAA Form 8130-3 as EASA Form
1 equivalent
TCAA Form One as EASA Form 1
equivalent
ANAC Form F-100-01 (former
Page: 66 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
Form SEGVOO 003) as EASA
Form 1 equivalent
UG.CAO.00024-008
55. Revise subsection 2.3.2.1 2.3.2.1
regarding Serviceability Tag
56. Add sentence regarding record 2.3.2.4
of component with
mandatory life limitation
reference IAW UG.CAO.00024-
008
17 02 Oct 0 02 Oct Major 57. Revise Form Number of 2.3.4
2020 2020 Serviceable Tag Q-011 into Q-
434
58. Revised terms of supplier into 2.4.1
“tool service providers”
reference IAW UG.CAO.00024-
008
59. Change terms of Supplier into 2.4.3
Provider
62. Change terms of ‘General 2.8.1.2
65. Revise Form Number of 2.9.1.1
Serviceable Tag Q-011 into
Serviceability Tag Q-434
66. Revise Form’s name and 2.9.1.2
number from Serviceable Tag
Q-012 into Serviceability Tag
Q-434
UG.CAO.00024-008
68. Change title section to 2.10.1
‘Identification of Maintenance
Program’
69. Add paragraph regarding
aircraft maintenance
programme
Page: 67 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
70. Delete section regarding
‘Aircraft Maintenance Program
Compliance for ELA 2’
71. Revise sentence ‘person’s 2.13.2
number’ to ‘stamp’
UG.CAO.00024-008
17 02 Oct 0 02 Oct Major 74. Adding sentence related to 2.14.1

2020 2020 computer hardware storage of
maintenance record reference
75. Revise Form’s name and 2.14.2
number from Serviceable Tag
Q-012 into Serviceability Tag
Q-434
76. Adding paragraph regarding 2.16.2
Maintenance Check Flight
refer to IAW UG.CAO.00024-
008
77. Revise GMF Form Q-123 Issue 2.16.2.1
3 with GMF Form Q-123 Issue 4
78. Revise instruction form ‘block
19 to block 24’ into ‘block 14
to block 19’
79. Revise EASA Form 1 Issue 2 to 2.16.3.1
EASA Form 1 Issue 3
80. Revise EASA website regarding 2.18.2.3
notification of Suspected
Unapproved Part
81. Revise Form Number of 2.19.1
Page: 68 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
86. Add sub-paragraph (b) 2.26.2
regarding information system
from outgoing manager
87. Add notes regarding work for
non-shift
89. Change title of section 2.29 2.29
into Airworthiness Review
Procedure and Records
17 02 Oct 0 02 Oct Major L2.1
90. Change terms of ‘General
2020 2020
91. Revise Maintenance Duplicate L2.4
Inspection to Maintenance
Independent Inspection
92. Change abbreviation from 3.1.1
‘GM’ to ‘SM’
94. Revising statement in section 3.2.2
3.2.2 regarding product to be
audited and deleting
Accessories shop workstation
95. Delete Surabaya Line Station 3.2.3
as subject to be audited
96. Notification of level 1 finding 3.3
to Accountable Manager and
EASA
104. Add sentence regarding GMF 3.5
shall provide Certifying
Page: 69 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
personnel their personal
record when leaving
organisation
17 02 Oct 0 02 Oct Major 108. Revise subsection title from 3.11.1
2020 2020 ‘Qualified NDT Personnel
Experience, Training and
Examination’ to ‘Qualified NDT
Personnel’
109. Add sentence regarding GMF 3.14.3
shall provide Certifying
personnel their personal
record when leaving
organization
110. Delete Form GMF/Q-009 5.1.2
Component Holding Tag from
List of Form
111. Add Form GMF/Q-434
Serviceability Tag from List of
Form
112. Delete Terminal 2 Juanda 5.3
International Airport as list of
line maintenance location
17 02 Oct 1 23 Aug Minor 01. Add Director of Human Capital 0.4
2020 2021 and Corporate Affairs to MOE
distribution list.
02. Change Accountable Manager. 1.1
03. Change Accountable Manager. 1.2
Manager, Deputy of
Accountable Manager, Director
of Business & Base Operation,
Director of Line Operation,
Deputy of Director of Line
Operation, VP Quality Assurance
and Safety, Deputy of VP Quality
Assurance and Safety, VP Line
Maintenance, and NDT Level 3.
05. Change title of President & CEO 1.5.1
into CEO
Page: 70 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
06. Delete Customer Support & 1.5.3
Sales Manager Unit from
organization chart.
organization chart.
organization chart.
09. Revise the number of Technical 1.7
Support Staff and Certifying
Staff.
10. Revise the number of Certifying
staff per Aircraft Type. 1.7
11. Adding detail of available
workshop in GMF. 1.8.5
12. Revise paragraph in section
1.11.1 regarding numbering 1.11.1
revision system
13. Revise table in section 1.11.4 to
not specific mention the 1.11.4
revision number
14. Revise reference section 2.3.5 to
section 2.3.2 regarding 2.3.1
Identification, Tag, and
Traceability.
15. Revise reference section 2.3.5 to
section 2.3.2 regarding 2.3.3.2
Identification, Tag, and
Traceability.
16. Revise paragraph writing
maintenance instruction 2.8.2.2
regarding tools mentioned in
approved maintenance data.
17. Revise the paragraph regarding
canceled statement by 2.13.3
replacing word “entries” into
“others”.
18. Revise the paragraph regarding L2.4
minimum requirement for
aircraft technical log
completion. 3.13.4
19. Revise the leader of Human
Factor Coordination Meeting.

Page: 71 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
18 01 Aug 0 01 Aug Major 01. Add definition of Qualified 0.9
2022 2022 Inspector.
02. Revise definition of Qualified 0.9
Mechanic.
03. Revise table List of Managers. 1.3.5
04. Add responsibility of Director of 1.4.3
Base Operation.
05. Add section 1.4.3.1 regarding 1.4.3
responsibilities of VP
Maintenance and Workshop.
06. Deletion responsibilities of 1.4.4
Responsible NDT Level 3
regarding calibration.
07. Add responsibility of Director of 1.4.5
Line Operation.
08. Revise responsibilities of VP Line 1.4.5.1
Maintenance.
09. Add responsibility of VP 1.4.5.2
Planning Managers.
10. Revise GMF AeroAsia 1.5.1
organization charts.
11. Revise Quality Assurance & 1.5.2
Safety’s Unit.
12. Adding Cabin Workshop Unit 1.5.3
into Wide Body Base
Maintenance Department.
13. Add new department 1.5.6
organiSation, “Line
Maintenance Planning”.
14. Revise Component Services 1.5.7
Department.
15. Revise Engine Services 1.5.8
Department.
16. Add new department, “Material 1.5.9
& Logistic Services”.
17. Add new department, “Sales & 1.5.10
Marketing”.
18. Revise table of Scope of the 1.6.1.1
National License by Comparison
to EASA Certifying Staff
Categories.
19. Add “stamp Identification 1.6.3
Number” as content of the list of
List CS & SS.
1.7
Page: 72 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
20. Revise number of CS and SS on
the table of number of staff
employed. 1.7
21. Revise number of Maintenance
Technical Staff on the table of
number of staff employed. 1.7
Aircraft type. 1.8.6
23. Revise Layout Premises 1.9.1
capability of Boeing B737-
600/700/800/900 with limitation
of B737-900 and B737-900ER.
25. Adding base maintenance 1.9.1
capability of Boeing B747-400
powered by engine CF6 with
limitation of B747-400F and
B747-400EBCF.
26. Adding base maintenance 1.9.1
capability of Boeing B747-400
powered by engine PW4000
with limitation of B747-400F
and B747-400BCF.
27. Change Denpasar Line 1.9.1
Maintenance Station capability
into table of aircraft
accordance to UG.CAO.00024-
008.
28. Downgrade Denpasar Line 1.9.1
Maintenance Station for Boeing
B737-600/700/800/900
maintenance up to weekly
check.
29. Downgrade Denpasar Line 1.9.1
Maintenance Station for Airbus
A330 powered by RR Trent 700
maintenance up to weekly
check.
30. Change Hangar Pondok Cabe 1.9.1
capability into table of aircraft
accordance to UG.CAO.00024-
008.
1.9.2
Page: 73 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
31. Adding capability engine
maintenance for GE 90-100
Series. 1.9.3
32. Deletion rating C9. 1.11.2
33. Revise document number for
NDT Procedure from DQ-006
into QP 209-18. 1.11.2
34. Add new QP 108-03 regarding
Base Maintenance Hangar
without Door. 2.8.2.1
35. Revise terms “production
engineering/AMEL Holder” into
“Qualified Personnel”. 2.8.2.2
36. Revise paragraph writing
maintenance instruction
regarding tools mentioned in
approved maintenance data. 2.16.1
37. Revise section 2.16.1.4 point b to
add wording “ or customer work
order” 2.16.2
38. Revise the paragraph regarding
canceled statement by
replacing word “entries” into 2.16.2
“others”.
39. Adding procedure for issuance 3.1.2
EASA Practice 3.
40. Adding requirement of 3.3.1.3
independent auditor
41. Delete sentence regarding 3.4.1
Problem Analysis.
42. Revise required experience for
base maintenance support staff 3.4.1
into 5 years experience.
43. Delete req of Mod 9 3.4.2
continuation training of A/C CS.
44. Revise maintenance experience
for initial Components/Engines 3.4.2
/APU Certifying Staff.
45. Delete requirement of Module 9
continuation training of 3.4.2
Component CS.
46. Revise maintenance experience
for extension Components/ 3.6.3
Engines /APU Certifying Staff. 3.7.1
47. Deletion terms “ISO 9000”.
Page: 74 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
48. Revise paragraph regarding
definition of Qualifying 3.8.1
Inspection Personnel.
49. Adding sentence regarding who
plan the development training 3.8.3
program.
50. Revise definition of certificated
mechanics 3.14.3
51. Add requirement recurrent
training of FTS and EWIS for
mechanics when relevant 5.1.2
52. Deletion Form GMF/Q-068
Problem Analysis from List of
Forms. 5.1.2
53. Adding Form GMF/Q-483
Authorized released Certificate
for issuance EASA Practice 3. 5.1.2
54. Adding Form GMF/Q-372 AD
status 5.1.2
55. Adding Form GMF/Q-373 SB
Report
18 01 Aug 1 18 Oct Minor 01. Revise Director of Line 1.3.5
2022 2022 Operation 1.3.5
02. Revise Deputy of Quality
Manager 1.3.5
03. Revise VP of Component
Services 1.3.5
04. Revise SM of Hangar Pondok
Cabe 1.4.6
05. Revise section 1.4.6 point i
regarding capability list revision
process 1.5.5
06. Revise organization structure of
Line maintenance 1.5.10
07. Revise organization structure of
Sales & Marketing 1.7
08. Revise number of Certifying
Staff and Maintenance
Technical Staff on the table of
number of staff employed. 1.7
Aircraft type. 1.8.6
10. Revise layout of DPS Line
Maintenance Station 1.9.4

Page: 75 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
11. Revise the reference of NDT 1.9.4
Techniques
12. Revise location of NDT without 1.11.3
D1 rating
13. Revise the process of capability L2.1
list proposal
14. Typo in mentioning reference of
release component in item d
(change from 2.3.6 to 2.16.3)
18 01 Aug 2 06 Feb Minor 01. Delete list of nominated person 1.3.2
2022 2023 Hangar Pondok Cabe on the
table
02. Change SBU Military to SBU 1.5.1
Defense Industry
03. Delete Hangar Pondok Cabe on 1.5.4
Structure organization
Narrowbody Base Maintenance
04. Add Maintenance Control & 1.5.5
Coordination to Line
Maintenance structure
organization
05. Delete Hangar Pondok Cabe as 1.8.1
Principle Place of Business
06. Revise the number of hangar 1.8.3
and delete Hangar Pondok Cabe
as one of base maintenance
facilities.
07. Delete hangar Pondok Cabe 1.8.6
from layout of premises
08. Delete capability of Hangar 1.9.1
Pondok Cabe
09. Delete hangar pondok cabe 3.2.3
area on aircraft audit section
18 01 Aug 3 13 Jul Minor 01. Revise nominated deputy of 1.3.5
2022 2023 Accountable Manager from
Ananta Widjaja to Irvan Pribadi
02. Revise company title and EASA 1.3.5
title of Ananta Widjaja
03. Revise nominated deputy of 1.3.5
Workshop Maintenance
Manager
04. Remove VP Widebody Base 1.3.5
Maintenance and Narrowbody
Base Maintenance
1.3.5
Page: 76 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
05. Revise VP of Engine Services
and Component Services 1.4.2
06. Removing responsibilities of VP
Quality Assurance regarding
approval on Base Maintenance
activity 1.4.3
07. Removing responsibilities of
Director of Base Operation
regarding Base Maintenance
activity 1.4.3
08. Removing VP of widebody and
narrowbody base maintenance
09. Remove organization chart of 1.5
widebody and narrowbody
base maintenance
10. Remove privilege of B1 SS, B2 1.6.1
SS and C CS in section 1.6.1.2
11. Remove content of roster 1.6.3
regarding identification of the
Support Staff for Base
maintenance activity
12. Remove wording "support staff" 1.6.3
in item j of section 1.6.3
13. Revise the number of GMF 1.7
the EASA approval
14. Revise the number of Certifying 1.7
Staff for each aircraft type
15. Change hangar painting to 1.8
hangar with door facility
16. Removal Base Maintenance 1.8.1
facility
17. Removal Base Maintenance 1.8.3
Facility
18. Additional light maintenance 1.8.4
facility paragraph
19. Removal Base Maintenance 1.9
Scope of Work; Revise Line
Maintenance limitation;
20. Removal poin (b) For temporary 1.9.1
or occasional cases (AD’s, SB’s)
the Quality Manager may
accept base maintenance tasks
to be performed by a line
maintenance organization
Page: 77 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
provided all requirements are
fulfilled as defined by the
competent authority from
1.9.1.1 Aircraft Maintenance
21. Deletion wording line or base 1.9.7
22. Deletion QP 108-03 Base 1.11
Maintenance Hangar without
Door
23. Deletion QP 209-15 Aircraft 1.11
Painting Process;
24. Additional QP 601-18 Weight & 1.11
Balance
25. Deletion base maintenance site 2.2.3
from 2.2.3.2
26. Deletion line and base from 2.7.1
2.7.1(d)
27. Deletion base from 2.8.1.2 2.8.1
28. Deletion base maintenance 2.8.2
from 2.8.2.1
29. Deletion wording at base 2.9.1
maintenance from Form
GMF/Q-150 on 2.9.1.2
30. Deletion Note 4 regarding C 2.13.3
Certifying staff and move Note
5 to Note 4 from 2.13.3.1
31. Delete wording support staff 2.13.3
from 2.13.3.1
32. Deletion wording BASE from 2.15
headline 2.15
33. Deletion procedure of Base 2.16.2
Maintenance from Aircraft
Maintenance Release to Service
(A1 ratings).
34. Deletion of Practice 1 procedure 2.16.2
35. Deletion paragraph regarding 2.16.2
issuance and completion
instruction of CRS after Base
Maintenance in section 2.16.2.1
36. Move form Q-123 and its 2.16.2
instructions to 2.16.2.2
37. deletion base maintenance in 2.16.2
section 2.16.2.4
38. Removing word "support staff" 2.16.2
in point 1 of general
responsibilities in section 2.16.2
Page: 78 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
39. Remove wording base
maintenance 2.19.22
40. Delete the procedure of
Maintenance away from the 2.24.1
approved location for Base
Maintenance
41. Delete the procedure of 2.24.2
Maintenance away from the
approved location for Base
Maintenance
42. Removing shift task hand over 2.26.2
procedure for base
43. Deletion of planning activity for 2.28.1
base maintenance
44. Deletion base maintenance 3.1.3
from 3.1.3.1
45. Deletion wording base 3.2.3
46. Deleting first paragraph in 3.4
section 3.4 regarding support
staff
47. Deleting all word "support staff" 3.4
in all section of 3.4
48. Deletion wording B1/B2 from 3.5
heading 3.5
49. Deletion paragraph one "In the 3.7.1
aircraft base maintenance
environment, the inspectors
function does not correspond
to the support staff function.
After the task sign-off, a further
inspection stage is necessary by
B1 and B2 Support staff as
applicable. Support Staff shall
ensure that all relevant tasks or
inspections have been carried
out to the required standard
before the category C certifying
staff issues the certificate of
release to service."
50. Deletion Base maintenance 3.7.1
inspector and change to aircraft
inspector from paragraph two
51. Deletion paragraph 4 “Note: In 3.7.1
the aircraft base maintenance
Page: 79 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Issue Issue Rev.
No. Date Type
environment the qualifying
inspectors function does not
correspond to the support staff
function. After the task sign-off,
a further inspection stage is
necessary by B1 and/or B2
Support staff as applicable. B1
and B2 Support Staff shall
ensure that all relevant tasks or
inspections have been carried
out to the required standard
before the category C certifying
staff issues the certificate of
release to service.”
52. Deletion wording base 3.8.5
maintenance
53. Deletion poin a) concession of 3.10.1
base maintenance and move
poin b) to poin a)
54. Removing word "support staff" 3.12
in last paragraph
55. Deletion poin (f) support staff 3.14.2
and move poin (g) to (f)
56. Deletion support staff from the 3.14.3
table row certifying staff
57. Deletion wording "base" from 4.2.1
4.2.1 (b)
18 01 Aug 4 03 Aug Minor 01. Revise the Workshop 1.3
2022 2023 Maintenance Manager from
Ananta to Irvan Pribadi.
02. Revise the reference of scrap in 2.9.1
section 2.9.1.2 point c) from 2.9.2
to 2.9.4.
03. Revise the reference of scrap in 2.19.2
section 2.19.2.1 point c) from
2.9.2 to 2.9.4.

Page: 80 of 80
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
0.4 DISTRIBUTION LIST

(Ref: EASA Part-145 A.70)
0.4.1 MOE Distribution and Control
The MOE is distributed in both electronic and in hard copy format. For the electronic format, all
management and maintenance personnel have READ ACCESS via Network Sharing Data. The
Quality Assurance & Safety is responsible to maintain the electronic files in current condition.
All management and maintenance personnel may access the electronic version of MOE for
reference to the performance of their work provided:
a) Have only “read access” to the MOE;

b) When copy of MOE is obtained from Network Sharing Data this is considered as an
“uncontrolled copy” and it will be clearly mentioned on each page.
Current hard copy and CD ROM of the MOE are distributed to selected workstations or maintenance
personnel as listed in MOE 0.4.2. The Quality Assurance & Safety is responsible for the updates,
reproduction and the distribution of the hard copies on a controlled basis using the revision
transmittal acknowledgement sheet, form GMF/Q-067. The certificate holding Authority will
receive a MOE and subsequent revisions in hard copy together with the associated quality
procedures as necessary.
The Quality Assurance & Safety will notify the Authority for each revision of the MOE as per MOE
Section 1.10 and will submit current major amendments for approval or acceptance. Controlled
copies are subjected to revision and will be marked:
Copy No.: ________________

Assignment: ________________
The manual holder, upon receipt of a revision, will insert the revised pages or sections in the manual.
Then he will return the revision transmittal acknowledgement sheet; form GMF/Q-067 to the
Quality Assurance & Safety as evidence that the manual has been revised. Records of form GMF/Q-
067 will be kept by the Quality Assurance & Safety for two years.
The Quality Assurance & Safety may give uncontrolled copies of the MOE to customers and/or for
training purposes. The uncontrolled copies will be stamped on the cover page as “Uncontrolled
copy”.

Page: 1 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
0.4.2 MOE Distribution list related with the EASA approval
No. Holder name / workstation Copy No. Format

1 CEO (Accountable Manager) 001 Hard Copy
2 Director of Human Capital and Corporate Affairs 008 Hard Copy
2 VP Quality Assurance & Safety 002 Hard Copy
SM Personnel Qualification & Quality System
3 003 Hard Copy
Documentation
4 Mgr. Quality System Documentation 004 Hard Copy
5 SM Safety Inspection 005 Hard Copy
6 SM Line Maintenance Jawa, Bali & Nusa Tenggara 006 Hard Copy
7 SM Base Maintenance Quality System & Auditing 007 Hard Copy

Page: 2 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
0.4.3 Quality Procedures Distribution and Control
The Quality Procedures as listed in 1.11.2 are distributed in hard copy and CD ROM. Each quality
procedure is handled as a separate document having its own list of effective pages to allow the
distribution of selected procedures as required by each workstation. These Quality procedures also
are available in Network Sharing Data.
The procedures are distributed in a manual titled “Quality Procedures”. The manual is presented in
a ring binder for easy updates. Each manual contains in the front cover the workstation code, the
manual number and the volume number (Volume 1 of 1 or Volume 1 of 2 & 2 of 2 as necessary).
The first page of the binder (the first volume only), contains the document distribution list, which
lists the procedures applicable to the workstation including:
a) The procedure number;

b) The title of the procedure;
c) The current issue and revision number of each procedure;
d) The approval (signature) from the Quality Assurance and,
e) The approval from the authority (if required).
The distribution of the quality procedures in hard copy and electronic media is controlled with the
same manner the MOE is controlled as per Section 0.4.1
The Quality Assurance & Safety shall approve issue / revision status any time an issue/revision take
place. The Authority shall be notified when such issue/revision take place by sending the current
revised status log.

Page: 3 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
0.4.4 Quality Procedure Holder

No. Holder name / workstation Copy No. Format
1 CEO (Accountable Manager) 001 Hard Copy
2 VP Quality Assurance & Safety 002 Hard Copy
3 SM Base Maintenance Quality System & Auditing 003 Hard Copy
4 SM Safety Inspection 004 Hard Copy
5 SM Personnel Qualification & Quality System
005 Hard Copy
Documentation
6 Mgr. Personnel Qualification & Licensing 006 Hard Copy

Page: 4 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
FACILITY (GMF) AERO ASIA MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION EXPOSITION
0.5 INTRODUCTION AND OBJECTIVES
0.5.1 Introduction
This Maintenance Organization Exposition (MOE) has been developed in a format to cover the
requirements of the EASA Part-145 in conjunction with the quality procedures (QP) and be
suitable for GMF AeroAsia’s quality system documentation needs.
The MOE provides the relevant quality procedures and also gives reference to quality procedures
(QP) with respect to the Quality Assurance & Safety system required by EASA Part-145.A.65. It is
the interface between the above-mentioned regulations and the documented quality system of
GMF AeroAsia.
0.5.2 Objective
The objective of the MOE is to demonstrate how GMF AeroAsia complies with EASA – Part 145 and
other NAA regulations.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
0.6 EASA PART-145 REGULATIONS CROSS REFERENCE MATRIX
The following table provides a cross-reference matrix of the EASA Part-145 requirements with MOE.
Management and maintenance personnel are required to become familiar with the EASA Part-145
and also to understand how its requirements apply to GMF AeroAsia as referenced to this manual.
EASA Part-145 & AMC/GM MOE

145.A.10 Scope 2.28
1.9
145.A.15 Application 1.10
145.A.20 Terms of approval 1.9
145.A.25 Facility requirements -
145.A.25 (a) 1 1.8
2.22
145.A.25 (a) 2 1.8
2.22
145.A.25(b) 1.8
145.A.25(c)1 1.8
145.A.25(c)2 1.8
145.A.25(c)3 1.8
145.A.25(c)4 1.8
145.A.25(c)5 1.8
145.A.25(c)6 1.8
145.A.25(d) 2.7
2.3
145.A.30 Personnel requirements -
145.A.30 (a) 1.3
145.A.30 (a)1 1.4
145.A.30 (a)2 1.2
1.4
145.A.30 (a)3 3.14
145.A.30 (b)1 1.3
1.4
145.A.30(b)2 1.3
145.A.30(b)3 3.14
145.A.30(b)4 1.3
145.A.30(c) 1.4
145.A.30(d) 1.7
2.22
145.A.30(e) 3.4
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.13

Page: 1 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

3.14
145.A.30(f) 1.3
3.4
3.11
145.A.30(g) 1.6
2.16
3.4
145.A.30(h)1 3.4
2.16
1.6
145.A.30(h)2 3.4
2.16
1.6
145.A.30(i) 3.4
2.16
1.6
145.A.30(j)1 3.4
1.6
145.A.30(j)2 3.4
1.6
145.A.30(j)3 2.16
145.A.30(j)4 2.16
145.A.30(j)5 2.16
145.A.30(k) 1.6
145.A.30(l) 2.10
1.6
145.A.35 Certifying staff and support staff -
145.A.35(a) 3.14
3.4
2.16
1.6
145.A.35(b) 3.4
145.A.35(c) 3.4
145.A.35(d) 3.4
145.A.35(e) 3.4
145.A.35(f) 3.4
145.A.35(g) 3.4
145.A.35(h) 3.5
3.4
145.A.35(i) 1.4
145.A.35(j) 3.5
145.A.35(k) 3.5
145.A.35(l) 3.5
145.A.35(m) 3.4

Page: 2 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

145.A.35(n) 3.4
145.A.35(o) 3.4
145.A.36 Records of airworthiness review staff 1.6
145.A.40 Equipment, tools and material -
145.A.40(a)i 2.6
2.4
145.A.40(a)ii 2.6
145.A.40(a)iii 1.8
145.A.40(b) 2.6
2.5
2.4
145.A.42 Acceptance of components -
145.A.42(a) 2.3
145.A.42(a)(i)/(ii)/(iii)/(iv)/(v) 2.2
145.A.42(a)(iii) 2.19
145.A.42(b) (i)/(ii)/(iii) 2.1
145.A.42(b) (i)/(ii)/(iii)/(iv) 2.2
145.A.42(b) (ii) 2.11
145.A.42(b) (iii) 1.9
2.9
145.A.42(c) 2.3
145.A.45 Maintenance data -
145.A.45(a) 2.9
2.8
145.A.45(b)1 2.8
145.A.45(b)2 2.11
2.8
145.A.45(b)3 2.8
145.A.45(b)4 2.8
145.A.45(b)5 2.8
145.A.45(c) 2.27
145.A.45(d) 2.12
2.8
145.A.45(e) 2.21
2.13
2.8
145.A.45(f) 2.13
2.8
145.A.45(g) 2.13
2.8
145.A.47 Production planning -
145.A.47(a) 2.28
145.A.47(b) 2.28

Page: 3 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

2.22
145.A.47(c) 2.26
2.22
145.A.48 Performance of Maintenance -
145.A.48(a) 2.16
145.A.48(b) 2.23
145.A.48(c) 2.25
145.A.48(d) 2.12
2.9
145.A.50 Certification of maintenance -
145.A.50(a) 2.16
145.A.50(b) 2.16
145.A.50(c) 2.16
2.15
145.A.50(d) 2.16
145.A.50(e) 2.16
2.15
145.A.50(f) 2.16
145.A.55 Maintenance records -
145.A.55(a) 3.12
2.29
2.16
2.14
2.13
145.A.55(b) 4.3
2.17
2.14
145.A.55(c)1 4.3
2.14
145.A.55(c)2 4.3
2.21
2.14
145.A.55(c)3 4.3
2.14
145.A.60 Occurrence reporting -
145.A.60(a) 2.18
145.A.60(b) 2.18
145.A.60(c) 2.18
145.A.60(d) 4.3
2.18
145.A.60(e) 2.18
145.A.65 Safety and quality policy, maintenance procedures and -

quality system

Page: 4 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

145.A.65(a) 1.2
145.A.65(b)1 4.3
4.2
3.9
2.28
145.A.65(b)2 1.11
145.A.65(c)1 3.2
3.1
1.4
145.A.65(c)2 3.3
3.2
3.1
1.4
145.A.70 Maintenance organization exposition -
145.A.70(a)1 1.1
145.A.70(a)10 1.10
145.A.70(a)11 1.11
145.A.70(a)12 1.11
145.A.70(a)13 4.1
145.A.70(a)14 5.2
145.A.70(a)15 5.3
145.A.70(a)16 5.4
145.A.70(a)2 1.2
145.A.70(a)3 1.3
145.A.70(a)4 1.4
145.A.70(a)5 1.5
145.A.70(a)6 1.6
145.A.70(a)7 1.7
145.A.70(a)8 1.8
145.A.70(a)9 1.9
145.A.70(b) 1.11
145.A.70(c) 1.11
145.A.75 Privileges of the organization -
145.A.75(a) 1.9
145.A.75(b) 3.12
2.20
2.1
1.9
145.A.75(c) 2.24
2.16
1.9
145.A.75(d) 5.3
L2.7

Page: 5 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

L2.6
L2.5
L2.4
L2.3
L2.2
L2.1
1.9
1.8
145.A.75(e) 2.16
1.9
145.A.75(f) 2.29
1.9
1.6
145.A.80 Limitations on the organization 2.16
145.A.85 Changes to the organization 1.11
1.10
145.A.90 Continued validity -
145.A.90(a) 1.1
145.A.90(b) 1.4
145.A.95 Findings -
145.A.95(a) 3.3
145.A.95(b) 3.3
145.A.95(c) 3.3
AMC 145.A.10 3.12
2.28
1.9
1.4
AMC 145.A.15 1.10
AMC 145.A.20 1.9
AMC 145.A.25(a) 2.22
1.8
AMC 145.A.25(b) 1.8
AMC 145.A.25(d) 2.7
2.3
AMC 145.A.30(a) 3.14
1.4
1.3
AMC 145.A.30(b) 1.4
1.3
AMC 145.A.30(c) 1.4
AMC 145.A.30(d) 2.22
1.4
AMC 145.A.30(f) 3.11
3.4
1.4
Page: 6 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

1.3
AMC 145.A.30(g) 3.4
1.6
AMC 145.A.30(h) 3.4
1.6
AMC 145.A.30(j)(4) 2.16
AMC 145.A.30(j)(5) 2.16
AMC 145.A.30(j)(5)(i) 2.16
AMC 145.A.30(j)(5)(ii) 2.16
AMC 145.A.35(a) 3.14
2.24
AMC 145.A.35(b) 3.4
AMC 145.A.35(c) 3.4
AMC 145.A.35(d) 3.4
AMC 145.A.35(e) 3.4
AMC 145.A.35(f) 3.4
AMC 145.A.35(j) 3.5
AMC 145.A.35(n) 3.4
AMC 145.A.35(o) 3.4
AMC 145.A.36 1.6
AMC 145.A.40(a) 2.6
2.4
AMC 145.A.40(b) 2.6
2.5
2.4
AMC 145.A.45(b) 2.11
2.10
2.8
1.9
AMC 145.A.45(c) 2.27
AMC 145.A.45(d) 2.12
2.8
2.6
AMC 145.A.45(e) 2.8
AMC 145.A.45(f) 2.8
AMC 145.A.45(g) 2.8
AMC 145.A.47(a) 2.28
2.7
AMC 145.A.47(b) 2.28
AMC 145.A.47(c) 2.26
AMC 145.A.48(c) 2.25
AMC 145.A.50 2.9
AMC 145.A.50(a) 2.16

Page: 7 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

2.11
AMC 145.A.50(b) 2.16
2.10
AMC 145.A.50(e) 2.16
AMC 145.A.50(f) 2.16
AMC 145.A.55(c) 2.14
AMC 145.A.60(a) 2.18
AMC 145.A.60(b) 2.18
AMC 145.A.65(a) 1.2
AMC 145.A.65(b) 3.10
1.11
AMC 145.A.65(b)(2) 3.11
1.11
AMC 145.A.65(c)(1) 3.2
3.1
1.4
AMC 145.A.65(c)(2) 3.3
3.2
3.1
1.4
AMC 145.A.70(a) 5.1
0.1
AMC 145.A.75(b) 3.12
2.1
AMC 145.A.80 2.16
1.10
AMC to Appendix III 1.11
AMC1 145.A.30(e) 3.14
3.11
AMC1 145.A.42(a)(i) 2.2
2.3
AMC1 145.A.42(a)(ii) 2.3
2.2
AMC1 145.A.42(a)(iii) 2.3
2.2
AMC1 145.A.42(a)(iv) 2.2
AMC1 145.A.42(a)(v) 2.2
AMC1 145.A.42(b)(i) 2.2
AMC1 145.A.42(b)(iii) 2.9
1.9
AMC1 145.A.42(c) 2.3
AMC1 145.A.48(b) 2.23
AMC1 145.A.50(d) 2.16
AMC2 145.A.30(e) 3.13

Page: 8 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

AMC2 145.A.42(a)(iv) 2.2
AMC2 145.A.48(b) 2.23
AMC2 145.A.50(d) 2.16
AMC3 145.A.30(e) 3.14
AMC3 145.A.48(b) 2.23
AMC4 145.A.30(e) 3.14
AMC4 145.A.48(b) 2.23
Appendix I 2.16
Appendix II 1.9
Appendix III 1.11
1.9
1.8
Appendix III to AMC 1.10
145.A.15
Appendix IV 1.6
3.4
Appendix IV to AMC 3.14
145.A.30(e)
FO.CAO.00030-XXX 1.6
GM 145.A.10 1.9
1.3
GM 145.A.30(j)(4) 2.16
GM 145.A.48 2.13
GM 145.A.48(c) 2.25
GM 145.A.48(d) 2.12
GM 145.A.50(d) 2.16
GM 145.A.55(a) 2.29
2.21
2.14
2.13
GM 145.A.60(a) 2.18
GM 145.A.60(c) 2.18
GM 145.A.65(b)(1) 4.2
3.9
2.28
GM 145.A.65(c)(1) 3.1
GM 145.A.70(a) 4.2
1.11
1.4
1.1
GM1 145.A.30(e) 3.13
GM1 145.A.42(b) 2.2
GM1 145.A.42(b)(i) 2.2

Page: 9 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

GM1 145.A.42(b)(ii) 2.2
2.11
GM1 145.A.42(c)(i) 2.3
GM2 145.A.30(e) 3.14
3.11
GM2 145.A.42(b)(i) 2.1
GM3 145.A.30(e) 3.14
3.11
GM3 145.A.42(b)(i) 2.1
M.A.201 (c) 2.13
M.A.403 (b) 2.16
UG.CAO.00120-XXX 1.7
1.9
2.5
2.4
UG.CAO.00133-XX 0
2.28
2.24
2.16
1.9
WI.CAO.00113-XXX 1.10
WI.CAO.00115-XXX 3.11
1.10
1.4
1.3

Page: 10 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
0.7 ACCESS TO LOCATIONS

(Ref: EASA Part-145.A.90)
0.7.1 Authority access for inspections
The certificate holding Authority will be granted access to GMF AeroAsia facilities to perform
audits and other activities related to the approval.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
0.8 ABBREVIATIONS
A/C Aircraft
A/P Airframe and Power plant
AC Advisory Circular
ACJ Advisory Circular Joint
AD Airworthiness Directive
AMC Acceptable Means of Compliance
AMEL Aircraft Maintenance Engineer License
AMO Approved Maintenance Organization
AOC Aircraft Operator Certificate
AOG Aircraft On Ground
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
ASA Aviation Supplier Association
ASNT American Society For Non Destructive Testing
ASL Approved Supplier List
ATE Automatic Test Equipment
C of C Certificate of Competency (related to personnel competence)
C of C Certificate of Conformity (related to material certification)
CAA Civil Aviation Authority
CASE Coordinating Agencies for Supplier’s Evaluation
CASR Civil Aviation Safety Regulations
CD Compact Disc
CEO Chief Executive Officer
CMM Coordinate Measuring Machine
CMM Component Maintenance Manual
CMWO Component Maintenance Work Order
CRS Certificate of Release to Service
DER Designated Engineering Representative
DGCA Director General of Civil Aviation
DGAC Direction Generale de I’Aviation Civile - France
EASA European Aviation Safety Agency
ETOPS Extended-Range Twin-Engine Operational Performance Standards
EU European Union
EVP Executive Vice President
EWIS Electrical Wiring Interconnection System
FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FADEC Full Authority Digital Electronic Control
FAR Federal Aviation Regulation
FOD Foreign Object Damage
GM Related to regulation means “Guidance Material “
GMF Garuda Maintenance Facility
IATA International Air Transport Association
ICA Instruction for Continued Airworthiness

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Abbreviations (Cont‘d…)
ILAC International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation
IPC Illustrate Part Catalog
IMTE Inspection Measuring and Test Equipment
ISO International Standard Organization
JAA Joint Aviation Authority
JAR Joint Aviation Requirement
LAN Local Area Network
MDR Maintenance Discrepancy & Rectification
MPD Maintenance Planning Data
MRI Maintenance Requirement Item
MSI Maintenance Specification item
NAA National Aviation Authority
NCR Non Conformance Report
NDT Non Destructive Testing
NDI Non Destructive Inspection
NIST National Institute Standard Technology
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
OSAC Organisme pour la Securite del’Aviation Civile
PCM Personnel Competency Manual
PD Sheet Planning Data Sheet
PMI Principal Maintenance Inspector
PO Purchase Order (Including Repair Order)
PPC Production Planning and Control
QA Quality Assurance & Safety
QC Quality Control
QMS Quality Management System
QP Quality Procedure
QSA Quality System & Auditing
RCP Reliability Control Program
RNP Required Navigation Performance
RVSM Reduced Vertical Separation Minima
SAP Systeme Anwendungen Produkte in der Datenverarbeitung
SB Service Bulletin
SM Related to organization means “Senior Manager “
SRM Structure Repair Manual
SoR State of Registry
SSID Structural Significant Inspection Document
STC Supplement Type Certificate
TC Type Certificate
TAT Turn around Time
VP Vice President
WI Work Instruction

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
0.9 DEFINITIONS
The following definitions are given to assist in the interpretation of this manual
Accountable The person designated by the certificated AMO who is responsible for and has the
Manager authority over all AMO operations that are conducted under part 145, including
ensuring that AMO personnel follow the regulations and serving as the primary
contact with Authority.
Alteration A permanent change to original airworthiness data.
Approved by the Approved by the Authority directly or in accordance with a procedure approved by
Authority the Authority.
Approved Standard A manufacturing/maintenance/quality standard approved by the Authority.
Article Aircraft, airframe, aircraft engine, propeller, appliance, or component part
Authority Means the DGAC, GSAC, FAA, EASA or any other National Aviation Authority related
with the A/C registration GMF AeroAsia maintains as mentioned in this manual
Bulk Material Such as material of liquid, paste, plastic, or comparable composition used in
random quantity, examples: Oil, chemicals, paints, cleaners, solvents, masking
tapes, scotch bright, emery cloths, and general maintenance support consumable
material. Consist of:
- Mandatory (100%) replacement items (standard parts / hardware): Discarded
and replaced at each assembly, overhaul pursuant to overhaul procedures.
Examples: Packing, seals, gaskets, rings, diaphragms, cotter pins, etc. Shop
requirements are forecasted using assembly production rates. Quantity of
articles per next higher assembly with an added allowance of loss, damage,
inspection rejection, etc
- Chemical / Shelf life material: The length of time a material is usable when store
under certain condition. A shelf life of particular material may be designated as
“indefinite” - which means it has no shelf life.
- Raw material: Is any material that requires further rework to make it, into a
component, part of the aircraft such as: metals, plastics, wood, fabric, carpets;
deco-sheets, tape, floor-covering, panels, honeycomb, etc.
Calibration Written instructions developed per approved standards to provide guidance for the
Procedures calibration of inspection, measuring and test equipment.
Certificated Is a subcontractor who holds an approval or acceptance from the Authority of A/C
subcontractor registration for the subcontracted maintenance or service
Certifying Agent Special processes personnel who acting on behalf of the General Manager of
Personnel Qualification & Licensing to provide and/or arrange for special process
personnel training, certification and re-certification and approval of special process
personnel as necessary.

Page: 1 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Definitions (Cont’d…)
Certifying Staff Those personnel who are authorized by GMF Aero Asia Quality Assurance in
accordance with a procedure acceptable to the Authority to certify A/C and A/C
components for release to service.
Component Any component part of an aircraft up to and including a complete powerplant
and/or any operational/emergency equipment.
Contracted The person is employed by another organization and contracted by that

Employee organization to the maintenance organization approved under Part-145"
Duplicate Inspection An inspection carried out by two different qualified individuals to make sure that
a repair on aircraft or aircraft component is carried out in a safe way and following
all applicable regulations and procedures.
Employed The person is directly employed as an individual by the maintenance organization

approved under Part-145
Engineering Written instructions developed by engineering as per Approved Standards to
Instructions direct personnel in performing specific repairs, inspections, tests or processes.
Expendables These are the items of which repair cost normally exceeds the cost of a new item
and are subject to one time use. These are further classified
External Origin Airworthiness Data received from OEM, TC Holder, Customer/operator and
Documents authorities. It includes standards and specifications, quality system standards and
aviation regulations.
Findings An observation during an audit substantiated by evidence.
Halt points Stages during repair, assembly, installation process where inspection and or test is
required to be performed to ensure safety and airworthiness.
Inspection The examination of an A/C or A/C component to establish conformity with an
approved standard.
Internal Origin All documents developed by GMF Aero Asia used to execute the required
Documents maintenance. These documents are: Job Cards, PD Sheets, Routing Cards,
Engineering Instructions and Calibration Procedures.
Job Card An internal origin document used to provide instructions to perform work
predominately on the aircraft as requested by customer/operator.
Line Maintenance 1) Any unscheduled maintenance resulting from unforeseen events; or
2) Scheduled checks that contain servicing and/or inspections that do not require
specialized training, equipment, or facilities
Maintenance Any one or combination of overhaul, repair, inspection, replacement, modification

or defect rectification of an A/C or an A/C component.

Page: 2 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Maintenance Data / Any information necessary to ensure that the aircraft or aircraft component can be
Approved Data maintained in a condition such that airworthiness of the aircraft, or serviceability
of operational and emergency equipment as appropriate as assured.
Maintenance A form used by GMF Aero Asia to record any discrepancy found during
Discrepancy & maintenance process, and to give order and record for rectification
Rectification
Maintenance Instructions detailing how a specific maintenance task is performed. Maintenance

Instructions instructions are written in Job Cards, PD Sheets, Engineering Instructions, and MDR
and in any other maintenance related document.
Maintenance Tasks Step by step instructions developed per approved standards as required to
performed maintenance.
Major Repair An important repair or a repair on A/C structure for which the Authority approval
is needed.
Manager Any persons who are able to properly manage work output, processes,
resources and priorities described in their assigned duties and
responsibilities in a safe compliant manner in accordance with regulations
and organization procedures. Managers are Production manager and
Production General Manager.
Manufacturer A company who designs and/or manufactures A/C or A/C components and sells
them.
Modification The alteration of an A/C or A/C component in conformity with an approved

standard.
Non-certificated Is a subcontractor who does not hold an approval or acceptance from the
subcontractor Authority of A/C registration for the subcontracted maintenance or service
evaluated as per Section 2.1.3
Non-compliance Is an observed deviation from the existing regulations
Non-conforming Are all parts, processes, and documents, activities that are not conforming to the
materials Quality System requirements, airworthiness data or aviation authority
requirements
On condition Includes parts or assemblies that are reused or replaced during overhaul based on
replacement items / inspection findings. Examples are dowels, pins, inserts, bushings, bearings,
prediction springs, covers, brackets, etc. Include miscellaneous hardware items: such as bolts,
nuts, screws, and other fastening devises.

Page: 3 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Overhaul The restoration of an aircraft or aircraft component by inspection/test, repair
and/or replacement of parts in conformity with the Overhaul Manual or the
detailed description of this task in the Overhaul Manual. The TSO becomes zero
after each overhaul.
Planner any persons who are able to interpret maintenance requirements into
maintenance tasks, and have an understanding that they have no authority to
deviate from the maintenance data and may cover in more depth the scheduling
and planning objective of the syllabus and in less depth the objective of
developing skills for shift working.
Planning Data Sheet An internal origin document used to provide instructions to perform work
predominately on the aircraft components as requested by customer/operator.
Qualified Mechanic Any persons who are authorized to perform and sign-off maintenance
task(s) to any standard specified in the maintenance data and will notify
Qualified Inspector of defects or mistakes requiring rectification to re-
establish required maintenance standards.
Qualified Inspector Inspection personnel who undertake inspection function and sign-off the related
task(s).
Quality audit staff Any persons who are able to monitor compliance with Part-145 identifying
noncompliance in an effective and timely manner so that the organization may
remain in compliance with Part-145.
Quality System Is the collective plans, activities and events that are provided to ensure that
product, process, or service will satisfy given needs.
Quality System Is a documented activity performed to verify by examination and examinations
Audit and evaluations of objective evidence, that applicable elements of the quality
system are appropriate and have been developed, documented, and effectively
implemented in accordance and conjunction with specified requirements.
Specialised services Any persons who are able to carry out specialised maintenance tasks to the
staff standard specified in the maintenance data. They should be able to communicate
with supervisors and report accurately when necessary
Supervisor Any persons who are able to ensure that all required maintenance tasks are carried
out and, where not completed or where it is evident that a particular maintenance
task cannot be carried out to the maintenance data. In addition, for those
supervisors, who also carry out maintenance tasks, that they understand such
tasks should not be undertaken when incompatible with their management
responsibilities. The Supervisor is the Qualifying Inspector (I Stamp Holder).

Page: 4 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Quality System All procedures (MOE, QP, and WI) related to the quality system.
Procedures
Repair The restoration of an A/C or A/C component to a serviceable condition in
conformity with an approved standard.
Repairable Items with detail parts breakdown. It is economically repairable and, in the normal
course of operations, is continuously rehabilitated to a fully serviceable condition
by an authorized repair.
Rotable An item that can be economically restored to a serviceable condition and, in

the normal course of operations, can be repeatedly rehabilitated to a fully
serviceable condition over a period approximating the life of the flight
equipment to which it is related. Almost without exception this is the type of
item, which for controlling purposes, bears a separate individual serial number.
They are assemblies which are subject to, and are capable of, replacement on
the aircraft or engine based on ''time between overhaul, or ''on condition''
Routine material Is the material that is routinely required to support maintenance based on known
work scope. And the materials required executing the customer's work order
excluding defects rectification.
Subcontractor Means any person or organization, where a contract has been made with, to
subcontract maintenance tasks and or services.
Supplier Means any person or organization that delivers a product or a service.
Tool Service Suppliers of tools and tools calibrations services

Provider
Support Staff For the purpose of this MOE, support staff means the B1 & B2 (A/P & E/A) staff who
support the certifying staff ensuring that all relevant tasks or inspections have
been carried out to the required standard before the certifying staff category C
(See MOE 3.4.3) issues the certificate of release to service.
Unscheduled Inspection and repairs to be carried out on aircraft/aircraft components when out
maintenance of defined time limits, and in accordance with the airworthiness data

Page: 5 of 5
Exposition
PART 1
MANAGEMENT

BUSH 19130
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART: 1 MANAGEMENT SECTION: 1.1
1.1 CORPORATE COMMITMENT BY THE ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER

(Ref: EASA 145.A.70(a)1, GM 145.A.70(a), 145.A.90(a))
1.1.1 Corporate Commitment by the CEO and Accountable Manager
This manual defines the organization and procedures upon which the approvals by the Authority
are based.
This manual only apply to aircraft covered by the Basic Regulation, are approved by the
undersigned and must be complied with at all time and when work/orders are being progressed
under the terms of the Part 145 approval.
It is accepted that this manual do not override the necessity of complying with any new or amended
regulation published by the Authority from time to time where these new or amended regulations
are in conflict with these procedures.
It is understood that the Authority will approve this organization whilst the Authority is satisfied
that the procedures are being followed and work standards maintained. It is further understood
that the Authority reserves the right to suspend, vary or cancel the approval of the organization if
the Authority has evidence that procedures are not followed or standards not upheld.
Sign : Andi Fahrurrozi

Dated : 23 August 2021
Accountable Manager / CEO
For and on behalf of GMF AeroAsia

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.1.2 Continuous Improvement Process
Achievement of the quality policy and objectives requires the full commitment, dedication and
support of all Management and employees.
All processes shall be subject to continuous assessment and subsequent improvements to ensure
the achievement of product quality.
All Management and other personnel are responsible to initiate continuous improvement plans.
Improvement plans will be properly monitored, evaluated and controlled by Vice Presidents to
ensure that they are followed and they can meet the objectives. Improvement plans will be revised
as necessary when the objectives are not met.
An open relationship based on trust and a collective desire to satisfy fully customer requirements
and expectations shall be cultivated.
Additional requirements are found in MOE section 3.3
1.1.3 Continual Improvement of the Quality Management System
Continual Improvement of the Quality Management System is described as follows:
Continual Improvement of the Quality

Management System
Authority Management Authority

Responsibility
Resource Measurement,
management analysis, and Feed back
Requirements
improvement
Product
Customers Realization Customers
Input Product
Output
The system includes the controls to be exercised on those functions that have an effect on quality.
Individual quality system procedures describe or show their respective processes at more detailed
level.
Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.2 SAFETY AND QUALITY POLICY

(Ref.: Part 145.A.30 (a)2 - Part 145.A.65 (a) / AMC 145.A.65 (a) - Part 145.A.70 (a) 2)
To achieve a level of safety and quality as required by aviation regulation and customer’s
requirements, the management and other personnel are committed to:
1. Recognizing SAFETY AS PRIME CONSIDERATION by:

❑ Comply with all applicable regulatory requirements
❑ Active involvement of management, employees, and Safety & Quality Committees
2. Focusing on ULTIMATE CUSTOMER concern by:
❑ Ensure that safety and quality standard are not reduced by comercial imperatives
❑ Continual development, monitoring and improvement of effective Safety & Quality level
3. Implementing QUALITY SYSTEM by:
❑ The effective use of the quality system and resolving problems by taking timely
corrective and preventive actions
❑ Being committed to making good cooperation and communication with auditing
personnel
4. Promote and maintain POSITIVE SAFETY CULTURE by:
❑ Fostering free and frank safety reporting (hidden reporting is allowed) and
establishment of just culture (personnel are not inappropriately punished)
❑ Applying human factors principles during maintenance activity
5. Provide necessary RESOURCES to deliver safe product and service by:
❑ Managing good use of resources and pay particular attention to carry out correct
maintenance at the first attempt
❑ Ensure that sufficient skilled and continously trained human resources are available to
implement safety strategies and processes
All management of GMF AeroAsia shall take all the responsibility, to ensure that all necessary
resources are available to accomplish maintenance in accordance with the requirements of this
manual.
My self, as Chief Executive Officer (Accountable Manager) of GMF AeroAsia, shall resolve any
conflicts, which cannot be resolved by the Board of Management, Vice Presidents and other
managers. Resolution of such conflicts shall always be in accordance with the requirements of the
controlling documents and this manual.
Sign : Andi Fahrurrozi
Dated : 23 August 2021
Accountable Manager / CEO

For and on behalf of GMF AeroAsia
Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.3 MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

(Ref:GM 145.A.10, 145.A.70(a)3, 145.A.30(a), AMC 145.A.30(a), 145.A.30(b)1, 145.A.30(b)2,
145.A.30(b)4, AMC 145.A.30(b), 145.A.30(f), AMC 145.A.30(f))
The Chief Executive Officer of GMF AeroAsia has the overall responsibility for the accomplishment
of works under the requirements of the Authority requirements.
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety has been assigned with responsibility for monitoring the
quality system, including the associated quality feedback system. The VP for Quality Assurance &
Safety shall have direct access to the Accountable Manager to ensure that the Accountable
Manager is kept properly informed on quality and compliance matters.
1.3.1 Accountable Manager and Deputy

Shall be the person having the corporate authority for ensuring that all maintenance required by
the customer can be financed and carried out to the standard required by EASA Part-145.
1.3.2 Nominated Person

Shall be the group of person who is/are responsible for ensuring that the maintenance organisation
complies with EASA Part-145. In any case these personnel shall directly report to the Accountable
Manager. These Person may delegate EASA Part-145 functions to other managers working directly
under their respective responsibility refer to Management Organization Chart in 1.5.1 of this
manual;
1.3.3 Deputy Nominated Personnel
Shall be the group of person who are nominated to deputise any particular nominated personnel
in case of lengthy absence of the said person.
1.3.4 Managers
To control and monitor GMF activities related to EASA Part-145, GMF accountable manager appoint
additional managers for any EASA Part-145 function(s). This (ese) manager(s) shall report ultimately
to the nominated personnel identified to be responsible for the related EASA Part-145 function(s)
and therefore by definition are not to be considered themselves as nominated personnel. As a
consequence a manager can be only assigned duties (not responsibilities) of the nominated
personnel to whom he/she reports.
1.3.5 Responsible NDT Level 3
Shall be the person designated by GMF to ensure that personnel who carry out and/or control a
continued airworthiness non-destructive test of aircraft structures and/or components are
appropriately qualified for the particular non-destructive test in accordance with the European or
equivalent Standard recognised by the Agency.

Page: 1 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
The following is a list of management personnel who are responsible for monitoring the Quality
System including the associated quality feed back system:
Nominated
Name Company Title EASA Title
Deputy
Accountable Manager (EASA Form 4 Holder)
Chief Executive Officer Accountable
Andi Fahrurrozi Irvan Pribadi
(CEO) Manager
List of Nominated Person (EASA Form 4 Holder)
Workshop
Director of Base
Irvan Pribadi Maintenance Fidiarta Andika
Operation
Manager
Director of Line Line Maintenance
Mukhtaris Hudi Riantoro
Operation Manager
VP Quality Assurance &
Arif Sugianto Quality Manager Eddy Susanto
Safety
List of Managers
Line Maintenance
Hudi Riantoro VP Line Maintenance Not Applicable
Manager
VP Maintenance Line Maintenance
Wayan Winten Adnyano Not Applicable
Planning Manager
Fidiarta Andika VP Engine Services Workshop Manager Not Applicable
Firman Akasah VP Component Services Workshop Manager Not Applicable
NDT Level 3 (EASA Form 4 Holder)

Dian Artiko Manager NDT NDT Level 3 Not Applicable
The corporate management personnel commit the following activities to the Chief Executive
Officer:
a) To ensure that the organization has sufficient personnel to plan, perform, supervise, inspect,
release to service and quality monitoring in accordance with the approval.
b) Responsible for any corrective action resulting from the quality compliance monitoring of EASA
regulations.
c) Ensuring the maintenance of the aircraft and aircraft components, as well as operating
procedures are in compliance with relevant regulatory authority requirements and customer
specifications.
Page: 2 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
d) Coordinating operational requirements and changes, as well as maintenance decisions and

actions, which effect other divisions of the company to assure proper flow of information.
The duties and responsibilities of senior management personnel are found in Section 1.4. For the
other management and maintenance personnel are found in GMF AeroAsia’s Personnel
Competency Manual (PCM).
Overruling Power of the Quality Assurance Department
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety shall retain full power to alter, revoke or suspend any decision
of GMF AeroAsia if:
a) The customer requirements as defined in the contract and in the associated, operator’s
specifications and approved quality plans, if any, are not followed;
b) Improper maintenance affecting the airworthiness of the aircraft or aircraft components is

being performed which violates the regulations of the involved airworthiness authority;
c) Unauthorized and/or non-certificated personnel performing work affecting airworthiness.

Page: 3 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.4 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL

(Ref: 145.A.70(a)4, 145.A.30(a)1, 145.A.30(a)2, 145.A.30(b)1, AMC 145.A.10, AMC
145.A.30(b), AMC 145.A.30(c), AMC 145.A.30(d), 145.A.65(c)1, 145.A.65(c)2, AMC
145.A.65(c)(1), AMC 145.A.65(c)(2), 145.A.30(c), AMC 145.A.30(a), GM 145.A.70(a), AMC
145.A.30(f), 145.A.35(i), 145.A.90(b))
1.4.1 CEO (Accountable Manager)
The CEO is accountable to the GMF AeroAsia for ensuring that a proactive and integrated
approach is adopted toward the leadership, direction and management of the GMF AeroAsia. The
CEO acts as the Accountable Manager for GMF AeroAsia and is accountable for ensuring that the
company’s safety, airworthiness and economic objectives are met in an efficient and effective
manner.
Responsibilities
The Accountable Manager will provide leadership, direction and management in order to ensure
that:
1. The safety & quality policy statement is implemented, understood and maintained at all
levels in the organization.
2. The integrated safety management system is effectively implemented in the GMF AeroAsia.
3. Maintenance carried out by GMF AeroAsia meets the standards required by the authority.
4. The safety and quality policy are established and promoted.
5. The senior persons are nominated.
6. The necessary finance, manpower resources and facilities are available to enable the
company to perform the maintenance to which it is committed for contacted operators, and
any additional work which may be undertaken.
7. The progress of the remedial actions/review of the overall results in term of quality is
supervised.
8. The competence of all personnel including management personnel has been assessed.
9. Any charges are paid, as prescribed by the authority in respect of company approvals are
paid.
10. Return the approval to the competent authority in case of surrender or revocation
11. Everyone is responsible for Human factor and Safety issues.
12. Safety Committee Review is conducted with all relevant functional areas of the organization
being represented.
13. In case of absence for 30 days or more, deputy will be in charge.
Revision No. : 3 Date of Revision : 13 July 2023

Page: 1 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.4.2 VP Quality Assurance & Safety (Safety / Quality Manager)
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety is responsible for establishing an independent quality
system to monitor compliance of the Maintenance Organization with authority requirements and
to facilitate and administer the organization’s SMS. He reports directly to the Chief Executive
Officer (CEO) of GMF AeroAsia and he will:
1. Be responsible for implementing a quality audit programme in which compliance with all
maintenance procedures is reviewed at regular intervals, in relation to each type of aircraft
(or component) maintained, (including the Management/carrying out the audits - writing
the audit reports) any observed non-compliances or poor standards are brought to the
attention of the person concerned via his manager.
2. Monitor all cross functional or departmental SMS activities in GMF AeroAsia to ensure their
relevant integration.
3. Be responsible for managing the SMS implementation plan, facilitating hazard identification
and risk analysis activities, monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation actions, providing
periodic reports on safety performance, maintaining the SMS documentation also planning
and organizing staff safety training.
4. Providing independent advice on safety matters to the senior management.
5. Follow up, coordination and control of the progress of remedial actions.
6. Be responsible for monitoring the amendment of organisation’s procedure and standard
practices (MOE, including the associated procedure(s)) and their compliance with the
current revision of Part-145 plus any other applicable regulatory requirement and guidance
material issued by EASA.
7. Be responsible for submission of the MOE and the associated amendments to the
Authorities (which includes writing and submission of EASA Form 2, EASA Form 4 or
equivalent).
8. Be responsible for assessing providers of materials, standard parts, components and
contracted organisations, for satisfactory product quality in relation to the needs of the
organisation.
9. Be responsible for assessing subcontractors working under the quality system and
maintaining the expertise necessary to be able to do so, to the satisfaction of EASA.
10. Have direct access to the Accountable Manager in the event of any reported discrepancy
not being adequately attended to by the relevant person, or in respect of any disagreement
over the nature of a discrepancy.
11. Be responsible for Issuing /renewal/withdrawal of EASA Part-145 C/S - S/S individual
authorisation (possible delegation).
12. Be responsible for co-ordinating action on airworthiness occurrences and for initiating any
necessary further investigation and follow-up activity.
13. Be responsible for defect analysis in respect of aircraft undergoing maintenance so that any
adverse trends are identified and responded to promptly. Moreover, he is also responsible
for processing of feedback in the scope of continuous training.

Page: 2 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
14. Be responsible for the notification to the competent authority, as applicable according to
the procedures established in the MOE, of maintenance activities conducted outside the
approved locations.
15. Be responsible for Human factor and Safety issues in GMF by improving human factor aspect
related with the safety and quality of aircraft and aircraft maintenance. He also fully supports
the human factor programs.
16. Establishing feedback from maintenance incidents/issues and feeding these back into the
continuation training program.
17. Implementing a quality audit program in which compliance with all maintenance
procedures is reviewed at regular intervals in relation to each type of aircraft (or component)
maintained (including the management and completion of audits and production of audit
reports). He/she should ensure that any observed non-compliances or poor standards are
brought to the attention of the person concerned via his/her manager;
18. Follow up and closure of any non-conformances identified.
1.4.3 Director of Base Operation
The Director of Base Operation (Workshop Maintenance Manager) is accountable to the CEO
(Accountable Manager) for ensuring that the workshop and NDT operation of GMF AeroAsia is
well run and integrated approach is adopted toward the maintenance activities.
Responsibilities
The Director of Base Operation, with the authority of the Accountable Manager will:
1. Coordinate the activities of the component and engine maintenance to ensure that
maintenance activities in those areas are properly performed and in compliance with EASA
regulation and the principles of aim of producing safe and reliable engines and components.
2. Coordinate and monitor all cross functional or departmental SMS activities in workshop area
to ensure their relevant integration.
3. Monitor and control the plans to ensure proper execution based on established targets.
4. Ensure the VPs under his/ her coordination transform the quality system documentation to an
effective & efficient process.
5. Be responsible for Human factor and Safety issues in GMF.
6. Be responsible for the resources availability, in accordance with GMF AeroAsia’s approval
certificate.
7. Ensure all VPs responsibility under his/ her supervision are properly managed.

Page: 3 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.4.3.1 VP Workshop
Director of Base Operation (Workshop Maintenance Manager) covers Component Services and
Engine Services which lead by VP of Component Services, and VP of Engine Services which has
responsibility:
1. For the satisfactory completion and certification of all work required by contracted
operators/customers in accordance with the work specification (Work Order and approved
MOE procedures);
2. For ensuring that the organization's procedures and standards are complied with when
carrying out maintenance;
3. To provide all resources to develop new capability and maintaining resources of the existing
capability in their respected department;
4. For ensuring the competence of all personnel engaged in maintenance;
5. Establishing a program of training and continuation training using internal and/or external
sources;
6. For ensuring that any work for internal workshops or external contracted/subcontracted
organizations are correctly detailed in a work order/contract and that the requirements of the
contract/work order are fulfilled in respect of inspection;
7. For providing feedback to the Quality System about the services provided by contracted
Organizations, Subcontractors;
8. For responding to quality deficiencies in the area of activity for which he/she is responsible,
which arise from independent quality audits;
9. For ensuring, through the workforce under his/her control, that the quality of workmanship
in the final product is to a standard acceptable to the organization and EASA;
10. For the implementation of the safety policy and human factor issues;
11. For availability of facilities appropriate to the planned work including hangars, workshops
office accommodation, stores as applicable for the planned work;
12. For availability of a working environment appropriate to the tasks being undertaken;
13. For the incoming inspection of components, parts, materials, tools and equipment, the
related classification, segregation and storage according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations ;
14. To develop a production planning system appropriate to the amount and complexity of the
maintenance scope of work;
15. For availability of tools, equipment and materials to perform the planned tasks;
16. For availability of sufficient competent personnel to plan, perform, supervise, inspect and
certify the work being performed;
17. For availability of all necessary maintenance data;
18. To record and notify any inaccurate, incomplete or ambiguous procedure, practice
information or maintenance instruction contained in the maintenance data used by
maintenance personnel to the author of maintenance data;
19. To provide a common work card or worksheet system to be used throughout relevant parts
of the organization and ensure such documents comply with related procedure;

Page: 4 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
20. For notifying the Accountable Manager whenever deficiencies emerge which require his
attention in respect of finance and the acceptability of standards (Accountable Manager and
Quality Manager to be officially informed of any lack of 25% of available man-hours over a
calendar month);
21. For supplying maintenance records for customers and storage of the organization’s
maintenance records;
22. Ensuring the availability of all necessary maintenance data;
23. Ensure Supplying of the necessary technical documents for customers and storage of the
organization’s technical records;
24. Ensure of recording and notifying any inaccurate, incomplete or ambiguous procedure,
practice information or maintenance instruction contained in the maintenance data used by
25. Ensure of availability a common work card or worksheet system to be used throughout
relevant parts of the organization and ensuring such documents comply with 145.A.45 (e);
26. Ensure of incoming inspection of components, parts, materials, tools and equipment, the
related classification, segregation and storage according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations;
1.4.4 Responsible NDT level 3
The Responsible NDT Level 3 is accountable for ensuring that non-destructive testing is
performed per approved procedures and by qualified personnel.
He/she shall be responsible and perform the following:

1 Be responsible for specific safety activities and the functional or operational safety
performance and outcomes of NDT. Including overseeing operational safety, managing the
area’s hazard identification and risk analysis activities, implementing mitigation or
corrective actions, assessing the impact of safety on operational changes and activating
hazard and risk analysis process as appropriate, review of relevant performance indicators,
managing safety training and promotion activities within the area.
2 Be responsible for the satisfactory completion and certification of all work required by
contracted operators/customers, in accordance with the work specification (Work Order
and approved MOE procedures.
3 Ensure the Requirement of NAS 410 / EN 4179 are met and to act on behalf of GMF
AeroAsia.
4 Provide and conduct training, examination and Qualification of NDT personnel and develop
the procedures for the qualification and certification of NDT personnel.
5 Develop NDT procedures describing the specific technique(s) within each NDT method.
6 Arrange for the physical examination and blood counts check of personnel working in the
X-ray area. Ensure that the X-ray personnel are periodically re-examined/re-checked.
7 Arrange for eye examination of all NDT personnel every year.
8 Be responsible for Human factor issues in NDT.
9 Be responsible to develop procedures related to the qualification of NDT staff.

Page: 5 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.4.5 Director of Line Operation

The Director of Line Operation is accountable to the CEO (Accountable Manager) for ensuring that
the line maintenance operation of GMF AeroAsia is well run and integrated approach is adopted
toward the maintenance activities.
Responsibilities
The Director of Line Operation, with the authority of the Accountable Manager will:
1. Coordinate the activities of the line maintenance operation in the area of line maintenance,
engineering services and trade & asset management to ensure that maintenance activities in
those areas are properly performed and in compliance with national airworthiness regulation
and the principles of aim of producing safe and reliable aircraft, engines and components.
2. Monitor and control the plans to ensure proper execution based on established targets.
3. Coordinate and monitor all cross functional or departmental SMS activities in Line Operation
to ensure their relevant integration.
4. Ensure the VPs under his coordination transform the quality system documentation to an
effective & efficient process.
5. Be responsible for Human factor and Safety issues in GMF.
6. Be responsible for the resources availability, in accordance with GMF AeroAsia’s approval
certificate.
7. Ensure all VPs responsibility under his/ her supervision are properly managed.
1.4.5.1 VP Line Maintenance
VP Line Maintenance has responsibility:

2. For the satisfactory completion and certification of all work required by contracted
operators/customers in accordance with the work specification (Work Order and approved
MOE procedures);
3. For ensuring that the organization's procedures and standards are complied with when
carrying out maintenance;
4. For ensuring the competence of all personnel engaged in maintenance;
5. Of establishing a program of training and continuation training using internal and/or
external sources;
6. For providing feedback to the Quality System about the services provided by contracted
Organizations, Subcontractors;
8. For ensuring, through the workforce under his/her control, that the quality of workmanship
in the final product is to a standard acceptable to the organization and EASA;
10. For availability of a working environment appropriate to the tasks being undertaken;
Page: 6 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
11. For availability of sufficient competent personnel to perform, supervise, inspect and certify
the work being performed;
13. For notifying the Accountable Manager whenever deficiencies emerge which require his
attention in respect of finance and the acceptability of standards (Accountable Manager and
Quality Manager to be officially informed of any lack of 25% of available man-hours over a
calendar month);
1.4.5.2 VP Maintenance Planning
VP Maintenance Planning has responsibility:

2. For ensuring that any work for internal or external contracted/subcontracted organizations
are correctly detailed in a work order/contract and that the requirements of the
contract/work order are fulfilled in respect of inspection;
5. For availability of facilities appropriate to the planned work including office accommodation,
stores as applicable for the planned work;
6. For components, parts, materials, tools and equipment, the related classification, segregation
and storage according to the manufacturer’s recommendations;
7. To develop a production planning system appropriate to the amount and complexity of the
maintenance scope of work;
8. For availability of tools, equipment and materials to perform the planned tasks;
9. For availability of sufficient competent personnel to plan the work;
10. For availability of all necessary maintenance data;
12. To provide a common work card or worksheet system to be used throughout relevant parts
of the organization and ensure such documents comply with related procedure;
13. For supplying maintenance records for customers and storage of the organization’s
maintenance records;

Page: 7 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.4.6 Responsibility of Capability Development
The appropriate production Senior Manager is responsible to develop the capabilities as

requested by Marketing. All functions mentioned in this section are responsible to provide the
necessary support to the Senior Manager for the effective development of the capabilities. The
following process will be followed for developing new capability:
a. The Marketing function will request to the relevant maintenance unit to develop new
capability for aircraft, engines and components.
b. The responsible Senior Manager will develop an action plan, including among other the
requirements listed in table of capability development and responsibility matrix to initiate
and monitor the capability development process. He will coordinate with the planning
engineering and Quality Assurance & Safety to perform a capability study and determine
requirements in terms of maintenance data, tools, personnel training & qualifications,
expertise, certifying staff and material.
c. The Planning Engineering will define the engineering requirements and the Quality
Assurance & Safety will define the Quality Assurance & Safety requirements related with the
capability. See table of capability development and responsibility matrix.
d. The production and support functions (as mentioned in capability development and
responsibility matrix) will take the appropriate actions based on engineering and Quality
Assurance & Safety recommendations.
e. The production Senior Manager will monitor the development of the capability process as
planned and he will verify upon completion that the capability is present ensuring that the
requirements mentioned in this section have been met before requesting approval from the
Quality Assurance & Safety.
f. When the Senior Manager is satisfied that the capability has been developed, he will collect
all relevant information which supports the presence of the capability and he will present to
Quality Assurance & Safety for review following with an official letter requesting approval.
g. The Quality Assurance & Safety will perform audits as per QP 301-01, to determine if
capability is present and approve or disapprove (if no present). If the capability is not
present (as revealed from the audits), the QA will provide written discrepancies for
corrective action and will assist as necessary the production and other support functions to
effectively rectify the problems.
h. In the case of developing component capability, make sure that GMF AeroAsia has
appropriate rating as mentioned on EASA Part-145 Approval Certificate No.: EASA.145.0062.
The Senior Manager of component workshops together with respective quality control
function will initiate a self-evaluation to add component or remove component into/from
existing capability list. The result of self-evaluation then be submitted to Quality Assurance
& Safety for verification. The Quality Assurance & Safety, based on the verification result will
approve or disapprove the evaluation sheet request.
i. When the evaluation sheet request is approved, capability list is revised. Quality Assurance &
Safety approve the capability list before submitting the list to Competent Inspector and
keep in file all supporting data for each component as evidence that the capability is

Page: 8 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
present. The proposed capability may in effect after the Capability List is approved by the
competent inspector.
Capability development and responsibility matrix
Requirements Responsibility Reference

1 Define and list maintenance data, request data from technical Planning engineer 2.8
documentation including update service agreement.
2 Obtain the necessary data including update service Technical 2.8
agreement. Distribute data as necessary documentation
3 Define tools required per approved data. Provide adequate Planning engineer 2.4, 2.5, 2.6
lists including a list from equivalent tools.
4 Order tools equipment as required. Procurement 2.1, 2.4, 2.6
5 In case of A/C or Engine, define and list in house capabilities Planning 1.9, 2.1
and required outsourced maintenance functions. Engineering
6 In case of A/C or Engine, define and list approved Procurement, 2.1
subcontractors and scope of approval. Quality Assurance &
Safety
7 Define technicians training requirements and get approval for Production Manager 3.4, 3.7, 3.8
training needs and adequacy from QA
8 Verify that the training requested is adequate as per the Quality Assurance & 3.4, 3.7, 3.8
requirements of this manual and capability developing needs Safety
9 Define qualified inspection personnel training and certifying Quality Assurance & 3.4, 3.7
staff. Assign certifying staff. Safety
10 Personnel training as necessary Training Function 3.4, 3.7, 3.8
11 Verify if capability is present Quality Assurance & 1.9, 3.1, 3.2

Safety
12 Request approval from the Authority if the rating is not Quality Assurance & 1.10
mentioned on EASA Part-145 Approval Certificate No.: Safety
EASA.145.0062
Initial and Periodic Evaluation for the A/C, Engine and Component Capability
Initial evaluation for new A/C, Engine and Component capability will be performed as instructed
in this section. For periodic evaluations, product audits and annual procedures audits for each
workstation will be performed per Section 3.1 & 3.2 of this manual. Deficiencies are reported to
the responsible Senior Managers as required by Section 3.3 of this manual for corrective action.
The first page of the capability list will indicate the list of effective pages. The second page will
indicate the issue number and date, the superseded issue number, and a description of the
revision. It will also include the name and the signature of the Lead Auditor who revised the
capability list. The subsequent pages will include: the component's category, the component's

Page: 9 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
ATA number, the component's part number, the component's designation, the reference of the
CMM, the level of the maintenance and the workshop where the maintenance takes place. A
specific code number is given to the capability list as document DQ-003. Approval process of
Capability List is described in Section 1.11.3 of this document.
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety will remove any component from the capability list when
for any reason the capability cannot be continued, and/or violates the airworthiness
requirements.
All production Managers is responsible to inform the Quality Assurance & Safety to remove any
component from the capability list when for any reason the capability cannot be continued.

Page: 10 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.5 MANAGEMENT ORGANIZATION CHARTS

(Ref: Part 145.A.70 (a) 5)
1.5.1 GMF AeroAsia Executive Management
BOARD OF MANAGEMENT
CEO
(*)
VP QUALITY
ASSURANCE &
SAFETY
(*)
DIRECTOR OF DIRECTOR OF VP CORPORATE

DIRECTOR OF DIRECTOR OF BUSINESS & BASE HUMAN CAPITAL STRATEGY &
FINANCE LINE OPERATION OPERATION & CORPORATE BUSINESS
(*) (*) AFFAIR DEVELOPMENT
VP LINE VP COMPONENT VP INTERNAL

SERVICES VP HUMAN
VP FINANCIAL & MAINTENANCE AUDIT
CAPITAL
MANAGEMENT
MANAGEMENT
ACCOUNTING
VP MAINTENANCE VP NARROW VP CORPORATE
PLANNING BODY BASE VP CORPORATE
SECRETARY &
VP TREASURY MAINTENANCE AFFAIRS & HSE
LEGAL
MANAGEMENT
VP ENGINEERING VP ENGINE VP MATERIAL &
LOGISTIC VP SALES &
SERVICES SERVICES
SERVICES MARKETING
VP AIRCRAFT
SUPPORT &
POWER SERVICES
SBU DEFENSE
INDUSTRY VP WIDE BODY
BASE NDT Level 3
MAINTENANCE (*)
Note:
Not related to EASA (*) = Form 4 Holder
Related to EASA
Revision No. : 3 Date of Revision : 13 Jul 2023

Page: 1 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.5.2 Quality Assurance & Safety
QUALITY ASSURANCE & SAFETY
QUALITY SYSTEM &

AUDITING
BASE MAINTENANCE
LINE MAINTENANCE
ENGINE & COMPONENT

MAINTENANCE
ENGINEERING, MATERIAL, &

LOGISTIC SERVICES
SHOP & MATERIAL PERSONNEL BASE MAINTENANCE LINE MAINTENANCE

QUALITY QUALIFICATION & AIRCRAFT QUALITY AIRCRAFT QUALITY
INSPECTION QUALITY SYSTEM INSPECTION INSPECTION
DOCUMENTATION
AMO LEARNING SAFETY

SERVICE INSPECTION
Note:
Not related to EASA
Related to EASA

Page: 2 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.5.3 Wide Body Base Maintenance

Not Applicable
1.5.4 Narrowbody Base Maintenance

Not Applicable
1.5.5 Line Maintenance
LINE MAINTENANCE
Station Learning Center

Affair Unit
Line
Hangar Line Maintenance Cabin Line
Citilink & Maintenance Line
Maintenance
Third Party Maintenance
CGK Sumatra &
Line Line Kalimantan
Maintenance Maintenance
Garuda CGK Jawa, Bali, &
Nusa Tenggara Maintenance Line
Control & Maintenance
Coordination Sulawesi & East
Indonesia

Page: 3 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.5.6 Line Maintenance Planning
LINE MAINTENANCE PLANNING
Line Maintenance Line Maintenance Line Maintenance

Production Planning Production Control Support
Note:
Not related to EASA
Related to EASA

Page: 4 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.5.7 Component Maintenance
COMPONENT SERVICES
LCU &
Continuous
Improvement
TOOLS
COMPONENT WHEEL , BRAKE & MANAGEMENT & COMPONENT
SHOP LANDING GEAR CALIBRATION MANAGEMENT
Note:
Not related to EASA
Related to EASA

Page: 5 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.5.8 Engine Services
ENGINE SERVICES
Learning
Center Unit
Engineering Engine APU & Part

& Planning Repair
Note:
Not related to EASA
Related to EASA

Page: 6 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.5.9 Material & Logistic Services
MATERIAL & LOGISTIC

SERVICES
WAREHOUSE
LOGISTIC INVENTORY, & ASSET
AIRCRAFT PART
OPERATION CONTROL
STRATEGIC PROCUREMENT
PROCUREMENT
SHOP & GENERAL BONDED

PROCUREMENT LOGISTIC CENTER
Note:
Not related to EASA
Related to EASA

Page: 7 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.5.10 Sales & Marketing
SALES & MARKETING
KEY ACCOUNT
MANAGER GA
KEY ACCOUNT
MANAGER QG
AREA AREA MARKETING &

MANAGER 1 MANAGER 3 PRODUCT
DEVELOPMENT
AREA CUSTOMER REVENUE

MANAGER 2 SUPPORT & SALES MANAGEMENT &
ADMINISTRATION SALES SUPPORT
Note:
Not related to EASA
Related to EASA

Page: 8 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.6 LIST OF CERTIFYING STAFF, SUPPORT STAFF AND AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW STAFF
(Ref:145. A.30(g), 145.A.30(h)1, 145.A.30(h)2, 145.A.30(j)1, 145.A.30(j)2, 145.A.30(i),
145.A.30(k), 145.A.35(a), 145.A.36, AMC 145.A.30(g), AMC 145.A.30(h), AMC 145.A.36,
145.A.70(a)6, Appendix IV, 145.A.75(f))
1.6.1 Certifying Staff (C/S) and Support Staff (S/S).

This section detail the scope of GMF Aeroasia and DGCA Indonesia category by comparison to EASA
C, B1, B2 and A categories certifying staff and support staff, the different categories of Certifying
staff and Support Staff depending on the intended scope of work, any changed regarding list of
certifying staff and support staff which affected by change of work scope as per section 1.10 will
be notified to authority.
1.6.1.1 Scope of the National License by Comparison to EASA Certifying Staff Categories
Certifying Staff are those authorized personnel who have been appointed by the VP for Quality
Assurance & Safety to return to service A/C and A/C components after maintenance, preventive
maintenance and alterations for which the organization is rated. This appointment is based on
individual’s experience, education and training as described in Section 3.4 of this manual. The roster
of certifying staff is kept by Quality Assurance & Safety together with the certifying staff records
specified in Section 3.5 of this manual.
The following are the certifying staff categories and their interrelations between EASA, Indonesian
CASR and GMF AeroAsia.
GMF Aero Asia Category DGCA Category EASA Category

Covered by “A/P” see note A
(Minimum 3 years of Aviation Maintenance Not defined
experience)
"A/P" Line Maintenance Certifying Airframes & Engines B1 Certifying Staff
Technician-Airframe Power plant Perform airframe & on wing
(Minimum 5 years of Aviation Maintenance engine based on Aircraft type
experience) rating & engine installed
"E/A" Line Maintenance Certifying Electrical, Instrument & Radio B2 Certifying Staff
Technician-Electrical Avionics Perform radio, instrument &
(Minimum 5 years of Aviation Maintenance electrical based on Aircraft
experience) type rating
"A/P" Base Maintenance Certifying Airframes & Engines B1 Support Staff
Technician-Airframe Power plant Perform airframe & on wing
(Minimum 5 years of Aviation Maintenance engine based on Aircraft type
experience) rating & engine installed
"E/A" Base Maintenance Certifying Electrical, Instrument & Radio B2 Support Staff
Technician-Electrical Avionics Perform radio, instrument &
(Minimum 5 years of Aviation Maintenance electrical based on Aircraft
experience) type rating
Page: 1 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
GMF Aero Asia Category DGCA Category EASA Category

"C" Certifying staff for Base Maintenance C Certifying Staff
(Minimum 8 years of Aviation Not defined
Maintenance experience)
"D" Certifying staff for Components
Component
(Min 2 years experience) Engines/Components
"D" Certifying staff for Certifying Staff
Engines/APU/Landing Gear Powerplants & Landing Gear
(Min 3 years experience)
‘SP” Special Process Specialized Services
(Min experience depends on the level of Specialized Services (NDT) Certifying Staff
NDT and method refer to QP 311-02)
Note:
1. The function of EASA Category A certifying staff is covered by category A/P which one
endorsed in EASA Part -145 as B1 Certifying Staff
2. The limitation of each category above is described in scope authorization GMF roster form
no. GMF/Q-402: Roster EASA Certifying Staff & Support Staff.
3. The certifying staff authorization shall include the following information:
a) Rating: Aircraft type, component type, or kind of specialized process;
b) Category: GMF AeroAsia categories identified above
c) Scope of authorization: The limitations of the authorizations
d) Period of validity: The period of authorization is valid.
1.6.1.2 Categories of Certifying Staff (C/S) and Support Staff (S/S)

Based on comparison table in section 1.6.1, following are privileges to be granted under Part 145
approval for each certifying staff category:
EASA Category Privileges

A Not applicable. GMF does not have “A” Category Certifying Staff. All
“A” Task category performed by B1 Certifying Staff.
B1 Certifying Staff Permit the holder to release an A/C to service following:

a) maintenance performed on aircraft structure, powerplant
and mechanical and electrical systems;
b) works on avionic systems requiring only simple tests to
prove their serviceability and not requiring troubleshooting.
This category includes the corresponding “A” task subcategory.

Page: 2 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
EASA Category Privileges

B2 Certifying Staff Permit the holder to release an A/C to service following:
a) maintenance performed on avionic and electrical systems,
and
b) electrical and avionic tasks within powerplant and
mechanical systems, requiring only simple tests to prove
their serviceability.
This category does not include any “A” task subcategory
B1 Support Staff Not Applicable, since GMF is only has line maintenance capability
B2 Support Staff Not Applicable, since GMF is only has line maintenance capability
C Certifying Staff Not Applicable, since GMF is only has line maintenance capability
Engines/Components Authorised by the maintenance organisations to release Engines,

Certifying Staff APU, and components under the EASA Part-145 approval.
Specialized Services Authorized to perform and certify Non Destructive Test of part in
(NDT) certifying staff accordance with their qualification
List of “A” Tasks Category Which may be Authorized

“A” Task category consist of minor scheduled line maintenance and simple defect rectification
within the limits of tasks specifically endorsed on the EASA Part-145 C/S - S/S individual
authorization and un-schedule maintenance. Simple defect rectification may be performed in line
maintenance are describe as the following:
(a) Replacement of wheel assemblies.

(b) Replacement of wheel brake units.
(c) Replacement of emergency equipment.
(d) Replacement of ovens, boilers and beverage makers.
(e) Replacement of internal and external lights, filaments and flash tubes.
(f) Replacement of windscreen wiper blades.
(g) Replacement of passenger and cabin crew seats, seat belts and harnesses.
(h) Closing of cowlings and re-fitment of quick access inspection panels.
(i) Replacement of toilet system components but excluding gate valves.
(j) Simple repairs and replacement of internal compartment doors and placards but excluding
doors forming part of a pressure structure.
(k) Simple repairs and replacement of overhead storage compartment doors and cabin furnishing
items.
(l) Replacement of static wicks.
(m) Replacement of aircraft main and APU aircraft batteries.
(n) Replacement of in-flight entertainment system components other than public address.
(o) Routine lubrication and replenishment of all system fluids and gases.

Page: 3 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
(p) The de-activation only of sub-systems and aircraft components as permitted by the operator's
minimum equipment list where such de-activation is agreed by the competent authority as a
simple task.
(q) Inspection for and removal of de-icing/anti-icing fluid residues, including removal/closure of
panels, cowls or covers or the use of special tools.
(r) Any other task agreed by the competent authority as a simple task for a particular aircraft type.
This may include defect deferment when all the following conditions are met:
- There is no need for troubleshooting; and
- The task is in the MEL; and
- The maintenance action required by the MEL is agreed by the competent authority to be
simple.
Certifying Staff Authority and Responsibility
They report to VP for Quality Assurance & Safety. They are responsible to take all necessary actions
to ensure that all the work is performed in accordance with current Authority of A/C registration
requirements, operator specifications, maintenance manuals and the requirements of this manual.
The authorization allows the certifying staff to independently perform or supervise maintenance
and for releasing to service A/C or A/C components.
They are responsible and have the authority to:
a) To decide if the aircraft or aircraft component is ready for release to service and if it is not
ready to release to service;
b) Not to release an aircraft or component to service if unairworthy conditions are found;
c) To issue a Certificate of Release to Service, according to the Authority requirements following
the requirements of this manual and operator's maintenance program;
d) To report mandatory significant defects to the relevant Authority, customers and original
manufacturers via the VP for Quality Assurance & Safety.
NOTE:
The Certifying Staff shall NOT delegate his responsibilities to any personnel and he shall not exercise
the privileges of his certification authorization if he knows or suspects that their physical or mental
condition makes him unfit to exercise such privileges.
Limitation, Suspension, Withdrawal of the Certifying Authorization
The Quality Assurance & Safety shall limit, suspend or withdraw the authorization if for any reason
(including voluntary withdrawal) the authorized person cannot fulfill the requirements of this
procedure. See QP 304-03.

Page: 4 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.6.2 Airworthiness Review Staff

Not Applicable
1.6.3 Content of The List

The roster of the certifying staff will include the following:
a) Name and personnel number;
b) EASA C/S Category;
c) Function;
d) Authorization identification number;
e) Stamp Identification Number;
f) Sample of the signature;
g) Date of the first issue of authorization;
h) Validity date of the authorization;
i) Scope/ limitation of Authorization;
j) For aircraft certifying staff only, the aircraft maintenance license identification number;
k) Line and base maintenance certifying staff to comply with protected rights as per Part 145
Appendix IV, paragraph 2.
1.6.4 Management of the List
The Certifying staff list is managed as a separate associated document form no. GMF/Q-402: Roster
EASA Certifying Staff & Support Staff. Approval process of Roster is explained in MOE Section 1.11.3
Authorized persons will have access to the certifying staff records.
The roster records will be retained for at least two years from the date of new roster revision
available. The records will be kept in electronic format by Personnel Qualification and Quality
System Documentation unit.

Page: 5 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.7 MANPOWER RESOURCES

(Ref: 145.A.70(a)7, 145.A.30(d))
Determination of Manpower Capital
Management will develop the production man-hours plan and will employ sufficient number of
skilled personnel to perform, inspect and supervise the work so that to enable the organization to
achieve product quality within the specified targets. The man-hours plan will be related to the
anticipated maintenance workload.
The plan will include personnel for planning the work, accomplishing the maintenance, inspecting
the work, checking and retaining maintenance records and controlling the production and
maintenance documents in process. The man-hours plan will be reviewed at least every 3 months
and updated when necessary. Deviation more than 25% shortfall in available man-hours during a
calendar month shall be reported by each VP Production to the VP Quality Assurance & Safety and
the Accountable Manager for review.
The planned absence (for training, vacations, etc.) should be considered when developing the man-
hour plan.
Manpower selection and recruitment will include:

a) The determination of required number of personnel, their knowledge and skills;
b) The determination of training needs;
c) The training and assessment before they are allowed to perform unsupervised work.
Personnel may be selected and hired on:

a) Permanent basis new employees or employees transferred from other department:
b) Short-term contract from other than GMF AeroAsia organization.
The production and supporting functions will plan the man-hours required versus production
needs as described in MOE section 2.22
Short Term Contract Staff – Recruitment and Control
The Management may request to Human Capital Management Department to recruit short-term
contract staff to cover production shortfall provided:
a) The Manager, who requested such staff, will provide to Human Capital Management a job
description and the skills required. The short-term contract staff must provide evidence of
their qualifications and experience and records must remain in file.
b) They will work under the supervision of permanent skilled employees unless the Quality
Assurance & Safety has authorized otherwise;
c) Their number will not exceed 50% of the total staff required per Senior Manager;

Page: 1 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
d) For the purpose of meeting a specific operational necessity, a temporary increase of the
proportion of contracted staff may be permitted to the GMF by the competent authority, in
accordance with an approved procedure which should describe the extent, specific duties,
and responsibilities for ensuring adequate organization stability.
e) They will not be responsible to perform required inspections or for releasing to service. Such
responsibility will remain to GMF AeroAsia certifying staff, unless the VP for Quality Assurance
& Safety after consultation with the Authority has approved such staff, providing meeting the
requirements of Section 3.4 & 3.7.
f) They are briefed about their intended work and they have been trained in GMF AeroAsia
procedures related to their assignment.
g) The Quality Assurance & Safety has assessed their training, qualification and experience.
Number of Staff
The following numbers of management and maintenance personnel are permanent employees in
GMF AeroAsia.
The total number of GMF AeroAsia permanent employees is approximately 4458 including non
EASA person.
GMF will keep the number of its permanent employees updated, and the updating will be
performed by human resources management see https://soe.gmf-aeroasia.co.id/ .
The number of short-term contract employees depends on the workload from one period to the
other. A current list of short-term contracted employees is available at human resources
management.
Number of GMF AeroAsia Employees related to the EASA approval.
The total number of staff employed by the organization in order to comply with Part 145:
No Categories Subcategories Total by Total

Subcategories
1 Management Accountable Manager 1 6
Personnel Quality Manager & Deputy 2
Line Operation Manager 1
Base Operation Manager 1
(Covering Workshop
Manager)
NDT Level III 1
2 Technical Support Planners 11 31
Staff Librarians 7
Engineers 7
Technical Record Staff 6
Page: 2 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3 Safety, Quality Safety & Quality Policy 6 42

Policy & Quality Maintenance Procedure 3
System Staff Auditors 27
Quality Control N/A
SMS 6
4 Certifying Staff Aircraft “A” Category N/A 96
Aircraft “B1” Category 32
Aircraft “B2” Category 22
Aircraft “B3” Category N/A
Aircraft “C” Category N/A
Engine & APU 8
Component 29
Specialized Services 5
Commander or flight N/A
engineer holding a limited
certification authorization
5 B1 and B2 “B1” Support Staff N/A -
Support staff for “B2” Support Staff N/A
base
maintenance
6 Maintenance Aircraft 20 90
Technical Staff Engine & APU 33
Component 12
Specialized Services 25
7 Store and 14 14
Purchasing staff
8 Training Staff 3 3
9 Certifying staff N/A
IAW 145.A.30(g)
10 Contracted staff N/A
Refer to UG.CAO.00120-xxx
Notes: The total number of GMF AeroAsia employees related to EASA approval is 282

Page: 3 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Refer to scope of work in MOE section 1.9, the following is detail of Certifying Staff for each rating:
A Rating
Number of Certifying Staff per

Aircraft Type Aircraft Type
B1 B2 C
Airbus A330 (RR Trent 700) 4 5 -
Airbus A330 (PW 4000) 2 2 -
Airbus A330 (CF6-80) 2 2 -
Airbus A318/A319 /A320/A321 (CFM56) 5 2 -
Airbus A319/A320/A321(IAE V2500) 5 2 -
Airbus A319/A320/A321(PW 1100G) 4 2 -
Airbus A319/A320/A321(IAE LEAP 1A) 4 2 -
Boeing 737-600/700/800/900 (CFM56) 7 4 -
Boeing 747-400 (GE CF6) 5 2 -
Boeing 747-400 (PW 4000) 4 2 -
Boeing 747-400 (RB211) 2 - -
ATR 42-400/500/ 72-212A (PWC PW120) 2 1 -
Boeing 787-8/9/10 (GEnx) 4 5 -
Boeing 787-8/9/10 (RR RB 211 Trent 1000) 4 5 -
BOEING 777-200/300 (GE90) 5 4 -
Notes: The detail is not reflecting total number of certifying staff, since one person could have
more than 1 authorization
Records & Rosters of Management and Maintenance Personnel

The Human Capital Management will develop and maintain in current condition and compile in an
easily retrieval manner and make available to authorized auditors the personnel records and
rosters. Records will be maintained for each employee in the employee's training folder or in the
computer. The following records and rosters will be kept:
a) Qualification and experience records including the following:

• A summary of the employment of each individual whose name is on the personnel
roster. The summary must contain enough information on each individual listed on the
roster to show compliance with the experience requirements of this part and must
include the following:
- Present title,
- Total years of experience and the type of maintenance work performed,
- Past relevant employment with names of employers and periods of employment,
- The type of mechanic certificate held and the ratings on that certificate, if
applicable,
- Job description
Page: 4 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
• Formal education records,

• Experience records,
• Training certificates,
• Records for each individual's participation in the training conducted at GMF AeroAsia
(attendance records),
• Written examinations and test result for in house training.
b) Rosters of:
• All VP’s, Senior Managers responsible for the management of the maintenance,
• Managers (supervisors) who oversee the maintenance functions.
The rosters of VP’s and Senior Managers will include their name, title, and scope of assigned
work. The rosters of Managers (Supervisors) will include their name, title, and scope of
assigned work, AMEL if any, and GMF authorizations.
NOTE: Certifying staff records and rosters are kept by the Quality Assurance & Safety. See
Sections 1.6 and 3.5 of this manual.
c) Administrative records
Updating the personnel rosters
Human Capital Management will update the roster within 5 working days to reflect changes caused
by termination, reassignment, change in duties or scope of assignment, or addition of personnel.
Human Capital Management
The Human Capital Management will establish procedures relating to the human capital
management and establish the organization system in order to maximize employee competency
and motivation. Procedures will include:
a. The placement the right person to the right job;

b. Job performance improvement techniques and smooth working relationships;
c. Competency charts (job descriptions) and the competency level system;
d. Provide and update data about personnel qualifications and establish the method of
employee promotion, recruitment, selection and performance appraisal;
e. Develop organization structure;
f. Develop company rules and policies.
Personnel Safety and Health Program
The Safety Performance Monitoring under Quality Assurance & Safety will develop a workable
occupational safety and health program, which will include the following:

Page: 5 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
a. A written statement of safety policy signed by the CEO;

b. Responsibility and authority of Managers related to safety and health program;
c. Safety performance standards, unsafe conditions and unsafe acts.
Personnel Integrity
GMF AeroAsia employees will have the obligation to:
a. Be familiar and comply with GMF AeroAsia rules and policy;

b. Learn the details of policies dealing with his/her work;
c. Seek assistance from his/her manager or other GMF AeroAsia with questions about
application of rules and policies;
d. Promptly report any concerns about possible violations of GMF AeroAsia rules, policies or
procedures; and;
e. Cooperate with GMF AeroAsia investigations into concerns covered by GMF AeroAsia rules,
policies or procedures.

Page: 6 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.8 FACILITIES
(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.70(a)8, 145.A.25(a)1, 145.A.25(a)2, AMC 145.A.25(a) , 145.A.25(b), AMC
145.A.25(b), 145.A.25(c)1, 145.A.25(c)2, 145.A.25(c)3, 145.A.25(c)4, 145.A.25(c)5,
145.A.25(c)6, 145.A.75(d), 145.A.40(a)iii, Appendix III)
The GMF AeroAsia Facilities consists of:
➢ 129,193 square meters of four steel-framed constructed hangars (hangar 1, 2, 3, and 4) with
attached offices and a stock room for each hangar, and component shops (hangar 4 only):
➢ 2,550 square meter hangar facility with door
➢ 56,232 square meter of Three component shops;
➢ 20,736 square meter engine shop;
➢ 972 square meters material receiving inspection area attached with an additional stock room
➢ 2,560 square meter Engine test cell.
➢ 2,268 square meter special store
➢ 5,832 square meters GSE Shop
➢ 1,215 square meters utility building
➢ 336,000 square meters of apron area
➢ 140,000 square meters of surrounding property
The total square area of the facilities is: 692,241 square meters
All hangars are equipped with:
➢ Fire alarms and firefighting system

➢ 400Hz AC electrical power
➢ Hangar lighting
➢ Regulated air pressure
➢ Aircraft tools and equipment
➢ Stock rooms
➢ Air-conditioned office areas
➢ Overhead crane (hangar 1, 3, and 4 only)
➢ Aircraft docking (hangar 1, 3, and 4 only)
All workshop areas are equipped with:
➢ 400Hz & 50Hz electrical power

➢ Uninterrupted Power Supply systems for computers & highly sensitive equipment
➢ Regulated air pressure
➢ Crane/hoist system (Engine shop, Workshop 1, Sheet Metal Shop Hangar 4)
➢ Air conditioning
➢ Stock Rooms

Page: 1 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
All Hangars, Workshops, Stock Rooms, and Offices are sufficiently lighted. Each hangar was lighted
with approximately 240 mercury light assembly, 400 watt, and 220 volt. All shops and offices are
sufficiently lighted with fluorescent light.
GMF also equipped with storage facilities for serviceable and repairable components under the
following requirements:
a. Storage facilities shall be clean, well ventilated and maintained at an even dry temperature.
Manufacturers storage recommendations should be followed;
b. Storage racks should be strong enough to hold aircraft components and provide sufficient
support for large components such that it is not distorted during storage;
c. All components, wherever practicable, should remain packaged in protective material to
minimize damage and corrosion during storage;
d. Storage conditions must ensure segregation of serviceable components and material from
unserviceable, when they are placed in the same room or area;
e. Access to all storage facilities should be restricted to authorize personnel only.
1.8.1 Principal Place of Business (PPB)
The official address of Business Principal Place is:
Garuda Maintenance Facility (GMF) AeroAsia

BUSH 19130
Cengkareng – Indonesia.
1.8.2 Postal (surface mail and e-mail) address
Quality Manager
Garuda maintenance Facility (GMF) AeroAsia
BUSH 19130
Cengkareng – Indonesia.
Email: qas@gmf-aeroasia.co.id
1.8.3 Base Maintenance Facilities
Base maintenance activity is not applicable to accommodate the aircraft.

Page: 2 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.8.4 Line Maintenance facilities (at each location) as appropriate
The Line Maintenance activities are limited only in Line Station Cengkareng and Denpasar, cover
scope of work as listed in MOE Section 1.9. The line maintenance of aircraft has access to hangar
accommodation for usage during inclement weather for minor scheduled work and lengthy defect
rectification, such as:
1. Line station Cengkareng has access to Hangar which owned by GMF-AeroAsia for all aircraft
type as mentioned in section 1.9
2. Line station Denpasar has accessed to Hangar which rent from PT. Angkasa Pura only for
Boeing 737-600/700/800/900 (CFM56)
For light maintenance, four hangars are available and large enough to accommodate the aircraft.
Hangar space is arranged based on aircraft visit plan.
1. Hangar one is able to maintain 4 wide body light maintenance.
2. Hangar two for light maintenance able to maintain 3 widebody aircraft and 6 narrow body
aircraft in the same time, or 12 narrow body aircraft in the same time.
3. Hangar three is able to maintain 6 aircraft undergo light maintenance in the same time.
4. Hangar four is able to maintain 26 narrow body aircraft maintenance with configuration 1 line
hangar with door, 25 line is for light maintenance.
Layout of each hangar is detailed in section 1.8.6. Layout of Premises (Hangar 1, 2, 3, and 4).
Hangars and workshops structures are to a standard that prevents the coming of excessive rain and
wind. Generally, wind speed is not a threat, however, to anticipate the risk of hard wind, periodically,
GMF retrieve data from meteorological station. Moveable big equipment such as stair and dock are
securely locked from free moving and fall that possible to hit aircraft. Aircraft also secured from free
moving with properly install tire choke when placed in hangar.
NOTE: For detail procedure of facility maintenance in QP 108-01
Aircraft hangar and aircraft component workshop floors be sealed to minimize dust generation.
Hangar floors, shelf and racks are periodically cleaned to limit dust and avoid Foreign Object Debris
(FOD). Immediately after removed from aircraft, parts and component sensitive to dust
contamination are kept into temporary store, while big parts lied in hangar are covered.
Wildlife and pest are controlled from spreading and proliferate that will disrupt or even damage
aircraft, parts and component. Mouse trap and poison are placed in certain area and inspected
periodically. Periodic Surveillance is performed to certain place that possible such of wildlife and
pest are nested and breed. Cast-offs and trash are periodically and immediately removed, and
people are reminded not to eat at any place and dispose cast-offs to the provided trash can.
Run-up bay equipped with the reflector to eliminate the engine trust is available far away from the
hangar used to performed aircraft engine run.
Page: 3 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
The GMF AeroAsia is restricted area; only authorized personnel may enter GMF AeroAsia.
Office accommodation if properly lighted with fluorescent lights and properly air-conditioned for
the management, planning, technical records, quality or certifying staff, to carry out their
designated tasks in a manner that contributes to good aircraft maintenance standards;
Aircraft maintenance staffs are provided with a study area in the hangars and shops where they can
study maintenance instructions and complete maintenance records in a proper manner.
The Plant Maintenance function shall establish document and maintain procedures to ensure that
the facility is properly maintained all the times. Maintenance and preventive maintenance
instructions shall be developed together with maintenance schedules as required by each plant
equipment manufacturer and standard industry practices. The procedure shall include the prompt
notification of the Plant Maintenance function by the users to rectify defects.
1.8.5 Engines / APU and Component Maintenance Facilities
For engine/APU and component maintenance, workshops are large enough to accommodate the
engine/APU and components maintenance.
Shop spaces are lighted with fluorescent light and air conditioner system. Fire extinguishing
equipment is installed in all workstations. Test Cell is equipped with noise protection.
Workshop available in GMF are:

1) Engine/APU shop
2) Avionics shop
3) Electro Mechanical shop
4) Emergency equipment shop
5) Sheet metal shop
6) Wheels, brake, and landing gear shop
7) Composite shop

Page: 4 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.8.6 Layout of Premises
Hangar 4

Page: 5 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
97 mtrs
(285 fts)
Wide-body Aircraft Wide-body Aircraft
ANNEXES
11.5 mtrs (35)
195 mtrs ( 590 fts)
HANGAR 1 LAY OUT

Page: 6 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
ANNEXES HANGAR 1 LAY OUT

Page: 7 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
HANGAR 2 LAY OUT
WEST
EAST
HANGAR 2 ANNEXES LAY OUT (FIRST FLOOR)

Page: 8 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
WEST
EAST
HANGAR 2 ANNEXES LAY OUT (SECOND FLOOR)

Page: 9 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Wide-body Aircraft Wide-body Aircraft Wide-body Aircraft
HANGAR 3 LAYOUT

Page: 10 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
HANGAR 3 ANNEXES LAY OUT

(FIRST FLOOR)

Page: 11 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
HANGAR 3 ANNEXES LAY OUT

(SECOND FLOOR)

Page: 12 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Hangar with door
HANGAR 4 ANNEXES LAYOUT

Page: 13 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
HANGAR 4 ANNEXES LAYOUT (HANGAR WITH DOOR)

(FIRST FLOOR)

Page: 14 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

(FIRST FLOOR – Cont’d)

Page: 15 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

(FIRST FLOOR – Cont’d)

Page: 16 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

(SECOND FLOOR)

Page: 17 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
HANGAR 4 ANNEXES LAYOUT CONT’D

(SECOND FLOOR)

Page: 18 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
WORKSHOP 1 FIRST FLOOR LAY OUT

Page: 19 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
WORKSHOP 1 SECOND FLOOR LAY OUT

Page: 20 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
WHEELS, BRAKE AND LANDING GEAR SHOP LAY OUT

Page: 21 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
WORKSHOP 2 FIRST FLOOR LAY OUT

Page: 22 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
WORKSHOP 2 SECOND FLOOR LAY OUT

Page: 23 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL DEPARTEMENT FIRST FLOOR

Page: 24 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
MATERIAL DEPARTEMENT SECOND FLOOR

Page: 25 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
ENGINE SHOP LAY OUT FIRST FLOOR

Page: 26 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
ENGINE SHOP LAY OUT SECOND FLOOR
ENGINE TEST CELL FIRST FLOOR

Page: 27 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
ENGINE TEST CELL SECOND FLOOR

Page: 28 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Denpasar Line Maintenance Station
Production Office
1st Floor

Page: 29 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Production Office
2nd Floor

Page: 30 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Material & Tools Store

Page: 31 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Cengkareng Line Maintenance Station
Location of Cengkareng Line Maintenance Office – Third Party

Page: 32 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Store CGK 3-1 (Terminal 3)
Store CGK 3-2 (Terminal 3)

Page: 33 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Store CGK 3-3 Extension (Terminal 3)

Page: 34 of 34
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.9 SCOPE OF WORK

145.A.70(a)9, 145.A.10, AMC 145.A.10, GM 145.A.10, 145.A.20, AMC 145.A.20,
145.A.42(b)(iii), AMC1 145.A.42(b)(iii) , AMC 145.A.45(b), 145.A.75(a), 145.A.75(b),
145.A.75(c), 145.A.75(d), 145.A.75(e), 145.A.75(f), Appendix II, Appendix III
The maintenance privileges are as permitted by the EASA certificate. When the certificate is
granted, details of the privileges permitted by the EASA certificate will be added in this paragraph.
When approval is granted, GMF AeroAsia as instructed by EASA PART 145.A.80 will only maintain
an aircraft and aircraft component for which it is approved when all necessary facilities, equipment,
tooling, material, maintenance data and certifying staff are available.
GMF AeroAsia WILL NOT maintains any aircraft or aircraft component for which does not have
Approval by the EASA and/ or at the place other than fix approved facility.
GMF AeroAsia may temporarily not hold all the necessary tools, equipment etc., for an aircraft type
or variant specified in the organization’s approval. GMF has a commitment to re-acquire tools,
equipment etc. before maintenance on the type may recommence.
1.9.1.1 Aircraft Maintenance
Capability for Base Maintenance and Line Maintenance Cengkareng:
TC LIMITATION MAINTENANCE LEVEL Up to & including
RATING AIRCRAFT TYPE/
HOLDER (Aircraft the following:
GROUP RATING
Model) BASE LINE
A1 AIRBUS Airbus A330 (RR Trent A330-243 - A-Check/ 800 FH
700) A330-341
A330-342
A330-343
A1 AIRBUS Airbus A330 (PW 4000) A330-223 - A-Check/ 800 FH
A330-321
A330-322
A330-323
A1 AIRBUS Airbus A330 (GE CF6) A330-201 - A-Check/ 800 FH
A330-202
A330-203
A330-301
A330-302
A330-303
A1 AIRBUS Airbus A319-111 - 750 FH / 750 FC /
A318/A319/A320/A321 A319-112 4 MO
(CFM56) A319-113
A319-114
A319-115
A320-211
A320-212
A320-214

Page: 1 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

GROUP RATING
Model) BASE LINE
A320-215
A320-216
A1 AIRBUS Airbus A319-131 - 750 FH / 750 FC /
A319/A320/A321(IAE A319-132 4 MO
V2500) A320-231
A320-232
A320-233
A1 AIRBUS Airbus A320-271N - 750 FH / 750 FC /
A319/A320/A321 (IAE A321-271N 4 MO
PW1100G)
A1 AIRBUS Airbus A320-251N - 750 FH / 750 FC /
A319/A320/A321 (CFM A321-251N 4 MO
LEAP-1A)
A1 THE Boeing 737- 737-600 - 120 Day / 1140
BOEING 600/700/800/900 737-700 FH / 633 FC
COMPANY (CFM56) 737-800
737-900
737-900ER
A1 THE Boeing 747-400 747-400 - A Check / 1000 FH
BOEING (GE CF6) 747-400F
COMPANY 747-400BCF
A1 THE Boeing 747-400 747-400 Component
BOEING (RR RB211) 747-400CF replacement,
-
COMPANY 747-400F minor repair, and
defect rectification
A1 THE Boeing 747-400 (PW 747-400 - A Check / 1000 FH
BOEING 4000) 747-400F
COMPANY 747-400BCF
A1 THE Boeing 777-200/300 777-200 - A Check / 1000
BOEING (GE90) 777-200 LR FH
COMPANY 777-300ER
A1 THE Boeing 787-8/9/10 787-8 - Service Checks
BOEING (GEnx) 787-9
COMPANY
A1 THE Boeing 787-8/9/10 (RR 787-8 - Service Checks
BOEING RB 211 Trent 1000) 787-9
COMPANY
A1 ATR-GIE ATR 42-400/500/ 72- ATR 42-400 - A-Check and 1
Avions de 212A (PWC PW120) ATR 42-500 Years
Transport ATR 72-212A
Régional
For Denpasar line maintenance station only capable for:

Page: 2 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

GROUP RATING
Model) BASE LINE
A1 AIRBUS Airbus A330 (RR Trent A330-243 - Weekly Check
700) A330-341
A330-342
A330-343
A1 THE Boeing 737- 737-600 - Weekly Check
BOEING 600/700/800/900 737-700
COMPANY (CFM56) 737-800
A1 THE Boeing 777-200/300 777-200 - Service Checks
BOEING (GE90) 777-200 LR
COMPANY 777-300ER
A1 THE Boeing 787-8/9/10 787-8 - Service Checks
BOEING (GEnx) 787-9
COMPANY
A1 THE Boeing 787-8/9/10 (RR 787-8 - Service Checks
BOEING RB 211 Trent 1000) 787-9
COMPANY
Line Maintenance should be as any maintenance that is carried out before flight to ensure that the
aircraft is fit for the intended flight.
Minor scheduled line maintenance means any minor scheduled inspection/check up to and
including a weekly check specified in the aircraft maintenance program.
a) Line Maintenance may include:
• Trouble shooting.
• Defect rectification.
• Component replacement with use of external test equipment if required. Component
replacement may include components such as engines and propellers.
• Scheduled maintenance and/or checks including visual inspections that will detect obvious
unsatisfactory conditions/discrepancies but do not require extensive in depth inspection. It
may also include internal structure, systems and power plant items which are visible through
quick opening access panels/doors.
• Minor repairs and modifications which do not require extensive disassembly and can be
accomplished by simple means.
b) Maintenance tasks falling outside these criteria are considered to be Base Maintenance.
c) Aircraft maintained in accordance with ‘progressive’ type programs should be individually

assessed in relation to this paragraph. In principle, the decision to allow some ‘progressive’
checks to be carried out should be determined by the assessment that all tasks within the
particular check can be carried out safely to the required standards at the designated line
maintenance station.
Page: 3 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
In the case of an unscheduled/unexpected event in aircraft maintenance may be performed within

GMF Aeroasia limitation as per table above.
1.9.2 Engine Maintenance
Engine/ Limitation
Rating Maintenance Level
APU Type (Engine/ APU Model)
B1 CFM56-5B CFM56-5B1, CFM56-5B1/P, CFM56-5B1/3, CFM56-5B2, Overhaul up to piece
“SAC” CFM56-5B2/P, CFM56-5B2/3, CFM56-5B3/P, CFM56-5B3/P1, parts
CFM56-5B3/3, CFM56-5B3/3B1, CFM56-5B4, CFM56-5B4/P,
CFM56-5B4/P1, CFM56-5B4/3, CFM56-5B4/3B1, CFM56-5B5,
CFM56-5B5/P, CFM56-5B5/3, CFM56-5B6, CFM56-5B6/P, ESM CFM56-5B
CFM56-5B6/3, CFM56-5B7, CFM56-5B7/P, CFM56-5B7/3,
CFM56-5B8/P, CFM56-5B8/3, CFM56-5B9/P, CFM56-5B9/3
CFM56-7B20, CFM56-7B22, CFM56-7B22/B1, CFM56-7B24,

CFM56-7B24/B1, CFM56-7B26, CFM56-7B26/B1, CFM56-
CFM56-7B 7B26/B2, CFM56-7B27, CFM56-7B27/B1, CFM56-7B27/B3,
“SAC” CFM56-7B27A, CFM56-7B20/3, CFM56-7B22/3, CFM56-
Overhaul up to piece
7B22/3B1, CFM56-7B24/3, CFM56-7B24/3B1, CFM56-7B26/3,
parts
CFM56-7B CFM56-7B26/3F, CFM56-7B26/3B1, CFM56-7B26/3B2, CFM56-
“TI” 7B26/3B2F, CFM56-7B27/3, CFM56-7B27/3F, CFM56-
7B27/3B1, CFM56-7B27/3B1F, CFM56-7B27/3B3, CFM56-
CFM56-7B 7B27A/3, CFM56-7B20E, CFM56-7B22E, CFM56-7B22E/B1,
ESM CFM56-7B
“E” CFM56-7B24E, CFM56-7B24E/B1, CFM56-7B26E, CFM56-
7B26E/F, CFM56-7B26E/B1, CFM56-7B26E/B2, CFM56-
7B26E/B2F, CFM56-7B27E, CFM56-7B27E/F, CFM56-7B27E/B1,
CFM56-7B27E/B1F, CFM56-7B27E/B3, CFM56-7B27AE
Overhaul up to piece
parts
CFM56-3 CFM56-3, CFM56-3B, CFM56-3C
ESM CFM56-3
PW 100 PW124B, PW127, PW127E, PW127F, PW127M, PW127N Hot Section Inspection
series
engines MM&IPC PW100
GE90-100 GE 90-115B Split Build Up
Series
B3 GTCP131 GTCP131 – 9A Overhaul up to piece
GTCP131 – 9B parts
EM, IRM, IPC GTCP

131-9A/B

Page: 4 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Engine/ Limitation
Rating Maintenance Level
APU Type (Engine/ APU Model)
GTCP331 GTCP331-350C Overhaul up to piece
parts
EM, IRM, IPC GTCP

331-350C
1.9.3 Component Maintenance
Rating ATA P/N

C1Air Condition and Pressurization 21 Components in
C2 Auto Flight 22 accordance with the
C3 Communication and 23-34 Approved Capability List
Navigation (Doc no. DQ-003)
C4 Doors and Hatches 52
C5 Electrical Power & Lights 24-33-85
C6 Equipment 25-38-44-45-50
C7 Engine and APU 49-71-72-73-74-75-76-77-78-
79-80-81-82-83
C8 Flight Control 27-55-57.40-57.50-57.60-57.70
C12 Hydraulic Power 29
C13 Indicating – recording system 31-42-46
C14 Landing Gear 32
C15 Oxygen 35
C17 Pneumatic & Vacuum 36-37
C18 Protection ice/rain/fire 26-30
C19 Windows 56

Page: 5 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.9.4 Specialised Services Maintenance
1.9.4.1 NDT with D1 Rating

When GMF AeroAsia intends to perform NDT tasks and release such tasks using an EASA Form 1,
the rating D1 is necessary. Under the D1 rating, the capability to perform maintenance is
determined by the “NDT method” listed in the rating and limitation, regardless the specific aircraft,
engine or component which is subject to the inspection method.
Rating Limitation Detail of limitation

D1 Liquid Penetrant Testing (PT)
Magnetic Particle Testing (MT)
NDT techniques in accordance to the NDT manual
Eddy Current Testing (ET)
QP 209-18, approved by the responsible NDT level
Ultrasonic Testing (UT)
3
Radiography Testing (RT)
Thermography Testing (IRT)
The specific techniques for each NDT method used is regulated in NDT Procedure.
1.9.4.2 NDT without D1 Rating

When NDT is performed in specific maintenance task, the following category and limitation are
applied.
Rating Limitation Location Detail of limitation

A1, Liquid Penetrant Engine workshop, Structure
B1, C Testing (PT) shop, All hangar
Magnetic Particle Engine workshop, Structure
Testing (MT) shop, All hangar
NDT technique in
Eddy Current Testing Structure shop, All hangar
accordance with
(ET)
specification defined in
Engine workshop, Structure
Ultrasonic Testing (UT) each NDT manual of
shop, All hangar
Maintenance task
Radiography Testing Structure shop
(RT)
Thermography Testing Engine workshop, Structure
(IRT) shop, All hangar
1.9.4.3 Other Specialised Activities
GMF-AeroAsia is responsible for implementation and compliance of every special process which
applicable for its aircraft, engine and component rating. GMF shall perform the special process or
subcontract the special process to other organization either approved or non-approved
subcontracted organizations as long as GMF has expertise for these special process. The procedure
related to subcontracted organizations is regulated in section 2.1.1.3.

Page: 6 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
GMF AeroAsia shall maintain the qualified personnel, equipment/ tools and reference/ manual
accepted by manufacture and/or authority.
Personnel qualification for these special process is regulated in QP 311-04 and QP 311-03 specific
for welder qualification.
The list of other specialised activites is described in table below:
No Rating Special Process Reference Limitation

1. Painting
2. Composite
1 A Rating
3. Shoot peening
4. Heat treatment
1. Chemical processing (anodizing,
plating, chemical cleaning) As defined by
As defined by
2. Composite each reference
2 B Rating each
3. Welding (depend on the
maintenance
4. Thermal Spray ability of the
manual
5. Shoot peening facility)
1. Chemical processing (anodizing,
plating, chemical cleaning)
3 C Rating
2. Composite
3. Painting
4 - 1. Laboratory testing
Detail of other special activities which listed on the above table are regulated in QP 601-26
1.9.5 Maintenance Away from the Approved Locations
GMF AeroAsia may perform works away from the approved locations, subject to the condition
specified in MOE section 2.24
1.9.6 Fabrication of the part(s) by GMF AeroAsia
For the part(s) intended to be fabricated within the GMF AeroAsia, the procedures in section 2.9.2
of this MOE must be followed.
The part fabrication is to be considered under an approved rating (e.g. as part of the maintenance
carried out on aircraft under rating A1, engines under rating B1, components under a C rating).

Page: 7 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.9.7 Use of Maintenance Data not Clearly Intended for the Rating Held
This paragraph is described to cover the possibility to use other maintenance data which is not
intended for the rating held. For example, an A1 rating wishing to use engine and/ or component
maintenance data on-wing, a B1/B3 rating wishing to use component and/ or aircraft maintenance
data, etc.
Procedure to assess the task are within capability

This procedure is limited to aircraft type or engines or components or NDT methods listed in MOE
section 1.9 scope of work and its maintenance level.
GMF-AeroAsia may perform such maintenance activity as described below:

1. Aircraft rating may carry out maintenance on an aircraft and any components (including
engines and/or Auxiliary Power Units (APUs), in accordance with aircraft maintenance data or
in accordance with component maintenance data, only whilst such components are fitted to
the aircraft. Nevertheless, the aircraft rating of GMF-AeroAsia may temporarily remove a
component for maintenance, in order to improve access to that component, except when such
removal generates the need for additional maintenance not eligible for the provisions of this
point.
2. Engine/ APU rating may carry out maintenance on an uninstalled engine and/or APU and
engine’s and/or APU’s components, in accordance with engine and/or APU maintenance data
or, in accordance with component maintenance data, only whilst such components are fitted
to the engine and/or APU. Nevertheless, the Engine/ APU rating of GMF-AeroAsia may
temporarily remove a component for maintenance, in order to improve access to that
component, except when such removal generates the need for additional maintenance not
eligible for the provisions of this point. B class rating (Engine/ APU) may also carry out
maintenance on an installed engine during aircraft maintenance.
3. Component rating may carry out maintenance on an uninstalled component (excluding
engines and APUs) intended for fitment to the aircraft or engine/APU. The Component rating of
GMF-AeroAsia may also carry out maintenance on an installed component during aircraft
maintenance or at an engine/APU maintenance facility.
4. Specialized Service Rating (D rating) is a self-contained class rating not necessarily related to a
specific aircraft, engine or component. The D1 — Non Destructive Testing (NDT) rating is only
necessary when GMF AeroAsia carries out NDT as a particular task for another organization.
Aircraft or Engine/ APU or Component rating of GMF-AeroAsia may carry out NDT on products
it is maintaining subject to the MOE containing NDT procedures, without the need for a D1 class
rating.
For No. 2 and 3, Cx rating or B1/B3 rating may use AMM reference for performing the work,
provided:
1. The task performed does not involve aircraft system testing.
2. Training is given for AMM familirization for Cx and B1/B3 rating prior to performing the work.
3. The task performed by Cx or B1/B3 rating must be liased by A1 rating. If any system testing task
are scheduled, those are performed by A1 rating.
Page: 8 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
4. If there is a sequence task which need A1 rating involvement (leak test, etc), those kind of task
shall be performed by A1 rating.
Assessment on the need of maintenance instruction development

The maintenance instruction is developed for using the particular maintenance data in order to
precisely record the part of the maintenance task effectively carried out based on the skill of the
task required, refer to MOE Section 2.8. (e.g. a GMF Engine/ APU rating using the AMM, does not
take care of circuit breaker deactivation in the cockpit and does not record this task as being done
by the GMF Engine/ APU rating).
Different Maintenance Data with Different Allowed Defects

When the same maintenance task is available in different maintenance data with different allowed
defects, in such cases, GMF can only use the particular maintenance data if clearly specified in the
customer work order or other official customer approval.
Need of Training to use Maintenance Data

In such condition where Aircraft or Engine/ APU or Component rating of GMF AeroAsia use other
maintenance data which is not intended for the rating held, such as an Aircraft rating wishing to
use engine and/ or component maintenance data on-wing or a Component or Engine/ APU rating
working on-wing in an aircraft maintenance environment, training in the use of maintenance data
and in the particular maintenance environment is needed.
Access to Maintenance Data

The distribution of maintenance data can be either in electronic or hard copy format and can be
accessed by each workstation through GMF network sharing data or customer technical
publications networks.
Work need to be performed not in area of intended rating

For the work that shall be performed not in area of intended rating, such as B1 rating be performed
in Hangar area, confirmation from the TCH (Type Certificate Holder) or OEM (Original Part
Manufacturer) is needed that the task can be carried out in different environmental work. If the
TCH/OEM instruct a special/ additional requirement due to the different environmental work, DICA
(Deviation to ICA) or special technical publication from TCH/OEM need to be complied.
Entailing Possible CRS Limitations

When GMF AeroAsia is unable to complete all maintenance ordered, the certifying staff may issue
a certificate of release to service within the approved aircraft limitations according to the task
carried out by GMF AeroAsia, further procedures are explained in MOE Section 2.16.
1.9.8 Airworthiness review privileges

Not Applicable

Page: 9 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.10 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE TO THE AUTHORITY REGARDING CHANGES TO THE

ORGANIZATION'S ACTIVITIES / APPROVAL / LOCATION / PERSONNEL
145.A.70(a)10, AMC 145.A.80, 145.A.85, 145.A.15, AMC 145.A.15, Appendix III to AMC
145.A.15
1.10.1 Notification of Changes
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety is responsible to notify the Authority in any changes
mentioned below. These changes will not be valid unless the Authority determines continued
compliance with the requirements and prescribe the conditions under which GMF AeroAsia will
operate during such changes. The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety will also be responsible for
the coordination and implementation of any restrictions imposed by the Authority as a result of
those changes.
The changes, which are subject to notification, are the following:
Documentation to be provided
To EASA:
Type of change Examples of change To the allocated
Foreign145@eas
inspector
a.europe.eu
- Form 2 +
Certificate of
Form 2, MOE &
Change of Organisation Incorporation
Certificate of
Name - MOE, Trade
Incorporation
Business
License
Change of postal address
of the registered
organisation without any
- MOE & QAM
change of the
ADRESSES
maintenance site.
▪ PPB address change;

▪ Address change of any
maintenance site
Change to the - Form 2 +
already approved; Form 2, MOE &
locations/facilities of the Certificate of
▪ Additional or Certificate of
maintenance organisations Incorporation in
cancellation of Incorporation in
with or without the case of PPB
maintenance sites the case of PPB
amendment to the scope change
Modification, extension, change
or capability - MOE & QAM
reduction or
reorganisation of an
approved maintenance
Page: 1 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
To EASA:
Foreign145@eas
inspector
a.europe.eu
location. (i.e. Addition
built working areas such
as Hangar, office or
workshop within the
approved facility).
Expansion or transfer of
offices / storage facility MOE MOE & QAM
layout
For examples and
guidance on when and
Change of the EASA Form 4 is required, Form 2, Form 4,
Form 2, Form 4
Accountable Manager or refer to “Foreign Part 145 MOE, QAM
&
Form 4 holders identified – Management personnel &Summary of
MOE
in the MOE section 1.3 & EASA Form 4 employment
instructions”-
WI.CAO.00115-XXX.
Reduction or increase of ▪ Reduction of 20 staff
the staff number when the when the staff to
PERSONNEL
variation: maintain the EASA

- Is more than 10% of the approval was 168
total staff number ▪ All certifying staff for
declared in the MOE 1.7 a certain aircraft type
or; approved under A1
Form 2, MOE &
- Is impacting the fees to rating leave the Form 2 & MOE
QAM
be paid to EASA, or Organisation;
- Is affecting the
approval.
Note: permanent and

contracted staff shall be
considered.
Any equipment, materials,
tools that can affect the - Form 2 Form 2, MOE &
CAPABILITY
approval in MOE Section - MOE QAM

1.9
Reduction or increase of ▪ Addition/removal of Form 2, MOE,
the scope of work or scope an Ax rating; Internal
Form 2 & MOE
of approval under Ax Assessment or
rating. audit & QAM
Page: 2 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
To EASA:
Foreign145@eas
inspector
a.europe.eu
▪ Addition of a new
aircraft to the Ax scope
of approval;
▪ Extension of the scope
of approval from line
to base maintenance;
▪ Extension of the
maintenance level
check from daily to A
check for an aircraft
already included in the
approval;
▪ Addition of an engine
type associated to an
A/C type/model inside
a rating Ax already
approved.
▪ Addition/removal of
an Bx rating;
▪ Addition of a new
engine type to the Bx Form 2, MOE,
Reduction or increase of
scope of approval; Internal
the scope of work or scope
▪ Extension of the Form 2 & MOE Assessment or
of approval under Bx
maintenance level audit & QAM
rating.
check from repair to
overhaul for an engine
already included in the
approval;
Reduction or increase of Form 2, MOE,
the scope of work or scope Addition of a P/N to the Capability List
of approval under Cx capability which requires Form 2 & MOE Revision, Internal
rating. a new Cx rating; Assessment or
CAPABILITY
audit & QAM

Addition or cancellation to
the approved capability list
where the EASA Part-145
Capability List DQ-
“C” rating is held and any -
003 & QAM
additional component
capability is of similar
technology & within
Page: 3 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
To EASA:
Foreign145@eas
inspector
a.europe.eu
existing ATA chapter
capability (MOE section 1.9
refers).
Form 2, MOE,
Addition or cancellation of
Internal
NDT method under D1 Form 2 & MOE
Assessment or
rating
audit & QAM
▪ Addition of welding
capability under any
rating;
CAPABILITY
Addition of any specialised Form 2, MOE,

▪ Addition of painting
services under any rating Internal
capability under any Form 2 & MOE
in the course of Assessment or
rating;
maintenance audit & QAM
▪ Addition of heat
treatment capability
Addition of tap test
Any change to the Form 2,

procedures that could MOE & Form 2 MOE, Related
affect the approval. procedure & QAM
PROCEDURES
▪ C/S &S/S list

Change to the MOE and its ▪ Capability list
associated procedures/lists ▪ List of contracted MOE, List Associate
called out in the MOE 1.11 organisation MOE Procedure &
that do not affect the ▪ List of subcontractors Related Procedure
approval. ▪ Form Manual
▪ MOE typing errors
Notification shall be submitted and send via email to competent inspector before being
implemented including the form as detailed in the table above by Quality Assurance. For any
changes which require Form 2 shall be submitted via email to foreign145@easa.europa.eu.
Request for additional rating must be done as instructed by the Authority requirements, 90 days
prior to its inspection.
Managers, who intend to perform any changes as mentioned above, will inform the Quality
Assurance & Safety to assess and/or audit the need of obtaining approval by the authorities
before the changes occur.

Page: 4 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.10.2 Change not requiring amendment of the proposal
Temporarily change which effected GMF’s capability in maintenance process such does not hold
all the necessary tools, equipment, material, maintenance data, etc., competent inspector shall be
informed to determine if a need exist to amend the approval or if it may be maintained subject to
further conditions
1.10.3 Management of the change with the Assigned Inspector.
GMF shall carry out an internal audit in accordance with its MOE 3.1 audit procedure, prior to the
audit by the competent authority, confirming that processes, areas, activities and personnel
subject to the application have been reviewed and audited showing satisfactory compliance with
all applicable Part 145 requirements. The relevant audit report together with any required
documents and a statement of compliance from the Quality Manager shall be provided to the
assigned EASA inspector.
Quality System & Auditing is in charge of monitoring the change with the assigned inspector and
immediately contact the assigned inspector once notification has been sent to assure all
requirements has been fulfilled.

Page: 5 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.11 EXPOSITION AMENDMENTS (INCLUDING DELEGATED PROCEDURES)

(Ref:145.A.70(a)11, 145.A.70(a)12, GM 145.A.70(a), 145.A.70(b), 145.A.70(c), 145.A.85,
145.A.65(b)2, AMC 145.A.65(b), AMC 145.A.65(b)(2), Appendix III, AMC to Appendix III)
1.11.1 MOE Amendment
The MOE describes how GMF AeroAsia meets the aviation regulations giving summary and/or
comprehensive information of the relevant EASA Part-145 requirements.
The Chief Executive Officer of GMF AeroAsia approves this manual by signing the commitment
statement in section 1.1.1. The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety is responsible for the revisions and
the availability of the manual to the workstation and approve the Section 0.2 (Issue/ Revision Status)
any time an issue/revision takes place.
The management and maintenance personnel may submit proposed revisions to this manual to
Quality Assurance & Safety using the “Issue Revision Request” form GMF/Q-035.
A list of effective sections/pages is issued with each revision so each manual can be checked and
kept current. A vertical Line in the left margin of each revised paragraph is used to indicate the
current revision.
When a revision takes place in any sections/pages of this manual, the revision being marked by a
sequence number '1' as a first revision. If a second revision in the same sections/pages or different
sections/pages takes place, it being marked as a sequence number '2'.
When the revisions of manual affect more than 50% of its content this manual is reissued. When an
issue takes place, the revision number start from zero and a next issue number is assigned (from 2
to 3 for example). Issues and revision are showed in numbers (Issue start with 1 and revision start
with 0).
The Quality Assurance & Safety have those revisions produced in a final form and approved by the
VP for Quality Assurance & Safety. The major amendments is submitted to the competent authority
for review and direct approval or acceptance.
The record of Part-145 certificate and MOE approval and subsequent amendment are maintained
by Quality Assurance. The evolution of new issue MOE and activity scope amendment are described
in section 0.3 List of issues/ amendments record of revision.

Page: 1 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
1.11.2 Associated Procedures, Lists and Forms
The following procedures are in association with this exposition, and an issue revision status log of
associated procedure which list the issue, revision and revision date of the procedures is developed
separated and approved by Quality Manager.
No. Doc./ Form/ Document Name/ Title

QP number
1 DQ-003 EASA Capability List
2 GMF/Q-402 Roster EASA Certifying Staff & Support Staff
3 DQ-035 List of Contracting Operator
4 DQ-047 Technical Form Manual Related to MOE
5 QP 107-03 Aircraft Maintenance Safety
6 QP 107-04 Safety Work and Facilities
7 QP 108-01 Maintenance of Facilities & Access Equipment
8 QP 109-02 Work Performed at Another Location – Engine Services
9 QP 112-01 Quality Procedure/Work Instruction and Associated Forms,
Format, Numbering & Control
10 QP 201-01 Supplier Evaluation & Subcontractor Control
11 QP 202-01 Material Receiving Inspection
12 QP 204-01 Control and Acceptance of Tools and Equipment
13 QP 205-01 Calibration of Inspection Measuring and Test Equipment
14 QP 206-01 Local Manufacturing of Tools and Equipment
15 QP 207-02 Foreign Object Damage Prevention
16 QP 208-01 Document and Data Control
17 QP 209-02 Control of Composite and Bonded Process
18 QP 209-03 Engine Maintenance Process Control
19 QP 209-05 Aircraft Maintenance Process Control
20 QP 209-08 Control of Cleaning and Plating operation
21 QP 209-11 Developing Capability List
22 QP 209-12 Developing Maintenance Capability
23 QP 209-13 Component Maintenance Process control
24 QP 209-18 NDT Procedure
25 QP 213-01 Developing Engineering Instructions
26 QP 218-01 Internal Occurrence Report
27 QP 225-01 Disciplinary Policy for Maintenance Event
28 QP 225-02 Hazard Identification, Risk Assessment & Mitigation
29 QP 228-01 Cabin Maintenance Process Control
30 QP 301-01 Internal Safety & Quality Audit
31 QP 303-01 Investigation of Deficiency, Incident or Accident
32 QP 304-01 Personnel Training
33 QP 304-03 Qualification & Training Program for Authorized Personnel
34 QP 304-04 Personnel Competencies
Page: 2 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
No. Doc./ Form/ Document Name/ Title

QP number
35 QP 304-05 Personnel Assessment
36 QP 304-06 Critical Design Configuration Control Limitation Tracking
37 QP 308-01 Personnel Assessment, Stamp & Authorization Issue, Use and
Control
38 QP 311-02 NDT Qualification Personnel
39 QP 311-03 Qualification Procedures for Welders
40 QP 311-04 Qualification Procedures for Special Process other than NDT
and Welder
41 QP 313-01 Customer Complaint Handling
42 QP 404-01 Maintenance Contract of Aircraft, Engines Component and
Other revenue Contract
43 QP 601-26 Special processes classification, requirements and personnel
other than NDT
44 QP 601-18 Weight & Balance
45 QP 601-28 Airworthiness Directive Controlling
The Quality Assurance & Safety shall keep the associated procedures, lists and forms current to any
revisions come from regulations and GMF AeroAsia’s policy/objectives and business plans. Changes
on EASA Capability List (DQ-003) and Roster EASA Certifying Staff & Support Staff (Form No.:GMF/Q-
402) shall be notified to the Authority.
1.11.3 Approval Process
GMF AeroAsia is only granted direct approval by EASA, hence when the associated procedures
mentioned in section 1.11.2 are revised, the originators of those associate procedures are
responsible to review and update their improvement continuation in relation with their current
process and propose to Quality Assurance and Safety for approval. Quality Assurance and Safety
review the revised procedure to prevent conflict with this Exposition and submit the associate
procedure to competent inspector for direct approval. When competent inspector declares the
revision as minor, then GMF AeroAsia implement the procedure directly. In other hand, when
competent inspector declares the revision as major, approval from competent authority is needed
before the procedure is implemented. Every revision submitted to Quality Assurance & Safety not
directly uploaded to the system to be implemented, unless confirmation from competent inspector
has been sent to Quality Assurance & Safety.
For Capability List, the appropriate production Senior Manager is responsible to develop the
capabilities as requested by Marketing. Process for developing new capability is explained in the
section 1.4.6 of this MOE. Upon satisfied that a new capability is present, or a capability is terminated
for any reason, the capability list is revised indicating the new components added or removed from
the list. The revised capability list is clearly indicated in the list of effective pages and the new
revision number on the page where the rating of components added or removed. A vertical line on

Page: 3 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
the left side of the page where the revision takes place indicate what has been revised. Quality
Assurance & Safety approve the capability list before submitting the list to Competent Authority
and keep in file all supporting data to show evidence the capability is present.
Roster List is updated within 5 working days by The Quality Assurance & Safety to reflect changes
caused by termination, reassignment, change in duties or scope of assignment, or addition of
personnel. Any deletion, limitation and updating of validity date of individual authorization is only
approved by VP Quality Assurance & Safety and the copy sent to the Authority with its Quality
Manager statement. For any other changes, it requires approval or acceptance by the Authority
before the change is in effect. See Section 1.10 of this manual
Typing error and misspelling are classified as minor changes and may subject to be revised by the
GMF and notified to the authorities.
The Quality Assurance & Safety keep the manual current to any revisions come from regulations
and GMF AeroAsia’s policy/objectives and business plans. The Quality Assurance & Safety
periodically review this manual. This review either confirm that the manuals are still current and
valid or identify changes.
The Quality Assurance & Safety ensure the limitation of Scope of work for EASA Part 145 Approved
Maintenance Organization is correct prior submission for approval.
The Quality Assurance & Safety revise the manual any time the changes mentioned in Section 1.10.
When emergency situation force the utilization of those associated procedure include Capability
List and Roster, GMF AeroAsia ask for permission to the competent authority by mentioning the
urgencies or the limitation utilization. GMF AeroAsia obtain the EASA approval before the next
regular utilization. For any change which does not require amendment of proposal refer to section
1.10.2.
1.11.4 Amendment Control of Applicable Regulations and User Guides
To maintain compliance with EASA regulation, MOE and associated procedures is reviewed
periodically refer to FO.CAO.00136 as Amended and other industrial standard such NAS 410/ EN
4179 applicable for aircraft, engine and component maintenance activities.
The following are applicable regulation and user guides which have considered for the
development of MOE and associated procedures:
No. Document Title Document Identification

Commission Regulation (EU) 1321/2014 and its Commission Regulation (EU)
1
amendments 1321/2014, 26 November 2014
2 Foreign Part-145 approvals - Documentation index FO.CAO.00136-XXX

Page: 4 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
No. Document Title Document Identification

Foreign Part-145 approvals - User Guide for
3 UG.CAO.00006-XXX
Applicants & Approval Holders
4 Foreign Part-145 approvals - EASA Form 2 FO.CAO.00155-XXX
Foreign Part-145 approvals - EASA Form 2
5 WI.CAO-00113-XXX
instructions
6 Foreign Part-145 approvals - EASA Form 4 FO.CAO.00156-XXX
Foreign Part-145 approvals - Management
7 WI.CAO-00115-XXX
personnel and EASA Form 4 instructions
Foreign Part-145 approvals - EASA Part -145
8 FO.CAO.00030-XXX
Appendix IV and ICAO Annex I check list
9 Foreign Part-145 approvals - MOE UG.CAO.00024-XXX
Foreign Part-145 approvals - Definition of the
10 UG.CAO.00120-XXX
maintenance organization`s staff number
Foreign Part-145 approvals - Aircraft certifying staff
11 UG.CAO.00121-XXX
and support staff
Foreign Part-145 approvals - Aircraft type training
12 UG.CAO.00122-XXX
(theoretical and practical)
Foreign Part-145 approvals - Practical type training
13 TE.CAO.00123-XXX
logbook cat. B1
Foreign Part-145 approvals - Practical type training
14 TE.CAO.00124-XXX
logbook cat. B2
Foreign Part-145 approvals - Components, engines
15 UG.CAO.00126-XXX
and APU certifying staff
Foreign Part-145 approvals - Demonstration of 6/24
16 UG.CAO.00128-XXX
months maintenance experience
Foreign Part-145 approvals - Maintenance
17 TE.CAO.00129-XXX
experience logbook
18 Foreign Part-145 approvals – Parts Fabrication UG.CAO.00131-XXX
19 Foreign Part-145 approvals – Tools & Equipment UG.CAO.00132-XXX
Foreign Part-145 approvals - Documentary
20 UG.CAO.00133-XXX
language
Foreign Part-145 approvals - Aircraft line
21 UG.CAO.00134-XXX
maintenance
Foreign Part-145 approvals - Composite repair
22 UG.CAO.00135-XXX
workshop

Page: 5 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Quality Assurance is responsible to assess any revision of the applicable regulations and user guides
for possible impact on the GMF procedures/lists and to amend them as necessary. The MOE and
associated procedures/lists are expected to be amended before the date of entry into force
specified in the applicable regulation or user guide.
1.11.5 Manual Revision and Network Sharing Data Security and Control
The authorized Quality Assurance & Safety personnel keep the electronic version of the manual
current at all times. Security control using passwords is applied for the maintenance and control of
the master back up files in database. Access and revisions is performed by authorized personnel.
The Quality Assurance & Safety must:
a) Ensure that there is only READ ACCESS to the management and maintenance personnel and,
b) The manual is located only in the prescribed folders of GMF network.
1.11.6 Manual Training
Quality Assurance & Safety Department notifies the senior person and related Senior Manager
when there is any revision of the MOE affected by updated regulations.
The related Senior Manager are responsible to familiarize their employees with the appropriate
content of this manual. The Senior Manager must ensure that each employee understands and
follows the manual in the area of their responsibility.
All management and maintenance personnel are responsible to become familiar with the contents
of this manual applicable to their function. They must fully follow the contents all the time and
report any errors, misunderstandings or any other problems regarding the implementation to their
superiors and Quality Assurance & Safety for corrections or further clarification.

Page: 6 of 6
Exposition
PART 2
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE

BUSH 19130
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART: 2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES SECTION: 2.1
2.1 SUPPLIERS EVALUATION AND SUBCONTRACT CONTROL PROCEDURE.

(Ref: Part 145.A.42(b)(i)/(ii)/(iii), GM2 145.A.42(b)(i), GM3 145.A.42(b)(i)145.A.75(b), AMC
145.A.75(b))
GMF AeroAsia as the maintenance organisation using other organisation to supply part with
approved supplier list.
The Quality Assurance & Safety will keep and update the Approved Supplier List (ASL) and the
purchase have access to the ASL. The list of supplier, Contracted Organizations and Subcontracted
Organization is categorized on the ASL, Document No.DQ-005. Such list will become available to
the auditing Authority upon request.
Note: Detail of qualifying and monitoring of suppliers are described in QP 201-01.
2.1.1 Type of provider
Suppliers, contracted organizations and subcontracted organisations will be selected on the basis
of their ability to meet contractual and EASA requirements.
2.1.1.1 Definition of Supplier of material, standard part, components
• Any source providing components, standard parts or materials to be used for maintenance.
Possible sources could be: Part-145 organisations, Part-21 Subpart G organisations, operators,
distributors, brokers, Part-M Subpart F organisations, aircraft owners, etc, which is accredited
such as but not limited to ASA & CASE or approved by recognize body as aviation parts
suppliers. Except for TC & STC holder suppliers, an Approved Supplier List (ASL) including
scope of approval is kept by the Quality Assurance & Safety, document No.: DQ-005.
• To support maintenance process, GMF AeroAsia shall purchase consumable, materials,
standards, component, etc. from supplier which is listed in ASL.
Note: The term “supplier” used in this chapter excludes the suppliers of tools and tools
calibrations services. Supplier of tools and tool calibration called Tool Service Providers and
described in the MOE Section 2.4.
2.1.1.2 Definition of Contracted organizations
To support GMF AeroAsia business process, GMF AeroAsia may contract to another EASA Part 145
organization or NAA approved organization in country which have Bilateral Aviation Safety
Agreement with EASA. They will be selected on the basis of their ability to meet contractual. The
contracted organisation listed in DQ-005 as Approved Supplier List defined in Section 5.4.
Customer may agree with GMF AeroAsia to use contracted organizations during maintenance
process any maintenance task which GMF AeroAsia not have capability or any circumstances that
GMF AeroAsia are not capable to exercise the privileges.
Page: 1 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.1.1.3 Definition of Subcontracted organisations
GMF AeroAsia may arrange for maintenance of any aircraft, engine or component task
maintenance for which it is approved at another organization that is working under the quality
system of GMF AeroAsia. This refers to work being carried out by an organization not itself
appropriately approved to carry out such maintenance under EASA Part 145. This work scope shall
not include a base maintenance check of an aircraft or a complete workshop maintenance check
or overhaul of an engine or engine module.
2.1.2 Monitoring the Suppliers
GMF Aeroasia will evaluate suppliers depend on different factors such as the type of component,
whether or not the supplier is the manufacturer of the component, the TC holder or a
maintenance organization, or even specific circumstances such as aircraft on ground. This
evaluation may be limited to a questionnaire from the Part-145 organization to its suppliers, a
desktop evaluation of the supplier’s procedures or an on-site audit, if deemed necessary.
2.1.2.1 Initial Approvals for Supplier
a) Procurement requests to Quality Assurance & Safety to evaluate a candidate supplier using
the 'Candidate Supplier Quality Evaluation Request' Form No.: GMF/Q-041.
b) The Quality Assurance & Safety evaluates the proposed supplier as per 2.1.1 above.
c) Based on the evaluation results, the Quality Assurance & Safety approves or disapproves the
suppliers. When they fulfill the criteria, they are listed on Document No. DQ-005 including the
scope of approval. Authority to alter the ASL will be in the VP for Quality Assurance & Safety
or delegated personnel only. The computerized system must ensure that no Purchase Order
will be executed if the provider is in the ASL.
2.1.2.2 Monitoring of the List of Suppliers
The list of suppliers will be managed under the control of the Quality Department in Approved
Supplier List, Document No. DQ-005. The Quality Assurance & Safety will evaluate the suppliers,
organizations prior to engagement and will keep records of supplier evaluation for two years.
Initial and ongoing evaluations will be performed in accordance with the validity period of each
supplier organization's certificate.
Evaluation records for supplier will be kept by Quality Assurance & Safety for two years
All of material or component that arrive in GMF AeroAsia shall be inspected by receiver inspector
as per QP 202-01.

Page: 2 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.1.2.3 Purchasing Requirements
a) Procurement will select supplier from the ASL. When a potential supplier is not in the ASL, the
procurement will formally request to Quality Assurance & Safety to evaluate the potential
supplier per Section 2.1.2. Procurement will place a P.O only after approval and the supplier’s
name is in the ASL and only for product and services indicated in the scope of approval.
b) The Procurement will clearly indicate on each purchase order the product or service to be
ordered and the certificates required to be submitted based on the Authority of A/C
registration requirements the part or component is intended for installation. All suppliers for
aeronautical products will be asked to provide the appropriate certificates or airworthiness
approval tags as indicated in Section 2.2.
c) Procurement will arrange for supplied parts/materials not conforming to specifications as
found by the receiving inspection to be brought to attention of the suppliers.
Eligibility requirements
The procurement prior to placing purchase order will ensure that the parts and components are
eligible to be fitted when different modification and/or airworthiness directive standards may be
applicable. Consult the Engineering Services as appropriate depending on the purchase
requisitions.
2.1.2.4 Records of Supplier information
Supplier information will be stated in Document No. DQ-005 and document such as, but not
limited to, Supplier evaluation, certificate and evaluation record will be kept by Quality Assurance
and Safety for two years.
2.1.3 Monitoring the Contracted Organization
2.1.3.1 Initial Approvals Contracted Organisation
The process of initial approval contracted organisation is similar with the process of initial
approval supplier in section 2.1.2.1
2.1.3.2 Monitoring of List of Contracted organization
The Quality Assurance & Safety will evaluate the contracted organizations which mentioned in
section 5.4 prior to engagement and will keep records of contracted organization evaluation for
two years. Initial and ongoing evaluations will be performed in accordance with the validity
period of each contracted organization's certificate.
Evaluation records for contracted organization will be kept by Quality Assurance & Safety for two
years.

Page: 3 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.1.3.3 Purchasing Requirement
The purchasing requirement for contracted organisation similar with purchasing requirement for
supplier in section 2.1.2.2
For defected components which sent to outside contractors, the procurement will follow the
requirements on MOE Section 2.20.
2.1.3.4 Records of Contracted information
Contracted Organization information will be stated in Document No. DQ-005 and document such
as, but not limited, Contracted Organization evaluation, certificate and evaluation record will be
kept by Quality Assurance and Safety for two years.
2.1.4 Monitoring Subcontractors
2.1.4.1 Initial approval of each subcontractor
GMF AeroAsia may subcontract specialized services under which the GMF AeroAsia has the rating
to subcontracted organizations provided an onsite audit has performed and it has been
confirmed that the subcontractor meets the following criteria:
a) Those parts of the subcontracted organization's facilities, personnel and procedures involved
with the products undergoing maintenance should meet the specific Authority’s requirements
for the duration of that maintenance and it remains the GMF AeroAsia’s responsibility to ensure
such requirements are satisfied for the scope of the sub-contracted work;
b) GMF AeroAsia should have its own expertise and procedures to determine that the
subcontracted organizations meets the necessary standards;
c) An audit procedure should be established whereby the Quality Assurance & Safety, will audit
the prospective subcontracted organizations to determine whether those services of the
subcontracted organizations that GMF AeroAsia wishes to use meet the intent of the Authority
of A/C registration requirements;
d) GMF AeroAsia will need to assess to what extent it will use the subcontracted organization’s
facilities. GMF AeroAsia should require its own paperwork, maintenance data and
material/spare parts to be used, but it could permit the use of tools, equipment and personnel
from the subcontracted organizations as long as such tools, equipment and personnel meet
the requirements of the Authority;
e) In the case of subcontracted organizations who provide specialized services it may for
practical reasons be necessary to use their specialized services personnel, maintenance data
and material subject to acceptance by GMF Quality Assurance & Safety. Specialized service
personnel should meet any published by the Authority of A/C registration qualification
standards or GMF AeroAsia special processes procedures;
f) GMF AeroAsia will need to supervise the inspection and release to service the work by its own
certifying staff.

Page: 4 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
g) The subcontracted organizations control procedure will need to record audits of the
subcontracted organizations, to have a corrective action follow up plan and to know when
subcontracted organizations are being used. The procedure should include a clear revocation
process for subcontracted organizations who do not meet the GMF Aero Asia's requirements.
h) The Authority of the A/C registration and the customer must have the right to assess the
subcontracted organizations;
i) The customer agrees to use such subcontracted organizations.
j) GMF AeroAsia has properly trained and certified the subcontracted organization's employees
per Part 3 of this manual as appropriate. Training should include GMF AeroAsia procedures as
appropriate. Approved Supplier List as meet in Section 5.2.
Note: subcontracted organizations are not allowed out of the scope of work GMF AeroAsia has
been approved.
2.1.4.2 Monitoring of the lists of Subcontracted Organization

The Quality Assurance & Safety will evaluate the subcontracted organizations prior to
engagement and will keep records of vendor evaluation for two years. Initial and ongoing
evaluations will be performed based on site audits every year
Audit records for subcontracted organizations will be kept by Quality Assurance & Safety for two
years. Audits will be scheduled and performed as per QP 301-01 utilizing a customized checklist.
2.1.4.3 Management of the purchase orders according to the approved subcontractors

The purchasing requirement for subcontracted organisation similar with purchasing requirement
for supplier in section 2.1.2.2
2.1.4.4 Records of Subcontracted Organization information
Subcontracted Organization information will be stated in Document No. DQ-005 and document
such as, but not limited, Contracted Organization evaluation, certificate and audit record will be
kept by Quality Assurance and Safety for two years.
2.1.5 Material and Inventory Control using the computerized system
All material will be ordered, inventoried, controlled in the stocks, and distributed to operations
using the computerized system. The material planning will use database to develop and control
the spares provisioning in accordance with annual production schedules.
The Engineering Services is responsible to update the material master data on the computer
database.

Page: 5 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.2 ACCEPTANCE/ INSPECTION OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND MATERIAL FROM OUTSIDE

CUSTOMER
(Ref: Part 145.A.42(a)(i)/(ii)/(iii)/(iv)/(v), 145.A.42(b)(i)/(ii)/(iii)/(iv), AMC1 145.A.42(a)(i), AMC1
145.A.42(a)(ii), AMC1 145.A.42(a)(iii), AMC1 145.A.42(a)(iv), AMC2 145.A.42(a)(iv), AMC1
145.A.42(a)(v), AMC1 145.A.42(b)(i), GM1 145.A.42(b), GM1 145.A.42(b)(i), GM1 145.A.42(b)(ii))
2.2.1 Classification and Definitions
All components status are classified into the following categories:

Serviceable components
Serviceable components is defined as a components which are in a satisfactory condition,
released on an EASA Form 1 or equivalent and identified in accordance with section 2.3.
Unserviceable components
Unserviceable components which shall be maintained in accordance with this Procedure.
Unserviceable components should typically undergo maintenance due to:
1. expiry of the service life limit as defined in the aircraft maintenance program;
2. non-compliance with the applicable airworthiness directives and other continuing
airworthiness requirements mandated by EASA;
3. absence of the necessary information to determine the airworthiness status or eligibility
for installation;
4. evidence of defects or malfunctions;
5. being installed on an aircraft that was involved in an incident or accident likely to affect the
component’s serviceability.
Standard parts
Standard parts used on an aircraft, engine, propeller or other aircraft component when specified
in the maintenance data and accompanied by evidence of conformity traceable to the applicable
standard.
Raw and Consumable material

Material, both raw and consumable, used in the course of maintenance when GMF AeroAsia is
satisfied that the material meets the required specification and has appropriate traceability. All
material shall be accompanied by documentation clearly relating to the particular material and
containing a conformity to specification statement as well as the manufacturing and supplier
source.
Unsalvageable components
Components categorized as unsalvageable because they have reached their certified life limit or
contain a non-repairable defect.

Page: 1 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.2.2 Component / Material Certification
The procurement, before placing a purchase order, must know the A/C registration the part or
component intended for installation to identify and request from the supplier the appropriate
certificate or airworthiness approval tag as shown below.
For the maintenance of A/C registered in EASA Full Member Countries maintained under the EASA
Part-145 regulations and for A/C components (including engines) intended for installation on
such registered A/C.
New Parts STATUS “NEW”

type of part/material document to be expected
standard parts Option 1: when the part/material is purchased directly from the manufacturer,
(expandable non raw the Certificate of Conformity (CoC) issued by the manufacturer is expected;
material and chemical)
Option 2: when the part/material is purchased thru a third party supplier (e.g.
distributor, operator, maintenance organization, etc.) the documentation
accompanying the part/materials shall contain:
Conformity certification to the part/material applicable standard/specification,
and;
identification of the manufacturing source, and;
Identification of the supplier source.
For Option 2, the information above may be included in one single CoC issued
Materials (Expandable
by the supplier (containing cross reference to the manufacturer CoC) or be
raw material and/or
composed by more documents, such as for example the CoC issued by the
chemical)
manufacturer plus a statement from the supplier source.
In any case, the manufacturer CoC shall be made available upon request.
Note for all option:

1. the material and or its packaging shall be marked with the specification
and where appropriate the batch number
2. All material shall be completed with original certificate or true copy if
from split lot and applicable documentation
Aircraft parts (Rotable Option 1: EASA Form 1;

& repairable part) Option 2: EASA Form 1 equivalent release documents for new parts:
1. FAA Form 8130-3 with status “new”;
2. TCCA Form One with status “new”;
3. ANAC Form F-100-01 with status “new” (former Form SEGVOO 003)

Page: 2 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
STATUS “Used”
type of part/material document to be expected
Aircraft parts Option 1: EASA Form 1;
Note: Used components maintained by a CAO appropriately approved for
component maintenance and released on an EASA Form 1 cannot be installed on
complex motor-powered aircraft or aircraft used by licensed air carriers.
Option 2: EASA Form 1 equivalent release documents for used parts:
1. FAA Form 8130-3 for a used part (e.g. overhauled) issued by an EASA
approved organization located in the USA with “dual release”: both boxes
in block 14a are to be ticked and the EASA release statement together
with the EASA approval number are detailed in the remarks block.
2. TCAA Form One for a used part (e.g. overhauled) issued by an EASA
approved organization located in Canada with “dual release”: both boxes
in block 14a are to be ticked and the EASA approval number detailed in
the remarks block.
3. ANAC Form F-100-01 (former Form SEGVOO 003) for a used part (e.g.
overhauled) issued by an EASA approved organization located in Brazil
with “dual release”: both boxes in block 18 are to be ticked and the EASA
release statement together with the EASA approval number are detailed
in the remarks block.
Used components must be accompanied, in addition to the certificate

mentioned above with the following records as appropriate:
1. Modification status;
2. AD Notes compliance;
3. Maintenance history;
4. Remaining time - for time controlled components;
5. Total life history for all life limited components; and
6. A statement that the component has not been taken from an A/C subject
to accident.
Status “PMA” Parts

Origin of material Document to be expected
All accredited Parts must be designated as standard parts by the TC Holders by means of a
provider of Standard standard parts manual approved by the original TC NAA or by making reference
parts (MS, AN, AMS, in the Parts Catalogue to a National/International Specification.
Diodes, Capacitors, A statement of conformity with specification is necessary.
etc)
Notes:
All material shall be completed with original certificate or true copy if from split
lot and applicable documentation
From All accredited Conformity to specification (or Mill certificate for metals test report for other, if
providers and applicable)
manufactures Assure that PMA mark is available material and/or on the packaging. The batch
number information shall also available. If any doubt exists, material must be
analyzed to prove conformance to specification.
Page: 3 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Notes:
All material shall be completed with original certificate or true copy if from split
lot and applicable documentation
2.2.3 Receiving Inspection Procedure
2.2.3.1 Receiving inspection For Components / Materials/ Standard Parts received from external
sources:
The procedures for acceptance of components, standard parts and materials have the objective of
ensuring that the components, standard parts and materials are in satisfactory condition and
meet the GMF AeroAsia requirements. These procedures are based upon incoming inspections.
The Material receiving Inspection function will perform:

1. physical inspection of components, standard parts and/or materials;
a. verify the general condition of components and their packaging in relation to damages
that could affect the integrity of the components;
b. verify that the shelf life of the component has not expired;
c. verify that items are received in the appropriate package in respect of the type of
component: e.g. correct ATA 300 or electrostatic sensitive devices packaging, when
necessary;
d. verify that the component has all plugs and caps appropriately installed to prevent
damage or internal contamination. Care is taken when tape is used to cover electrical
connections or fluid fittings/openings because adhesive residues can insulate electrical
connections and contaminate hydraulic or fuel units.
e. Materials/standard parts received in batches and related traceability (e.g. split of batches):
Items (fasteners, etc.) purchased in batches are supplied in a package. The packaging shall
state the applicable specification/standard, part number, batch number and the quantity
of the items. The documentation accompanying the material shall contain the applicable
specification/standard, part number, batch number, supplied quantity, and the
manufacturing sources. If the material is acquired from different batches, acceptance
documentation for each batch is provided.
2. Review of accompanying documentation and data regarding:
a. Compliance with order / condition
b. Conformity with company requirements (e.g. type of release requested, Sources)
3. Put Identification of parts/material after receiving inspection and ensure that all material
entering the stock will have a true copy certificate attached traceable to the received
certificates and traceable to the purchase order. The traceability of materials/standard parts
received in batches will be maintained using GMF computerization and transfer order as per
QP 202-01.
4. Ensure the compliance with applicable airworthiness directives the status of any life limited
parts fitted to the aircraft component as well as Critical Design Configuration Control
Limitation (CDCCL) where applicable.

Page: 4 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
5. Ensure that standard parts, components and material meet the P.O requirements and have the
appropriate certificates as mentioned in Section 2.2.2 of this manual. Eligibility for installation
on the appropriate registered A/C will be determined based on the requirements mentioned
on Section 2.2.4 of this manual and QP 202-01.
Receiving Inspection Record

Original certificates or airworthiness approval tags will be kept in the Technical Documentation
unit and the certified true copies will be attached to the component/parts.
For the components/parts supplied by customer, the material receiving inspector will keep the
copy of the airworthiness approval tag and the original certificate will remain attached on the
components/parts.
Note: Detail procedure of Material Receiving Inspection refer to QP 202-01.
Quarantine Procedure
The discrepant material or material which cannot be evaluated will be tagged with a Form No.
GMF/Q-018 and will be held in quarantine (hold area) until final disposition as per QP 202-01.
Material will be stored at the correct temperatures while in quarantine area. The appropriate
function (as mentioned in QP 202-01); will take the appropriate corrective actions for the
disposition of such materials.
Modification Standard and AD Compliance
The Material Inspection function must ensure that the component/part meets the approved
data/standard, such as the required design, AD compliance and modification standard as refer to
purchase order. This may be accomplished by reference to the manufacturer's parts catalogue or
other approved data (i.e. Service Bulletin).
Identification of Storage Limitation

Shelf life material will be checked against their specifications. The receiving inspector will identify
the shelf life and storage conditions of such material based on material document. Such
information will be indicated on computerized material data and will come to the attention of the
store managers.
Components received in AOG

Components received for AOG maintenance shall be immediately inspected in the same day by
receiving inspection. When situation do not allow for receiving to immediately inspect, the
component will be received in location. The receiver in the location shall ensure that the
documentation and physical condition of the part is in compliance condition. Receiving
inspection shall immediately perform appropriate action to ensure the required documentations
are recorded.

Page: 5 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.2.3.2 Receiving inspection of components from internal sources (e.g. transfer between stores,
from the workshops to line maintenance (including outstation):
All aircraft parts/components received and/or transferred between stores or from internal
workshop to stores shall be conform to the company and order requirement, such as:
1. For transfer from workshop, the maintenance record is kept in the Technical
Documentation unit;
2. All Parts/components shall be accompanied with proper documentation (original
certificate or true copy if from split lot and applicable documentation);
3. The component received from internal source shall meet the order requirement and
condition;
4. Follow the Quarantine procedure as mentioned in section 2.2.3.1
All received Parts/components found do not comply with requirement will be segregated
and make notification to responsible unit for further action refer to section 2.9.1
5. Control of store life limit shall be made refer to section 2.3
6. Internal fabrication parts shall be controlled and conform as per Section 2.9.2.
7. All Components removed serviceable from aircraft either intended to be reinstalled or
restored shall be controlled refer to Section 2.16.2.5
2.2.3.3 Procedure of treatment of a suspected unapproved part « bogus part »

Parts and components will be checked for being suspected unapproved parts, identified and
recorded as per QP 202-01 and the requirements of the authority. When suspected unapproved
parts or components are discovered, the EASA form shall be initiated and reported as per MOE
section 2.18.2.3.
2.2.4 Installation of components/standard parts/materials
Procedure for verification prior to installation of components/standard parts/materials

Components, standard parts and materials shall only be fitted when specified in the applicable
maintenance data. This could include parts catalogue (IPC), service bulletins (SB), aircraft
maintenance manual (AMM), etc. The installation of a component, standard part and material can
only done after checking the applicable of the maintenance data.
This check is to ensure that the part number, modification status, and limitations of the
component, standard part or material are the ones specified in the applicable maintenance data
of the particular aircraft or component (i.e. IPC, SB, AMM, CMM, etc.) where the component,
standard part or material is going to be installed. This check is performed before installation:
a. verification the applicable maintenance data specifies the particular component, standard
part or material;
b. verification of satisfactory condition and appropriate document for installation;
Ensure that the part and components including their documentation received such as
forms, tags and labels is eligible for installation to the EASA released A/C. F
For Component with Airworthiness Release Certificate other than EASA Form 1, the
Airworthiness Release Certificate shall clearly states ''Eligible For EASA''

Page: 6 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
c. verification that, a component is eligible to be fitted when different modification and/or

airworthiness directive configuration may be applicable;
The EASA Form 1 identifies the eligibility and status of an aircraft component. Block 13
"Remarks" on the EASA Form 1 in some cases contains vital airworthiness related
information, which may need appropriate and necessary actions
d. verification prior to installation of standard parts on an aircraft or component (e.g.
traceability, applicable standard as per maintenance data requirement)
e. verification prior to use any raw or consumable material on an aircraft or component (e.g.
due dates, applicable specification as per maintenance data requirement)
The user identify the shelf life material based on material document such information will
be indicated on the label and/or computerized material data. Users who use chemicals and
shelf life material, shall ensure the due date of such material is within the shelf life.
The user will ensure that the appropriate identification are attached with the parts before they are
used.
To ensure that the component is in satisfactory condition and has been appropriately released to
service, this shall be accomplished:
1. Refer to the manufacturer's parts catalogue or other approved data (i.e. Service Bulletin).
2. Ensure the compliance with applicable airworthiness directives and the status of any life
limited parts fitted to the aircraft component

Page: 7 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.3 STORAGE, TAGGING AND RELEASE OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS AND MATERIAL TO

AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE
(Part 145.A.25(d), AMC 145.A.25(d), 145.A.42(a), AMC1 145.A.42(a)(i), AMC1 145.A.42(a)(ii),
AMC1 145.A.42(a)(iii), AMC1 145.A.42(a)(iv), AMC2 145.A.42(a)(iv), AMC1 145.A.42(a)(v),
145.A.42(c), AMC1 145.A.42(c) , GM1 145.A.42(c)(i))
2.3.1 Storage Procedures

2.3.1.1 Procedures for Maintaining Satisfactory Storage Conditions
All responsible Managers will arrange for the proper storage, handling and protection (to avoid FOD
injection, dust, moisture, other contaminants, electrical static, vibration, collision/contact, etc.)
according to manufacturer’s recommendation to prevent damage during process, after repair, after
final inspection and test, waiting delivery and at the warehouses.
If the manufacturer does not give specific instructions, the ATA 300 specification will be used.
Components, parts or raw material can be located by computerized system.
They will have the transfer order that issued by material inspector and/or airworthiness approval
tags as per Section 2.3.2 and they will be traceable to the next higher assembly and work order (for
those repaired in house) and or to the purchase order.
Dangerous goods must be received in the properly identified packages and they will be stored,
preserved and transported as required by IATA specifications.
Customer supplies will be stored in a separate location and properly identified. They may be labeled
with the customer’s serviceable tag and the applicable airworthiness approval tag.
Temperatures will be maintained in an acceptable condition. Where the manufacturer specifies

maintenance and storage to be performed under specific temperature and environmental
conditions such conditions must be established;
The lighting will be such as to ensure each inspection and maintenance task can be carried out
2.3.1.1.1 Requirements for the Survival Equipment
a) The floor will be carpeted and shall be kept thoroughly clean.
b) The personnel should ensure clean from FOD or wear shoe protection (packing socks).
c) The work and storage area shall be free of direct sunlight and free of corrosive fumes and or
other harmful contamination.

Page: 1 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.3.1.1.2 Requirements for Batteries
a) Separate facilities are used for nickel-cadmium and lead-acid batteries charging. Ventilation
arrangements are such that no cross contamination can occur.
b) Rooms used for purpose of charging batteries should be well lit and cool and should have a
good ventilation system. The floor surface is made of a material, which is impervious to acid
and alkali, has no-slips qualities and is quick drying and able to wash down easily.
2.3.1.1.3 Requirement of Electronic Equipment
a) Any component containing electronic devices such as diodes, transistors, or integrated circuits
will be protected from electro-static discharge.
b) Technicians are reminded that electrostatic sensitive devises can be destroyed by only
momentary contact with any non-conducting or ungrounded object and that the damage is
inflicted at moment of contact.
c) The following general handling rules must be followed:
1. Avoid having non-conductive items such as trays, bags, packaging material, drawings,
or personal effects that are not essential for the work at hand within the immediate area
of the component;
2. Only use appropriate gloves or finger protection when handling Electro-Static Sensitive
Devices;
3. Prior to removing any component from a conductive package, the technician should first
touch the package. This also applies to re-packing the device. Care should also be taken
to ensure that the electrical terminals on the device do not come in contact with any
plastic or paper outer containers;
4. If it is necessary to place an electronic component on a conductive workbench without

a protective cover on its terminals, it should always be done with the terminals in
contact with the conductive surface;
2.3.1.1.4 Long Time Storage of Engines and Other Rotables - Grounded A/C for Extended Time
For those engines and APU and other rotables under GMF AeroAsia responsibility, PPC and/or
stores managers (depending on where the product is stored) will establish a system to assure the
articles that are held in storage for long term (more than one month) are inspected for corrosion
attack.

Page: 2 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
For engines/APU without container, which has been in storage for 30 days or more, conduct weekly
inspections to assure there is no evidence of corrosion attack. If any corrosion attack is found, notify
engineering immediately. For other rotables, conduct periodic checks depending on the rotables
and the packaging and storage environment.
For container stored engines or rotables, which have been in storage for 30 days or more, inspect
containers for obvious damage and humidity indicator appearance.
BLUE = Humidity Acceptable.

WHITE = Container beginning to leak.
PINK = Unacceptable leak.
Report any non-conformity to the engineers.
2.3.1.1.5 Aircraft Grounded for Extended Time
For the A/C under GMF AeroAsia responsibility, they will be protected with appropriate covers
installed on the engine inlets and exhausts to avoid FOD injection and to prevent the free rotation
of the fan blades.
Additionally, a preventive maintenance schedule including engine run as required by the

manufacturer and operator will apply. All other protective instructions required by manufacturers
and operators will be observed. Records of the preventive maintenance and engine run up will be
kept.
Also, the aircraft will remain protected during extended base maintenance works as necessary.
2.3.1.1.6 Temperature Monitoring and Control
In addition to the cleaning standards specified on previous chapters, the following facilities (other
than clean rooms) will require the temperature to be monitored and controlled to the standards
indicated below:
a) Coordinate Measuring Machines (CMM). Standard temperature;
b) Store rooms for parts and components. Standard temperature;
c) Temporary storage for parts and components. Standard temperature;
d) Store rooms for shelf life material, chemicals, including flammable material. As required by
manufacturer's specifications. Flammable material must be stored separate from other material;
e) Fuel controls and bearings maintenance shops. Standard temperature and other environmental
standards as described by Component Maintenance Manual;
Page: 3 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
f) Avionics shop (other than clean rooms). As required by the maintenance data for each
component maintenance;
g) Any other shop which a maintenance activity requires special temperature conditions to be met
as required by the manufacturer's maintenance data.
h) For composite shop temperature and monitoring see QP 209-02.
2.3.1.2 Segregation Between Serviceable, Unserviceable, Unsalvageable
Each Component must have the appropriate tagging and should segregate between serviceable,
unserviceable and unsalvageable component.
Unserviceable components will be identified and stored in a secure location under the control until
a decision is made on the future status of such components.
Segregation of serviceable items from unserviceable items. Conditions of storage in accordance

with the manufacturer's instructions
Segregation and storage of parts and material as per their inspection status
Storage conditions must ensure segregation of serviceable components and material from
unserviceable;
The PPC will segregate repairable, pending disposition and scrapped component/parts in the
temporary stores and will properly identify them.
All unsalvageable should be stored in secured places to re-enter the component supply system.
Non-aircraft parts will be stored separate from aircraft parts. When the same stores are used, a
physical segregation of aircraft parts from non-aircraft parts will exist. Identification signs will be
provided to indicate areas used for the storage of non-aircraft parts.
2.3.1.3 Control and Disposition of Shelf Life Material & Other Chemicals
Store rooms for shelf life material, chemicals, including flammable material. As required by
manufacturer's specifications
shelf life material will be in identifiable by identification label. If the materials are not applicable to
be attached with identification label, it will be attached in its packaging. In case there is no any label,
user will verify the shelf life of material by review batch number which informed in transfer order
slip or in the part, If there is different of store life limit between master data and material certificate,
material inspector shall inform to engineering for further decision, attached pending disposition

Page: 4 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
tag and secured in quarantine area. A physical segregation between flammable and non-
flammable materials will take place.
All stores managers who store chemicals and shelf life material will monitor the due date of such
material and will remove from stores any material with an expired shelf life or any chemical they
have reasons to believe its quality may be inadequate due to long storage.
2.3.1.3.1 Storage of Expired Self Life Material and Other Chemicals While Waiting for Disposition
The stores Managers will store the expired shelf life materials and any other chemicals waiting final
disposition in a separate store or in a properly designated area ensuring the same environmental
conditions exist from those material that their shelf life has not been expired.
They will record such material on the ''Pending Disposition Log'' Form No.: GMF/Q-108 (see MOE
section 2.9.1) and make the appropriate entries as indicated in the form. Every month if there is
material waiting for disposition, they will inform the material and process engineering by
submitting a copy of the ''Pending Disposition Log'' Form No.: GMF/Q-108.
2.3.1.3.2 Disposition by the Material and Process Engineering
The material and process engineering will evaluate the discrepant material and will decide if a
further extension of their life can be given based on the recommendations of the material
manufacturer or aircraft or component maintenance specifications applicable for the specific
material.
NOTE:
Decision to extend their life beyond the recommended period is not allowed without authorization
from the manufacturer. Life vests and other emergency equipment may require overhauls for
further extension of their shelf life.
The material and process engineering will make the appropriate entries on the ''Pending
Disposition Log'' Form No.: GMF/Q-108.
When the disposition has been done by the material and process engineering, the stores Manager
will inform the material receiving inspector to follow up the disposition as follows:
a) If the shelf life is extended (for shelf life material) or if the chemicals are serviceable, using the
appropriate computerized system transactions perform the process per QP 202-01 to enter
the material back to the stores;
b) If the disposition is to further inspect/check the material to shops, send the shelf life material
or other chemicals to shops as per QP 202-01;
c) If the disposition is to scrap, attach a condemned tag Form No.: GMF/Q-013.

Page: 5 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
The Stores Manager, after the final disposition by the material inspector will perform the following:
a) Enter the accepted for use material back to the stores ensuring the appropriate computerized
system transactions is performed.
b) Send the material requiring further inspection/checks to the shops.
c) Send the condemned material to the scrapped area
2.3.2 Identification, Tagging & Traceability of Serviceable Parts/Components & Material Stores and
or in Use.
The following instructions apply to the store managers, PPC and the users.
For the parts, components and material in the warehouses or for those taken from the warehouses,
the store manager or the user will ensure that the appropriate identification tags are attached with
the parts before they enter into the stores or before they are used.
NOTE:
Should the parts components and materials are used (installed) on the next higher assembly, the
identification tags will be attached on the maintenance instructions such as Job Cards, MDR, and
PD Sheets.
a) For the maintenance of A/C registered in the EASA Full Member Countries maintained under
the EASA part 145 requirements and for A/C components (including engines) intended for
installation on such registered A/C.
Copy of the certificates mentioned in MOE 2.2.2. The certificates other than EASA Form 1
must indicate eligibility for EASA registered A/C.
The certificates received from the suppliers are kept in the receiving inspection. In addition to
the above forms, each part or component in warehouses will have transfer order as evidence
that the part or component has passed the receiving inspection.
b) For standard parts, raw material and consumables (see section 2.2.2 of this manual), the
following identification will be required:
Copy of the certificates mentioned in MOE 2.2.2
NOTE:
All purchased parts components and material will be traceable to the P.O.

Page: 6 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.3.2.1 Identification and Traceability of Serviceable Parts or Components Inspected & Repaired at
GMF AeroAsia Awaiting Installation to Next Higher Assembly
They are stored in temporary storages or in the accumulation areas and identified as follows.
a. For components and parts other than engines, used the 'Serviceability Tag'. Form No.: GMF/Q-
434.
b. For serviceable components removed for access purpose only, they are identified individually
or in-group with the ‘Serviceability Tag’. Form No.: GMF/Q-434.
All parts and components repaired in house will be traceable to A/C registration (from those
removed from A/C), to engine serial number (from those removed from engine or APU).
All life limited parts/components will have to be followed with a complete historical record
traceable to their previous usage (if not new) and stating the operating and remaining time and
cycles.
2.3.2.2 Identification, Tagging & Traceability of Unserviceable Parts/Components
PPC or user will ensure status of the unserviceable component will be clearly declared on a tag
together with the component identification data and any information useful to define actions
necessary to be taken. As explained in section 2.19.2 of this manual.
2.3.2.3 Identification, Tagging & Traceability of Unsalvageable Parts/Components
Such components/ parts will be identified and tagging as instructed in MOE Section 2.19.3
2.3.2.4 Identification and Mutilation before Disposal of Scrapped material
Mutilation will be accomplished in such a manner that the components become permanently
unusable for their original intended use. The mutilation will be proceeded as per MOE section
2.19.4.1
When in agreement with the component owner, the component is disposed of for legitimate non-
flight uses, such as training and education aids, research and development, or for non-aviation
applications, mutilation may not be appropriate. In such case, the component will be marked
indicating that it is unsalvageable, or the original part number or data plate information can be
removed, or a record kept of the disposition of the component.
The stores Manager will record the scrapped material on a list including the material name, part
number, lot number, date scrapped and he/she will move them to scrap area. For record of
component with mandatory life limitation or other critical component the information will be
provided to original manufacture via component owner. All scrapped material will be handled as

Page: 7 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
per section 2.19.2 of the manual. The stores Manager will keep a list of scrapped material, which has
been sent to the scrap area for two years.
2.3.2.5 Shipping of engines and components repaired in house to maintenance and/or to

customers
The PPC will arrange for the proper packaging and preservation following the applicable
maintenance manuals or ATA 300 specifications.
The protection will include delivery to destination using the appropriate means of transportation
as required by the maintenance manuals.
The product will be shipped to the customer or to maintenance with the appropriate maintenance
release certificates and records.
2.3.3 Release to Maintenance Process

2.3.3.1 Withdrawal of Parts, Components from Stores Due to AD Notes
As per section 2.11 of this manual, the Engineering Services will identify the parts, which become
obsolete or requiring repair due to an AD Note design change. Using the shared file as mentioned
in section 2.11, the material planning function will access the file biweekly to check if any part falls
within the AD Notes restrictions.
The store manager will remove from inventory the part found discrepant and will keep them in
quarantine awaiting disposition. He will record the discrepant parts on discrepant material log form
no. GMF/Q-108 (see Exhibit 1 Section 2.9) and will inform Quality Control. After the disposition is
done by the Quality Control per 2.3.1.2 below, move the part to PPC area.
In addition to the above, the material planning function will block all the part numbers in
computerized system to avoid re-order and their reception in stores. A list of blocked part numbers
will be kept in computerized database.
2.3.3.2 Moving Serviceable Parts, Components & Material from Stores to Maintenance
a). The Stores Manager will:
Use computerized system transactions to execute the order and release materials to maintenance.
When all the administrative matters resolved perform the following:
1. Have the following documentation attached:

• Computerized print out ‘Transfer Order Slip' which have batch number that
traceable to P.O, and

Page: 8 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
• A Copy of the appropriate airworthiness approval tag or serviceable tag, or material

specification as described in section 2.3.2 of this manual.
NOTE:
In order the stores manager to give the appropriate part with the appropriate tag or
certificate, he must know the A/C registration on which the part intended for installation. For
EASA, ensure the airworthiness approval tag clearly states ''Eligible for EASA''
2. Split lot for multiple parts with one certificate. When a single certificate is used to certify
more than one parts/component, the store manager is responsible to issue certified true
copy and attach on the part/component delivered to maintenance.
3. Customer supplied parts may be identified by operator's tags or as above. They will be
routed to operations with the operator's tag or as otherwise mentioned above. This tag will
remain in work order file. For EASA Registered A/C an EASA Form 1 must be available.
b) The User Will (see also 2.3.2)

1. Accept only parts components and material received with all the appropriate, forms, tags,
labels and documents as mentioned in this procedure;
2. Return any component, part or material back to stores if not accepted for use. Inform the
QC to perform disposition as per MOE 2.19.1.5.
2.3.4 Activities for Managers responsible for Storing Components, Parts and Material
The Managers responsible for the storage will arrange for the following as appropriate:
a. Maintaining a storage area capable of receiving, segregating, storing and transporting to the
shop the required parts;
b. Arranging for customers supplied parts to be properly identified and segregated. Keep current
lists of such parts;
c. Developing proper storage facilities for chemicals and/or shelf-life material in identifiable,
secured and temperature-controlled locations according to manufacturer recommendations.
Having labels to identify the material and life duration on each shelf life material;
d. Checking the shelf life for expiration dates every month. Develop a warning system for their
identification and withdrawal of such material from the stores.
e. Segregating flammable and hazardous material in distance from the other material;

Page: 9 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
f. Providing designated storage areas restricted to unauthorized personnel. Designated areas will
be appropriately labeled for the easy identification of the materials;
g. Using computerized system to assist in the quick identification and retrieval of the material and
inventory control in the stock and keep records show the number of parts consumed;
Properly controlling the sensitive electronic equipment as per Section 2.7.2.
Properly tagging and segregation for unserviceable, unsalvageable, and scrap parts.
• Unserviceable parts using form GMF/ Q-434
• Unsalvageable parts using GMF/Q-074
• Scrap parts using GMF/Q-013
Ensure only authorized personnel can enter to the store
NOTE:
These requirements apply as appropriate to any location where parts, components and materials
are stored. Example: mini stores and warehouses, parts accumulation areas, temporarily storage
areas, parts at assembly waiting assembly installation, etc.

Page: 10 of 10
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.4 ACCEPTANCE OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.40(a)i, AMC 145.A.40(a), 145.A.40(b), AMC 145.A.40(b))
2.4.1 Tools & Equipment Acceptance Procedure
Tools & Equipment selected based on aircraft engine, component manual accepted by
manufacture and/or authority, or if the tools & equipment are commercially available, GMF will
procure using tool service provider list in Approved Supplier List, DQ-005. Generally selection and
authorization process of tool service providers will refer to MOE section 2.1.
The calibration of IMTE shall be performed by laboratory accredited by an “Accreditation body”

which is signatory of the ILAC MRA, considering that in this case traceability through the
assessment and accreditation process under ISO/IEC 17025 has already been established. If there
is a need that used non-accredited laboratory GMF will seek approval to EASA.
GMF shall ensure that the standards applied for the tooling calibration are appropriate, for
example: EN/ISO 6789 for the calibration of hand torque tools, EN/ISO 837-1 for the calibration of
pressure gauges. The Quality Assurance & Safety will evaluate the calibration sources as per
Section 2.1 of this manual.
A register should be maintained for all precision tooling and equipment together with a record of
calibrations and standards used.
2.4.2 Incoming Inspection for Tools and Equipment
All Inspection measuring & test equipment will be sent to calibration laboratory. The calibration
laboratory will assign a registration number and will re-calibrate it as per QP 205-01 if required. All
other tools and equipment will be inspected at the receiving inspection area if their size permits
or at the place of use. All appropriate documentation must be furnished with the equipment.
When the inspector found non comply as per QP 202-01, MRIR (Material Receiving Inspection
Record) shall be issued and inform to purchaser. The material, tools & equipment moved to
quarantine area immediately.
The calibration laboratory unit shall control the validity of tools and equipment as per QP 205-01.
Controlling interval calibration of tools & equipment by using calibration reminder database.
Production unit shall send the expired tools & equipment to calibration laboratory attached with
unserviceable tag. If production failed to send expired tools & equipment immediately to
calibration laboratory, they will quarantine the expired tools & equipment in secured place to
avoid used by production.

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.4.3 Monitoring of Tools & Equipment Service Providers

For calibration laboratory, GMF will select provider based on calibration laboratory capability and
traceable to standard mentioned in 2.4.1. Provider shall be able to show traceability accreditation
certificate and its currency.
GMF will suspend or remove provider from list ASL DQ-005, when provider failed to show their
currency accreditation or if provider cannot comply requirement agreed as per contract or
purchase order. Such as; failed to provide original calibration certificate, withdrawal of their
capability, warranty product, proven deliver improper product or spurious calibration certificate.
The Quality Assurance & Safety will monitor and keep update list of calibration laboratory source
maintained in Approved Supplier List, DQ-005.
2.4.4 Control of Scrapped Tools & Equipment
All scraped tools and equipment will be collected and controlled as required by Section 2.19.2 of
this manual.
Reference:
QP 204-01 Control and acceptance of tools and equipment

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.5 CALIBRATION OF TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.40 (b) / AMC 145.A.40 (b)
2.5.1 Calibration - General
The Calibration Laboratory function will control, calibrate and maintain IMTE used to demonstrate
the conformance of product to the specified requirements. IMTE will be calibrated in a manner,
which ensures that the measurement uncertainty is known and is consistent with the required
measurement capability.
The IMTE will be calibrated at calibration intervals and on the basis of stability, purpose and
degree of usage but not exceeding one year unless the equipment’s manufacturer allows.
Calibration intervals will be kept on equipment list database and Calibration Record Card. The
labels will be attached on the Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment which identify
calibration due date.
All reference standards used will be traceable to a standard provided by the equipment
manufacturer or National/International standards acceptable to EASA.
Calibrations will be done in a controlled environment meeting the required standards. When the
controlled environment departs from the standards, the calibration processes will be stopped
until the conditions re-established.
The Calibration Laboratory Function will refer to ISO 10012 and ISO 17025 requirements for the
calibration of IMTE.
GMF will only loan of calibrated tools & equipment from provider approved by EASA, such as;
operator or approved 145 maintenance organization. Personal calibrated tools & equipment is not
permitted to be used in maintenance activities.
Calibration laboratory will register the new Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment in
registration list and register borrowed Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment in separate list.
Arrange for calibration and distribution as required by this procedure.
The calibration program, tools & equipment registration, and renting calibrated IMTE will be
performed in accordance with the QP 205-01 (Calibration of Inspection Measuring and Test
Equipment) requirements.
Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) Calibration and Control

Where product acceptance test software or comparative references such as test hardware are
used as suitable forms of inspection, they will be checked and periodically calibrated as required
by ATE manufacturers. The ATE shall be evaluated by self-test program at a frequency required by
the ATE manufacturers for the purpose of verifying the accuracy and serviceability. See QP 209-13:
Avionics Maintenance Process Control.

Page: 1 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.5.2 Inspection, Measuring & Test Equipment Control Flow
START
Establish IMTE needs
Procure IMTE as required.
Do Incoming Inspection per QP 202-01
Ensure Calibration procedures & standards

Acceptable to Manufacturer or
National/International standard acceptable to EASA
- Assign unique identification number to each IMTE.

- Verify Initial calibration establish recall system and
calibration frequency
- Affix Due date label

Page: 2 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Re-calibrate IMTE when due or defected using

calibration procedures and standards traceable to
Manufacturer or National/International standard
acceptable to the Authority.
Maintain Calibration history and adjust calibration

interval based on history (as required)
Certify IMTE deliver to the user
END
2.5.3 Calibration Control of Inspection, Measuring and Test Equipment
The Calibration Laboratory Manager will review the IMTE calibration status log and give a list of
IMTE which will require calibration to the production managers not less than fifteen days before
the equipment mentioned on the list are due.
The responsible managers will select those items requiring calibration and send for calibration
using Form No.: GMF/Q-085.
When the IMTE is proved that calibration is not required, Form No.: GMF/Q-086 shall be used.
Where test software or comparative references such as test hardware are used for product
acceptance, they will be checked to prove that they are capable of verifying the acceptability of
product, prior to release.
Any IMTE found without a current calibration label attached, or the due date is not visible, or with
an expired due date, or there is any suspicious about its precision, accuracy or its calibration status
shall be returned for re-calibration using Form No.: GMF/Q-085.
If during calibration found IMTE are to be nonconforming to the extent it significantly exceeds its
tolerance, notify responsible manager and user of IMTE refer to QP 205-01. Safety assestment
should be perform to review and determined wether the Out of Tolerance condition could have
affected the acceptance of deliverable product or not using form no : GMF/Q-078. Take corretive
action by investigation in accordance with the QP 204-01 and notify the operator as required.

Page: 3 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Loan tools must be inspected prior to use to ensure there is free from defect, complete and have
the current calibration status.
All IMTE are to be used, handled, transported and stored in a manner, which shall not adversely
affect their condition and serviceability. When not in use, all IMTE will be adequately protected
from environmental contamination (dust, rust, and corrosion) and stored in a safe and properly
located area.

Page: 4 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.6 USE OF TOOLING AND EQUIPMENT BY STAFF

(Ref: EASA Part- 145.A.40(a)i, 145.A.40(a)ii, AMC 145.A.40(a), 145.A.40(b), AMC 145.A.40(b),
AMC 145.A.45(d))
2.6.1 Selection, Provision & Use of Tools & Equipment
The Vice Presidents and Senior Managers are responsible for the proper selection and provision of
tooling and equipment. The tools and equipment are selected based on A/C & A/C components
manufacturer’s instructions when applicable and general maintenance requirements or standard
industry if no special tools and equipment is given. Equipment maintenance & operating
instructions is requested as necessary when purchasing the equipment.
All Managers are ensure that all required tools and equipment are available to perform
maintenance as specified in maintenance data and maintenance personnel have been trained
how to use new special tools & equipment and is recorded
Used of personal own tool is not allowed in aircraft, engine, components maintenance work.
2.6.1.1 Selecting the Appropriate Tool and Equipments
The responsible Tools Store and maintenance personnel ensure that each tool and equipment, in
order to be acceptable for use, meet the following conditions:
a) A registration/inventory number assigned, preferably engraved (if possible) on the

tool/equipment;
b) Technical information (manuals, specifications, procedures, drawings, etc) necessary for the
usage, maintenance and calibration readily available for performing the work;
c) Properly calibrated and in serviceable condition;
d) Operating instruction when necessary;
e) To be the exact tool/equipment required by the A/C & A/C component manufacturers unless
an alternative has been established as per Section 2.6.4;
f) Determine the measurements to be made and the accuracy required and select the
tool/equipment that is capable of the necessary precision and accuracy;
g) When precision measurements and tests are performed, they ensure that the environmental
conditions are suitable for such measurements and/or inspection and tests as required by
Maintenance data.
h) Daily or before use maintenance is performed as required by the equipment’s instruction
i) Ensure the serviceability prior to use

Page: 1 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.6.1.2 Handling Over Tools and Equipment to Maintenance Personnel
The storekeeper keep a register of tools handed over to maintenance personnel.

The register include:
a) Name and ID number of personnel who picked up the tools from the store;
b) Tool identification/register number;
c) Quantity;
d) Date out and date in.
e) Location of use or Aircraft / Component / Engine identification
The above information is kept in database for two years.
Reference:
QP 204-01 Control and acceptance of tools and equipment
2.6.2 Loan Tool Control
The responsible Managers may loan tools and equipment, which are rarely required and/or has
been ordered, but pending delivery and the following requirements are met:
a) The loaned equipment is the same as required by the A/C and/or A/C component
manufacturer;
b) The equipment is available at GMF AeroAsia as long as it is required;
c) The equipment has been loaned by a recognized source and it is supplied with its applicable
documentation;
d) Incoming and administrative inspection are performed;
e) A special inventory number is provided and for measurement equipment registration
number is put onto the calibration list;
f) The equipment is periodically calibrated as per established intervals and or its maintenance
and preventive maintenance is arranged;
g) The equipment is appropriately calibrated to standards traceable to National/International
standards acceptable to the Authority;
h) Place a label indicating that the equipment is loaned and where it is loaned from;
Loaned Tools & Equipment is processed for incoming inspection & registration before used and
controlled in accordance with MOE 2.4. and be regularly audited in accordance with audit plan.
2.6.3 Control of Alternative Tools
If a tool or equipment required for aircraft and/or A/C components maintenance is not specified in
manufacturers' maintenance manuals, qualified maintenance personnel determine what tool is
used in accordance with standard practices and general maintenance on aircraft practices.

Page: 2 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
The possibility to use “alternative tooling” requires a previous verification in the maintenance data
of the product or component being maintained. The maintenance organisation has to proceed
differently depending if:
a. the Maintenance data is allowing the use of “alternative tooling”

b. the Maintenance data is not allowing or not clearly stating the possibility to use “alternative
tooling”
2.6.3.1 Maintenance Data Allowing the Use of Alternative Tooling

The maintenance data are normally providing clear statements on the cases where alternative
tooling to the one specified may be used. Only when this possibility is given in the maintenance
data, the maintenance organisation is entitled to proceed with an equivalence assessment
process in order to use alternative tooling.
Tooling technical data may be considered acceptable when:

• the maintenance data (AMM, CMM, etc…) already includes such data (i.e. manufacturing
drawing, technical characteristics, manufacturing procedure, etc.),or;
• the maintenance organisation obtains additional data (i.e. manufacturing drawings, etc.)
from the relevant manufacturer (may be the applicable TCH, STCH, OEM or the tool
manufacturer which is specified in the maintenance data of the product or component
being maintained).
In both cases the following minimum steps shall be:

a. Technical Specification: engineering document establishing:
• the technical characteristics of the tooling to be acquired/manufactured to demonstrate it
is in conformity to the relevant technical data (i.e. dimensions, material, functions,
accuracy, etc.), and;
• the applicable inspection/service/calibration need;
b. Manufacture/acquisition: process in use to manufacture the tool and/or to acquire it from any
internal or external source;
c. Acceptance: incoming inspection process to verify the tooling meets the requirements
established in the Technical Specification and is identified accordingly;
d. Validation: practical demonstration (i.e. functional check, etc.) that the alternative tool is
capable of correctly performing the relevant maintenance task;
e. Alternative tooling equivalence declaration: The satisfactory completion of the process
mentioned above, is finalized by the formal approval by the maintenance organization,
2.6.3.2 The Tooling Technical Data is not Available

The maintenance organization, may still intend in this situation to use an alternative tooling,
applying its engineering judgment through a reverse engineering approach.
The main driver to evaluate the applicability of this option is a risk based approach that shall be
considered by the maintenance organisation on a case by case basis. This option is to be limited
to the cases where the use of the alternative tooling does not affect the content of the
Page: 3 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
maintenance task in terms of sequence and performance of the maintenance, in which case
“Maintenance data not allowing or not clearly stating the possibility to use alternative tooling “of
this user guide applies.
The following minimum steps needs:

a. Technical Specification: engineering document establishing:
• the technical characteristics of the tool to be acquired/manufactured based on a reverse
engineering approach (i.e. dimensions, material, functions, accuracy, etc.) to demonstrate
it is equivalent to the one specified in the maintenance data of the product or component
being maintained, and;
• the applicable inspection/service/calibration need;
b. Manufacture/acquisition: process in use to manufacture the tool and/or to acquire it from any
internal or external source;
c. Acceptance: incoming inspection process to verify the tooling meets the requirements
established in the Technical Specification and is identified accordingly;
d. Validation: practical demonstration (i.e. functional check, etc.) that the alternative tool is
capable of correctly performing the relevant maintenance procedure;
e. Alternative tooling equivalence declaration: The satisfactory completion of the process
mentioned above is finalized by the formal approval by the maintenance organization,
2.6.3.3 Maintenance Data Not Allowing or Not Clearly Stating the Possibility to Use Alternative
Tooling.
There are cases, where the maintenance data does not allow or does not clearly states that
alternative tooling may be used. In those cases, the maintenance organisation may either:
• Acquire the specific tooling P/N by the identified vendor (s), or;
• Request a revision of the maintenance data directly to the TCH or STCH or ETSO holder to
include the alternative tooling proposed by the maintenance organisation before its use,
or;
• Request an approval for deviation to the maintenance data. Such deviation needs to be in
the form of a new approved data (i.e. data issued by an appropriately approved EASA Part-
21 DOA or under the conditions defined in bilateral agreements between the Community
and the competent authority of a third country). Such request is typically addressed to the
TCH or STCH or ETSO holder or if this is not possible, to any other appropriately approved
EASA Part-21 DOA.
If the alternative tools & equipment are manufactured by GMF, it’s identified in accordance with
QP 206-01.
In cases where an equivalent tool is used, the engineering services may modify the maintenance
documents ONLY IF ALLOWED by the aircraft or aircraft component manufacturer or respective
authority. See MOE Section 2.8 for modifying maintenance instructions.

Page: 4 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
It is important to demonstrate the effectiveness of the alternative by developing Job Card or PD

sheet and having the mechanics demonstrate the performance of the maintenance using the
alternative equipment. The demonstration of using alternate tool is validated by Quality
Assurance & Safety.
In the case of tools related to NDT activity (i.e. ultrasonic probes, etc.), only a person qualified as
NDT level III on the relevant method can determine if an alternative tool is alternative to the one
specified by the maintenance data. Therefore, in this case, the equivalence assessment shall be
signed by an NDT level III.
Approval process and storage of the records for alternative tool is described in QP 206-01.
2.6.3.4 Personnel Dedicated to the Alternative Tooling Equivalence Assessment
The alternative tooling equivalence assessment is considered to be a complex engineering task

and in order to follow this process, the maintenance organisation shall have staff assigned to this
activity who needs to be appropriately qualified according to an MOE procedure to be acceptable
by the competent authority.
In addition, the quality department has to be involved in this process, at least but not necessarily
limited to the following:
• Defining the job description and qualification requirements for the above staff;
• Issuing the related authorizations;
• Defining the forms and procedures to be used;
• Including this area of activity in the independent audit plan.

Page: 5 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.7 CLEANLINESS STANDARDS OF MAINTENANCE FACILITIES

(Ref: EASA Part-145.A.25(d), AMC 145.A25(d), AMC.145.A.47(a))
2.7.1 Cleanliness Standards & House Keeping of Maintenance Facilities

All Senior Managers will develop a plan for the periodic cleaning of the facility and they will make
aware to personnel the importance of the facility cleaning, maintenance and safety.
Subcontracted cleaning activities will subject to periodic controls by the Senior Managers who
they remain responsible for ensuring the cleaning standards are met.
Each employee must keep his work-area clean, according to the developed plans. The periodic
cleaning plans and inspections will ensure that the following requirements are met:
a) Maintenance areas shall be free from foreign object.

b) Dust and any other airborne contamination is kept to a minimum and is not permitted to
reach a level where visible surface contamination is evident;
c) Where maintenance is performed, the working environment should be such that the
particular maintenance or inspection task can be carried out without undue distraction.
When the working environment deteriorates to an unacceptable level in respect of
temperature, moisture, wind, light, dust/other airborne contamination, the maintenance will
be suspended until satisfactory conditions are re-established;
d) For aircraft maintenance where dust/other airborne contamination results in visible surface
contamination, all susceptible systems should be sealed until acceptable conditions are re-
established;
e) Temperatures must be maintained such that personnel can carry out required tasks without
undue discomfort.
f) The lighting will be such as to ensure each inspection and maintenance task can be carried
out;
g) Noise levels will not be permitted to rise to the point of distracting personnel from carrying
out inspection tasks. Where it is impractical to control the noise source, such personnel
should be provided with the necessary personal equipment;
h) The handling of scrapped parts and waste material as per section 2.19.2 of this manual.
i) The area in which maintenance is carried out should well organized prevent cross
contamination
2.7.1.1 Special conditions for X-Ray

a) Specific environmentally conditions such as temperature, illumination and nuclear radiation
will be measured and controlled.
b) During radiographic testing on aircraft, appropriate measures are taken to prevent
personnel from being exposed to excessive nuclear radiation.

Page: 1 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.7.1.2 Painting of Aircraft

a) Aircraft are painted in the hangar. Subsequently, precautions must be taken to avoid the
contamination of adjoining aircraft.
b) The technique used for painting the aircraft, the electrostatic painting, avoids the dispersion
of paint. Nevertheless, to avoid contamination due to over-sprays, all aircraft/aircraft
components/ tooling/ material located within a radius of 20 meters from the aircraft to be
painted will be covered.
c) Personnel will wear appropriate attire and breathing masks.
2.7.1.3 Fire Protection System

The Facility Maintenance department will establish, maintain and operate as applicable the fire
protection system. Preventive maintenance will be performed for all fire extinguishers (portable
and stationary) and periodic operational tests will be performed as required by the National
Standards.
Trained personnel will be assigned as fire fighters and an alert system will be established. A
system to assure the prompt notification of fire fighters will be in place and will be validated from
time to time to ensure effectiveness when needed. A validation schedule will be in place.
2.7.1.4 Maintenance and preventive maintenance of housing and facilities

The Facility Maintenance department will establish document and maintain procedures to ensure
that the facility is properly maintained all the times.
Maintenance and preventive maintenance instructions will be developed together with
maintenance schedules as required by each plant refer to equipment manufacturer and standard
industry practices. The procedure will include the prompt notification of the Facility Maintenance
department by the users to rectify defects.
2.7.2 Requirements for Environmentally Controlled Facilities - Clean Rooms

For the purpose of achieving a necessary level of quality, certain maintenance functions must be
performed in facilities where the environment is rigidly controlled in terms of temperature,
humidity and cleanliness. An environmentally controlled facility or a clean room is a shop where
the temperature, humidity, pressure and dust must be controlled. The following shops are
environmentally controlled:
1. Instrument shop;
2. Gyro shop;
3. Composites shop;
4. Calibration shop;
5. Any other facility where a maintenance task requires specific environmental conditions such
as clean room as instructed in the manufacturer's maintenance data.

Page: 2 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
NOTE:
The production engineering for each unit is responsible for evaluating maintenance data
requirements and determining the appropriate environmentally controlled conditions for the
specific maintenance tasks.
2.7.2.1 Requirements for the Instruments & Gyro room
The following requirements will apply for the instrument shop:

a) The temperature is to be monitored and kept between 21.1 C and 26.7 C.
b) The relative humidity is to be monitored and should not exceed a maximum of 50 %. The air
is to be filtered and a positive pressure is to be kept inside the work area.
c) The particles of dust allowed should contain no more than 20,000 particles per cubic foot
with maximum average particle size not exceeding 5 microns.
d) A Positive pressure be maintained in the contamination-controlled area
e) Personnel shall wear protective clothing with negligible electrostatic generation.
f) A lighting of minimum 500 foot-candles shall be provided.
g) A maintenance program for the air-conditioning shall be established and implemented.
h) Eating and smoking are forbidden in the Instrument room
2.7.2.2 Requirements for the Composite Shop
The personnel shall wear adapted and protective clothing. Coveralls and gloves (cotton) are
available. Work-clothes should be changed and laundered at least every week or when
contaminated.
The following will apply:

a) A lay-up/clean-room will be separated and isolated.
b) The particles of dust allowed shall be at least the same as for a controlled area. (< 300.000
particles/cubic foot of 0.5 microns and < 700-particles/cubic foot of 5 microns).
c) The following items are required for the lay-up area:
1. The temperature is to be monitored between 18 °C and 24 °C.
2. The relative humidity is to be monitored and kept between 35 % and 65 %.
3. The air shall be filtered and shall provide a slight positive over-pressure.
4. Sufficient lighting with a minimum of 500 lux shall be maintained recessed lights will
be installed.
5. Sealed floor, no ledges etc.
6. All utilities are available such as electrical power, dry compressed air, vacuum outlets,
etc.
2.7.2.3 Requirements for Calibration Laboratory:
As indicated in specific Calibration of Inspection Measuring and Test Equipment procedure, QP

205-01.

Page: 3 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.8 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATIONSHIP TO AIRCRAFT / AIRCRAFT

COMPONENT MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, INCLUDING UPDATING AND
(Ref: Part 145.A.45.(a), 145.A.45.(b)1, 145.A.45.(b)2, 145.A.45.(b)3, 145.A.45(b)4,
145.A.45(b)5, 145.A.45(d), 145.A.45(e), 145.A.45(f), 145.A.45(g), AMC 145.A.45(b), AMC
145.A.45(d), AMC 145.A.45(e), AMC 145.A.45(f), AMC 145.A.45(g))
All various types of technical document in use (external and / or internal origin) will be managed by
engineering function. When operator consider to manage their maintenance data directly with
maintenance production, such of condition shall be in contractual basis and follow section 2.8.1.4.
2.8.1 Maintenance Data Coming from External Sources
The engineering function responsible to order the appropriate maintenance data (if not supplied
by the operator / customer) in order to write the maintenance tasks and to distribute such data to
the maintenance personnel.
The Technical Publication Services is responsible to order from the source of data, receive and
register the external origin maintenance data and any subsequent revisions. The data required will
be ordered on an on-going basis to ensure that always the latest revision and update service from
the supplier is in place including supporting evidence. Contracts or agreement with the data
suppliers must be available as evidence that the maintenance data will be updated in the future.
The Technical Publication Services will keep the master documents and will establish the document
control and distribution system as required by QP 208-01. Distribution of maintenance data can be
either in electronic or hard copy format.
The Technical Publication Services will destroy obsolete documents, unless for historical purposes,
which will be identified as such and put separately.
2.8.1.1 Maintenance Data Revision and Distribution by Technical Publication Services
The Technical Publication Services monitor the amendment status of all documents. To ensure that
all amendments received, Technical Publication Services will be a subscriber to any document
amendment scheme. Special attention should be given to Type Certificate related data such as
certification life limited parts, airworthiness limitations and Airworthiness Limitation Items (ALI) etc.
Current manufacturer indexes will be maintained to identify the current revision of external origin
data and the current documents will be distributed to the users as applicable.
When the maintenance data is distributed electronically via the network, the Technical Publication
Services will ensure that a back up system will be readily available for use in case of shutdowns or
malfunctions.

Page: 1 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.8.1.2 Maintenance Data Availability
All Senior Managers and Managers are responsible to make available to personnel current
maintenance data as required to ensure the proper functioning of the operations. Data being made
available to personnel means that the data shall be available in close proximity to the aircraft or
aircraft component being maintained for study.
Where computer systems or other electronic media are used, the number of computer terminals
should be sufficient in relation to the size of the work program to enable easy access, unless the
computer system can produce paper copies.
Each workstation will have access and use the following minimum current maintenance data, as
applicable:
▪ All maintenance related EASA and associated Advisory Circulars;
▪ The EASA publication entitled 'EASA Part-145 Listed Organizations’;
▪ All applicable national maintenance requirements, service bulletins and notices;
▪ EASA airworthiness directives plus any national airworthiness directive required as per
Authority of A/C registration plus any non-national airworthiness directive supplied by a
contracted non-EU operator / customer or customer as well as Critical Design Configuration
Control Limitation (CDCCL).
The aircraft maintenance should have and use the following maintenance data, as appropriate:
▪ The appropriate sections of the operator / customer's aircraft maintenance program;
▪ The aircraft maintenance manual, repair manual, supplementary structural inspection
document, corrosion control document, service bulletins, service letters, service instructions,
modification leaflets, NDT manual, parts catalogue;
▪ Type certificate data sheet and any other specific document issued by the type certificate or
supplementary type certificate holder as maintenance data,
The Engine/APU should have and use the following maintenance data where published:
▪ The appropriate sections of the engine/APU maintenance and repair manual;
▪ Service bulletins, service letters, modification leaflets, NDT manual, parts catalogue;
▪ Type certificate data sheet and any other specific document issued by the type certificate
holder as maintenance data.
The component workshops should hold the following maintenance data where published:
▪ The appropriate sections of the vendor maintenance and repair manual;
▪ Service bulletins and service letters plus any document issued by the type certificate holder
as maintenance data on whose product the component may be fitted when applicable.
The workstations with specialized services should hold following where published in respect of the
particular specialized service(s):
▪ Specialized services process specifications;

Page: 2 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
▪ Standards and specifications applicable to each special process as required by the aviation
authorities;
The line stations should use the following data:

▪ Operator / customer’s Technical Procedures
▪ Operator / customer’s Aircraft Maintenance Manual, Wiring Diagram Manual, Illustrated Part
Catalogues.
▪ Others applicable data.
2.8.1.3 Maintenance Data Revision Control and Distribution to Maintenance Personnel
Engineering function for each workstation is responsible for data distribution and control and
subsequent amendments from the Technical Publication Services. After reviewing the
amendments and incorporating the revisions into the maintenance instructions, engineering
function will distribute the data to the maintenance personnel.
A document control system will be in place by Engineering Services, which identifying the locations
where the documents are distributed and their current revision status. They will be responsible to
control and monitor the revisions of the data, which is available to maintenance personnel.
The engineering function and the maintenance personnel will check on regular basis the current
revision status of the data against manufacturer’s current indexes, provided by Technical
Publication Services through LAN-Internet-Intranet access connection, to ensure current revisions
are in place. Temporary revisions shall be considered as normal technical data.
2.8.1.4 Distribution and Control of Operator / Customer’s Maintenance Data
This data will be delivered and registered to the responsible engineering function on each
workstations or line maintenance managers where the work is to be performed. For the operator /
customers, which have full maintenance contract, delivery and registry of the data must be
performed by Technical Publication Services.
The engineering function on each workstation or line maintenance managers or technical

publication services manager are responsible to ensure that the operator / customer's data is in
current condition having supporting evidence in place. Evidence can be established by:
▪ Having a written confirmation from the operator / customer that all such maintenance data is
up to date; or,
▪ Ensuring that the work order specifies the amendment status of the maintenance data to be
used; or,
▪ Ensuring that the engineer can show it is on the operator / customer maintenance data
amendment list.

Page: 3 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.8.1.5 Use of Document & Data in Foreign Languages
GMF AeroAsia will use English for the performance of maintenance. When GMF AeroAsia receives
maintenance data published in other than English language, the document will be translated into
English. All Maintenance records given to the customer will be in English.
References:
QP 208-01 (Document and Data Control)

Page: 4 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.8.2 Documentation/Maintenance Instructions Issued by GMF
This chapter describe how the maintenance instruction developed and issued by GMF starting
from the maintenance data (i.e., AMM, CMM, etc.)
a) Modification of maintenance instructions by GMF as defined in MOE section 2.8.2.1.

b) Maintenance instructions issued in conformity to approved data in order to facilitate/
customize the maintenance (e.g., work card/work sheet, engineering orders, technical
specifications, etc.) as defined in MOE section 2.8.2.2.
c) Documentation issued for internal information purposes (e.g., quality information
bulletins, quality alerts, occurrence investigation reports, etc.) as defined in MOE section
2.8.4.4.
d) Verification and validation of new procedures where practicable
e) Incorporation of best practice and human factors principles
f) Incorporation of FTS concept on maintenance documentation (Job Instruction Cards etc.)
g) Incorporation of CDCCL concept.
▪ Compliance with CDCCL instructions
▪ Traceability of CDCCL completion
h) Awareness of Technical Publications, Instructions and Service Information by the staff
2.8.2.1 Writing Maintenance Instructions
Writing maintenance instructions means to transcribe the operator / customer's Maintenance

Requirement Items, Engineering Orders, Service Bulletins, Airworthiness Directives, Required
Inspection Items, Instructions taken from maintenance manuals and operator / customer's
specifications into maintenance instructions.
Maintenance instructions mean all those internally produced documents which the planning
engineering and qualified personnel (for MDR only) use to write the maintenance tasks for each
work order in order to guide the maintenance personnel for the orderly execution of the
maintenance and to provide the appropriate records of the work accomplished.
The way the maintenance documentation will be written must ensure that (without deviating from
the intend of maintenance data), the technicians can have a clear understanding of what and how
they must perform the maintenance, what is the sequence of steps or actions to be taken and also
what recording information is required. The maintenance tasks must be written in a method and
in a language easily understood by them, rather than rephrasing exactly what is stated in MRI and
other maintenance data. In some cases, both Indonesian and English language may be necessary.

Page: 5 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
The following maintenance instructions (forms) will be used to write the maintenance tasks:
▪ Job Card - Form No. GMF/Q-002 is used for the routine work;
▪ PD Sheet - Forms No. GMF/Q-026 is used for ELMO components and GMF/Q-167 for avionic
component;
▪ PD Sheet – Forms No. GMF/Q-374 for engines;
▪ PD Sheet – Forms No. GMF/Q-150, is used for structure components and cabin components.
Those PD sheets are used for routine or non-routine work.
▪ Maintenance Defect Rectification (MDR) - Form No. GMF/Q-003. It is used for non-routine
work at aircraft maintenance.
Inspection and test data sheets as applicable for the recording of inspection and test results, and
other maintenance data such as drawings based on SRM references.
Competencies required
Personnel who write maintenance instructions must be able to put into practice the following:
a) Properly interpret the maintenance requirements into maintenance tasks and have an
appreciation that they have no authority to deviate from the approved data. Any deviation
from approved data will invalidate the applicable TC or STC and will result in unapproved
parts or systems. Deviations of original values, materials, processes or text need TC or STC
Holder or Authority approval.
b) They are not allowed to carry out the engineering design of repairs and modifications.
c) All maintenance documents will accurately reflect the operator / customer's maintenance
program and the contracted work scope and the article's configuration requirements.

Page: 6 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.8.2.2 Writing Maintenance Instructions - Subscription from Maintenance Data
The Engineering function in each department will take the following steps to develop a customized
work package of maintenance instruction to meet the intended scope of work per operator /
customer's maintenance program. The customized work package will be developed using the
operator / customer's furnished maintenance data or using references given by the operator /
customer and manufacturer (for A/C components).
a) Defining operator / customer's or maintenance data and other external origin maintenance
data (see section 2.8) and also defining tooling and equipment requirements.
1. Determine technical standards and procedures required for adequate maintenance of

aircraft in observance of standards defined by the EASA, Manufacturers and air carriers
and operator / customer;
2. Evaluate, judge, confirm and register information such as requirements, standards,

requests, advises, AD, SB, and operator / customer's specifications;
3. Order through technical library the necessary documents based upon the official data
index provided by the manufacturers;
4. Obtain the new documents or revisions from library before being distributed. Evaluate
documents and document changes for validity, analyze the contents and make changes
to the computerized back up files as necessary;
5. Define new maintenance approved data requirements in terms of equipment,

processes, and controls and take necessary corrective actions;
6. Authorize the new documents or revisions for distribution after being evaluated.
Distribute the documents to the users;
b) Writing the Job Cards, PD Sheets and MDR as follows:
1. Job Cards, PD Sheets, MDR can be developed using two methods:
a. Transcribe accurately all tasks in the approved maintenance data including CDCCL
into Job Cards, PD Sheets or MDR in a way the technician can understand. Refer to
decision-making diagram to determine when a duplicate inspection or a required
inspection is necessary. (See MOE 2.23). Write the maintenance tasks in the proper
sequence as they are going to be performed;
b. Precise reference to task detailed in approved maintenance data including ATA

section and page(s) number, and figure numbers as appropriate. Ensure that not
even a single page or reference is omitted for the specific task;

Page: 7 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Enter inspection and checks required together with recording instructions.

Prompt the maintenance personnel to record both qualitative (good or not good,
pass or fail etc). and quantitative (measurement, limitation, etc) inspection and
test results by giving appropriate space and guidance for recordings. When there
is not enough space to record the inspection and test results on the Job Cards, PD
Sheets or MDR, develop appropriate inspection and test data sheets properly
customized for the specific inspection or test. The inspection and test data sheets
must be traceable to the Job Card, PD Sheet, or MDR;
2. Complex maintenance task shall be subdivided into clear stages to ensure a record of
the accomplishment of the complete maintenance task. For the task requiring double
check, it must be clearly described mentioning the correct and clear reference.
3. Use simple, clear and imperative words, when necessary, write the maintenance tasks
in both Indonesian and English language;
4. Define required inspections or duplicate inspection as given by the operator / customer

or as per MOE 2.23. Refer to decision-making diagram to determine when a duplicate
inspection or a required inspection is necessary (MOE 2.23);
5. Write on the Job Card, PD Sheet, or MDR, all used tools mentioned in maintenance
approved data. Also, write tools to be used if different but equivalent to those given in
the maintenance approved data;
6. Incorporate Cautions and Notes thoroughly into the maintenance documents;
7. For Job Card, PD Sheet or MDR involving many units in its activities the process owner
remains responsible, the process owner of Job Card, PD Sheet or MDR is respective
planning engineering. Determine the workstation, skills required from the technician to
perform specific tasks. For examples: flight control checks, compass swing, run up, etc,
must be performed by technicians holding appropriate licenses.
NOTE:
See MOE 2.21 for “Security of Computer Generated Job Cards & PD Sheets”.
See MOE 2.13 for “Preparing the work package”.
2.8.2.3 Writing Engineering Instructions
The Engineering Services may develop engineering instructions to communicate maintenance

requirements as appropriate in cases listed below:

Page: 8 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
a) When maintenance instructions covered in maintenance data taken from different references
(like manufacturer standard practices, approved methods), they need to be harmonized in a
single document;
b) To amplify or explain approved drawings, specifications, procedures or quality requirements.
All quality requirements addressed in the engineering instructions will be referenced to and be in
compliance with approved maintenance data.
Additional requirements are found in:

QP 213-01 (Developing Engineering Instructions)
2.8.2.4 Modifying Maintenance Instructions
In cases where the maintenance personnel experience difficulties in performing certain

maintenance tasks or an equivalent tool is to be used, the engineering services may modify the
maintenance documents ONLY IF ALLOWED by the aircraft or aircraft component manufacturer or
respective authority.
Modified maintenance documents should only be used in the following circumstances:
a) Where the TC or STC holders original intent can be carried out in a more practical or more
efficient manner;
b) Where the TC or STC holder’s original intent cannot be achieved by following the
maintenance documents. For example, where a component cannot be replaced following the
original maintenance documents, Inform the author as per MOE 2.27;
c) For the use of alternative tools/equipment.
Important note:
Critical Design Configuration Control Limitations (CDCCL) are airworthiness limitations. Any
modification of maintenance instruction linked to CDCCL/ FTS constitutes an aircraft modification
that must be approved in accordance with NAA regulation in which the aircraft is registered.
Procedure
The Engineering Services informs the manufacturer for the encountered problem (a), (b) above or
(c) as appropriate per MOE 2.27. When the manufacturer agrees with that change, the engineering
services must give a written statement or additional instructions of how the change will be done
and distribute to planning engineer.
Upon approval by the manufacturer the engineer function in each department will modify the Job
Card, MDR, or PD Sheet to following the instruction given by engineering services.

Page: 9 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Prior to distribute to maintenance The Qualified inspector will review the modified instructions and
will verify if a letter from manufacturer is in place. When satisfied, he will allow the practical
demonstration of the process using the modified instructions.
The Quality Control inspector will witness the maintenance process to verify that the proposed
modification of the process results in the same or higher output. When the Quality Control
inspector is satisfied, he and the mechanic will stamp on the modified maintenance instruction.
The modified maintenance documents will remain in the work order file attached with all
supporting reference including manufacturer's letter.
Additionally, the planning engineer will keep a copy of the modified maintenance documents and
all supporting data.
NOTE 1:
When the manufacturer does not agree with proposed changes or the Qualified inspector is not
satisfied after demonstrating the proposed change in process, the planning engineer WILL NOT
changes the maintenance documents.
NOTE 2:
THE ENGINEERING SERVICES IS NOT ALLOWED TO CARRY OUT THE ENGINEERING DESIGN OF
REPAIRS AND MODIFICATIONS
2.8.3 Quality System Documentation Structure
2.8.3.1 General
GMF AeroAsia will establish and maintain a documented quality system as a means of quality
assurance that the articles being maintained conform to specified quality requirements. The
primary objective of the quality system is to enable GMF AeroAsia to ensure that it can deliver a safe
product and that it remains in compliance with the Authority requirements. It will include:
▪ The preparation of quality management system procedures; and,

▪ Its effective maintenance and improvement through independent audits and a management
control follow up system.
The quality system procedures will be developed by all responsible functions at GMF AeroAsia. They
will cover all aspects of carrying out the maintenance activities and they will lay down the standards
on which GMF AeroAsia intends to work. The procedures will describe how GMF AeroAsia intends
to meet the Authority regulations and how GMF AeroAsia will achieve its policies and objectives.
The responsibility for integrating the quality related activities to all functions and monitoring
compliance with the quality system requirements will be on the Quality Assurance. The Quality
Assurance will identify and report operating quality deficiencies to the Management and will

Page: 10 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
measure the effectiveness of the quality system. Below is the structure of the quality system
documentation.
2.8.3.2 Description of the Quality Management System Documentation Structure
The MOE contains a summary of the relevant procedures with respect to the Authority
regulations/requirements. The MOE is the interface between the above mentioned regulations/
requirements and the documented quality management system of GMF AeroAsia. Quality
Assurance will review MOE refer to revision of EASA regulation which listed in FO.CAO.00136-xx
withdrawn in EASA website. Monitoring of FO.CAO.00136-xx revision will be performed monthly.
The GMF Quality Management System consists of the MOE and detail procedures laid down as
Quality Procedures (QP) and Work Instructions (WI). The Quality Procedures describe
interdepartmental quality related activities issued by the Department managers and accepted by
VP of Quality Assurance & Safety. The QP's describe how each element in the MOE will be performed
and the responsibility of performing certain quality functions.
The Work Instructions are developed, approved and controlled by the Departments and
predominately describes administrative departmental procedures and these procedures concurred
by VP Quality Assurance & Safety. The Quality Assurance & Safety ensures through auditing that the
WI's do not violate any requirements set forth by the MOE and the QP’s and the NDT Procedures
considered as the same level as Work Instructions.
The maintenance instructions including forms as appropriate describe the specific item work that
need to be done, by tailoring the customer’s and manufacturer’s quality requirements into the
specific maintenance tasks and recording those maintenance requirements.

Page: 11 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
GMF AeroAsia Quality System Documentation structure
MOE
(SEE Section 1.11)
QUALITY PROCEDURES
(SEE Section 2.8.4)
WORK INSTRUCTIONS
Departmental Procedures & NDT Procedures
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Job Cards, PD Sheets, MDR, Records, Engineering
Instruction (MOE 2.8 & 5.1.1)

Page: 12 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.8.4 Issue/Revision & Control of Quality Procedures & Associate Forms Related with the
Approval
The Quality Procedures (QP) and the associated forms are issued and revised by the responsible l
Senior Managers. They are the owners of the Quality Procedures and they remain responsible to
any changes and for their full implementation. The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety accepted all
Quality Procedures by signing the Procedures Issue Revision status Log and the List of Effective
Pages.
The originator of the QP is responsible for - prior to each QP approval by him and prior to submitting
the QP for acceptance for any initial or subsequent issue/revision to:
a) Encouraging the management and maintenance personnel to submit proposed revisions to

the QP using the “issue revision request” form GMF/Q-035;
b) Periodically reviewing the quality procedures with other responsible functions. This review
will either confirm that the procedures are still current and valid, or will identify changes;
c) Having the related to the specific QP Senior Managers (other than the owner), to review,
comment.
d) Incorporating all proposed changes into a final draft form and submitting to Quality
Assurance & Safety together with the ''Issue Revision Request''.
The Quality Assurance & Safety, when receives from the originator the draft of proposed initial or
amended QP together with the appropriate forms mentioned in (d) above, will ensure the changes
do not violate the regulations and this manual requirements, comments as necessary and will
accept or reject the amendments or the new Quality Procedure.
2.8.4.1 Control of Issue/Revision
The Procedures Issue Revision status Log and the List of Effective Pages will be available for each
QP so it can be checked and kept current. A vertical Line in the left margin of each revised paragraph
will be added to indicate the current revision. When a revision takes place in any page of the QP,
the revised page will be marked by a sequence number '1' as a first revision. If a second revision in
the same page or different page takes place, it will be marked as a sequence number '2'.
When the revisions affect more than 50% of its content, the QP may be reissued. When an issue
takes place, the revision number will start from zero and a next issue letter will be assigned (from B
to C for example). Issues are numbered in letters and revisions in numbers.
The Quality Assurance & Safety will have those revisions finds necessary produced in a final form
and accepted by the VP of Quality Assurance & Safety. Upon accepted by VP of Quality Assurance &
Safety, the revised copies will be distributed to each manual holder per Section 0.5.4 and 0.5.5
NOTE:
Spelling correction is not considered a revision and will not be handled as such.

Page: 13 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
The Quality Assurance & Safety will keep a log of canceled Quality Procedures and an issue revision
status log. The logs will be kept updated and accessible via LAN.
2.8.4.2 QP Revision and LAN Security and Control
The authorized Quality Assurance & Safety personnel will keep the electronic version of the QP
current at all times. Security control using passwords will be applied for the maintenance and
control of the master back up files in database. Authorized personnel will have access and make the
revisions.
The Quality Assurance & Safety must ensure that there is only READ ACCESS to the users and that
the Quality Procedures are located only in the prescribed folders of the LAN.
Addition instruction for generating and controlling the forms as well as form numbering system,
see Section 5.1 of this manual. For distribution and control of QP, see section 0.4.3 of this manual
2.8.4.3 QP Training
All Senior Managers are responsible to familiarize their employees with the appropriate content of
the Quality Procedures. The Senior Managers must ensure that each employee understands and
follows the Quality Procedures in the area of their responsibility.
All management and maintenance personnel are responsible to become familiar with the contents
of the Quality Procedures as applicable. They must fully follow the contents all the times and they
must report any errors, misunderstandings and any problems regarding the implementation to
their superiors and Quality Assurance & Safety for corrections or further clarification.
2.8.4.4 Communicating Quality Matters with a Quality Bulletin
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety may issue a Quality Bulletin when he deems necessary in
order to communicate quality and safety related matters, to further clarify procedures and
Authority requirements and to communicate specific customer requirements. The Quality
Assurance & Safety will keep a log of the Quality Bulletins issued and will define the numbering
control system.
Communicating matters affect to the quality deficiencies caused by GMF AeroAsia, report will be
issued as per point 2.18.2 of this manual.

Page: 14 of 14
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.9 REPAIR PROCEDURE

(Ref: EASA 145.A.42(b)(iii) , AMC1 145.A.42(b)(iii) , 145.A.45(a), 145.A.48(d), AMC 145.A.50)
This chapter is intended to describe how the organisation is performing repairs on

aircraft/components/engines according to already available maintenance data and how is
managing the repairs not described in the manufacturers' documentation.
All repairs on aircraft, aircraft components or engine will be accomplished in accordance with
approved maintenance data. The following requirements are covered:
a) Control of non-conformities and damage assessment of A/C, A/C components and engines;
b) Damage assessment & control of components and parts pending disposition;
c) Fabrication of parts for the repair of operator’s aircraft, A/C components and engines;
2.9.1 Repairs
2.9.1.1 Control and Disposition of Non-Conformities on Aircraft:
Any aircraft defect or any deviation from TC/STC Holder design found on the aircraft, will be
properly identified with a Warning tag (form GMF/Q-104), recorded on MDR (form GMF/Q-003)
and reported to QC staff for further corrective actions as per the requirements of this procedure
and QP 209-05.
The Engineering Function will perform a damage assessment to assess if the defect or deviation
can be rectified per available approved maintenance data such as AMM, SRM, CMM or other
maintenance data published by the TCH, STCH, etc. If it can be rectified per available approved
data, he will write the instructions in the MDR (Form GMF/Q-003).
If the defect cannot be rectified per available approved data, GMF AeroAsia Engineering Services
will seek a repair approval from TC Holder, EASA part 21 DOA, and EASA.
NOTE:
Any component removed due to non-conformities will be tagged with a serviceability tag Form
GMF/ Q-434 and will be sent to PPC storage area and then to shops for repair.
2.9.1.2 Control and Disposition of Non-Conformities of Components or Engines in Shops
Unserviceable components and engines will be investigated, rectified and re-tested. Depending
on the degree of maintenance required based on the inspection or test results, further actions
may be required such as disassembly and detail parts inspection as necessary so that the
component or engine (or its break down parts) to become airworthy. The disposition may be one
of the following:

Page: 1 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
a) Accept (for break down parts). Ready for installation to the next higher assembly. Accepted
components or parts are tagged and routed to accumulation areas waiting installation to
the next higher assembly. For components, parts, and engine, the 'Serviceability Tag'. Form
No.: GMF/Q-434 is used. For engine maintenance (engine components and parts) the
GMF/Q-131 ''ready for assembly item'' tag is used. The serviceability tag will remain in the
work order file.
b) Repairable, per available maintenance data. Repairable components or parts are routed for
repair using the following PD Sheets:
§ Form GMF/Q-150, for structure components

§ Form GMF/Q-167 for avionics shop
§ Form GMF/Q-026 for Electrical Mechanical and Wheel Brake Shop
§ Form GMF/Q-374 Engine Maintenance Job Card
§ Form GMF/Q-375 Engine Maintenance Discrepancy and Rectification
Those PD sheets are used for routine or non-routine work.
c) Scrap (for break down parts). Scrapped parts will be identified with a "Condemned Tag".
Form No.: GMF/Q-013. This tag will not remain in file. Traceability of the scrapped parts will
be established with the PD sheets and parts break down sheets traceable to the work order.
Scrapped parts are handled as per section 2.19.4 of this manual.
d) Pending disposition. If during inspection or test an inspection finding leads to a required

repair not covered in the maintenance manuals, the planning engineering will assist the
maintenance personnel in defining an approved maintenance data. In this case the
maintenance function and the planning engineering will follow the requirements of Section
2.9. Pending disposition parts or components will be tagged with the pending disposition
tag GMF/Q-074, be referenced on the appropriate maintenance document and will be
positively controlled to preclude its unauthorized use in production. The component will be
moved to the hold area (if the size permits) until appropriate disposition is accomplished.

Page: 2 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.9.1.3 Classification of major and minor repairs
For aircraft and components, which are maintained and are to be released to service under the
EASA Part-145 regulations. GMF AeroAsia does not have EASA Part-21 subpart M approval to
classify a repair as major or minor. Such classification (minor or major repair) must be done by an
EASA Part-21 subpart M approved maintenance or design organization. All work will be done per
approved maintenance data.
When the repair is classified as minor, the planning engineering will search for a repair solution
through the standard practices manuals or other approved by EASA data. If the planning
engineering cannot find a repair solution from the above data, comply with the requirements of
the major repair.
NOTE:
GMF AeroAsia planning engineering is not allowed to perform the design engineering services for
both repairs design and/or STC design.

Page: 3 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.9.1.4 Damage Assessment and Control of Components & Parts Pending Disposition
Process Flow
The controlling of requested repair in accordance to the scope of work refer to MOE section 4.4.

Page: 4 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.9.1.4.1 Storage & Control
Non-conforming component pending disposition will be tagged, and be referenced on the

appropriate maintenance document and will be controlled to prevent from unauthorized use in
production. The component will be moved to the hold area (if the size permits) until appropriate
disposition is accomplished.
The inspection personnel will:
a. Issue a ''Pending Disposition Tag'' Form No.: GMF/Q-074 for any non-conforming part or
component which cannot be repaired per approved data and for which the approved data
does not explicitly requires scrapping it.
b. Move the defected part or component to the hold area if its size permit;
c. Submit a copy of the ''Pending Disposition Tag'' Form No.: GMF/Q-074 to QC Manager and
PPC Manager.
The PPC Manager will:
a. Register the material on the ''Pending Disposition Log'' Form No.: GMF/Q-108 ;
b. Maintain the non-conforming material hold area;
c. Be responsible for the security of the hold area;
d. Control the incoming and outgoing material by completing the appropriate blocks of the
''Pending Disposition Log'' Form No.: GMF/Q-108;
2.9.1.4.2 Preliminary Review by the Certifying Staff
a. Coordinate a preliminary review with related function to determine if the pending

disposition item can be repaired per approved data.
b. Based on the preliminary review results perform one of the following:
1. Accept, if all inspection characteristics fall within approved data requirements. Tick the
accept block on the Form No.: GMF/Q-074 and write on remarks the reason it is
considered acceptable;
2. Repair, if it can be repaired as per approved data. Tick the repair block in the tag No.
Form No.: GMF/Q-074 and write on remarks the reason the part is considered
repairable and the repair reference;
3. Scrap, if the manufacturers’ technical manuals say so, or if it is uneconomical to be
repaired. Tick the scrap block in the tag Form No.: GMF/Q-074 and enter reference;
4. Hold the item to hold area when it is still pending disposition waiting for a repair
approval. Tick the block “hold wait for repair approval” of form No.: GMF/Q-074 and
contact the planning engineer.

Page: 5 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.9.1.4.3 Final Disposition
Furthermore, the Engineering Services will perform the following:
a) Obtain an approved repair scheme by the manufacturer or submit a repair scheme to the
manufacturer for approval;
b) When an alternative means of obtaining approved data is desired and it has agreed by the
operator, contact the aviation authority of the registration country and provide a repair
scheme for approval. This procedure should be in compliance with operator's procedures
and the application form should be as required by the operator;
c) Enter in the form GMF/Q-074 the final disposition and sign the form.
NOTE 1:
A proposed repair scheme must be followed by the complete proposed repair instructions,
description of the defects, photos, as any other supported data as required.
NOTE 2:
When a repair scheme received from the OEM, and/or an approval obtained from the aviation
authority, this repair scheme is applicable only for the specific Serial Number. The approved repair
will be valid only for the specific Serial Number and not for same part numbers unless the TC
holder agrees.
NOTE 3:
All repair instructions and communications with manufacturer and operator will be in writing and
appropriate records will be kept as an evidence of the proposed repairs.
The QC manager will perform the following:
When approved repair scheme or maintenance data is available, release the item for repair. After
repair, it will be re-inspected to ensure it meets the approved repair scheme requirements.
NOTE:
When a repair is not allowed by the TC holder, the part or components will be immediately
scrapped using the form No.: GMF/Q-013.
2.9.2 Fabrication of Parts
GMF AeroAsia may fabricate parts for use during repair or modification of Aircraft to a restricted
range of part if:
The fabrication, inspection assembly and test are clearly within the technical and procedural
capability of GMF AeroAsia refer to scope of work section 1.9.

Page: 6 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
All necessary data to fabricate the part is approved either by the Authority of aircraft registration
or the Type Certificate Holder or Design Organization Approval Holder.
In situation where the part is not readily available in market, under customer authorization, GMF
AeroAsia will fabricate the part and shall either provide evidence of:
§ Sufficient data to manufacture the subject part already exists in the current issue of the
approved Maintenance data (i.e. the CMM or AMM refers or describes the fabrication
process and/or drawings to be used, etc.). Typically this is the case described in section
2.9.2.2.1 point A and B, or;
§ Direct authorization (or no objection) received from the design approval holder to
fabricate those specific parts, which shall also include the identification of the fabrication
data (i.e. drawing, etc.) to be used. Typically this is the case described in 2.9.2.2.1 point C;
If any special process involved, GMF AeroAsia must have the capability including qualified
personnel, equipment, applicable special process and procedures and specifications.
2.9.2.1 Scope of Fabrication Parts
GMF AeroAsia will only fabricate items within the following limitations:
The fabrication is to be performed in the course of maintenance. This implies that:

§ items fabricated may be only installed on products and/or components undergoing
maintenance at GMF AeroAsia which is fabricating the parts;
§ the item is fabricated under an approved rating (e.g. as part of the maintenance carried out
on aircraft under rating A1, engines under rating B1, components under a C rating);
§ the long-term storage of fabricated parts is not permitted. This means they may be only
stored for limited time as justified by the duration of the on-going maintenance for which
they have been fabricated;
§ the fabrication of parts shall be done within the GMF AeroAsia`s facilities;
§ GMF AeroAsia fabricating the part may subcontract special processes but cannot
subcontract the overall fabrication process;
GMF AeroAsia will not supply to any party, and those parts will not qualify for certification on
EASA Form 1.
The fabrication of the following type of parts is not permitted:

§ critical parts (as defined by the design approval holder);
§ complete primary structural elements;
§ prototype parts (conformity only to non-approved data).
The data specified may include repair procedures involving fabricate of non-standard parts
provided the data for such parts is sufficient to facilitate the fabrication.

Page: 7 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Where special processes or inspection procedures are defined in the approved data and are
necessary for the fabrication of the parts which are not available, GMF AeroAsia cannot fabricate
the part. GMF AeroAsia will perform these following fabrication group under the scope of rating,
which GMF AeroAsia may demonstrate to the competent authority having the effective technical
capability.
§ Fabrication of bush, sleeve, and shims.

§ Fabrication of secondary structural elements and skin panels
§ Fabrication of control cables
§ Fabrication of flexible and rigid pipe
§ Fabrication of electrical cable looms and assemblies
§ Formed or machined sheet metal panels for repair.
§ Additional cases as agreed by the competent authority.
Note:
1. All the above parts fabricated, must be in accordance with data provided in overhaul or
repair manuals, modification schemes and service bulletins, fabricating drawing for TC and
STC (approved by authority) or otherwise approved by the Authority.
2. It is not acceptable to fabricate any item to pattern unless an engineering drawing of the
item is produced which include necessary fabrication processes and which is acceptable to
the Authority.
2.9.2.2 Fabrication File
2.9.2.2.1 Fabrication Data
Any of the following may be considered acceptable data for fabrication of parts by the GMF
AeroAsia:
a) Instructions for continuing airworthiness issued by TCH, STCH or any other organization
required to publish such data by Part 21 (such as ETSO holder). This case typically includes
fabrication procedures directly provided in maintenance data such as AMM, SRM, CMM,
Overhaul or Repair Manuals, ESM, SB, etc.;
b) Modification and/or repair data, involving the fabrication of parts, approved under EASA Part-
21 regulation or under the terms of a bilateral agreement. This case typically refers to data in
support to repairs or modifications which are not already included in available approved data
(i.e. structural damages outside the limits of the SRM, etc.);
c) Manufacturing drawings for items specified in aircraft, engines, components parts lists
directly provided or made available by a TCH, STCH or an approved production organization,
which is not referred to in other maintenance data (such as AMM, SB, etc.). As already
specified in 2.9.2, in this case a direct authorization (or no objection) received from the design
approval holder to fabricate those specific parts is necessary, which shall also include the
identification of the fabrication data (i.e. drawing, etc.) to be used.

Page: 8 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
GMF AeroAsia shall ensure that the data to fabricate parts is:
§ Falling in one of the cases identified above;
§ Applicable to the concerned part;
§ Up to date, is legally obtained and respect the proprietary data protection; GMF AeroAsia
shall not perform reverse engineering parts when do not have legitimate access to the
approved design data;
§ Including all necessary information of part numbering, dimensions with tolerances,
materials, processes, and any special manufacturing techniques, special raw material
specification and/or incoming inspection requirement.
2.9.2.2.2 Fabrication Process -Work card/worksheet system
The fabrication of parts process shall be included by the GMF AeroAsia in the work
card/worksheet system (i.e. worksheets, process sheets, engineering instructions, etc.). Work
cards/worksheets will be used to convert/split the acceptable data for fabrication into clear stages
of work instructions for maintenance personnel. The work card/worksheet system shall be subject
to a control procedure which shall:
§ The planning engineering is responsible to ensure that all-necessary information;
approved data and approved drawings and capabilities are available. Should the
availability of the data and capability is satisfied, the production engineering will develop a
PD Sheet, which will clearly describe the steps to be taken for the fabrication of the parts.
The PD Sheet should describe from the Identification of materials, to the fabrication
process step by step, the final inspection of the parts, the identification and placement of
GMF AeroAsia Number and final acceptance of the parts. Also the PD Sheet must clearly
identify the aircraft registration on which the parts will be installed.
For Customer, which have full maintenance contract, the approval for fabrication of parts
must be issued by Engineering Services.
§ Ensure that each part undergoing fabrication is unambiguously linked for use on a specific
product or component undergoing maintenance in GMF AeroAsia. This requires that the
product or component where the fabricated part is going to be installed shall be clearly
identified in the worksheet/work card (i.e. fabricated for a/c MSN, for Landing Gear s/n
xxxxx, etc.);
For any given part/batch fabrication process, the relevant EASA Part-145 work card/worksheet
shall contain:
§ The data sufficient to define fabrication such as but not limited to reference(s) of the
fabrication maintenance data, required tooling, part numbering, dimensions with
tolerances, incoming inspection requirement, raw material specification, detailed
fabrication processes, any special manufacturing techniques, marking instructions,
intermediate and final inspections, testing, etc.

Page: 9 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
§ Identification of the processes which are subcontracted and related specific inspections by
GMF AeroAsia.
2.9.2.2.3 Final Inspection and Conformity Statement
The work card/worksheet shall describe the final inspection and associated conformity statement.
The final inspection stage is required at the completion of the part fabrication. The final inspection
shall be done independently from the fabrication itself. In addition the final inspection shall be
done before, separately, and independently from, any inspection required at the installation of
the part.
The final inspection shall consist of the following minimum elements:

§ Check for compliance to the MOE 2.9 procedure related to the fabrication of parts;
§ Check completion of the fabrication file;
§ Physical inspection of the part manufactured, to confirm the part conforms to the
approved data for fabrication.
The results of the final inspection shall be recorded and formalised through a dedicated form
(which cannot be an EASA Form 1), or directly inside the work card/worksheet system described in
the previous chapter provided it is clearly distinguished from task fabrication stages; The final
inspection records shall contain reference to the following statement “part(s) fabricated as per
MOE 2.9”.
2.9.2.2.4 Composition of the Fabrication File
In conclusion, to support and record the parts fabrication process, a standard “fabrication file” is to
be used for each part or batch to be fabricated by GMF AeroAsia, being composed by:
a) the “data” described in 2.9.2.2.1;

b) the “Fabrication process -work card/worksheet system” described in 2.9.2.2.2;
c) the “Final inspection and conformity statement” described in 2.9.2.2.3
This “fabrication file” will constitute the maintenance records and will be fabrication records
2.9.2.3 Fabrication inspection system
All fabrication processes, whether performed by GMF AeroAsia or by subcontractors shall be

controlled and carried out strictly in accordance with the specifications provided as part of the
approved data for fabrication, ensuring as a minimum:
§ availability of personnel with defined qualification criteria, including suitable experience

and training, and formally authorised by GMF AeroAsia to:

Page: 10 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
o undertake the necessary engineering functions to fabricate the part, such as but not
limited to developing the data described in chapter 2.9.2.2.2 “Fabrication process -
work card/worksheet system”;
o sign-off for the accomplishment of the fabrication process related tasks including the
final inspection stage. Special attention should be paid to tasks requiring specialised
knowledge and skill (i.e. NDT/NDI, welding, etc.);
§ control and authorised amendment of all data for the fabrication, inspection and test to
ensure that:
o it is complete and up-to-date at the point of use, readily available to fabrication and
inspection personnel, and used when necessary;
o during execution, all works are accompanied by documentation giving either directly
or by means of appropriate references, the description of the works as well as the
identification of the personnel in charge of inspection and execution tasks for each of
the different work phases;
o each part is inspected in such a way which identifies the nature of all inspections
required and the fabrication stages at which they occur (i.e. fabrication work cards
with clear inspection stages, such as dimensional checks, NDT, etc.);
§ when fabrication is sub-contracted, the procedure refer to MOE section 2.1.1.1
§ parts in process are inspected for conformity with the approved data for fabrication at
points in production where accurate determinations can be made;
§ procedures to deal adequately with non-conforming parts identified in the fabrication
process. Such parts shall be treated as “unsalvageable” and identified, segregated,
disposed to preclude its further use (i.e. mutilation by grinding, burning, etc.);
§ the means to achieve adequate configuration control of fabricated parts, to enable GMF
AeroAsia to make the final determination and identification for conformity and eligibility
status;
§ incoming materials used in the finished product are properly identified as specified in the
approved data for fabrication;
§ Parts in process are dully identified and segregated as being fabricated by GMF AeroAsia.
2.9.2.4 Marking
Any fabricated part shall be marked according to the instructions provided in the approved data
for fabrication, including:
§ a part number;
§ GMF AeroAsia`s identity.
The main criteria to establish how and by which means the part shall be marked shall be based on
the information available in the approved data (i.e. marking field, possible depth and/or means,
actual text or symbols to be used, etc.).

Page: 11 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
By derogation from the above, in cases where it is impractical to mark the fabricated part without
compromising the airworthiness (integrity) of the part or not enough space for the marking
information is available due to the size/shape issues, the documentation accompanying the part
shall include the information that could not be marked on the part. In this case the use of a label is
recommended.
2.9.2.4.1 Fabrication Part Number Identification
For standardization and traceability purposes of parts fabricated by GMF AeroAsia, the following
standard is recommended be used to identify the “fabrication P/N”:
a. original Part Number (mandatory): part number provided in the approved fabrication data;
b. GMF AeroAsia identification (mandatory): EASA.145.XXXX6;
c. additional GMF AeroAsia identification codes (optional): additional digits (number and/or
letters) may be added according to criteria specified in the MOE to facilitate the part
traceability (i.e. year of manufacture, workshop, location, batch number, etc.);
As a consequence, the “fabrication P/N” is identified by the digits: a+b+c.
The following is an explanatory example:
Part number as given in the Maintenance organization Additional identification

approved data for fabrication identification (mandatory) (optional)
(mandatory)
abcd 1234 2016Aug
Fabrication P/N = abcd 1234 2016Aug
Special attention should be given to the fact that any symbol or digit included in a part number
identification (i.e. point, comma, dash, etc.) is to be considered integral part of the P/N and
difference shall be made between lowercase and capital letters. Therefore, the P/N identification
marked on the part shall exactly reflect the P/N stated in the documentation accompanying the
part.
2.9.2.5 Fabrication records
The fabrication records constitute objective evidence that:

§ all the prescribed stages of the fabrication process have been satisfactorily completed;
§ compliance with the approved data for fabrication has been achieved;
§ traceability from the part to the approved data is ensured.
Therefore, GMF AeroAsia the information (e.g., by P/N-batch of the fabricated parts, or by
identification of the component/engine/aircraft on which the fabricated part is installed);
§ Ensure that, when a subcontractor is used according to MOE 2.1.1.1, the records retention
function is not subcontracted and the records are duly retained by GMF AeroAsia

Page: 12 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
§ The fabrication records are composed by the documents described in the following
paragraphs 2.9.2.5.1 and 2.9.2.5.2
2.9.2.5.1 Fabrication file record
The “fabrication file” referred in chapter 2.9.2.2.4 shall be kept for each part or batch in compliance
with records retention time provided in MOE section 2.14.2. Particular attention shall be made to
the fact that the time retention period is not counted from the date of fabrication but the date of
release to service of the product or component on which the fabricated part is installed.
2.9.2.5.2 List of parts fabricated
All fabricated part shall be maintained in a such of list (i.e. paper register, database, etc.) that
inform all the parts/batches which have been fabricated by GMF AeroAsia together with the
information of the product/component on which those parts have been installed. The following
minimum information need to be recorded.
Sample of minimum information for fabricated parts:
Approved data for

Fabrication group Part Description Original P/N Fabrication P/N
fabrication
2.9.2.6 Final acceptance of the part before installation on the A/C
The certifying staff will be responsible to ensure that overhauls, repairs, modifications,
replacements, inspections and tests have been carried out in conformity with approved standards
/specifications /requirements for the aircraft and/or components listed on their Schedule of
Approval. These activities shall be carried out in accordance with the approved manuals, drawings
and schedules related thereto, and any documents approved by the NAA. This implies to the fact
that only those parts fabricated in accordance with approved drawings and other maintenance
data.
The certifying staff will be responsible to ensure that all the requirements mentioned in this
paragraph have been followed. Before accepting the part for installation, will ensure that a GMF
identification number is engraved on it, a serviceable tag has been issued and such tag is
traceable to the fabrication records such as PD sheets, etc. He will also ensure that the records
used to fabricate the part will remain as part of the A/C maintenance records.

Page: 13 of 13
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.10 AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE PROGRAM COMPLIANCE

(Ref: Part AMC 145.A.45(b), AMC 145.A.50(b))
2.10.1 Identification of Maintenance Program
Aircraft maintenance program is defined and provided by aircraft’s operator. GMF

AeroAsia shall request access as per work order/contract, hold, and use the following
maintenance data which given by operator’s aircraft. The appropriate sections of the
operator’s aircraft maintenance programme, aircraft maintenance manual, repair
manual, supplementary structural inspection document, corrosion control document,
service bulletins, service letters, service instructions, modification leaflets, NDT manual,
parts catalogue, type certificate data sheet and any other specific document issued by
the type certificate or supplementary type certificate holder as maintenance data.
Prior to maintenance release, CRS shall compliance with the approved operator’s
maintenance programme. The certificate of release to service should relate to the task
specified in the (S)TC holder’s or operator’s instructions or the aircraft maintenance
programme which itself may cross-refer to maintenance data. Detail regarding the
issuance of CRS defined in MOE chapter 2.16.
Deviations from the maintenance programme have to be managed by the aircraft’s

operator. GMF AeroAsia may support aircraft’s operator in order to substantiate a
deviation request from the maintenance programme as per contract refer to Operator
Procedure in MOE section 4.2 or interface manual.
2.10.2 Aircraft Maintenance Program Compliance
All maintenance shall be performed by qualified personnel as described in part 1.6, following the
methods, techniques, standards and instructions specified in maintenance data. Furthermore, an
independent inspection shall be carried out after any flight safety sensitive maintenance task.
2.10.2.1 Maintenance program objectives
The objectives of the maintenance program is to bring the A/C or A/C component to an airworthy
condition in respect to the work requested by the customer/operator within the agreed timetable
and such work to be in accordance with the Authority of A/C registration regulations.
Upon the receipt of the customer’s work order and the maintenance program, the production
planning and control will plan the work as per MOE 2.28, will launch the work package as per MOE
2.13 and will initiate the performance of maintenance with the following activities:
a) The preliminary inspection and/or test of the article;

Page: 1 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
b) The preparation of the appropriate maintenance instruction for the repair of defects found
during the preliminary inspection. MOE 2.8;
c) The disassembly of the article to the extend required for repairing defects found during
preliminary inspection plus to execute the customer's work scope;
d) The inspection for hidden damage;
e) The defects rectification. MOE 2.15 and 2.9;
f) In process Inspection;
g) The assembly as necessary;
h) The execution of the required inspections as appropriate. See MOE 3.7 & 2.23;
i) The final inspection and release to service. See 2.16
If required, GMF through Engineering Services function will assist operator to:
1) Developing the aircraft maintenance and reliability program
2) Perform collection and analysis of the reliability data
3) Provide reliability reports
4) Propose corrective action
When the contract with operator is establish, GMF through Engineering Services function will
provide the report of maintenance program variations, corrosion control program reporting, SSI
reporting, and reliability reporting as per operator procedure.
2.10.2.2 Preliminary Inspection
The qualified inspection personnel will perform the preliminary inspection of the A/C and A/C
components. When a functional test is necessary as part of the preliminary inspection (A/C
systems, engine or components), such test will be performed by the qualified personnel.
All inspection and test results, including missing parts, will be recorded in the following forms
together with any additional test data sheets and other supplemented documents traceable to
work orders:
▪ GMF/Q-004 for aircraft,

▪ GMF/Q-374 for engines
▪ GMF/Q-005 for components
Page: 2 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
The records of the defects found will be submitted to the planning or production engineers or
AMEL staff who will supplement the customer's work order with the appropriate maintenance
instructions per MOE 2.8 in order to rectify the defects.
Damage assessment of non-conformities pending disposition will be done per MOE 2.9. All
defects found will be rectified per approved maintenance data.

Page: 3 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.10.2.3 Inspection for Hidden Damage
Inspection for hidden damage may involve further disassembly as necessary to locate the
suspected damaged area. It will include a thorough and searching inspection for hidden damage
in areas adjacent to the damaged area and/or in the case of deterioration, a thorough review of all
similar materials or equipment in a given system or structural area.
Such inspection will involve visual non-destructive inspection to the suspected area and its
surroundings and predominantly will include the appropriate non-destructive tests (NDT)
methods given by the manufacturers.
Inspection results will be recorded on the appropriate documentation such as Job Cards, MDR,
and PD sheets.
NDT inspectors, as qualified by Section 3.11.1 will perform NDT. Results will be recorded on the
forms give below and will be traceable to the work order and the appropriate Job Card, MDR, or
PD Sheet.
▪ GMF/Q-050 Radiographic Inspection Form

▪ GMF/Q-051 Eddy Current Inspection Form
▪ GMF/Q-052 Ultrasonic Inspection Form
▪ GMF/Q-053 Magnetic Particle Inspection Report Form
▪ GMF/Q-054 Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection Form
▪ GMF/Q-055 Thermography Inspection Form
The records will clearly indicate the kind of defect found such as crack, void, inclusion, corrosion or
any other kind of discontinuity, the length and the area the defect found.
The scope of this inspection will be governed by the type of article involved with special
consideration given to previous operating history such as Service Difficulty Report or Malfunction
or Defect Reports, service bulletins and AD Notes applicable to the unit involved.
The records of the defects found will be submitted to the planning or production engineers or
AMEL staff who they will supplement the customer's work order with the appropriate
maintenance instructions per MOE 2.8 in order to rectify the defects.

Page: 4 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.10.2.4 In Process Inspection
Authorized inspection personnel, will be assigned to make inspections at various stages of

maintenance and defects rectification.
This inspection will be accomplished with a frequency determined by the maintenance manuals
and Job Cards, MDR or PD sheets and will mainly consist of:
a) Step-by-step inspection and sign-off for work performed;
b) Inspection and sign-off specific readings of dimension if required;
c) Specific inspections or checks required to be made and sign for by the inspector;
The maintenance must be held until the inspections and tests have been completed or necessary
reports have been received and verified.
The records of the defects found will be submitted to the production engineers or AMEL staff who
will supplement the customer's work order with the appropriate maintenance instructions per
MOE 2.8 in order to rectify the defects.
References:
QP 209-03 Engine Maintenance Process Control
QP 209-13 Component Maintenance Process Control
QP 209-05 A/C Maintenance Process Control

Page: 5 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.10.2.5 Components and Parts Maintenance Program
Components maintenance will be done in accordance with the current manufacturer’s

maintenance manuals. Prior to submitting the parts/component to the shop production for
maintenance, the shop PPC will review the capability of the concern shop to ensure that the
maintenance can be performed to the specified standard and in timely manner.
Inspection and Test
Inspection and tests will be performed in accordance with the inspection and test criteria of the
manufacturers' maintenance manuals. Required equipment, instrumentation, methods,
instructions, parameters, and test cell correlation will be monitored. Software used for acceptance
of components undergoing test at the test cell and ATE will be monitored through software
program. Faults encountered during test will be monitored and corrected per TC Holder
recommendations. See MOE 2.9.
Disposition after Inspection or Test
Rejected components will be investigated, rectified and re-tested. Depending on the degree of
maintenance required based on the inspection or test results, further actions may be required
such as disassembly and detail parts inspection as necessary so that the component (or its break
down parts) to become airworthy. See MOE 2.9
References:
QP 209-03 Engine Maintenance Process Control
QP 209-13 Component Maintenance Process Control

Page: 6 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.10.2.6 Work performed at the Aircraft by Shop Personnel & Work Performed for aircraft
Maintenance in Shops
Work performed at the aircraft by shop personnel
a) The person must be appropriately qualified for the specific work;

b) The responsibility of the quality of the works remains with the shop personnel.
c) The co-ordination of the works on aircraft is the aircraft maintenance responsibility.
d) The responsibility for final acceptance of the work is on the aircraft maintenance.
e) Upon receipt of the work order from aircraft maintenance, the shop personnel will decide
whether to use the specific Job Card or MDR given by the aircraft maintenance or to develop
a PD Sheet as necessary to perform the work. Such PD sheet if developed must be traceable
to MDR or Job Card.
f) The aircraft maintenance will coordinate the intervention of the workshop teams. The
workshop personnel, in accordance with applicable procedures will perform the works.
g) Upon satisfactory completion of the works, the shop personnel will stamp the work he
performed.
h) The Aircraft certifying staff will be responsible for the overall acceptance of the work.
i) The shops' customer support function will provide to aircraft maintenance together with a
report include man-hours and materials used.
Work performed for aircraft maintenance in shops
When an aircraft component is sent to shops for maintenance, the PPC must ensure that the shop
has the appropriate capability and approvals from the Authority requirements for the
performance of such maintenance. The following requirements will apply:
a) Responsibility to develop the work scope is on the aircraft maintenance engineering.

b) The shop is responsible to perform the requested work as per applicable and current MM
and be responsible for the provision of all necessary resources.
c) When the component is sent to the shops, the shop is responsible to develop PD sheets and
perform the work described. The shop Certifying Staff will issue the appropriate
airworthiness approval tag (depending on the Authority requirements) to certify that ''In
respect of the work performed the component is airworthy''.
d) When a component is sent to shop with an MDR or Job Card, the shop is responsible to
perform only the assigned step(s) applicable to the shop. In this case, the aircraft
maintenance certifying staff is responsible for the release to service.
e) The shops' customer support function will provide to aircraft maintenance together with a
report include man-hours and materials used.

Page: 7 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.11 AIRWORTHINESS DIRECTIVES PROCEDURE

(REF: EASA Part 145.A.45(b)2, AMC 145.A.45(b), 145.A.42(b)(ii), GM1 145.A.42(b)(ii), AMC
145.A.50(a))
2.11.1 Determining AD Notes Requiring Incorporation
The operator will request GMF AeroAsia to incorporate the AD Notes as applicable. Additionally,
the Engineering Services will perform an AD search on the website every two weeks to retrieve
biweekly AD Notes applicable to the A/C or A/C components. He will keep a list of biweekly AD
Notes together with all applicable AD Notes and also have available the NAA AD Notes as
applicable to such A/C or A/C component. The list should be able to be accessed by other
functions.
When the AD notes from authority of A/C registration are not available via the website and/or the
website is not a reliable course (not recommended by the Authority), Engineering Services will
subscribe to a recognized source.
The engineering function on each department will arrange for the incorporation of the AD Notes
as requested by the operator and will bring to the customer's attention any additional AD Notes
they require incorporation during the present ground time. Should the customer for any reason
not desire to incorporate the AD Note and that AD Note is due, while the A/C, engine and
components are under the maintenance and GMF AeroAsia is responsible for issuing the CRS, the
engineering will notify the certifying staff who is in turn will proceed as per Section 3.9 of this
manual.
When the airworthiness control is directly ensured by the owner/operator, GMF shall demonstrate
that a contract is in place, attributing the responsibilities related to the ADs to such
owner/operator. This also applies to component(s) directly delivered by the operator to the line
stations.
2.11.2 AD Note & Service Bulletin Evaluation- Applicability and Capability Determination
The Engineering Services will evaluate each AD Note or Service Bulletin, which are provided by
operator, to determine A/C, engine and component applicability and the resources required such
as tools, material and man-hours, etc, for the development of the appropriate capability. If the SB
cannot be provided due to manufacturer’s policy, the SB evaluation should be ended without AD
Part Control. Engineering Services will enter the evaluation results on the Engineering Evaluation
Sheet (Form No GMF/Q -189) and will pass this information to production planning and
procurement. The production planning and procurement will arrange for the availability of the
resources as necessary.

Page: 1 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.11.3 Components in Stores Affected by AD Notes
The Engineering Services, in addition to the AD Note evaluation for determining and developing
the capability will evaluate if any part or component become obsolete or requires further rework
due to a design change coming from an AD Note. The Engineering Services will develop a file,
shared with read access to material planning department, engineering function in each
department and store manager and will list any such part or component. The list will include
corrective actions such as scrap or rework.
For verification prior to installation on an aircraft, a component is eligible to be fitted when

different airworthiness directive configuration may be applicable, shall be accordance as per MOE
section 2.2.
Note:
See MOE 2.3.1 for “Disposition & Withdrawal of Parts and Components from Stores Due to AD
Notes”.
2.11.4 Writing the Maintenance Instructions for the Incorporation of the AD & SB
The engineering function on each department will prepare the accomplishment instructions (job
cards or PD sheets) for the incorporation of the AD Notes as required by MOE 2.8.
The engineering function will develop for each work order an AD/SB Compliance Status Record
which will include the following:
a) Aircraft/Engine/Aircraft component identification;

b) SB & AD Note identification (AD Number + Amendment Number);
c) A short description for the actions to be taken;
d) Date of incorporation;
e) Time/cycles at incorporation;
f) Method of AD Note compliance;
g) Embodiment Status. Example, complied with, previously complied with, not complied with,
not applicable.
2.11.5 Incorporation of the AD Notes and Service Bulletins
Briefing prior to execution
Prior to incorporation of the AD Note and Service Bulletin, the engineering function in
coordination with the Quality Control in each department, will brief the maintenance personnel
about the AD/SB requirements to ensure they have an adequate understanding of what is to be
done and also to ensure that they can incorporate the requirements of the AD/SB. For any special
case, the engineering functions may request Engineering Services to assist.

Page: 2 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Incorporation
Qualified personnel will incorporate the AD Notes and Service Bulletins in accordance with the
maintenance instructions (Job Card or PD Sheets). The Qualified inspection personnel in charge
will physically check if all SB/AD Notes have been effectively implemented and will check the
SB/AD Note Compliance Status Records for proper entries. Accomplishment of AD Notes will be
performed and/or supervised and certified by certificated/licensed technicians as qualified per
Section 3.8.3 of this exposition.
After the applicable maintenance execution have been verified and there are no non-compliances
which are known to endanger flight safety, certifying staff shall issue a certificate of release to
services (CRS) as per MOE section 2.16.
2.11.6 Control of Accomplished AD Notes and Service Bulletins for A/C, Engines and
Components Controlled by GMF AeroAsia
When GMF AeroAsia is contracted by the operator to control the AD Notes, the contract will
describe how GMF AeroAsia will perform such functions based on operator's maintenance
program. In this case, GMF AeroAsia will keep records of all AD Notes performed. Such records will
become available to the operator. The list of AD Notes will indicate either one-time compliance or
recurring compliance or the next due date, hours or cycles.

Page: 3 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.12 OPTIONAL MODIFICATION PROCEDURE

(REF: EASA Part 145.A.45(d), 145.A.48(d), AMC 145.A.45(d), GM 145.A.48(d))
2.12.1 General
GMF AeroAsia will not determine (unless otherwise specified in MOE Section 2.12.4), what non-
mandatory modifications will be performed on operator's A/C or A/C components. The operator
under his maintenance program controls the non-mandatory modification (unless GMF Aero Asia
is delegated to perform such controls). GMF AeroAsia may suggest to the operator to comply with
some modifications and as far as its capability permits will perform all modifications requested by
the operator. The modification shall be carried out using as appropriate data approved by EASA
and the manufacturer.
When performing maintenance, GMF AeroAsia shall ensure that the CDCCL are not compromised.
And particular attention shall be given to possible adverse effects of any change to the wiring of
the aircraft, even of a change not specifically associated with the fuel tank system.
2.12.2 Non-Mandatory Modifications Analysis
When modifications requested for compliance, the engineering services will follow the procedure
in Section 2.11 (airworthiness directive procedure) to analyze the resources required in terms of
tools, material and man-hours, etc for the development of the appropriate capability and also to
develop the maintenance instructions and recording system for the embodiment of the
modification.
The planning engineering will prepare the accomplishment instructions (Job Card or PD Sheets)
of the modifications as per MOE Section 2.8 to guide the maintenance function to incorporate the
modification.
2.12.3 Incorporation of the Requested Modifications
The requirements of MOE Section 2.11.6 will apply
2.12.4 Optional Modifications Controlled by GMF Aero Asia
The follow up of the Optional Modification is the responsibility of the operator who must ask their
enforcement on the order sent to GMF AeroAsia. When GMF AeroAsia is contracted by the
operator to control the optional modifications, the contract will describe how GMF AeroAsia will
perform such functions based on operator's maintenance program. Following to the contract,
GMF will communicate to customer using specific order to get approval from customer and using
jobcard which is interpreted from Engineering Instruction of operator or direct intrepet from SB to
control the performance. In this case, GMF AeroAsia will keep records of optional modifications
performed. Such records will become available to the operator.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.13 MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION IN USE AND ITS COMPLETION

(Ref: EASA Part - 145.A.45(g), 145.A.45(e), 145.A.45(f), 145.A.55(a), GM 145.A.55(a),
M.A.201(c), GM 145.A.48)
This section is related with the preparation of the maintenance work package and any
amendments, the distribution of the work package to maintenance, the daily control of routine,
and non-routine work records and signing off the work performed.
2.13.1 Templates In Use To Record Maintenance
The planning engineer writes the job cards as per MOE Section 2.8. After the job cards have been
developed, the planning engineer will assign a unique number of each job card and will inventory
all the Job Cards on the Job Card Inventory, Form GMF/B-011 traceable to Work Order Form GMF/Q-
001.
Before he released the work package to PPC, he will perform an adequacy check to ensure that the
prepared work package is sufficient for the scope of work and for the configuration of the aircraft.
He will check all Job Cards against the operator's work scope and Maintenance Requirements Items,
or Maintenance Planning Data, and he will ensure that:
a) All required routine maintenance tasks are included in the job cards. The total number of job
cards issued (as listed in the job card inventory form) and their content (the maintenance
tasks) must represent the full scope of work. This procedure may refer to the MOE section 5.1,
as applicable, where the forms and templates in use by the GMF AeroAsia are included.
b) The maintenance data referenced to the job cards is the correct one for the proper aircraft
configuration;
c) All the required inspection items by the operator have been planned;
d) All requirements mentioned in MOE Section 2.8 are met, and
e) Any corrective actions on deficiencies from previous maintenance, from shop floor changes
or from any improvements requiring correction of maintenance instructions are incorporated;
f) Comply with the requirements of section 2.13.2.1 (b) below as appropriate.
2.13.2 Composition of The Work Package.
This procedure describes the composition of a standard work package as applicable to the scope
of work of GMF AeroAsia.
After completion of the maintenance performance, all or part of following document is compiled.
For the complete maintenance record refer to 2.14.
1. Aircraft Information
2. Certificate of maintenance
3. Customer Work Order & Amendment
Page: 1 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
4. Preliminary Inspection report

5. Job Card Inventory
6. AD/ SB Compliance Records
7. MDR Inventory
8. Structure Repair Report
9. Component Replacement
10. Deferred Work
11. Weighing Report
12. Engine Run Up
13. Compass Swing Report
14. Flight Test Report
15. Delivery & Redelivery Report
16. Attachment
I. Computerized system Registration, Preparation & Control of Job Cards
The Production engineer will load each job card number to the computerized system database, for
any non-routine MDR entered by PPC. For monitoring and controlling the work and they will
provide the appropriate information and support. Both production engineer and PPC will perform
the following prior to maintenance and on daily basis as appropriate:
a) Register each job card number in the computerized system together with the following
information:
▪ Man-hours required for the performance of work;

▪ Skills required;
▪ Tools required;
▪ Parts and materials required;
▪ Date the job cards or MDR is scheduled for execution.
b) Attach the appropriate maintenance data (ATA number) on each job card performing the
following:
▪ Retrieve the correct ATA number as given in the Job card and copy or print;
▪ Place a stamp for one time use only on the maintenance data stating the A/C
registration;
▪ Keep the job cards attach with the appropriate maintenance data.
c) Define and prepare tools and material for each job card.
NOTE: During the defect rectification and when an MDR is issued, the PPC is responsible to
comply with the same requirements mentioned above for each MDR.

Page: 2 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
d) Utilizing the Tally sheets in the control room, register the job cards or non-routine cards
required on daily basis. Keep on separate Tally Sheets the open, close, pending, etc job cards
and also enter the appropriate information in the computerized system.
e) For any non-routine work generated, assign a control number on each non-routine card and
proceed with the steps a) to d) above.
f) All cards whether open, pending or closed must not leave the Control Room.
g) All closed cards must be secured by the Planner and shall be accessible only to him. No other
personnel can access to the closed cards unless with the Planner’s authority.
II. Shop floor and/or emergency change to job cards, PD Sheets, MDR in process
Floor changes or emergency changes of the maintenance instructions during work in process may
take place any time a revision is necessary to correct improper statements, references, instructions
etc. The changes will be in hand writing, using black/blue ink, and will be done only by the planning
engineer or from the person who wrote the instruction.
When a statement is deleted (or replaced by another one), a line will draw over the deleted
statement, which will still be visible. Correction Fluid or any other means of deleting the statement,
which completely obscures it, are not allowed. The person who made the change will enter his
stamp or his name and signature. A statement that will describe the reason of change will be written
next to the appraise name & signature or stamp.
When an emergency change or shop floor change occur the back up master document will be
revised to incorporate the revision.
The authorized person who made the revision must determine if this revision affects any other
maintenance instruction.
2.13.2.1 Using the operator's job cards (or equivalent) or specific instructions for the performance
of maintenance
When the operator requires the use of his own job cards (or equivalent work cards/sheets) or his
own specific instructions as per his maintenance program, a customer’s quality plan will be
developed by production planning and control to assist the maintenance personnel for the proper
understanding and execution of the work and the signing off of such job cards or work sheets.
The following will be performed:

Page: 3 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
a) The Production Planning & Control Will:
In coordination with the operator and using his maintenance program requirements, develop a
customer’s quality plan, which may include as necessary, but not limited the following:
1) Instructions to perform work using the operators job cards and other maintenance
instruction;
2) Instructions to sign off work performed on operator's job cards (or equivalent) including
personnel skills authorized for claiming work performed;
3) Operator's forms and release to service documents to be used (if any) and instructions
for completing such forms;
4) Specific maintenance instructions including CDCCL required to be followed as per
operator's maintenance program;
5) Instructions for parts, components and material requirements including handling of
rotables and scrap parts;
6) Any other requirements from the operator, which defers from the GMF AeroAsia
procedures.
The Senior Manager of quality control or his delegate and customer representative will sign the
customer’s quality plan.
The customer’s quality plan will be developed in any format suitable for the application and will be
issued, distributed, used and controlled with the same manner as procedures MOE section 2.8.
b) The Planning Engineering will:
When the job cards (or equivalent work cards/sheets) are given by the operator, the planning
engineer is responsible to review those job cards for adequacy, define tools and equipment needs
and material requirements. Additional job cards may require to be written to complete the work
package. The planning engineering will perform the following:
1) Ensure an inventory is given together with the job cards and signed by the customer;
2) Check all the job cards (or equivalent) including additional works received against the
inventory and ensure they are all available and updated. If any job card is missing from
the list or from the work package inform the customer;
3) Issue the work order form GMF/Q-001;
4) If the customer has not given an inventory, use the job card inventory, form GMF/B-011
and list all the job cards received. The customer shall sign off the inventory, form GMF/B-
011;
5) Review one by one the job cards (staring from the sequence of operations) and define
the resources needed for the execution of each job card:
Page: 4 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
▪ Maintenance data (drawings, ATA chapters, etc);

▪ Tools and equipment;
▪ Parts and material;
▪ Manpower and skills;
▪ Man-hours needed.
6) Register each job card number in the computerized system and enter the resources
defined above.
7) Create a bill of routine parts and material required as defined by each job card review.
Enter data for bill of materials to computerized system;
8) Define availability of tools and equipment versus actual needs. Create a list of tools and
equipment required and a separate list of tools and equipment they are not available.
Pass this information to the tooling and procurement functions;
9) Define maintenance data needs.
10) Identify job cards that cannot be applied and write down “N/A” followed by the reason
and sign in the Job cards and put Cross (X) Stamp in the mechanic and Inspector
Column.
2.13.3 Completion of Maintenance Documentation
This procedure shall describe the completion of each of the documents identified in the previous
paragraph. This may be done by reference to MOE Section 5.1 where the related sample
document is included together with its related filling instructions. This procedure shall detail:
• Process of declaring a task not applicable including conditional tasks

In case any Not Applicable Job cards are found in the field, Qualified personnel will write down
word “N/A” followed by the reason in the Job cards and put stamp close or sign to the reason
and put the Cross (X) Stamp in the mechanic and Inspector Column.
Production Control will write down word “N/A” followed by the reason in the Job card inventory
and put stamp close to the reason and put the Cross (X) Stamp in the production control stamp
and date.
• Process of recording test results and dimensions (AMC 145.A.50 (b)

Every jobcards that required measurement/test (dimension, temperature, pressure, thickness
and resistance, etc) shall be attached with reference and range acceptability of measurement
result and blank space for measurement test/result
• Process of recording materials/parts replaced together with the related traceability to the
accompanying documents

Page: 5 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Every part usage shall be recorded on transfer order for the traceability of the related jobcard
and included in maintenance record
• Record and management of additional works.

Every additional works is included in maintenance record and have independent list of
additional works.
• Record and management of deferred items.

If any MDR or Job card will be deferred by customer. Qualified Personnel or customer will write
down word “deferred” followed by reason and sign or stamp close in the MDR or Job card and
put Cross (X) Stamp in the mechanic and Inspector Column. Production Control will also write
down word “deferred” followed by reason in the MDR or Job Card Inventory control and put
stamp close to the reason and put the Cross (X) Stamp in the “Production Control Stamp &
Date” Column and Any deferred items will be recorded on Deferred Job Control Sheet.
Before the authorized person is signing off work performed - apart from ensuring that the work
has been satisfactorily performed - he must ensure that:
▪ Records are as clean as possible.

▪ Correction Fluid and other erasing means are not allowed.
▪ When maintenance statement or others are canceled or revised, a line must be crossed over
the canceled statement or others by black/ blue ink. The canceled part shall be visible. A
stamp or name and signature will identify the person who canceled and/or added
something.
▪ Stamp numbers must be visible;
▪ The requirements of MOE Section 2.16 are followed.
▪ For the specific error task compliance, revision cannot be made after CRS issuance, unless the
work will be re-performed. If only typo error, revision can be made by following previous step
in this procedure.
• Worksheet / work card completion and maintenance / independent inspection sign-off
a) The technician who carried out the particular maintenance task will stamp that he has
accomplished the task only when he is satisfied by self-inspection that the task has been
properly carried out in accordance with the approved maintenance data.
b) If the Job Card, MDR or PD Sheet requires an independent inspection, in addition to the one
performed under paragraph (a), another competent person will perform the inspection and
will stamp for the second inspection when satisfied.
c) The technician who carried out the particular maintenance task from operator, shall be
trained Operator’s Procedure Reference Manual.

Page: 6 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
In any circumstances refer to section 2.24, which there is no appropriate GMF personnel available
to perform specific tasks, GMF may hire other than GMF personnel from contracted or
subcontracted organization. These personnel shall meet qualification & be endorsed based on
section 3.8 (such as NAA license for specific required type of aircraft, training record, and experience
log applicable to the aircraft type) & submit to GMF Quality Assurance & Safety.
2.13.3.1 General
In order to minimize the risk of multiple errors and prevent omissions stated in MOE section 2.25.1,
every maintenance task or group of tasks will be signed-off. To ensure the task or group of tasks is
completed; it will only be signed-off after completion.
The following table describes task sign-off summary:
Aircraft/
component/
Type of task Task signed-off by Authorized Personnel
engine release
to service
Authorized person for the task
performance
Certifying Staff
(e.g. mechanic, C/S)
Normal Task or
i.e.: removal installation, Trainee
opening closing panel +
Authorized person for the task performed Certifying Staff
under supervision (e.g. C/S, inspection
personnel)
Authorized person for the task
performance
(e.g. C/S, mechanic)
Critical Maintenance task
+
(e.g. one engine installation, one Certifying Staff
Authorized person for the independent
flight control rigging, etc.)
inspection (e.g. C/S, inspection personnel)
with error capturing method of
or
Independent inspection
Trainee
+
Authorized person for the task performed
under supervision (e.g. C/S, inspection
personnel) Certifying Staff
+
Authorized person for the independent
inspection (e.g. C/S, inspection personnel)

Page: 7 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Aircraft/
component/
Type of task Task signed-off by Authorized Personnel
engine release
to service
Identical Maintenance
Task (e.g. dual engine oil uplift,
replacement of both cabin
pressure controllers on one
aircraft, etc
Critical or identical task (limited
to unforeseen circumstances
when only one person available) Authorized person for the task
(e.g. dual engine oil uplift, performance (e.g. mechanic, C/S)
replacement of both cabin + Certifying Staff
pressure controllers on one Additional Record of re-inspection by the
aircraft, etc.) with error capturing same authorized person
method of
re-inspection
All Identified task shall be signed-off by Authorized personnel, for certifying staff personnel refer to
section 3.4; Mechanics personnel refer to section 3.8; & Inspection personnel refer to section 3.7.
Work by unauthorized personnel will be checked by authorized personnel before they sign-off.
Note 1:
A “sign-off” is a statement by the competent person performing or supervising the work that
signing or stamping and entering the date as appropriate have correctly performed the task or
group of tasks.
Note 2:
''Authorized personnel” means personnel formally authorized by GMF AeroAsia under the MOE
requirements to sign-off tasks as described in their Certificate of Competency and authorizations
each employee holds. “Authorized personnel” are not necessarily “certifying staff”
Inspection and test result shall be recorded on the maintenance task card.
Note 3:
A person is not allowed to sign off work performed if such work is not mentioned in his certificate
of competency or his authorization.
Note 4:
Refer to MOE 2.23 and 2.25 for the definition of error capturing methods (and priority criteria),
critical and identical maintenance tasks.

Page: 8 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.13.3.2 Claiming work when defects found or work not satisfactorily performed
Claiming work if not satisfactorily performed
For PD Sheets, write the word “reject” and stamped on the appropriate step which the inspection
took place. Enter on the back page or to another document traceable to that one, the discrepancy
found. The level 3 technician or the production engineer will enter the rectification order on the
back of the PD sheet, give reference to another document. When the work is satisfactorily
completed, the technician will stamp to indicate satisfactory completion of the task and put date.
Continue to the next step of the PD Sheet.
Note:
Work is not allowed to proceed to the next step until the previous step is satisfactory completed.
Claiming defects found during inspection and tests on routine A/C checks
When a defect is found, the mechanic or inspector will record the discrepancy using the
Maintenance Discrepancy and Rectification (MDR). On the Job Card he will write the MDR Number
and the defect statement and will use his stamp and the date to indicate that the inspection has
been completed and the inspection results are recorded on the Job Card.
If a multiple task Job Card is used, the next step will not be performed until the defects found on
the previous steps have been rectified.
When the MDR is used to record the discrepancies, the MDR Control List must be developed to
control the rectification of the defects found. Traceability of the Job Card with the MDR or any other
form used to record the discrepancy will be always established.
Prior releasing the aircraft to service the certifying staff must review the MDR issued to ensure that
all defects have been properly rectified.

Page: 9 of 9
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.14 TECHNICAL RECORD CONTROL

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.55(a), GM 145.A.55(a), 145.A.55(b), 145.A.55(c)1, 145.A.55(c)2,
145.A.55(c)3, AMC 145.A.55(c))
2.14.1 General
Technical records will be maintained to demonstrate conformance to specified requirements and

the effective operation of the quality system. The records will be segregated to general support
records and maintenance records. The general support records are the records, which are not
related to a specific customer's product or work order. Examples: calibration records, internal
audit records, etc.
Maintenance records are the records generated during the maintenance of aircraft, engine and
aircraft components and is related to customer's work order.
The records will remain legible throughout the required retention period. They will be stored and
retained in such a way that they are readily retrievable. The aircraft maintenance record is stored
in computer system, all computer hardware used to ensure backup shall be stored in a different
location from that containing the working data in an environment that ensures they remain in
good condition. Engine and component maintenance records are stored in hardcopy format. in A
suitable environment will be provided for the storage of the records in order to prevent damage
or deterioration, fire, flood, alteration, theft and loss. Customers and Authorities will have access
to the records.
2.14.2 Retention of maintenance records
Maintenance records will be retained for at least three years from the date aircraft or component
was released. When the operator requires GMF AeroAsia to keep the records as per operator’s
maintenance program, such records will be kept as per operator’s procedure and authority
regulations.
When GMF AeroAsia terminate its operation, all retained maintenance records covering the last
three years shall be distributed to the last owner or customer of the respective aircraft or
component.
I. Aircraft maintenance records

Where the operator selects to keep all the maintenance records, a copy of all the records will be
made and kept in file.
The aircraft maintenance record function will keep whenever applicable the following:
1. GMF Work Order Form No.: GMF/Q-001;

2. Preliminary inspection sheets, Form No.: GMF/Q-004;
3. Any letter from customer/operator related to amendments of the initial work scope;
Page: 1 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
4. Airworthiness Directives & Service Bulletins Compliance Record Form No.: GMF/Q-071;
5. MDR Control Sheet, Form No.: GMF/B-012;
6. Job Card Inventory, Form No.: GMF/B-011; Job cards, Form No.: GMF/Q-002;
7. MDR Form No.: GMF/Q-003;
8. Parts transfer records (components replacement);
9. NDI records, Form No.: GMF/Q-050, GMF/Q-051, GMF/Q-052, GMF/Q-053 or/and GMF/Q-054;
10. Goods issue slip (computer generated form) or part certificate for parts taken from stock;
11. Serviceability tags from components repaired at workshops, Form No.: GMF/Q-434;
12. Airworthiness approval tag for components installed on the aircraft.
13. Test sheet records;
14. Maintenance release certificate for aircraft.
15. Deferred items
16. Aircraft Maintenance Log page on which Certifying Staff signs for Return to Service.
II. Components (including engine/APU) work order records
Where the operator selects to keep all the maintenance records, a copy of all the records will be
made and kept in file.
The engine/component maintenance record function will keep whenever applicable the
following:
1. Work order from customer/operator and subsequent amendments (work scope);

2. Any letter from customer/operator related to amendments of the initial work scope;
3. Open Item List Form No.: GMF/Q-378 (for engine maintenance);
4. Engine/APU/Component GMF Work Order, Form No.: GMF/Q-042 & GMF/Q-377
5. AD/SB Compliance Record, Form No: GMF/Q-071; Q-372; Q-373
6. Preliminary inspection sheets, Form No.: GMF/Q-005; GMF/Q-374
7. Disassembly / assembly / repair PD sheets, Form No.: GMF/Q-026; GMF/Q-374;
GMF/Q-167; GMF/Q-150; Q-411
8. Routine PD Sheet/Cards, Form No.: GMF/Q-374
9. Non Routine PD Sheet, Form No.: GMF/Q-374
10. MDR, Form No.: GMF/Q-003; GMF/Q-375
11. NDI records, Form No.: GMF/Q-050, GMF/Q-051, GMF/Q-052, GMF/Q-053 or/and GMF/Q-054;
12. Life limited components records, Form No. GMF/Q-271 for Engine and GMF/Q-212 for APU
13. Engine Accessories list; GMF/Q-376
14. Parts transfer records; GMF/Q-103
15. Engine test run records;
16. Special processes records such as welding, heat treat, thermal spray, etc.
17. Goods issue slip (computer generated form) or part certificate for parts taken from stock;
18. Serviceability tags from components repaired at workshops, Form No.: GMF/Q-434;
19. Airworthiness approval tag of installed components.
20. Maintenance release certificate.
21. Engine Log Book page on which Certifying Staff signs for Return to Service.

Page: 2 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.14.3 Maintenance Records administration and Compilation
Administration of records under this section means to prepare the relevant documents for filing.
This is done after the certifying staff has reviewed the records for completion as required by MOE
Section 2.16 to determine readiness for release to service.
The production control will receive the record package and will perform the following:
a) Arrange documents for handling and filing;

b) Report accomplished and waived work;
c) Write maintenance report;
d) Compile and segregate records;
e) Write components exchange list;
f) Provide certificate of release to service to customer;
g) Hand over the records to customer.
The PPC will compile the records by indexing as follows.
a) Aircraft information;
b) Certificate of Maintenance;
c) Customer Work Order and Amendments;
d) Preliminary Inspection Report;
e) Job Card Inventory;
f) AD/SB Compliance & Additional Works;
g) Finding / Rectification Report;
h) Structure Repair Report;
i) Component Replacement;
j) Deferred Work;
k) Weighing Report;
l) Run up report;
m) Swing Compass Report;
n) Test Flight Report;
o) Redelivery Report.
2.14.4 Traceability of Maintenance Records
The total work package for each work order will be traceable to the customer work order number
and A/C registration number, or engine serial number (for engines). The following traceability
must exist within the work package:
a) Job Cards or PD sheets must be traceable to work orders;

b) MDR must be traceable to the Job Cards or PD sheets;
c) Maintenance release certificates/ serviceable tag must be traceable to work order number;
d) All inspection/test data sheets must be traceable to the Job Cards or MDR's or PD Sheets;

Page: 3 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
e) All purchased parts/components used for the maintenance must be traceable to the PO as
indicated in the goods issue slip.
2.14.5 Control of loan records

The Records Functions Will:
a) Store only those records and forms which require retention as required by this Procedure;
b) Control loan of maintenance records by maintaining a withdrawal log of records loaned and
returned;
c) Arrange for the disposal or expired records. Prior to actual records disposal, develop a
disposal records list for records intended for disposal and forward a copy to QSA for
approval. Only after approval by QSA the records will be destroyed. Assure those records
that have been approved for destruction by QSA are either torn or burned. Keep the
disposal records list for a period of 2 years;
2.14.6 General support records

The following general support records (see table 1) will be retained as an evidence of the quality
of the work performed. The responsible functions to retain the records and the retention period
for each record are shown in the table 1.
Table 1 - General support records retention schedule
No. Records Description Retention period Retained by Location

1 Internal Audit records 2 Years QSA QSA
2 Subcontractor on site audits 2 Years QSA QSA
3 Supplier & Subcontractors 2 Years QSA QSA

Evaluation
4 Receiving material 10 years See QC Material QC Material
inspection Records Note
5 Quality system management 2 Years Quality Quality
review Assurance & Assurance &
Safety Safety
6 Calibration of IMTE 2 Years Calibration Lab. Calibration Lab.
7 Chemical and Metallurgy 2 Years Chemical/ Chemical/

analysis Metallurgy Lab. Metallurgy Lab.
8 Fuel lower heat value 2 Years Test cell Test Cell
analysis
9 ATE calibration & 2 years Production Production
maintenance
10 Engine/APU test cell records 2 years Production Production
Engineering Engineering

Page: 4 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
NOTE:
The retention period of all purchased material starts by the time they installed on the end item.
The storage period of the material is not considered as a retention period.

Page: 5 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.15 RECTIFICATION AND CONTROL OF DEFECTS ARISING DURING MAINTENANCE

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.50(c), 145.A.50(e)
2.15.1 General
All maintenance of the Aircraft will be performed in accordance with an approved maintenance
program and maintenance data as dictated by the operator. The maintenance is accomplished in
accordance with the selected work package called routine maintenance. Following the routine
maintenance/checks, a non-routine work will be generated if new defects or incomplete
maintenance are found and shall be brought to the customer for the specific purpose of obtaining
agreement to rectify such defects or completing the missing elements of the maintenance work
order.
In the case where the customer declines to have such maintenance carried out, GMF may issue a
certificate of release to service within the approved aircraft limitations (with incompleted /
deferred maintenance), as addressed in MOE chapter 2.16).
2.15.2 Procedure for Defect Rectification by Maintenance Personnel
When a defect is found during routine maintenance:
a. The inspection personnel will enter in the Job Card (Form No.: GMF/Q-002) the defects
found, will complete the MDR (Form No.: GMF/Q-003), assign MDR number and record such
number in the Job Card and they will request rectification order from Qualified Licensed
Personnel as per QP 209-05.
b. The Authorized Licensed Personnel will evaluate defects found and will write the
rectification order following approved maintenance data requirements. The rectification will
take place, based on the instructions in the aircraft Maintenance Manual, Structural Repair
Manual, Component Repair Manual, etc.
c. The maintenance personnel will rectify the defects following the repair order and approved
maintenance data requirements per QP 209-05.
d. Required inspections and/or duplicate inspections will be performed (depending on the
rectification) to ensure proper rectification of the defects.
Where structural repairs are required, detailed drawings will be developed by the Engineering
Services referring to SRM or other approved maintenance data to illustrate specific repair
conditions. A copy of the drawing will be included in the aircraft records.
2.15.3 Damaged Assessment for Defect Rectification not Described in the Manuals
When a defect cannot be rectified per available maintenance data (rectification is not covered in
the manuals), the planning engineering will assess the damage and obtain instructions of an
approved repair by the TC Holder. When a repair instruction is available by the manufacturer (TC
Holder), a rectification orders on the MDR Form No.: GMF/Q-003 will be written reference to the
Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
manufacturing instructions. The maintenance personnel will perform the rectifications as per the
instruction.
2.15.4 Defects Rectification Schedule
Defects found, they will be rectified during the current maintenance slot. GMF AeroAsia will not
postpone any defect rectification unless the customer wants to defer a repair as per Section 3.9 of
this manual.
The following quality procedure gives the details of non-routine work:

QP 209-05 Aircraft Maintenance Process Control

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.16 RELEASE TO SERVICE PROCEDURE

(Ref: Part-145.A.30(g), 145.A.30(h)1, 145.A.30(h)2, 145.A.30(i), 145.A.30(j)5, AMC
145.A.30(j)(5), AMC 145.A.30(j)(5)(i), AMC 145.A.30(j)(5)(ii), 145.A.48(a), 145.A.50(a), AMC
145.A.50(a), 145.A.50(b), 145.A.50(c), 145.A.50(e), 145.A.50(d), 145.A.50(f), AMC 145.A.50(b),
AMC1 145.A.50(d), AMC2 145.A.50(d), GM 145.A.50(d), AMC 145.A.50(e), AMC 145.A.50(f),
145.A.80, AMC 145.A.80, M.A.403 (b), 145.A.35(a), 145.A.55(a), 145.A.75(e), 145.A.75(c),
145.A.30(j)3, 145.A.30(j)4, AMC 145.A.30(j)(4), GM 145.A.30(j)(4), Appendix I
2.16.1 General Requirements of The Release to Service.
2.16.1.1 Definition of the CRS statement.

Certificate of Release of Service (CRS) means certifies the work specified, except as otherwise
specified, was carried out in accordance with the Air Navigation and in respect to that work, the
aircraft or aircraft components is considered ready for release to service.
A certificate of release to service shall be issued by appropriately authorized certifying staff on

behalf of the GMF AeroAsia when it has been verified that all maintenance ordered has been
properly carried out by the GMF AeroAsia in accordance with the procedures specified in GMF
AeroAsia internal procedures, taking into account the availability and use of the maintenance data
and that there are no non-compliances which are known to endanger flight safety.
’Endangers the flight safety’ means any instances where safe operation could not be assured or
which could lead to an unsafe condition. It typically includes, but is not limited to, significant
cracking, deformation, corrosion or failure of primary structure, any evidence of burning, electrical
arcing, significant hydraulic fluid or fuel leakage and any emergency system or total system failure.
An airworthiness directive overdue for compliance is also considered a hazard to flight safety.
2.16.1.2 Minimum information to be contained in the certificate of release to service.

The minimum contents of the maintenance release should include:
▪ The CRS statement as per chapter 2.16.2 & 2.16.3

▪ GMF AeroAsia EASA certificate EASA. 145.0062
▪ Name, Individual Authorization Number (Handwritten or Stamped), and Sign
▪ Place, date and time the CRS was issued
▪ Basic details of the maintenance carried out (by reference to the maintenance data and
related revision status, plus any eventually associated work package or job card as applicable
to the product or component being maintained and for any extensive maintenance has been
carried out)
▪ The limitations to airworthiness or operations, if any.

Page: 1 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.16.1.3 Cross-reference to work packs.

When extensive maintenance has been carried out, it is acceptable for the certificate of release to
service to summarize the maintenance as long as there is a unique cross-reference to the work
package containing full details of maintenance carried out. Dimensional information should be
retained in the work package records.
The work package reference number should be cross reference with the certificate of release to
service, e.g. GMF sales order number.
2.16.1.4 General verification

After completion all maintenance task, certifying staff will perform general verification to ensure
the A/C or A/C component is clear of all tools, equipment and any other extraneous parts and
material, and that all access panels removed have been refitted.
After the work completed but the certifying staff has found defects, incomplete records, or any
other problem, which leads to the conclusion that the maintenance has not been performed as per
customer's work order and maintenance program, and/or as per the Authority regulations, the
certifying staff will perform the following:
a) For A/C, enter on the Work Order Form No. GMF/Q-001 the discrepancies which must be
corrected before a CRS is issued.
b) For Engine/APU, enter on the Work Order Form No. GMF/Q-075 or customer work order the
discrepancies which must be corrected before a CRS is issued.
c) For other components, enter on the final step of the PD Sheet the word ''reject'' and on the
back page of the PD sheet enter the discrepancies, which must be corrected before CRS is
issued.
d) Inform the PPC.
NOTE:
New defects or incomplete maintenance work orders identified during the above maintenance
shall be brought to the attention of the aircraft operator for the specific purpose of obtaining
agreement to rectify such defects or completing the missing elements of the maintenance work
order. In the case where the aircraft operator declines to have such maintenance carried out under
this paragraph, the requirements of MOE Section 3.9 will be applied.
2.16.1.5 Impossibility to sign a release certificate that could hazard flight safety.
Certifying Staff, as authorized per MOE Section 3.4 will decide to release or not to release to service
an A/C, A/C component or Engines. The release to service procedure will consist of a final inspection
of the work and the issuance of a formal CRS when appropriate.
The certifying staff will not issue a CRS if:

a) Discrepancies found, until those discrepancies have been corrected and accepted;

Page: 2 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
b) The work has not been performed per approved and current maintenance data; and The
work which were carried out not in accordance with approved and current maintenance
data; and
c) There are any serious defects known to certifying staff, which could hazard flight safety
d) AD due and not enforced
e) Unexpected non-availability of facilities, equipment, tooling, material, maintenance data or
certifying staff.
2.16.1.6 Particular cases of issuance of CRS for aircraft/engine/component known to issue such
CRS).
For particular cases of issuance of CRS for aircraft/engine/component known to be in un-airworthy

conditions, CRS may issued as long as the incomplete maintenance/non airworthy condition is
properly identified in the CRS statement and communicated to the customer (and to Authority in
case of disagreement between GMF and the customer on the possibility to issue such CRS), and
limited to following conditions :
a) NDT inspections with defects outside limits;

b) Incomplete maintenance work order which leaves the aircraft/engine/components in non-
approved configuration (i.e. CRS of an aircraft where GMF AeroAsia only ordered to remove
an engine)
c) Issued CRS for a maintenance check flight, where an STC has been incorporated which is not
yet approved (i.e. parts installed in “prototype status”, maintenance performed using data
pending approval, etc.)
2.16.1.7 The specificities of EASA Form 1.
For monitoring and tracking purposes, EASA Form 1 issued have the following item:
1. Unique number for every EASA form 1 issued, those number are used to tracking purposes.
2. Tracking software will get information of the CRS already issued including the location
where the maintenance has been released to service.
3. Cancellation or correction of an EASA form 1, see MOE Section 2.16.3.1 (D)
4. GMF AeroAsia address in block no 4.
2.16.2 Aircraft Maintenance Release to Service (A1 ratings).
Base maintenance A/C Certifying staff

Not Applicable

Page: 3 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Line maintenance A/C Certifying staff
During the maintenance and before issuing a CRS for A/C, the line maintenance certifying staff is
responsible to:
1. B1 Category C/S: perform or sign task refer to the MOE Section 1.6.
2. B2 Category C/S: perform or sign task refer to the MOE Section 1.6.
General Responsibilities
1. Records review
From the day the maintenance started to the completion, The certifying staff will review on daily
basis the finished work records to ensure they have been satisfactorily completed. The PPC will
hold the finished work records for review before the work is considered closed. The certifying
staff must:
a. Ensure the work performed has been claimed as required by MOE Section 2.9.1 & 2.10.6;
b. Ensure the work performed in accordance with the authority of A/C registration regulations
including compliance to all applicable AD notes. Ensure all AD notes and Service Bulletins
have been incorporated per MOE Section 2.11, 2.12;
c. Ensure all deferred are handled as per MOE Section 3.9.
d. Verify compliance to initial work scope, amendments, and letter from operator, and any
other data related with the work order and maintenance program.
e. Ensure that the records for any structural repairs include drawing as appropriate referenced
to SRM or any other approved maintenance data from TC, STC, holder also include the level
of the corrosion found.
f. Ensure that all the job cards or PD Sheets issued (as listed in the Work Order forms and Job
Card inventory list) are in file and completed. Any missing records must be found and
cleared out.
g. Ensure that number of MDR’s issued is the same with the number of MDR’s completed
checking against MDR control list (form GMF/B-012). Any missing MDR must be found and
cleared out.
h. Ensure that each MDR is cross-referenced with the Job Card.
i. Ensure that any inspection & test data sheets are in file.
j. Ensure that all component installed are accompanied by certificate eligible for EASA.
Records must be as clean as possible. Correction fluid and other erasing means are not allowed.
When maintenance statement or others are cancelled, a line must be crossed over the cancelled
wording. The cancelled wording must be visible. A stamp or name and signature will be identify
the person who cancelled and/or added something. Stamp numbers must be visible.

Page: 4 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2. Eligibility of Components, Parts and Materials
Eligibility means the correct part in relation with the part number AD, SB, and the correct certificate
following the part such as EASA Form 1. For the correct certificates of parts components, and
materials, which must be on file based on A/C registration, see MOE 2.1.2.
The certifying staff, before issuing CRS must ensure that the components, parts, and materials
installed on the A/C or A/C components are eligible for installation based on the regulations of the
authority of A/C registration.
Eligibility status will be based on the appropriate airworthiness approval tags, aircraft and
components configuration requirements such as AD/SB or certificates furnished with the parts,
components or material as mentioned in MOE 2.3.6 (b) and they must be in work order record. A
CRS will not be issued if the above requirements are not meet.
Line Maintenance Release of Aircraft not Covered by Basic Regulation
These procedures apply to those aircraft which are excluded from complying with the airworthiness
requirements contained in the EASA Basic Regulation and its Implementing Rules for airworthiness
amended. This purpose of the guidance is:
a. The appropriate use of the EASA Part 145 maintenance release.
b. The appropriate identification in the EASA MOE of the scope of the EASA Part-145
maintenance release;
c. The various maintenance release practices.
d. The EASA position in relation to each of those practices.
Practices 3
GMF AeroAsia issues a release under the aviation regulation (aviation code) of the State of Registry
(SoR) and there is no dedicated maintenance approval number granted by the SoR (GMF AeroAsia
refers to the EASA approval number), two different cases have been identified:
1. The aviation regulation of the SoR is also called ”Part-145 (Practice 3a of the table below)
Regarding this case, GMF AeroAsia will have:
a. the release statement clearly identifies that this is a release under the aviation law of the
SoR and
b. provides evidence that the SoR aviation laws allow this practice and the use of the EASA
approval number.
2. The aviation regulation of the SoR is not called ”Part-145 (Practice 3b of the table below)
GMF AeroAsia will have evidence that the SoR aviation laws allow this practice and the use
of the EASA approval number.

Page: 5 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
The Aircraft certifying staff before issuing Certificate release to service (CRS), he/she should consider
the following table:
A/C Approval
registration Release Statement used Reference EASA Condition
Used
A/C covered EASA release Statement: EASA. This is the release expected
by the Basic “Certifies that the work specified, 145.XXX for aircraft covered by
Regulation except as otherwise specified, was Basic Regulation
(BR) carried out in accordance with Part-
145 and in respect to that work the
aircraft/ aircraft component is
considered for release to service”
Practice 3a The SoR release statement refers to EASA. as long as the release
A/C not the aviation code of the SoR, which 145.XXXX statement clearly identifies
covered by is also called “Part-145" that this is a release under
the BR Example: the aviation law of the SoR
"Certifies that the work specified, and as long as the GMF
except as otherwise specified, was AeroAsia provides
carried out in accordance with Part- evidence that the SoR laws
145 under the national aviation law allow this practice and the
of the SoR (name) and in recognition use of the EASA approval
of the organization’s EASA Part-145 number
approval, and in respect to that work
the aircraft is considered ready for
release to service"
Signed: EASA.145.XXXX
Practice 3b The SoR release statement refers to EASA. As long as the GMF
A/C not the aviation code of the SoR, which 145.XXXX provides evidence that the
covered by is not called “Part-145” SoR laws allow this practice
the BR and the use of the EASA
Example: approval number
“Certifies that the work specified,
except as otherwise specified, was
carried out in accordance with
(Aviation Code of the SoR) and in
recognition of the organization’s
EASA Part-145 approval, and in
respect to that work the
aircraft/aircraft component is
considered ready for release to
service”
Page: 6 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
A/C Approval
registration Release Statement used Reference EASA Condition
Used
Signed: EASA.145.XXX
Procedure for issuance and completion Authorized Released Certificate of EASA Practice 3, as
follow:
1. Release certificate of EASA Practice 3 is issued by EASA Certifying Staff and Support Staff
who is mentioned in approved List of EASA Certifying & Supporting Staff (Form GMF/Q-402).
2. Implementation of EASA Practice 3 released shall use Form Authorized Released Certificate
(Form GMF/Q-483) and follow its Technical Form Manual.
3. The evidence that the State of Registry aviation laws allow EASA Practice 3 and the use of
the EASA approval number shall be available in a statement letter or email confirmation.
4. The release statement shall clearly identifies that this is a release under the aviation law of
the State of Registry.
5. The implementation of EASA Practice 3 shall follow the EASA Part 145 requirement and MOE,
including the part/material which intended to be installed in such register, shall meet the
requirement of MOE Section 2.2.2 Component/Material Certification.
2.16.2.1 Issuance and completion instruction of CRS after Base Maintenance

Not Applicable
2.16.2.2 Issuance and completion instruction of CRS after Line Maintenance

The GMF authorization category “B1” and “B2” Certifying staff issues certificate for release to service
includes the corresponding A Subcategory for line maintenance. The category “B1” and “B2”
certifying staff must be satisfied the maintenance performed in according with section 1.6.2. Line
Procedure for completion Technical Log is described in section L2.4
Work Order Issued by the Customer Operator
Line maintenance work order may vary significantly depending from the customer operator,
technical logbook/maintenance logbook in use, etc. and could be:
A sequence of different work orders, each one covering a single maintenance task, or;
- A sequence of crew entries in the Aircraft Log book, which can also be considered as a series of
work orders, or;
- A single work order which is including a certain group of maintenance tasks, or;
- A combination of the above
Page: 7 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Possible CRS system for Line Maintenance

A CRS can only be issued by certifying staff holding certification privileges for all the maintenance
tasks covered by the release statement. The possible CRS scenarios described in the following
paragraphs:
Multiple release approach

This situation applies when a maintenance event is composed by various work orders and each
work order is issued and individual CRS, resulting in multiple releases associated to the particular
maintenance event. In this case, an appropriately authorized B1 or B2 certifying staff, as applicable,
shall sign the CRS of the related task. Example case as shown below;
Maintenance Event 1
Work Order 1 Weekly check Certify by B1 C/S
Work Order 2 LH engine IDG replacement Certify by B1 C/S
Work Order 3 Trouble shooting autopilot 1 Performed by B2 C/S, Certify
by B1 C/S
Work Order 4 ATL item 1- Hard landing Certify by B1 C/S
Maintenance Event 2
Work Order 1 Weekly check Certify by B1 C/S
LH engine IDG replacement
ATL item 1- Hard landing
Work Order 2 Trouble shooting autopilot 1 Performed by B2 C/S, Certify
by B1 C/S
Note: 4 different CRS issued in maintenance event 1, 2 different CRS issued in maintenance event
2.
Single release approach when only “B1” and “B2” c/s are available (no any “B1+B2”)
This situation typically applies to line maintenance environment, when a single maintenance event
including mechanical and avionic tasks is order to the maintenance organization and only stand
alone “B1” and “B2” c/s is available. In such case, an acceptable CRS shall be such that:
- B1 certifying staff is issuing a CRS for the mechanical tasks, and;
- B2 certifying staff is issuing a CRS for the avionic tasks;
This result can be obtained, for example issuing a line maintenance release to service certificate,
which is including both the B1 CRS and the B2 CRS
Maintenance Event 1
Work Order 1 Weekly check Task are certify by B1 C/S, for
LH engine IDG replacement mechanical tasks are
Trouble shooting autopilot 1 performed by B1 C/S
ATL item 1- Hard landing and

Page: 8 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
avionic tasks are performed

by B2 C/S.
Maintenance Event 2
Work Order 1 Perform A check tasks in the Task are certify by B1 C/S, for
tally sheet containing mechanical tasks are
mechanical and avionic tasks performed by B1 C/S
and
avionic tasks are performed
by B2 C/S.
After the CRS above have been issued, the recording of the maintenance event in the logbook can
be done by any B1 or B2 c/s.
The appropriately authorized certifying staff, after he is satisfied (based on the requirements
2.16.1.5 & 2.16.2) that the A/C is ready for release to service he will issue the following form:

Page: 9 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Instructions for Completing the Airplane Certificate of Release and Maintenance Statement GMF
Form No.: GMF/Q-123. The form is completed by certifying staff
FORM BLOCK INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETION

Block1 Pre-printed EASA
Approving
competent
Authority / Country
Block 2 Pre-printed
AUTHORISED
RELEASE
CERTIFICATE
Block 3 Enter the number of certificate issued to release to service the aircraft
Form Tracking
Number
Block 4 Pre-printed
Approved
Organization Name
and Address
Block 5 Enter the customer work order number/service order number
Work Order /
Contract / Invoice
Block 6.1 Enter the registration marking of the airplane
Registration
Block 6.2 Enter the Serial number of the airplane
Serial Number
Block 6.3 Enter the type of airplane
Model
Block 6.4 Enter the total flight hours the airplane had accumulated when the
Flying hours maintenance is completed.
Block 6.5 Enter the total cycles the airplane had accumulated when the
Cycles maintenance is completed.
Block 7.1 Enter the Serial Number of Engines installed on the aircraft
Engine
Block 7.2 Enter the serial number of the Propellers installed on the aircraft.
Propeller SN:
Block 7.3 Enter the serial number of the APU installed on the aircraft.
APU SN:
Block 8 Enter the name of the operator
Operator

Page: 10 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Block 9 The certificate of release to service should relate to the tasks specified
Approved in the manufacturer’s or JAR-OPS operator’s instruction or the aircraft
Maintenance maintenance program which itself may cross refer to the
Schedule manufacturer’s/operator’s instruction in a maintenance manual, service
bulletin, etc.
Enter in this block the references (operator maintenance program) used
to perform the requested maintenance including Issue Number,
Revision status and date of the issuance
Block 10 Enter the maintenance work package reference number. When
Work Pack extensive maintenance has been carried out, it is acceptable for the
Reference certificate of release to service to summarize the maintenance as long
as there is a unique cross-reference to the work package containing full
details of maintenance carried out. Dimensional information should be
retained in the work package records.
The work package reference number should be cross reference with the
certificate of release to service, e.g. GMF sales order number.
Block 11 Enter the date beginning of the maintenance start and date of
Date of maintenance was finish.
Performance
Block 12 The certificate of release to service should relate to the tasks specified
Status / Work in the manufacturer's or JAR-OPS operator's instruction or the aircraft
maintenance program which itself may cross refer to the
manufacturer's/operator's instruction in a maintenance manual, service
bulletin, etc.
Enter in this block the maintenance requested by the operator.
Block 13 ▪ It is mandatory to state any information in this block either direct or
Remarks by reference to supporting documentation that identifies particular
data or limitations relating to the items being released that are
necessary for the User / Installer to make the final airworthiness
determination of the items. Information shall be clear, complete, and
provided in a form and manner which is adequate for purpose of
making such a determination. Each statement shall be clearly
identified as to which item it relates. If there no statement, state
‘None’.
▪ Enter in this block any deferred defects as approved by the operator.
It should be cross-reference with the operator's acceptance deferred
list. Additional work performed can be included in this block. The
certifying staff must verify that the deferred defects have been
accepted by the operator and listed in the list of deferred defects.

Page: 11 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE

Block 14 Certifies that unless otherwise specified in block 13, the work identified
EASA Part –145. in block 12 and described in block 13, was accomplished in accordance
A.50 Release to with Part-145 and in respect to that work the aircraft are considered
service ready for release to service.
Shall be consider when the aircraft is not EU Register certifying staff

must refer to release statement table in section 2.16.2
Block 15 Authorized Signature of the certifying staff who perform release to
Authorized service the aircraft.
Signature
Block 16 Enter the Name and authorization number of the certifying staff who
Name & perform release to service the aircraft.
Authorization No.
Block 17 Pre-printed
Certificate /
Approval Ref. No.
Block 18 Enter the date, month, and year when the release to service was
Date (dd/mm/yy) performed
Block 19 Enter the place of maintenance was performed
Location
2.16.2.3 Issuance of a CRS with limitations/incomplete work
Maintenance Check Flight (MCF)

The aircraft maintenance manual (AMM), or any other maintenance data issued by the design
approval holder, require that a maintenance task be performed in flight as a necessary condition to
complete the maintenance ordered. The aircraft operator retains the responsibility for the MCF.
During the flight preparation, the flight and the post-flight activities as well as for the aircraft
handover, the processes requiring the involvement of GMF AeroAsia as the maintenance
organizations, should be agreed in advance with the aircraft’s operator.
For certain MCFs the data obtained or verified in flight will be necessary for assessment or
consideration after the flight by the maintenance organization prior to issuing the maintenance
release. For this purpose, when the personnel of the maintenance organization cannot perform
these functions in flight, the maintenance organization may rely on the crew performing the flight
to complete this data or to make statements about in-flight verifications. In this case, the
maintenance organization should appoint the crew personnel to play such a role on their behalf
and, before the flight, brief appointed crew personnel on the scope, functions and the detailed
process to be followed, including required reporting information after the flight and reporting
means, in support of the final release to service to be issued by the certifying staff.

Page: 12 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Issuance of a CRS with limitations/incomplete work within aircraft limitations as per approved data
(i.e. GMF not in condition to complete all the maintenance ordered, deferred maintenance, need to
perform a maintenance check flight) shall refer to section 3.9.
When GMF AeroAsia is unable to complete all maintenance ordered, the certifying staff may issue
a certificate of release to service within the approved aircraft limitations. The certifying staff will
enter such fact in the aircraft certificate of release to service before the issue of such certificate
provided the following would be considered:
a) The operator is informed in the case where full release to service compliance cannot be
achieved within the operator’s limitations. If the operator agrees to the deferment of full
compliance, then the certificate of release to service may be issued subject to details of the
deferment, including the operator’s authority, being endorsed on the certificate. See MOE
Section 3.9
b) In case of doubt concerning such a decision of the operator, the certifying staff will inform the
VP for Quality Assurance & Safety who in turn will discuss the issue and resolve with the
operator.
c) If there still no decision has been taken, the VP for Quality Assurance & Safety will inform the
Authority of the aircraft registration of such doubt, before issue of the certificate of release to
service. This will allow the Authority to investigate the matter as appropriate.
Note:
Authorized certifying staff are responsible for decide using maintenance data, whether an aircraft
defect hazards seriously the flight safety and therefore decide when and which rectification action
shall be taken before further flight and which defect rectification can be deferred. However, this
does not apply when the MEL is used by the pilot or by the authorized certifying staff
See MOE 2.17 for “Maintenance report”.
2.16.2.4 Temporary fitting an aircraft component without appropriate release certificate in AOG
condition
When an aircraft is grounded at a location other than the main line station due to the non-
availability of a component with appropriate release certificate, it is permissible to temporarily fit a
component without the appropriate release certificate for a maximum of 30 flight hours or until the
aircraft first returns to the main line station, whichever is the sooner, subject to the aircraft operator
agreement, said component having a suitable operational requirements and technical log record.
Those action could be done after GMF AeroAsia have agreement from the customer. After aircraft
arrive in base station, replacement or reissuance of CRS will be perform.

Page: 13 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Notes:
1. Suitable release certificate means a certificate which clearly states that the aircraft component is
serviceable; that clearly specifies the organization releasing said component together with details
of the authority under whose approval the organization works including the approval or
authorization reference.
2. Compliance with all other Part-145 and operator requirements means making an appropriate
entry in the aircraft technical log, checking for compliance with type design standards,
modifications, repairs, airworthiness directives, life limitations and condition of the aircraft
component plus information on where, when and why the aircraft was grounded
2.16.2.5 Release to service for components removed serviceable from aircraft
This section intended for guidance in situation where GMF expected to issue release to service for
component removed from aircraft.
2.16.2.5.1 Issuance of an EASA form 1 for component removed from EU registered A/C
GMF may issue EASA form 1 for the component removed from EU air craft provided that the
component in serviceable condition and is not endanger the flight safety such of but not limited to
significant cracking, deformation, corrosion or failure of primary structure, any evidence of burning,
electrical arcing, significant hydraulic fluid or fuel leakage and any emergency system or total
system failure. An airworthiness directive overdue for compliance is also considered a hazard to
flight safety. GMF must have the appropriate rating of aircraft to ensure integrity of the component
in the aircraft system.
The following guidance are to be used prior to such of the removal

a. Ensure that the component was removed from the aircraft by an appropriately qualified
person.
b. The aircraft component may only be deemed serviceable if the last flight operation with the
component fitted revealed no faults on that component or related system.
c. The aircraft component should be inspected for satisfactory condition including in particular
damage, corrosion or leakage and compliance with any additional maintenance data.
d. The aircraft record should be researched for any unusual events that could affect the
serviceability of the aircraft component such as involvement in accidents, incidents, heavy
landings or lightning strikes. Under no circumstances may an EASA Form 1 be issued in
accordance with this paragraph 2.6 if it is suspected that the aircraft component has been
subjected to extremes of stress, temperatures or immersion which could affect its operation.
e. A maintenance history record should be available for all used serialized aircraft components.
f. Compliance with known modifications and repairs should be established.
g. The flight hours/cycles/landings as applicable of any service life-limited parts including time
since overhaul should be established.
h. Compliance with known applicable airworthiness directives should be established.

Page: 14 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
i. Subject to satisfactory compliance with this subparagraph 2.6.1, an EASA Form 1 may be issued
and should contain the information as specified in paragraph 2.4 including the aircraft from
which the aircraft component was removed.
2.16.2.5.2 Swap/change over serviceable component between EU registered A/C or between

different positions of the same EU registered Aircraft
A component removed serviceable shall be issued a component certificate release to service before
being installed in another aircraft or another position of the same aircraft. The CRS may be issued
by using an EASA from 1 or an internal release document as indicated under paragraph 2.16.3.
Inspection instruction is issued to ensure compliance of requirement 2.16.2.5.1 and the work is
performed and released by qualified personnel
2.16.2.5.3 Issuance of an EASA Form 1 for components removed serviceable from a non-EU
registered A/C
Not Applicable. GMF is not EASA CAMO.
2.16.2.6 CRS in the case of one-off authorization
In the case of need to issues CRS for aircraft or components grounded/unserviceable, following
maintenance of aircraft in location not stated as fix location, all requirement for the assurance of
compliance of section 2.24 for the aircraft maintenance and requirement 2.16.2 for component are
met. For this purpose, GMF is required to:
1. Notify to EASA related the need of EASA form 1 issuance, the requirement is detailed in this
MOE section 2.24.1
2. Record the maintenance activity in aircraft techlog and customer work order. Both aircraft
techlog and customer work order are retained as per section 2.14.2 of this MOE including the
CRS.
3. Ensure that any such maintenance that could affect flight safety is rechecked by an
appropriately approved organizations.
For the related qualification requirement is specified in section 3.4.1.1.
2.16.3 Components/engines/APUs maintenance release to service (C /B1 /B3 ratings).
The purpose of the certificate is to release assemblies/items/components/parts after maintenance

and to release maintenance work carried out on such items under the approval of a competent
authority and to allow items removed from one aircraft/aircraft component to be fitted to another
aircraft/aircraft component.

Page: 15 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
The certificate is to be used for export/import purposes, as well as for domestic purposes, and
serves as an official certificate for items from the manufacture or GMF AeroAsia to users. It can only
be issued by GMF AeroAsia approved by the particular competent authority within the scope of the
approval.
The certificate may be used as a rotable tag by utilizing the available space on the reverse side of
the certificate for any additional information and dispatching the item with two copies of the
certificate so that one copy may be eventually returned with the item to the maintenance
organization. The alternative solution is to use existing rotable tags and also supply a copy of the
certificate.
A certificate should not be issued for any item when it is known that the item is unserviceable
except in the case of an item undergoing a series of maintenance processes at several maintenance
organizations approved under Part-145 and the item needs a certificate for the previous
maintenance process carried out for the next maintenance organization approved under Part-145
to accept the item for subsequent maintenance processes. In such a case, a clear statement of
limitation should be endorsed in Block 12 of EASA Form 1.
2.16.3.1 Issuance and completion instruction of CRS after components/engines/APUs maintenance
An EASA Form 1 may be issued for an aircraft component which has been:
1. Maintained before Part-145 became effective or manufactured before Part-21 became
effective.
New/unused aircraft components

Any unused aircraft component in storage without an EASA Form 1 up to the effective
date(s) for Part-21 that was manufactured by an organization acceptable to the competent
authority at that time may be issued with an EASA Form 1 by GMF Aeroasia. The EASA Form
1 should be issued in accordance with the following subparagraphs:
a. An acceptance test report or statement for all used and unused aircraft components
that are subjected to acceptance testing after manufacturing or maintenance as
appropriate.
b. The aircraft component inspection for compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions
and limitations for storage and condition including any requirement for limited storage
life, inhibitors, controlled climate and special storage containers. In addition or in the
absence of specific storage instructions the aircraft component should be inspected for
damage, corrosion and leakage to ensure good condition.
c. The storage life used of any storage life-limited parts should be inspected.
Note 1: It should be understood that the release of a stored but unused aircraft component
in accordance with this paragraph represents a maintenance release under GMF AeroAsia.

Page: 16 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Note 2: If it is not possible to establish satisfactory compliance with all applicable conditions
specified in subparagraph 2.16.3.1 (1) (a) to (c) inclusive, the aircraft component should be
disassembled by GMF AeroAsia and subjected to a check for incorporated airworthiness
directives, repairs and modifications and inspected/tested in accordance with the
maintenance data to establish satisfactory condition and, if relevant, all seals, lubricants and
life-limited parts should be replaced. Upon satisfactory completion after reassembly, an
EASA Form 1 may be issued stating what was carried out and the reference of the
maintenance data included.
2. Used on an aircraft and removed in a serviceable condition. Examples include leased and
loaned aircraft components. For further explanation see MOE 2.16.2.5.
3. Removed from aircraft which have been withdrawn from service, or from aircraft which have
been involved in abnormal occurrences such as accidents, incidents, heavy landings or
lightning strikes.
Withdrawn from Services

Serviceable aircraft components removed from a EU registered aircraft withdrawn from
service may be issued with an EASA Form 1 by a GMF AeroAsia.
a. To be eligible for installation, components removed from such aircraft issued with an
EASA Form 1 by GMF AeroAsia which follow a satisfactory assessment.
b. As a minimum, the assessment will need to satisfy the standards set out in paragraphs
MOE 2.16.3.1 (1) (a), (b), (c) and MOE 2.16.2.5 as appropriate. This should include the
possible need for the alignment of scheduled maintenance that may be necessary to
comply with the maintenance programme applicable to the aircraft on which the
component is to be installed.
c. Irrespective of whether the aircraft holds a certificate of airworthiness or not, GMF
AeroAsia for certifying any removed component should ensure that the manner in which
the components were removed and stored are follow MOE Chapter 2.3.
d. A structured plan formulated to control the aircraft disassembly process will be transfer
in Jobcard as required in MOE Chapter 2.8 and 2.13.
e. All recorded aircraft defects will be reviewed and the possible effects these may have on
both normal and standby functions of removed components will be considered.
f. Jobcard for disassembly plan, to facilitate the recording of all maintenance actions and
component removals performed during the disassembly process are used. Components
found to be unserviceable are to be identified as such and quarantined pending a
decision on the actions to be taken. Records of the maintenance accomplished to
establish serviceability are to form part of the component maintenance history.
g. Suitable facilities for the removal and storage of removed components are to be used
which include suitable environmental conditions, lighting, access equipment, aircraft
tooling and storage facilities for the work to be undertaken. While it may be acceptable
for components to be removed, given local environmental conditions, without the
benefit of an enclosed facility, subsequent disassembly (if required) and storage of the
components should be in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

Page: 17 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Used aircraft components removed from an aircraft involved in an accident or incident.

Such components should only be issued with an EASA Form 1 when processed in
accordance with paragraph 2.7 and a specific work order including all additional
necessary tests and inspections deemed necessary by the accident or incident. Such a
work order may require input from the TC holder or original manufacturer as appropriate.
This work order should be referenced in block 12.
4. Maintained by an unapproved organization (Part 145).

For used components maintained by a maintenance organization not approved under Part-
145, due care should be taken before acceptance of such components. In such cases GMF
AeroAsia should establish satisfactory conditions by:
(a) dismantling the component for sufficient inspection in accordance with the appropriate
maintenance data;
(b) replacing all service life-limit components when no satisfactory evidence of life used is
available and/or the components are in an unsatisfactory condition;
(c) reassembling and testing as necessary the component;
(d) completing all certification requirements as specified in 2.16.3.
Issuance of a CRS with limitations/incomplete work within engine/APU/components limitations as

per approved data (i.e. GMF not in condition to complete all the maintenance ordered, deferred
maintenance, customer operator approval) shall be refer to section 3.9.
When GMF AeroAsia maintains a component for use by own, an EASA Form 1 may not be necessary
issued.
a. Certifying staff responsibilities
During the maintenance and before issuing a CRS for A/C component, the certifying staff (see
categories in MOE Section 3.4.3) is responsible to:
a) Perform checks for any defects, incidental damage, etc;

b)Check all PD Sheets for completion and proper stamps/signature;
c) Check all raised defect reports for proper clearance (rectified or deferred per MOE 3.9);
d)Check the proper execution of functional checks and duplicate inspections;
e) Check that all AD Notes and Service Bulletins are incorporated.
NOTES:
For Engines, when the support staff authorized personnel do the inspections or checks, the
certifying staff having the responsibility for signing the CRS, remains fully responsible to ensure that
such inspections and checks have been effectively performed and all defects are cleared out.

Page: 18 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
For components (other than engines) the certifying staff must witness the final inspection and test
and verify by self-inspection the proper functioning of the component.
b. Issue, use and control of the EASA Form 1
The appropriately authorized certifying staff, after he is satisfied (based on the requirements
2.16.1.5, 2.16.1.8, & 2.16.2.6) that the component is ready for release to service and after verifying
that GMF AeroAsia has the EASA Part-145 approval rating for such component (See MOE 1.9) he will
issue the following form:
EASA Form 1
1. Instructions for completing the EASA Form 1
These instructions relate only to the use of the EASA Form 1 for maintenance purposes. Attention
is drawn to Appendix I to Annex (Part-21) of Regulation (EC) No 1702/2003 which covers the use of
the EASA Form 1 for production purposes.

Page: 19 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2. PURPOSE AND USE

a) The primary purpose of the Certificate is to declare the airworthiness of maintenance work
undertaken on products, parts and appliances (hereafter referred to as “item(s)”).
b) Correlation must be established between the Certificate and the item(s). The originator must
retain a Certificate in a form that allows verification of the original data.
c) The Certificate is acceptable to many airworthiness authorities, but may be dependent on the
existence of bilateral agreements and/or the policy of the airworthiness authority. The
“approved design data” mentioned in this Certificate then means approved by the
airworthiness authority of the importing country.
d) The Certificate is not a delivery or shipping note.
e) Aircraft are not to be released using the Certificate.
f) The Certificate does not constitute approval to install the item on a particular aircraft, engine,
or propeller but helps the end user determine its airworthiness approval status.
g) A mixture of production released and maintenance released items is not permitted on the same
Certificate.
3. GENERAL FORMAT
a) The Certificate must comply with the format attached including block numbers and the
location of each block. The size of each block may however be varied to suit the individual
application, but not to the extent that would make the Certificate unrecognizable.
b) The Certificate must be in “landscape” format but the overall size may be significantly increased
or decreased so long as the Certificate remains recognizable and legible. If in doubt consult the
Competent Authority.
c) The User/Installer responsibility statement can be placed on either side of the form.
d) All printing must be clear and legible to permit easy reading.
e) The Certificate may either be pre-printed or computer generated but in either case the printing
of lines and characters must be clear and legible and in accordance with the defined format.
f) The Certificate should be in English, and if appropriate, in one or more other languages.
g) The details to be entered on the Certificate may be either machine/computer printed or hand-
written using block letters and must permit easy reading.
h) Limit the use of abbreviations to a minimum, to aid clarity.
i) The space remaining on the reverse side of the Certificate may be used by the originator for
any additional information but must not include any certification statement. Any use of the
reverse side of the Certificate must be referenced in the appropriate block on the front side of
the Certificate

Page: 20 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
4. COPIES
a) There is no restriction in the number of copies of the Certificate sent to the customer or retained
by the originator.
5. ERROR(S) ON A CERTIFICATE
a) If an end-user finds an error(s) on a Certificate, he must identify it/them in writing to the
originator. The originator may issue a new Certificate only if the error(s) can be verified and
corrected.
b) The new Certificate must have a new tracking number, signature and date.
c) The request for a new Certificate may be honored without re-verification of the item(s)
condition. The new Certificate is not a statement of current condition and should refer to the
previous Certificate in block 12 by the following statement; “This Certificate corrects the error(s)
in block(s) [enter block(s) corrected] of the Certificate [enter original tracking number] dated
[enter original issuance date] and does not cover conformity/condition/release to service”.
Both Certificates should be retained according to the retention period associated with the first.
1. COMPLETION OF THE RELEASE CERTIFICATE BY THE ORIGINATOR
Block 1 Approving Competent Authority/Country

State the name and country of the competent authority under whose jurisdiction this Certificate is
issued. When the competent authority is the Agency, only “EASA” must be stated.
Block 2 EASA Form 1 header

“AUTHORISED RELEASE CERTIFICATE
EASA FORM 1”
Block 3 Form Tracking Number

Enter the unique number established by the numbering system/procedure of the organization
identified in block 4; this may include alpha/numeric characters.
Block 4 Organization Name and Address

Enter the full name and address of the approved organization (refer to EASA form 3) releasing the
work covered by this Certificate. Logos, etc., are permitted if the logo can be contained within the
block.
Block 5 Work Order/Contract/Invoice

To facilitate customer traceability of the item(s), enter the work order number, contract number,
invoice number, or similar reference number.

Page: 21 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Block 6 Item
Enter line item numbers when there is more than one line item. This block permits easy cross-
referencing to the Remarks block 12.
Block 7 Description
Enter the name or description of the item. Preference should be given to the term used in the
instructions for continued airworthiness or maintenance data (e.g. Illustrated Parts Catalogue,
Aircraft Maintenance Manual, Service Bulletin, and Component Maintenance Manual).
Block 8 Part Number

Enter the part number as it appears on the item or tag/packaging. In case of an engine or propeller
the type designation may be used.
Block 9 Quantity
State the quantity of items.
Block 10 Serial Number

If the item is required by regulations to be identified with a serial number, enter it here. Additionally,
any other serial number not required by regulation may also be entered. If there is no serial number
identified on the item, enter “N/A”.
Block 11 Status/Work
The following describes the permissible entries for block 11. Enter only one of these terms – where
more than one may be applicable, use the one that most accurately describes the majority of the
work performed and/or the status of the article.
(i) Overhauled. Means a process that ensures the item is in complete conformity with all the
applicable service tolerances specified in the type certificate holder’s, or equipment
manufacturer’s instructions for continued airworthiness, or in the data which is approved or
accepted by the Authority. The item will be at least disassembled, cleaned, inspected,
repaired as necessary, reassembled and tested in accordance with the above specified data.
(ii) Repaired. Rectification of defect(s) using an applicable standard (*).
(iii) Inspected/Tested. Examination, measurement, etc. in accordance with an applicable
standard (*) (e.g. visual inspection, functional testing, bench testing etc.).
(iv) Modified. Alteration of an item to conform to an applicable standard (*).
Block 12 Remarks
Describe the work identified in Block 11, either directly or by reference to supporting
documentation, necessary for the user or installer to determine the airworthiness of item(s) in
relation to the work being certified. If necessary, a separate sheet may be used and referenced from
the main EASA Form 1. Each statement must clearly identify which item(s) in Block 6 it relates to.
Page: 22 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Examples of information to be entered in block 12 are:

(i) Maintenance data used, including the revision status and reference.
(ii) Compliance with airworthiness directives or service bulletins.
(iii) Repairs carried out.
(iv) Modifications carried out.
(v) Replacement parts installed.
(vi) Life limited parts status.
(vii) Deviations from the customer work order.
(viii) Release statements to satisfy a foreign Civil Aviation Authority maintenance requirement.
(ix) Information needed to support shipment with shortages or re-assembly after delivery.
(x) NDT methods with appropriate documentation used when relevant.
(xi) For maintenance organizations approved in accordance with Subpart F of Annex I (Part-M),
the component certificate of release to service statement referred to in Regulation (EC) No
2042/2003 point M.A.613:
“Certifies that, unless otherwise specified in this block, the work identified in block 11 and
described in this block was accomplished in accordance to the requirements of Section A,
Subpart F of Annex I (Part-M) to Regulation (EC) No 2042/2003 and in respect to that work
the item is considered ready for release to service. THIS IS NOT A RELEASE UNDER ANNEX II
(PART-145) TO REGULATION (EC) NO 2042/2003.”
If printing the data from an electronic EASA Form 1, any appropriate data not fit for other blocks
should be entered in this block.
Block 13a-13e
General Requirements for blocks 13a-13e: Not used for maintenance release. Shade, darken, or
otherwise mark to preclude inadvertent or unauthorized use.
Block 14a
Mark the appropriate box(es) indicating which regulations apply to the completed work. If the box
“other regulations specified in block 12” is marked, then the regulations of the other airworthiness
authority(ies) must be identified in block 12. At least one box must be marked, or both boxes may
be marked, as appropriate.
For all maintenance carried out by maintenance organizations approved in accordance with
Section A, Subpart F of Annex I (Part M) to Regulation (EC) No 2042/2003, the box “other regulation
specified in block 12” shall be ticked and the certificate of release to service statement made in
block 12. In that case, the certification statement “unless otherwise specified in this block” is
intended to address the following cases;

Page: 23 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
(a) Where the maintenance could not be completed.

(b) Where the maintenance deviated from the standard required by Annex I (Part-M).
(c) Where the maintenance was carried out in accordance with a requirement other than that
specified in Annex I (Part-M). In this case block 12 shall specify the particular national
regulation.
For all maintenance carried out by maintenance organizations approved in accordance with
Section A of Annex II (Part-145) to Regulation (EC) No 2042/2003, the certification statement “unless
otherwise specified in block 12” is intended to address the following cases:
(a) Where the maintenance could not be completed.
(b) Where the maintenance deviated from the standard required by Annex II (Part-145).
(c) Where the maintenance was carried out in accordance with a requirement other than that
specified in Annex II (Part-145). In this case block 12 shall specify the particular national
regulation.
Release Statement:
The EASA Form 1 is used to release to service the engine/APU and components
The statement for release to service is as follows:
‘’Certifies that unless otherwise specified in block 13 the work identified in block 12 and
described in block 13 was accomplished in accordance with EASA Part-145 and in respect to
that work, the items are considered ready for release to service.’’
Authorized Signature: _________________ Certificate / Approval ref Number: EASA.145.0062
Name: _________________________________Date (d/m/y): _______________________
Block 14b Authorized Signature

This space shall be completed with the signature of the authorized person. Only persons specifically
authorized under the rules and policies of the Competent Authority are permitted to sign this block.
To aid recognition, a unique number identifying the authorized person may be added.
Block 14c Certificate/Approval Number

Enter the Certificate/Approval number/reference. This number or reference is issued by the
Competent Authority.
Block 14d Name

Enter the name of the person signing block 14b in a legible form.
Page: 24 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Block 14e Date

Enter the date on which block 14b is signed, the date must be in the format dd = 2 digit day, mmm
= first 3 letters of the month, yyyy = 4 digit year
User/Installer Responsibilities
Place the following statement on the Certificate to notify end users that they are not relieved of
their responsibilities concerning installation and use of any item accompanied by the form:
“THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AUTOMATICALLY CONSTITUTE AUTHORITY TO INSTALL.
WHERE THE USER/INSTALLER PERFORMS WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATIONS OF AN
AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY DIFFERENT THAN THE AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY SPECIFIED IN
BLOCK 1, IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT THE USER/INSTALLER ENSURES THAT HIS/HER AIRWORTHINESS
AUTHORITY ACCEPTS ITEMS FROM THE AIRWORTHINESS AUTHORITY SPECIFIED IN BLOCK 1.
STATEMENTS IN BLOCKS 13A AND 14A DO NOT CONSTITUTE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION. IN ALL
CASES AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE RECORDS MUST CONTAIN AN INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
ISSUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL REGULATIONS BY THE USER/INSTALLER BEFORE THE
AIRCRAFT MAY BE FLOWN.”
2.16.3.2 Particular cases of issuance of a CRS by using an internal release document instead of the
EASA Form 1
GMF AeroAsia could issue internal release certificate instead of EASA form 1 only when customer
/operator are accepted to use kind of certificate. The internal CRS shall have the same level
information of EASA Form 1 and issued by an appropriately authorized certifying staff.
Any component which have removed from aircraft and have unserviceable status may not issued
CRS (depend on the customer requirements), if those components are need to be installed in the
same A/C (closed loop system).
Serviceable aircraft component removed from a Non-EU registered aircraft which is accompanied
with serviceable tag is sent to Bx or Cx shop before GMF AeroAsia certifying staff issue the EASA
Form 1 to be installed in EU registered aircraft.
2.16.3.3 Issuance of a CRS with limitations/incomplete work within engine/APU/component

limitations as per approved data
Issuance of a CRS with limitations/incomplete work within aircraft or aircraft components
limitations as per approved data (i.e. GMF not in condition to complete all the maintenance
ordered, deferred maintenance, customer operator approval) shall be refer to section 3.9
2.16.4 NDT release to service (D1 rating).
2.16.4.1 Issuance and Completion Instruction of CRS after NDT (EASA Form 1)
Page: 25 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Issuance and completion instruction of CRS after NDT (EASA Form 1) shall be notified in block 12 of
EASA Form 1 standard used to perform NDT tasks refer to NDT Manual. NDT certifying staff will
perform in aircraft/engine/competent work card or specific work card issued by NDT department
and issue the EASA Form 1
2.16.4.2 Issuance of a CRS with limitations/incomplete work within aircraft/engine/APU/

component limitations as per approved data.
When NDT Tasks perform using limitation of Aircraft/Engine/Component limitation it is not
necessary to issue EASA Form 1 Task perform refer to aircraft/engine/component approved data
either manufacturer manual or customer/operator approved data.

Page: 26 of 26
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.17 RECORDS FOR THE OPERATOR

(Ref: EASA Part-145.A.55(b)
This section is related with the transmission of the maintenance records to the operator after the
performance of maintenance.
GMF AeroAsia customer service after getting the records from the records function will hand over
it to the operator as agreed by the contract as appropriate:
▪ Maintenance Release Certificate;

▪ Preliminary inspection status report;
▪ A list of non-routine work (MDR) & disposition
▪ A list of the routine work performed;
▪ A list of the material/parts used;
▪ A list of transferred components from other aircraft (if any);
▪ A list of scrapped parts and their current status (mutilated, paint in red or handled as per
operator request); as specified in MOE Section 2.19.2
▪ A list of airworthiness approval tags;
▪ Waivers/deferred defects (if any) as authorized by the operator with supporting evidence;
▪ A list of additional work performed not specified by the operator (if any);
▪ Any other record specified by the operator.
When waivers/deferred defects are included in the report, there must be supporting evidence
following the letter or reference to the letter requested/approved the waiver.
The records will be transmitted to the operator as soon as possible after the maintenance is
completed. The time period will not exceed that specified by the operator.
When GMF AeroAsia is contracted by operator to keep the records, such records will be kept as
per operator’s procedure and EASA regulation as specified in MOE Section 2.14.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.18 REPORTING OF DEFECTS TO THE COMPETENT AUTHORITY/ OPERATOR/ MANUFACTURER

(Ref: EASA Part-145.A.60(a), 145.A.60(b), 145.A.60(c), 145.A.60(d), 145.A.60(e), AMC
145.A.60(a), AMC 145.A.60(b), GM 145.A.60(a), GM 145.A.60(c))
This procedure is related with the:
a) Reporting important operating defects and malfunctions found by GMF AeroAsia to TC

Holder, Operator, and Authority;
b) Reporting deficiencies caused by GMF AeroAsia during maintenance to operator and
Authority after the release to service is issued; and for the
c) Internal reporting system for deficiencies created by GMF AeroAsia.
2.18.1 Internal Occurrence Reporting System
The internal occurrence reporting system is intended to collect all reports internally generated by
GMF AeroAsia and the ones received from external sources, such as customer operators, etc. The
internal occurrences which fall within the definition of occurrences to be reported shall be only a
part of the collection.
An occurrence reporting system should enable and encourage free and frank reporting of any
(potentially) safety related occurrence. This will be facilitated by the establishment of a just
culture. An organization should ensure that personnel are not inappropriately punished for
reporting or co-operating with occurrence investigations. An occurrence reporting system should
enable to separate between mandatory report and voluntary report. Description of process to
record occurrences, analysis of occurrence data and sharing information from investigations are
described in QP 218-01.
Quality Assurance and safety will initiate the review of occurrence report to identify occurrences
to be investigated. Investigation report format, management actions in response to investigation
findings, method of maintenance errors investigation, follow-up system and feedback to staff are
detailed in QP 303-01.
All Maintenance errors occur will be analyze and the result will be used for internal human factor
training material as per MOE Section 3.13 and amendment of the procedure for critical
maintenance tasks as per MOE Section 2.23.
Based on GMF AeroAsia Quality Policy, all employees are obliged to report defects created due to
GMF AeroAsia fault to their Managers in a manner that such reports will ultimately come to the
attention of the Quality Control personnel and certifying staff. Such staff will issue the appropriate
forms as described in section 2.18.2.4 for the initiation of the corrective and preventive actions
(MOE Section 3.3 & 1.1.3).

Page: 1 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
The purpose of the report is to identify the factors contributing to deficiencies, and to make the
system resistant to similar errors. Management must establish the appropriate culture to
encourage all personnel for a free and frank reporting of any (potentially) safety related
occurrence.
The Management must also ensure that personnel are not inappropriately punished for reporting
or cooperating with occurrence investigations.
Corrective action on deficiencies will be taken as instructed in MOE chapter 3.3.3 and 1.1.3. The
reporting procedure is also mentioned in MOE chapter 2.18.2.4.
2.18.2 Reportable Occurrences
2.18.2.1 Reporting Operational Defects
Any condition identified on aircraft or aircraft components that could seriously hazard the aircraft
will be reported to the appropriate authority, the TC Holder and the aircraft operator. Reports will
be made by the VP for Quality Assurance & Safety as soon as possible within 72 hours since the
defect was found, on a form and in a manner prescribed by the Authority as follows:
▪ For EASA
o The Report will be done through 2 ways: on-line reporting via a web-interface
(www.aviationreporting.eu) or off-line reporting using a pdf form downloadable from
the EASA portal.
o Either on-line or off-line reporting will be perform by Quality Assurance & Safety
personnel
▪ For any other Authority: As instructed by the NAA.
Prior to submitting the report, the VP for Quality Assurance & Safety will contact the Authority of
the A/C registration to ensure that such defect can be reported or not. The defect may not be
reported if such defect is known or it has been reported by any other organization. Defects, which
may be reported, will refer to this following table:
Table List Summary of Reportable Occurrences:

1. Serious structural damage (for example: cracks, permanent deformation, delamination,
debonding, burning, excessive wear, or corrosion) found during maintenance of the
aircraft or component.
2. Serious leakage or contamination of fluids (for example: hydraulic, fuel, oil, gas or other
fluids).
3. Failure or malfunction of any part of an engine or powerplant and/or transmission
resulting in any one or more of the following:
(a) non-containment of components/debris;
(b) failure of the engine mount structure.

Page: 2 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Table List Summary of Reportable Occurrences:

4. Damage, failure or defect of propeller, which could lead to in-flight separation of the
propeller or any major portion of the propeller and/or malfunctions of the propeller
control.
5. Damage, failure or defect of main rotor gearbox/attachment, which could lead to in-
flight separation of the rotor assembly and/or malfunctions of the rotor control.
6. Significant malfunction of a safety-critical system or equipment including emergency
system or equipment during maintenance testing or failure to activate these systems
after maintenance.
7. Incorrect assembly or installation of components of the aircraft found during an
inspection or test procedure not intended for that specific purpose.
8. Wrong assessment of a serious defect, or serious non-compliance with MEL and
Technical logbook procedures.
9. Serious damage to Electrical Wiring Interconnection System (EWIS).
10. Any defect in a life-controlled critical part causing retirement before completion of its
full life.
11. The use of products, components or materials, from unknown, suspect origin, or
unserviceable critical components.
12. Misleading, incorrect or insufficient applicable maintenance data or procedures that
could lead to significant maintenance errors, including language issue.
13. Incorrect control or application of aircraft maintenance limitations or scheduled
maintenance.
14. Releasing an aircraft to service from maintenance in case of any non-compliance which
endangers the flight safety.
15. Serious damage caused to an aircraft during maintenance activities due to incorrect
maintenance or use of inappropriate or unserviceable ground support equipment that
requires additional maintenance actions.
16. Identified burning, melting, smoke, arcing, overheating or fire occurrences.
17. Any occurrence where the human performance, including fatigue of personnel, has
directly contributed to or could have contributed to an accident or a serious incident.
18. Significant malfunction, reliability issue, or recurrent recording quality issue affecting a
flight recorder system (such as a flight data recorder system, a data link recording
system or a cockpit voice recorder system) or lack of information needed to ensure the
serviceability of a flight recorder system.
For defects required TC Holder involvement, Engineering shall coordinate with TC Holder to
have solution.
Occurrences, if any, caused by subcontractor shall be reported to GMF Aeroasia.

Page: 3 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.18.2.2 Reporting Deficiencies Caused by GMF AeroAsia during Maintenance after the Release to
Service is issued
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety will determine the need to report and recall (if necessary)
any article which may subject to faults due to inappropriate process, incorrect use of material, etc.
He will inform the customer and the Authority as appropriate describing in detail the deficiency.
Such deficiencies may be identified from the following situations:
a) Records may reveal that an important maintenance task such as AD Note or defect
rectification has not been performed, or a component with improper configuration or
certification has been installed;
b) Similar maintenance tasks have resulted in deficiencies on A/C and components under
maintenance. The defects has been found by the customer during operation;
c) Any other reason that jeopardize the safety of the aircraft.
Prior to submitting the report, the VP for Quality Assurance & Safety shall discuss with the
operator about the possibility that an unsafe condition may exist on the aircraft. Depending on
the suspected defect, the operator may verify its existence or have GMF AeroAsia to verify and
rectify the defect. Should the suspected unsafe condition is related with an AD Note and the
operator is unwilling to cooperate for the prompt correction of the defect, the VP for Quality
Assurance & Safety will inform the Authority concerned and he will act accordingly. The reporting
procedure to the Authority may be the same as per MOE section 2.18.2.1
2.18.2.3 Reporting procedure for Suspected Unapproved Part
When component suspected to be unapproved, notification to EASA shall be made by completing

a Suspected Unapproved Parts (SUP) questionnaire form TE.IORS.00048 which available to
download on the EASA website at the following address:
https://www.easa.europa.eu/domains/safety-management/aviation-safety-reporting/aviation-
safety-reporting-organisations-0
The completed SUP questionnaire should be sent to Quality Assurance and Safety Department to
be verified and will be reported to EASA.

Page: 4 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.18.2.4 Reporting Procedure

Start
Operational defect (2.18.2.1) or defect due to GMF AeroAsia fault Aircraft or component is
(2.18.2.2) has been identified during the maintenance process released with a potential
defect as per 2.18.2.2
Quality Control Staff: Issue Pending Disposition Tag (Form GMF/Q-

074) for components or MDR (Form GMF/Q-003) for aircraft
Quality Assurance: Inform
the operator and/or the
Authority as per 2.18.2.2
Quality Control Staff: Move the components to hold area (if the size
permits) as per 2.9.3. Identify the defected area on the A/C with the
Warning tag (Form GMF/Q-104)
Quality Assurance: Act as
instructed by the Operator
or Authority
Quality Control Staff: Inform the Quality Assurance. Submit a copy
of the Pending Disposition Tag (Form GMF/Q-074) or MDR (Form
GMF/Q-003) to Quality Assurance
Yes
Recall?
Defect Due to GMF AeroAsia No

Operating Defect as per Fault as per 2.18.2.2
` 2.18.2.1
QA: Initiate corrective actions as
per 3.3.1 & 3.3.3
QA: Report to Authority as QA: Initiate corrective actions as
per 2.18.2.1 per 3.3.1 & 3.3.3
Management & QA Define route

Management & QA Define route cause, take corrective &
cause, take corrective & preventive actions. Comply with
preventive actions. Comply with 3.3.1 & 3.3.3 & 1.1.3
3.3.1 & 3.3.3 & 1.1.3
Stop
DAMAGE ASSESSMENT
➢ Aircraft as per 2.15
➢ Components as per 2.9.3
Approved maintenance data available.

Authority and operator has concurred
as appropriate.
DEFECT RECTIFICATION
➢ Aircraft as per 2.15 Stop
➢ Components as per 2.9.3

Page: 5 of 5
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.19 RETURN OF DEFECTIVE AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS TO STORES

(Ref: EASA Part- 145.A.42(a). (iii))
2.19.1 Serviceable Components/Parts found defective during Installation and Returned to

Stores
When a component/part with a serviceability tag or equivalent tag is found non-conforming

during the installation/assembly, the Quality Control staff will inspect it and make disposition as
per 2.19.1 and will attach the serviceability tag form no.: GMF/ Q-434. The PPC will process it as per
this procedure and depending on its disposition (scrap, repairable, pending disposition). If
investigation needed, report the occurrences as per MOE Section 2.18.
Furthermore, the quality control staff will report to the Quality Assurance & Safety to make a
preliminary determination of the source or cause of damage and request corrective actions to the
appropriate functions. Based on the severity of the situation, a non-conformance report may be
issued as per 3.3.
2.19.2 Labelling and Handling of Unserviceable Components
2.19.2.1 Storage & Identification of Defective Components/Parts Awaiting Inspection,

Disposition & Repair
All parts and components after removed from aircraft or their next higher assembly are inspected
to determine required actions. Components/parts found defective are identified as follows:
a) Repairable /Unserviceable
If repairable per available maintenance data, components/parts are routed for repair with
the Serviceability Tag. Form No.: GMF/Q-434. This tag will remain with the
components/parts until the repair is completed and replaced with a serviceable tag.
b) Pending disposition
If during inspection or test an inspection finding leads to a required repair not covered in
the maintenance manuals, the planning engineering will assist the maintenance personnel
in defining an approved maintenance data. In this case the maintenance function and the
planning engineering will follow the requirements of MOE Section 2.9.1.2. Pending decision
components/parts are identified with the tag Form No.: GMF/Q-074.
c) Scrapping
Scrapped parts, due to lifetime expiration or defects, will be identified with a "Condemned
Tag". Form No.: GMF/Q-013. Scrapped parts are handled as per section 2.19.4.
The PPC will place the defective components/parts in the designated temporarily storage areas
waiting for maintenance work orders and to be transported to the designated units for

Page: 1 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
maintenance or to subcontractor. The PPC will arrange for the proper packaging and preservation
per MOE Section 2.20.2.
For those components/parts requiring maintenance in house, the PPC will issue a Transfer Order
and will move the components/parts to the designated shop for maintenance. For those
components/parts requiring maintenance to subcontractors, the instructions on Section 2.20 will
be followed.
Defective components/parts, which the customer is responsible for maintenance outsourcing, will
be temporarily kept by PPC in well preserved store area, packed and identified and will be
processed as agreed by the customer.
2.19.2.2 Defective Components/parts (Including Engines) Received For Maintenance (directly

from the customer or from other units)
All components/parts received for maintenance will be temporarily stored at designated store
areas, properly packed and preserved and properly identified with the following tags/forms
waiting for repair:
a) For the components/parts received from Aircraft Maintenance, a serviceability tag, (Form
No. GMF/ Q-434) and Transfer Order.
b) For the components/parts other than engine received directly from customer, a customer's
repairable or unserviceable tag or equivalent shall remain attached and work order form
(Form No.: GMF/Q-042) is used.
The responsible unit will perform the requested maintenance as required by this manual and the
appropriate quality procedures.
PPC will be responsible for controlling the components/parts received for maintenance as well as
for arranging the proper preservation, handling and segregation. While in stores awaiting
disposition/maintenance, segregation for repairable, pending disposition and scrapped
components/parts shall be carried out.
2.19.2.3 Defected Components/Parts Discontinued from Maintenance
If repair/maintenance of components/parts has to be discontinued due to lack of parts,

maintenance instructions, or production capacity, the components/parts will be stored at
designated shop’s temporary store areas attached with a “Temporary Rejection Label” Form No.:
GMF/Q-155 completed by the PPC function.
Depending on the reason, the held components/parts will be completed with any applicable
documentation. The PPC is responsible for the proper handling and preservation while in storage.
2.19.2.4 Traceability
All components/parts will be traceable to the A/C, engine and customer work order.
2.19.2.5 Defective Components/Parts Pending Disposition - No Repair Instructions Available
Page: 2 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Such components/parts will be stored and identified as instructed in MOE Section 2.9.1.2.
2.19.3 Labelling and Handling of Unsalvageable Components
Components which have reached their certified life limit or contain a non-repairable defect
classified as unsalvageable and not be permitted to re-enter the component supply system unless
certified life limits have been extended or a repair solution has been approved according to
Manufacturer. Such of Unsalvageable parts will be labelled or tagged as scrap material.
2.19.4 Control of Scrapped Parts, Material and Tools

(Ref: EASA Part-145.A.42 (d) & AMC 145.A.42 (d)
All workstations PPC Managers are responsible to collect and store definitively scrapped parts in
secured scrap containers identified per customer name and work order. The PPC will coordinate
with the customer service if the customer wants the scrapped parts to return back to his base. The
following will be performed by the PPC:
Make a list of scrap parts. Include in the list the customer's name, the part name, part number,
serial number and quantity. The list must be as detailed as possible. The scrapped parts should
have the Condemned Tag Form No.: GMF/Q-013 attached.
Provide a list of scrapped parts to the customer and keep a copy for two years. If the customer
does not take the scrap parts within one week after the maintenance work order is completed,
send the parts to the scrap area.
Make another list for tools and equipment, which are scrapped and keep a list as mentioned
above. Move the scrapped tools and equipment to the scrap area.
2.19.4.1 Destruction of the Scrapped Parts, Material & Tools
The Facility Maintenance Function is responsible for their storage and mutilation as appropriate.
This function will list all mutilated parts, materials, tools and equipment and will arrange for the
further disposal to recycle facilities. The Senior Manager of the Facility Function will perform the
following:
§ Make a list of scrap parts, material, tools and equipment, which are to be mutilated. Include
in the list the customer's name, the part name, part number, serial number and quantity. The
list must be as detail as possible.
§ Call the Quality Assurance & Safety to be present during the mutilation.
§ Under supervision of the Quality Assurance & Safety, mutilate all the collected scraps as
listed.
Page: 3 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
§ After mutilation, sign the forms and have the Quality Assurance & Safety to certify on the list
of mutilated parts that the parts have been mutilated.
Scrapped dangerous material will be placed on sealed containers and will be disposed in
accordance with applicable Indonesian government regulations. Non-dangerous material will be
drained directly to the water waste treatment.
A Quality Assurance & Safety auditor will witness the mutilation of parts, material and tools will
sign the appropriate forms and will keep records for two years. He will ensure that in any case all
parts and material have been mutilated
2.19.4.2 Scrapped Parts, Material & Tools Mutilation
The Scrapped Parts, Material & Tools shall be processes by the facility maintenance and witnesses
by Quality Assurance & Safety Auditor for mutilate in the mutilation area, and shall be recorded in
the form GMF/Q-223. The Senior Manager of Facility Maintenance or his delegate and the Quality
Assurance & Safety auditor must put their signatures and the date on the form.
After the mutilation those mutilated parts, material, tools should be place in the mutilated area for
disposal.
2.19.4.3 Use of Scrapped Chemicals (other than the dangerous), for Non-Aircraft Use
The Facility Maintenance may use the scrapped shelf life material and other chemicals for non-
aircraft use provided a list will be kept to show where such material have been used.

Page: 4 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.20 DEFECTIVE COMPONENTS/PARTS TO OUTSIDE CONTRACTORS

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.75(b))
2.20.1 Selecting the Appropriate Contractor
The Procurement function will send the defective components to an Contracted EASA Part 145
Approved Maintenance Organization listed in Approved Supplier List (ASL) as per Section 5.4 or
Subcontracted Organization not holding an EASA Part 145 approval as per Section 5.2.
Appropriate certificates will be requested, together with other maintenance records, as required
on Section 2.2.1 of this manual.
Procedure
All defective components intended to be sent to contractors are properly preserved. For
time/cycle limit components, operating and remaining time and cycles must be indicated.
When a defective component has to be repair, outsourced distribution personnel will be picked
up and send the defect part to unserviceable store before purchasing issue a repair order.
The Repair Order will clearly describe the following as appropriate:
a. Part name;
b. Part number;
c. Serial number (if any);
d. Description of defect;
e. Work to be carried out;
f. Reference to Maintenance Data;
g. Turn round time;
h. Other documents required executing the maintenance (if any);
i. Records required and certifications to be delivered;
j. The documents of the defective component must be traceable to the work order and/or A/C
registration.
k. Dispatch location and date of return.
The Procurement shall ensure that the purchase order will clearly describe the work to be
performed. Attachments of the purchase order must include all the information required to
execute the maintenance.
The Packaging & Shipping function will properly pack and preserve the component following
appropriate packaging and preservation instructions ensuring the appropriate documentation is
included. The protection will be extended to include delivery to destination using the appropriate
means of transportation as required by maintenance manuals, ATA 300 requirements or customer
requirement.

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Unserviceable loan parts must be completed with removable tag indicating the status of the
parts.
2.20.2 Receiving the Repaired Components Back from the Contractor
All components received from contractors after maintenance will pass through the receiving
inspection and will be inspected as required by QP 202-01.
Components received from contractors as per section 2.1 of this manual will be sent to shops by
material inspector for additional inspection before the GMF AeroAsia certifying staff issues a
release to service.

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.21 CONTROL OF COMPUTER MAINTENANCE RECORD SYSTEMS

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.45(e), 145.A.55(c)2, GM 145.A.55(a))
2.21.1 Security of Computer Generated Back up Files of Job Cards & PD Sheets and Engineering
Instructions
Such maintenance instructions are developed as per MOE 2.8. Back up files of Job Cards and PD
Sheets will be secured by password to avoid access to unauthorized personnel. The name of the
planning engineer who develops the job card or PD sheet and the subsequent revisions will
appear on the footer of each document and it represents the signature of the writer.
Provisions are made to secure for loss of data resulting from system failure. In all cases a back up
file must be available and updated every 24 hours.
2.21.2 Electronic Control of Maintenance Records
GMF AeroAsia does not use computerized maintenance records system for the purpose of
recording the maintenance activities performed and for electronically claiming the work. In some
instances, it may be appropriate for GMF to scan and keep in a CD, copy of the maintenance
records.
For general support records, electronic means are used to store data such as SAP and LAN. There
is at least one backup system that is updated every 24 hours. Each terminal is required to contain
program safeguards against the ability of unauthorized personnel to alter the database. The
backup former programs and release of programs in use must be able to read the data for at least
two years.
Provisions are taken so that such computerized records to be accessible only to authorized
personnel using appropriate passwords.
Computer backup discs, tapes etc. are be stored in a different location from that containing the
working discs, tapes etc., in an environment that ensures they remain in good condition.
In case the computer system is shut down, the manual system (paper work) is used to
administrate any recordings and/or transactions. When the computer system is back to normal,
all the transactions and records, which have been generated in paper, are transferred to the
computer system.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.22 CONTROL OF MAN-HOUR PLANNING VERSUS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE WORK

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.47(b), 145.A.47(c),145.A.30 (d), AMC 145.A.30 (d), 145.A.25(a)1,
145.A.25(a)2, AMC 145.A.25(a))
Determination of the Number of Employees Required
In order the man-hours for each work order to be sufficient to perform the maintenance program
within the prescribed program visit, the following must be taken into account:
a) Determination of the total man power required based on the master production schedule;
b) Based of the existing available hours per employee, determine the number of man hours
required;
c) Based on the required special skills, determine the required number of staff per type of skill;
d) Determination of sufficient number of quality audit personnel to carry out the quality
monitoring compliance functions;
e) Determination of sufficient number of skilled and qualified inspection personnel to carry out
Required Inspections as required by air carriers and/or skilled inspection personnel to carry
out duplicate inspections. These determinations will be made based on operator's or air-
carrier's maintenance program;
f) Determination of adequate number of qualified Certifying Staff for each product type;
g) The number of permanent employee of each hangar and workshop at least 50% of the total
required employee. For the purpose of meeting a specific operational necessity, a temporary
increase of the proportion of contracted staff may be permitted to GMF Aeroasia by the
competent authority, in accordance with MOE Section 1.10, which shall describe the extent,
specific duties, and responsibilities for ensuring adequate GMF Aeroasia stability;
h) Human performance limitation, complexity of work, organization of shift and other
additional factors as described in Section 2.28 of this manual.
Each General Manager will develop man-hours plan and will define the number of staff per type of
skill required accomplishing anticipated maintenance workload. These man-hours plan will be
crossed checked against hangar occupation plan and anticipated maintenance workload at least
every 3 months. In case of workload deviation, if necessary, man-hours plan shall be revised less
than 3 months. Revision process must consider item a-h of the first paragraph of this chapter.
Revision of man-hours planning shall be approved by related VP’s.
Man-hour plans will be submitted for approval to the Vice Presidents. The yearly man-hour plan
will be approved by CEO.
A deviation of more than 25% during a calendar month of manpower availability will be reported
to the VP Quality Assurance & Safety and CEO for corrective actions.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.23 CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS AND ERROR-CAPTURING METHODS

(Ref: Part 145.A.48(b), AMC1 145.A.48(b), AMC2 145.A.48(b), AMC3 145.A.48(b), AMC4
145.A.48(b))
2.23.1 Critical Maintenance Task
Critical maintenance tasks are defined as maintenance task which required to be reviewed due to
their impact to flight safety, there are:
1. tasks that may affect the control of the aircraft flight path and attitude, such as
installation, rigging and adjustments of flight controls;
2. aircraft stability control systems (autopilot, fuel transfer);
3. tasks that may affect the propulsive force of the aircraft, including installation of aircraft
engines, propellers and rotors; and
4. overhaul, calibration or rigging of engines, propellers, transmissions and gearboxes.
List of critical task items are provided by operator and can be determined by reviewing
Customer’s Continuous Aircraft Maintenance Program (CAMP). In case the owner or operator does
not specify in his CAMP, the critical task item list is developed by engineering function based on
respective Instruction for Continued Airworthiness (ICA) from manufacture, or several valid data
sources may be used, such as:
1. information from the design approval holder such as maintenance data;
2. accident reports;
3. investigation and follow-up of incidents;
4. occurrence reporting;
5. flight data analysis;
6. results of audits;
7. normal operations monitoring schemes; and feedback from training.
8. Discrepancy which captured from Error Capturing Method
The Engineering Services function will be responsible to:
a) Perform a risk analysis to determine the possibility of errors related to failure to re-install
similar components fitted to different systems of the same aircraft.
b) Utilizing past experience to determine other possible errors of incomplete maintenance.
c) Identify items that fall to steps a) & b) above and issue engineering instruction.
The planning engineer function will be responsible to:
a) Develop one Job Card for each aircraft system for the removal and installation of parts,
which are identical to another aircraft system. For example, to check the oil filters for 747-
200 engines, utilize four job cards, one for each engine.
b) Planning the accomplishment of such “identical maintenance tasks” by different mechanics
or to be done in different working shifts (this could be done for example at the production
planning phase);
Page: 1 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
c) Write the maintenance tasks for each job card by including an additional step for inspection
in the job card as the example below:
1) Step one : Remove port;
2) Step two : Borescope;
3) Step three : Install/close port;
4) Step four : Inspect port for properly closed and secured.
NOTE:
The inspection step should not be at the same step with the install/close step.
d) Identify the job card as ''Critical Tasks Job Card'' by placing such statement on the header of
the job card.
NOTE:
1. All maintenance items identified, as critical tasks.
2. This procedure applies also for the line maintenance tasks (MOE Section L2.7)
Critical maintenance task will be performed as required by the operator’s maintenance program
and the requirements of this procedure, utilizing qualified maintenance personnel who has
received training either by operator or GMF through designated training personnel. The list of
personnel who have been trained will be provided to or approved by customer as appropriate.
In case the owner or operator does not specify in his maintenance program the critical
maintenance task, the following items listed below together will be perform with error capturing
methods.
Critical Maintenance Task Items
a) Pressurization system test and components installation;

b) Flight control surface & component installation including corrective adjustments, rigging on
ailerons, elevator, rudders, stabilizer, flaps, and spoilers.
c) Fuel Cell Installation
d) Landing Gear and component installation and test
e) Major repair or alteration of primary structure or principle structure element
f) Engine and APU installation;
g) Power plant and its component installation including leak test of ATA 71 up to 90
h) Engine component installation including hydro mechanical unit FADEC, Fuel control unit,
engine driven pump, variable stator vane actuator, ignition system, Fuel Fire shut off valve,
and starter valve.
i) Thrust reverser installation and rigging
j) Engine Fan Blade Installation
k) Engine First Stage Disk installation
l) Second stage disk installation
m) Accessory drive gear box installation
n) Performance of Airworthiness Directives;
Page: 2 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
o) Calibration or rigging of components such as engines, transmissions and gearboxes;

p) Aircraft stability control systems (autopilot, fuel transfer)
q) The appropriate number of personnel will be assigned as per MOE Section 2.22 and MOE
Section 2.28. The work performed will be claimed as required by MOE Section 2.13.
2.23.2 Error Capturing Methods
Error-capturing methods are those actions defined by GMF AeroAsia to detect maintenance errors
made when performing maintenance. A combination of several actions (visual inspection,
operational check, functional test, rigging check) may be necessary in some cases. The primary
error-capturing method to be used shall be the independent inspection, in case for unforeseen
circumstances should use Re-inspection methods. Error capturing methods will be performed
based on critical maintenance task list.
2.23.2.1 Duplicate Inspection
An independent inspection is an inspection performed by an ‘independent qualified person’ of a

task carried out by an ‘authorized person’, taking into account that:
(1) the ‘authorized person’ is the person who performs the task or supervises the task and they
assume the full responsibility for the completion of the task in accordance with the applicable
maintenance data;
(2) the ‘independent qualified person’ is the person who performs the independent inspection
and attests the satisfactory completion of the task and that no deficiencies have been found.
The ‘independent qualified person’ does not issue a certificate of release to service, therefore
they are not required to hold certification privileges;
(3) the ‘authorized person’ issues the certificate of release to service or signs off the completion
of the task after the independent inspection has been carried out satisfactorily;
(4) the maintenance job card system should record the identification of both persons and the
details of the independent inspection as necessary before the certificate of release to service
or sign-off for the completion of the task is issued, for completion of jobcard ref to MOE 2.13.3
Completion of Maintenance Documentation.
Perform a Duplicate Inspection

An independent inspection should ensure correct assembly, locking and sense of operation.
When inspecting control systems that have undergone maintenance, the independent qualified
person should consider the following points independently:
(1) all those parts of the system that have actually been disconnected or disturbed should be
inspected for correct assembly and locking;
(2) the system as a whole should be inspected for full and free movement over the complete
range;
(3) cables should be tensioned correctly with adequate clearance at secondary stops;

Page: 3 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
(4) the operation of the control system as a whole should be observed to ensure that the
controls are operating in the correct sense;
(5) if different control systems are interconnected so that they affect each other, all the
interactions should be checked through the full range of the applicable controls;
(6) software that is part of the critical maintenance task should be checked, for example: version,
compatibility with aircraft configuration.
Personnel Authorized for Duplicate Inspection
Personnel qualification for performing duplicate inspection must have requirement as stated in
MOE 3.7 Qualifying Inspectors.

Page: 4 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Defining Duplicate Inspections - Decision Making Diagram

DUPLICATE INSPECTIONS
Yes
Did the operator give duplicate
inspections item?
No
Is there any AD for incorporation?

Yes
No
DUPLICATE INSPECTIONS ARE

REQUIRED
Are the flight controls, L/G, engine, emergency systems &
primary structure elements disturbed due to repair or Yes
overhaul?
No
Are corrective actions taken on

deficiencies due to GMF fault per MOE
3.3.3 & 2.18, which require increasing Yes
controls of some tasks?
Has previous maintenance results
required to increase control on some
tasks?
No
ARE NOT REQUIRED

Page: 5 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.23.2.2 Re-Inspection the work
(1) Re-inspection is an error-capturing method subject to the same conditions as an

independent inspection is, except that the ‘authorized person’ performing the maintenance
task is also acting as ‘independent qualified person’ and performs the inspection.
(2) Re-inspection should only be performed in unforeseen circumstances when only one person
is available to carry out the task and perform the independent inspection. The circumstances
cannot be considered unforeseen if the person has not assigned a suitable ‘independent
qualified person’ to that particular line station or shift.
(3) The certificate of release to service is issued after the task has been performed by the
‘authorized person’ and the re-inspection has been carried out satisfactorily. The
maintenance job card system should record the identification and the details of the re-
inspection, ref to MOE 2.13, before the certificate of release to service for the task is issued.
The policy of preventing omissions consists procedures which ensure: sign-off of task only after
completion, policy for sign-off of group of tasks, work by trainees performed under supervision,
etc. describe in MOE Section 2.13

Page: 6 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.23.3 Defining Duplicate Inspections - Decision Making Diagram

Yes
Did the operator give duplicate
inspections item?
No
Is there any AD for incorporation?

Yes
No
DUPLICATE INSPECTIONS ARE

REQUIRED
Are the flight controls, L/G, engine, emergency systems &
primary structure elements disturbed due to repair or Yes
overhaul?
No
Are corrective actions taken on

deficiencies due to GMF fault per MOE
3.3.3 & 2.18, which require increasing Yes
controls of some tasks?
Has previous maintenance results
required to increase control on some
tasks?
No
ARE NOT REQUIRED

Page: 7 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.24 REFERENCE TO SPECIFIC MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.75 (c), AMC145.A.35(a))
2.24.1 Maintenance Away from the Approved Locations (Indirect Approvals)
The following scenarios may be considered under approved privileges of GMF AeroAsia, meaning
that the related maintenance activity outside the approved locations can be carried out based on a
control procedure in the MOE:
Indirect Approval A1 B1/ Cx* D1 MOE control

Line Base B3 procedure
Scenario 1- Occasional aircraft line maintenance X Par. 2.24.1.1
Scenario 2- GMF AeroAsia to support of an X X Par. 2.24.1.2.1
unserviceable aircraft due to an unscheduled
event (AOG)
Scenario 3- B/C GMF AeroAsia to support “on- X X Par. 2.24.1.2.2
wing” maintenance
Scenario 4- NDT activities under D1 rating X Par. 2.24.1.2.3
*See GMF AeroAsia Scope of Work (MOE 1.9)
For further explanation about the probability scenario would be describe below.
2.24.1.1 Occasional Aircraft Line Maintenance
GMF AeroAsia for the need of supporting an A/C operation in a non-approved location for line
maintenance (e.g. one-time flight, short term or seasonal contract, flight schedule change, etc.) will
classified as occasional Aircraft Line Maintenance. The use of this privilege is specifically limited to
those cases where the GMF AeroAsia has a maintenance contract with the EU customer operator
requesting such maintenance outside the approved location.
The procedure shall be limited to :

a. Aircraft type listed in the MOE 1.9 scope of work and;
b. Routine tasks up to and including weekly check (or MOE 1.9 maintenance level whichever is
less);
c. Trouble shooting and defect rectification
A process shall be in place, under the responsibility of the Quality Manager, to show:
• The maintenance Manager ensures that the necessary facilities, certifying staff, tools,
equipment, material, maintenance data will be made available as necessary according to
customer work order and the maintenance records will be managed;
• The maintenance is recorded in both aircraft techlog and customer work order and will be
retained as per section 2.14.2 of this MOE.
• Quality Assurance shall perform audit according applicable approved quality system and give
approval for the readiness of the work. Audit shall base on the following criteria:

Page: 1 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Use of the non-approved location Approval

(consecutive calendar days)
Equal or less than 10 Issued by the Quality manager based either
on an on-site audit or a desktop review
Between 10 and 40 Issued by the Quality manager based on an
onsite audit
Note:
When the duration expected for the maintenance is more than 40 days, the approval of a
new line station shall be requested to EASA , to be listed in the MOE 5.3 (list of line
maintenance locations as per 145.A.75 (d))
When the privilege is used for more than 10 days (second case in the table above), EASA
shall be notified of such approval within 7 days from the date of the beginning of the
operation.
• The completion of the maintenance is to be done by issuing an aircraft certificate of release

to service according to MOE section 2.16.
• List of all CRS issued under this procedure will be made available to EASA upon request.
The notification shall be formalized using a form no. GMF/Q-383, and to be listed in chapter 5 of this
MOE, including the following minimum information:
a. Customers operator requesting the occasional line maintenance
b. Aircraft types
c. Scope of the requested line maintenance
d. Location
e. Number and category of certifying staff assigned to support this activity
f. Quality manager signature
The above mentioned procedures related to the "Occasional Maintenance" are approved by the
competent authority based upon the ability of the Quality System to deal adequately with the Part
145 requirements.
The repetitive use of the privilege for the same customer at the same location is not permitted. In
this case the approval of a new line station shall be requested to EASA.
2.24.1.2 Maintenance outside the approved locations other than “occasional line maintenance”
(Scenario 2, 3 and 4)
1. Support of an unserviceable aircraft due to an unscheduled event (AOG), Scenario 2
Applies to the need of aircraft maintenance in the case of an unscheduled/unexpected event, such
as an AOG requiring defect rectification, subject to an MOE control procedure which meets the

Page: 2 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
minimum requirements specified in par. 4 MOE Section 2.24.1.2 and further subject to the following
limitations specific to the GMF AeroAsia rating:
• The privilege of having received a work order or having a maintenance contract with the EU
customer/operator (A/C covered by the basic Regulation) requesting such maintenance outside
the approved location;
• In the case of Aircraft Base Maintenance activity, is not applicable for GMF.
2. GMF AeroAsia to support “on-wing” maintenance, Scenario 3
Applies only to activities carried out “on-wing” following a maintenance work order received from
the customer/operator (either scheduled or unscheduled maintenance), subject to an MOE control
procedure which meets the minimum requirements specified in par. 4 MOE of this section and
further subject to the following limitations specific the GMF AeroAsia rating:
• The activity is performed “on-wing” without removal of the component. Nevertheless, there is
intent to temporarily remove a component for maintenance, in order to improve access to that
component, except when such removal generates the need for additional maintenance;
• The GMF AeroAsia internal procedures:
o Perform coordination either with line maintenance regarding the tools, facilities, work order
to perform such maintenance. CRS will be issued by A/C certifying staff, further explanation
see par. 5 MOE of this section.
o On wing support team, are able to use aircraft maintenance data, only if: tools, facility,
qualified person available and those task are available to perform refer to aircraft
maintenance data. Further explanation see par. 5 MOE of this section.
• Where the maintenance task to be performed is only included in the engine/component
maintenance data (e.g. it is only in the ESM or CMM) confirmation from the TCH (Type Certificate
Holder) is needed that the task can be carried out outside the workshop environment; In case
of scheduled maintenance, the repetitive use of the privilege at the same location or for the
same customer at different locations is not permitted;
• With regards to Cx rating, this privilege is intended for to those components which are not
readily transportable (e.g. thrust reverser, radome, LDG strut, etc.);
3. NDT activities under D1 rating, Scenario 4
This class rating is only necessary when GMF AeroAsia carries out NDT as a particular task for
another organization and by definition this activity may need to be carried out at the customer’s
facility where the particular aircraft, engine or component is located, subject to an MOE control
procedure which meets the minimum requirements specified in par. 4 MOE of this Section and
further subject to the following limitations specific of GMF AeroAsia::
• For intent to perform NDT with D1 rating for other maintenance organizations, GMF will receive
interoffice request including the scope of work needed to perform the job. Based on that official
request determine what kind of support needed to provide by GMF AeroAsia (personnel, tools,
equipment etc). CRS will be issued by the maintenance organizations (who have Ax, Bx, Cx
Rating) who request to perform NDT for Aircraft, Component and Engine.

Page: 3 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
4. Procedure for Scenario 2, 3 and 4.
This procedure shall be limited to aircraft type or components or engines or NDT methods listed in
MOE section 1.9 scope of work and maintenace activities strictly necessary to recover the aircraft
unserviceability condition as limited by the section 1.9 maintenance level.
A process shall be in place, under the responsibility of the Quality Manager, to show:
a. The maintenance manager ensures that the necessary facilities, certifying staff, tools,
equipment, material, maintenance data is made available as necessary according to customer
work order.
b. Availability of a list of all the CRS issued under this procedure to be made available to EASA upon
request;
c. The maintenance is recorded in both aircraft technical log and customer work order and will be
retained as per section 2.14.2 of this MOE.
d. Quality Assurance shall perform audit according applicable approved quality system and give
approval for the readiness of the work, based on a desktop review. Audit shall be performed
refer to MOE Section 2.24.1.2(c)
e. The completion of components or engines or NDT maintenance are to be done by issuing an
EASA Form 1 according to section 2.16, and the completion of aircraft maintenance is to be
done by issuing an aircraft certificate of release to service according to section 2.16.
Maintenance task of components or engines or NDT methods will performed refer to job card of
aircraft task issued in accordance with the aircraft maintenace limitation in this section.
The notification is formalized using a form no. GMF/Q-383 and to be listed in chapter 5 of this MOE,
with the following information:
a. Aircraft type and registration number
b. Location
c. Description of the unserviceability of the aircraft and expected scope of maintenance
d. Composition of the working team (number and category of licenses)
e. Specify the rating under which the activity is carried out (A1 Line, Bx, Cx, D1);
f. Quality manager signature
5. Technical Requirements for Scenario 3 and 4, Shop Personnel works on Aircraft Maintenance
a) The person must be appropriately qualified for the specific work;

b) The responsibility of the quality of the works remains with the shop personnel (depend on
the work orders, if the maintenance not required to issue EASA Form 1 responsibility of the
quality will belong to A/C certifying staff).
c) The co-ordination of the works on aircraft is the aircraft maintenance responsibility, if
applicable.
d) Upon receipt of the work order from aircraft maintenance, the shop personnel will decide
whether to use the specific Job Card or MDR given by the aircraft maintenance or to develop

Page: 4 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
a PD Sheet as necessary to perform the work. Such PD sheet if developed must be traceable
to MDR or Job Card.
e) The aircraft maintenance will coordinate the intervention of the workshop teams. The
workshop personnel, in accordance with applicable procedures will perform the works.
f) Upon satisfactory completion of the works, the shop personnel will stamp the work he
performed.
The Aircraft certifying staff will be responsible for the overall acceptance of the work.
2.24.2 Maintenance Away from the Approved Locations (Direct Approvals)

EASA may consider additional scenarios for maintenance outside the approved locations in cases
not already covered by the previous paragraph 2.24.1, to be approved on a case by case basis,
therefore subject to a direct approval.
Prerequisite for considering any additional scenario is a demonstration of need (e.g. warranty
claims, support of an EU operator, etc.), where the related assessment by EASA will depend on a risk
based approach and confidence building with the maintenance organization.
The following are examples (list not exhaustive) of additional scenarios subject to direct approval:
a. temporary need of a Bx/Cx AMO to perform several scheduled “on-wing” activities on different
aircraft (e.g. implementation of modification campaign following SBs, ADs);
b. need of a Bx/Cx AMO to perform maintenance outside the approved locations at another Bx/Cx
workshop (workshop “off-wing” maintenance);
Any such case, GMF AeroAsia will ask concession request as per MOE 3.10 procedure, specifying as
a minimum:
a) The proposed scenario (including location(s)) and demonstration of need;
b) Statement from the Quality system that the conditions in which the intended maintenance
will be carried out have been verified to be in compliance with applicable Part-145
requirements. Prior agreement with the assigned inspector is necessary to decide if this
statement shall be based on desktop or on-site audit by the Quality System, which will
depend on the confidence building with the organization’s quality system and the risk
associated with the maintenance task;
c) Confirmation that any maintenance according to the proposed scenario, will be only started
after approval by EASA;
2.24.3 Engine on Wing Running Procedure

Qualified authorized personnel will perform on-wing engine test run in accordance with current
maintenance manuals. Test results will be recorded on test data sheets.
2.24.4 Aircraft Pressure Running Procedure
This procedure will be accomplished per applicable current maintenance manuals. Pressure run
results will be recorded on Job Cards.

Page: 5 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.24.5 Aircraft Towing In and Out of Hangars Procedure

Qualified personnel will tow and supervise A/C towing. When the operator procedure is not
available, engineering will develop engineering instructions for aircraft towing.
2.24.6 Aircraft Taxiing Procedure.
GMF AeroAsia does not perform A/C taxing.
2.24.7 Aircraft Technical Wash
The engineering will develop engineering instructions reference to manufacturer cleaning

instructions for the cleaning of the aircraft prior commencing the maintenance.
2.24.8 Control/ Supervision of de-icing system
For the specific requirement to control/supervision of de-icing system, it’s accomplished in

accordance with operator procedure related to method of de-icing procedure (liquid chemical
used) including safety precaution.
2.24.9 Handling and control of waste material
Waste material will be identified, included in list of scrap material and secure in scrap container.
Waste material scrap are handled as per section 2.19.2
2.24.10 Scrapping of part
Scrapped part, due to lifetime expiration or defect, will be identified with a “Condemned Tag”. Form
No.: GMF/Q-013. Scrapped parts are handled as per section 2.19.2
2.24.11 Aircraft De-Fueling & Fueling Procedure

It’s accomplished in accordance with current maintenance manuals. Engineering will develop
engineering instructions, including precautions during fueling and de-fueling.
2.24.12 Aircraft Weighing
The manufacturer prior to delivery of the aircraft determines the Weight and the Center of Gravity.
Licensed personnel will accomplish repeat determination of the Weight and the Center of Gravity
of the aircraft in accordance with the instructions of the operator.
2.24.13 Ground & Flight Test
A ground & flight test is performed as required by the operator's specifications. GMF AeroAsia will
arrange for the flight test plan in consultation with the operator.

Page: 6 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.24.14 Aircraft Jacking
Aircraft jacking shall be performed in accordance with applicable chapter of maintenance manuals.
The supervisor will ensure that all safety precautions have been met.
2.24.15 Aircraft Docking and Ground Support
The engineering will develop engineering instructions reference to manufacturer instructions for
the docking, setting up access equipment, safety and support systems.
2.24.16 Aircraft Test Flight
An aircraft that has been maintained, repair, rebuilding, or alteration in a manner that may have
appreciably change its flight characteristics or substantially affected its operation in flight, the
aircraft flight test shall be perform. The details requirement are follow to operator’s test flight
procedures.

Page: 7 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.25 PROCEDURES TO DETECT AND RECTIFY MAINTENANCE ERRORS

(Ref: Part 145.A.48(c), AMC 145.A.48(c), GM 145.A.48(c))
This section describe procedures to minimize multiple errors, errors being repeated in identical
maintenance task compromising more than one system or function and preventing omissions
This procedure is also aim to identify the factor contributing to incidents or potential incident and
to make the GMF AeroAsia system resistant to such errors.
All members of staff are actively encouraged to submit reports using the GMF AeroAsia Internal
Occurrence Reporting (IOR) in accordance with QP 218-01.
GMF AeroAsia has establish an environment in which maintenance errors’ may be openly
investigated in order that the contributing factors and root causes of such errors’ can be
addressed. GMF AeroAsia believes that a full and free reporting system is the best method for
establishing how and why events happen.
Every effort will be made to avoid action that may inhibit reporting and/or the personnel are not
inappropriately punished for reporting or cooperating with occurrence investigations.
2.25.1 Procedure to Minimize the Risk of Multiple Errors and Preventing Omissions
To minimize the risk of multiple errors and preventing omissions, maintenance personnel should
follow:
(1) that every maintenance task is signed off only after completion, for details of signing off
ref to MOE 2.13.3;
(2) that work performed by personnel under supervision (i.e. temporary staff, trainees) is
checked and signed off by an authorized person as stated on MOE 2.13.3;
Engineering function should grouping the tasks to allow maintenance personnel could sign-
off clearly identified. Grouping of maintenance task based on the complexity, critical item,
and workstation, which stated on MOE 2.8.2.2.
2.25.2 Procedure to Minimize the Risk of Errors being Repeated in Identical Maintenance Tasks
Compromising than One System or Function
No person is required to perform a maintenance task involving removal/installation or

assembly/disassembly of several components of the same type fitted to more than one system, a
failure of which could have an impact on safety, on the same aircraft or component during a
particular maintenance check. However, in unforeseen circumstances when only one person is
available, GMF AeroAsia may make use of reinspection as described in MOE Section 2.23
Engineering function will define identical task by reviewing task of maintenance which impact to
the flight safety. Those tasks will be identified by engineering function and planned by planning

Page: 1 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
engineer to be perform either using independent inspection and re-inspection as stated on MOE
Section 2.8 and the methods of error capturing on MOE Section 2.23.
2.25.3 Identification of Methods in use to Minimize the Risks
Planning method (Only Applicable for identical maintenance tasks)

To minimize the risk of multiple errors or errors being repeated in identical maintenance task,
Production unit required to develop man hour planning vs workload which stated on MOE 2.22.
Developed manhour plan will be used as reference to assign different maintenance personnel to
perform identical maintenance task/same task in different systems.
Identification of the error-capturing method(s) to be used

For minimizing error of the critical task are used error capturing methods, such as; independent
inspection or re-inspection procedures, for details of those methods ref to MOE 2.23.
Implementation of the error capturing methods decided by type of the task, there are identical
maintenance task or critical maintenance task. The primary methods use is independent
inspection (for identical task could be use different authorized person) and the secondary are re-
inspection (limited to unforeseen cases when only one person is available), details are described
in Table below.
Minimizing the Risk of Errors being Repeated in

Identical Maintenance Tasks and Error Capturing
Type of Task Description of Task
Methods Priority
Primary Secondary
Identical Removal / installation or assembly / Performance by
Maintenance disassembly of several components different authorized
task of the same type fitting to more than persons of the same
one system, a failure of which can task in different systems
have an impact on safety, on the (planning method)
same aircraft or component during a
particular maintenance check. (e.g. OR Re-inspection by the
dual engine oil uplift, replacement of same authorized
both cabin pressure controllers on Independent inspection person who has
one aircraft, etc.) performed the task
Critical Maintenance task which required to Independent inspection (limited to
Maintenance be reviewed due to their impact to unforeseen cases
Task flight safety, there are: when only one
1. tasks that may affect the control person is available)
of the aircraft flight path and
attitude, such as installation,
rigging and adjustments of flight
controls;
2. aircraft stability control systems
(autopilot, fuel transfer);
Page: 2 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Minimizing the Risk of Errors being Repeated in

Identical Maintenance Tasks and Error Capturing
Type of Task Description of Task
Methods Priority
Primary Secondary
3. tasks that may affect the
propulsive force of the aircraft,
including installation of aircraft
engines, propellers and rotors;
and
4. overhaul, calibration or rigging of
engines, propellers, transmissions
and gearboxes.

Page: 3 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.26 SHIFT/TASK HAND OVER PROCEDURE

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.47 (c), AMC 145.A.47 (c)
2.26.1 General
The primary objective of the shift/task handover is to ensure effective communication between
the incoming Manager and outgoing Manager at the point of handing over the continuation or
completion of the maintenance.
All production Managers will provide a Handover Maintenance Status Record located at each
production line in which the maintenance that is to continue from the next shift will be recorded
and communicated with the next shift Manager.
The communication between the incoming and outgoing Managers must be sufficient and
effective in order the succeeding maintenance Manager to continue the work without leaving any
maintenance or inspection tasks unfinished due to misunderstandings.
In order to established shift/task handover process in maintenance area, socialization and

indoctrination related to shift/task handover requirement will be performed in each production
area.
2.26.2 Information exchange between outgoing and incoming Managers for base maintenance
activities
Not Applicable
2.26.3 Information exchange between outgoing and incoming Managers for line maintenance
activities
The outgoing Manager at the end of the shift will:
a) Ensure that all completed work is signed by the engineers as per operator’s procedure.
b) Enter on the Handover Maintenance Status Record the unfinished work on that shift, and
the finished hand over work from the shift before. The incoming Manager should continue
the unfinished work. Outgoing manager should give the following information:
▪ Operator’s name, aircraft registration and flight number;
▪ The step number of transit/pre-flight/daily check list the incoming manager must
continue the work, with details such as how many screws already open and etc.;;
▪ If there is any unfinished trouble shooting of defect / malfunction, enter the slip or
sequence number of aircraft technical log in which the defect reported and give
reference to the manufacturer's maintenance data for trouble shooting.
▪ Give information regarding outstanding issue
▪ Give information manpower required for finishing the works.
Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
▪ Give information facility required (material or tools) for finishing the works
▪ Give any other information as necessary;
▪ Sign and date on the hand over maintenance record.
c) Meet with the incoming Manager and brief him of the exact status of the work in progress
and show him at the site what is to be continued based on what is written on the record.
This briefing includes accounting for the in progress maintenance status of the work orders
and availability status of tools/equipment and any other facilities that are to be used to
assure continuation of the work
The incoming Manager will:
a) Meet with the outgoing Manager and be briefed of the exact status of the work in progress.
Read and understand what was written in the hand over maintenance record and ask the
outgoing Manager to show at the site what is to be continued based on what is written on the
record.
b) Sign and date on the hand over maintenance record.

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.27 PROCEDURES FOR NOTIFICATION OF MAINTENANCE DATA INACCURACIES AND

AMBIGUITIES TO THE TYPE CERTIFICATE HOLDER
(Ref: Part 145.A.45 (c) / AMC 145.A.45 (c)
2.27.1 General
This section is referring to the procedure, which will be followed by engineering services when
inaccurate, incomplete or ambiguous practice or information, etc, mentioned in the maintenance
data has been found during maintenance.
Engineering function will evaluate maintenance data inaccuracies and ambiguities by review:
1. Sequence of performing works.
2. Validity of reference, engineering must ensure the reference used is still valid.
3. Different statement in the same reference,
4. Applicability of Aircraft/engine/component type/register/serial number & tools and
material used.
5. Identify the suspected ambiguity words by analyze the words structure are consisting of
subject, predicate and object.
6. Compare the developed job card task either by using transcribe accurately or precise
reference with the valid reference. Ensure that the meaning is the same between the
reference and the developed job card.
Method of assessment and extraction of those ambiguities/inaccuracies is reported under

MOE 2.18 as mandatory reportable occurrences
Maintenance data ambiguities means where a statement of compliance having more than one
possible meaning and therefore possibly causing confusion. The authors of maintenance data
may be any of the following:
• Aircraft / component design organization (AMM, SB, SRM.)
• The competent authority
• The organization itself in the case of organization job cards.
• The customers in the case of job cards issued and furnished by the customers.
Based on MOE Section 2.25.4 procedure, the maintenance personnel will inform engineering
through their Manager when such incomplete or ambiguous information is found in the
maintenance data. In this case, the related on-going maintenance task shall be held until the
incomplete / ambiguous information is clarified by Engineering Services.
Engineering Services will take the appropriate and immediate actions as per the requirements of
this procedure to ensure that such information will arrive to the manufacturer for corrective
action.

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.27.2 Procedure
Engineering Services will:
a) Record the details of the problems;

b) Notify the problem to the manufacturer/author of the maintenance data. Give information
as detailed as possible including necessary supporting data;
c) Retain the manufacturer’s letter and all supporting information received until the
manufacturer has revised the maintenance manual.
NOTE:
1. Engineering is not allowed to modify any maintenance data unless a written approval by the
manufacturer/author is obtained as per MOE Section 2.8.2.4
2. In case the manufacturer or the author of the maintenance data notifies that the data is
correct and must be followed as is, the capability of the specific maintenance task must be
terminated until the appropriate training is received from the manufacturer or another
approved AMO. See MOE Section 3.4 & 3.8.
3. If there is a problem related job card issued and furnished by customer, planning
engineering will notify to the customer
Planning engineering will:
a) Receive the information and the corrections of the maintenance data from the manufacturer
and transcribe that information to the Job Card/MDR/PD Sheet per MOE Section 2.8 giving
reference to the manufacturer’s letter. Ensure that a copy of such letter is kept as a work
order maintenance record (MOE Section 2.14);
b) Provide the corrected maintenance instructions (job card/MDR/PD Sheet) to the
maintenance personnel. Consider the need to make any shop floor changes (MOE Section
2.13) to any previously issued job card/MDR/PD sheet.

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.28 PRODUCTION PLANNING PROCEDURES

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.47 (a) (b), AMC145. A.47 (a) (b), 145.A.10, AMC 145.A.10,
145.A.65(b)1, GM 145.A.65(b)(1))
2.28.1 Maintenance planning and control – Pre-execution phase
Prior to accepting a contract, GMF AeroAsia evaluate its capability and its capacity in order to be
able to fulfill the work order contractual requirements.
When the maintenance program is contracted, the maintenance units are responsible to execute
the maintenance within the agreed maintenance program, schedule, needed of special facilities
and ensure related to the scope of work of maintenance organizations. Ensure hangar slot are
available based on hangar slot management of line maintenance.
When the maintenance work package provided by customer, maintenance personnel have to
trained how to handle its maintenance work package by customer. If the customer not provided
maintenance work order then maintenance organizations use internal work packaged as stated in
MOE Section 2.13.
Every critical task contained on the work package, planning engineer evaluate based on MOE
Section 2.23.
For the aircraft maintenance or as otherwise required, the project manager manage and control
the execution of the maintenance and being the interface between maintenance managers and
customer.
If there is any maintenance need to be outsourced, purchaser determine appropriate contractor

or subcontractor based on MOE Section 2.20.
Production Planning Objectives
The VP of every production unit ensures that all management has established measurable quality
objectives in line with the company's policy and customer's requirements when planning for
production.
The objective of the production planning is to ensure that:
a) The maintenance is performed in accordance with the operator's maintenance program and
other customer requirements and in line with the requirements of the Authority of the A/C
registration;
b) The lead times required by the customer as agreed is met
The following flow chart gives an overview of the production planning.

Page: 1 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
START
MAINTENANCE SLOT MANAGEMENT &

PRODUCTION PLANNING
MARKET NEEDS DEFINED AND CONTRACTS ARE

PROCESSED RELATED TO THE SCOPE OF WORK
LONG TERM CONTRACTS ONE TIME CONTRACT AND/OR

UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
PPC: Analyze contracted maintenance Yes

requirements, define maintenance slots, Slot available?
the needs of special facilities and
develop/revise the master production No
schedule
Marketing: Coordinate with
PPC: Distribute the master production customer to reschedule the
schedule and any revisions to production maintenance if possible.
and support functions
Yes Customer
Production &Support functions: Referring
to current master production schedule, agrees?
plan the manpower required (MOE 1.7,
17,
2.22,
2.22)
2.28.3) No
Maintenance not
Production & PPC: Arranged for adequate contracted
space, support equipment,
environmental conditions and tooling
(MOE 1.8, 2.4, 2.7)
STOP
Planning engineer: Referring to

operator’s maintenance program,
EXECUTION
develop the job cards or PD sheets as
(MOE 2.10, 2.13, 2.28.4- 2.28.5)
appropriate (MOE 2.8, 2.13.1)
Material planning: Plan routine and non-

routine material needs for the next three
months (MOE 2.28.2)

Page: 2 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.28.2 Maintenance Data Planning
The Planning Engineer receive maintenance work scope, current customer maintenance program
and current maintenance data reference from customer. if the customer provide their
maintenance data, validity of the maintenance data ref to the maintenance contract which stated
on MOE Section 4.4.If the customer not provide those data, the validity of the maintenance data
controlled by technical publications as stated on MOE Section 2.8.
Referring to customer maintenance program, current maintenance data develop the job cards or
PD sheets as appropriate (MOE Section 2.8, 2.13.1)
2.28.3 Material Requirements Planning
The material planning and procurement arrange for the provision of the right materials in the
right place and at the right time at reasonably cost for aircraft, engine and components
maintenance. Material is purchased based on supplier list on Approved Provider List DQ-005.
Having the right material in the right place at the right time requires an understanding of GMF
complete supply chain from consumption of the part for maintenance back through to the time
that the use of the part was forecasted. All functions mentioned in this procedure are required to
implement the requirements of Supply Chain Chart below.

Page: 3 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Supply chain chart
Scheduled Maintenance - Actual Part Usage – Bill of

Master Production Schedule Material & IPC, SB, MM (by
(by Production planning) Material plan. & Planning
engineering)
Un-scheduled Maintenance
(by Production planning) Material on Hand –
Existing Inventory
ACCURATE (by Material Planning)
INVENTORY FORECAST
Work Order Requirements
(by Planning engineering) Customers’ Supplied Material
(by Customer)
Failure/Defects Information – Supplier Lead times

Historic Data (by Procurement)
(by Material Planning & Prod.
SPv))
Planned order release
Purchase requisition
issued
Purchase Order
Receiving Inspection
Maintenance Location

Page: 4 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Material Planning Requirements
a) The material planning function manage inventories by anticipating their use and production
planning. Such anticipatory approach to inventory is to maintain the safety stock levels and
the turnover ratio.
b) For Components and Mandatory 100% replacement items, the Planning Engineering bears
the responsibility to determine routine material quality/ specification requirements and
quantity required based on confirmed contracts, customers' work orders and maintenance
manual requirements.
c) The material planning function utilize the ERP (Enterprise Resources Planning) system (e.g.:
SAP) to control the inventories. The ERP system is updated on regular basis to ensure a
current material planning system is in place. A means to accurately update the ERP system is
to predict as accurate as possible the material required to cover the following three months
production schedules while low cost material (expendables) are always available to handle
unforeseen rectification.
2.28.4 Man-power planning – Pre-execution phase
MOE Section 1.7 and 2.22 describes the procedure for the determination of the manpower
required for the execution of maintenance as well as manpower availability.
This section gives instructions for considering human factors performance and limitations when
the production and PPC managers plan the maintenance tasks and the production managers
organize the shifts for the execution of maintenance.
I. Assigning manpower for day shift work
The production and support managers must consider the following requirement when they
assign personnel to work day shift:
▪ In an eight hours day shift, two breaks of accumulative one hour is made. When overtime is
used, it may not be more than fourteen (14) hours per week.
II. Assigning manpower for second shift work - Guidelines to design a shift system
There are some general guidelines for decreasing the effects of shift work:
a) Excessive numbers of consecutive workdays (more than 8) being scheduled with caution,
and screening workers for physical and mental stress may be necessary;
b) The amount of off-time increase as does the number of consecutive workdays and the
length of the work shifts increase;

Page: 5 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
c) A shift system aim to maximize the amount of off-time between work shifts;
d) The length of a work shift is dependent on the type of tasks being performed and workload
on the job. Critical tasks is planned on day shift whenever possible;
e) Minimize changes in shift schedules.
Manpower planning as stated on Point I and II above, must consider manpower required related
to capabilities.
2.28.5 Tools and equipment planning
The tools and equipment planning function prepare the tools and equipment refer to
maintenance work package needed and make Bill of Tools. The responsible manager responsible
to ensure that all tools and equipment are available to perform maintenance as specified in
maintenance data.
2.28.6 Managing and controlling schedules – Execution phase
The PPC prioritizes and distributes the job cards as per daily controlled schedules (MOE 2.28.5)
using the daily menu. This daily menu gives to maintenance personnel an overview of what job
cards have been accomplished, what have to be accomplished and what Job Cards are still open.
The status of the work in progress is controlled by the data base system. The same requirements
apply for defects rectification using MDR (see Section 2.15).
Production meeting takes place at regular intervals headed by the project manager. Participants
discuss the progress of the maintenance, bring up quality and production problems and define
corrective actions to bring the program in track. The customer representative participate in the
meeting.
All Senior Managers & Managers are responsible to assign only qualified personnel to perform
maintenance and inspections including required inspections. No one person is allowed to
perform unsupervised work other than that allowed by his certificate of competency (C of C) or his
authorization. In addition, in order for the personnel to properly perform their maintenance tasks,
they have available in close proximity and follow without deviation the:
▪ Job Card or MDR, or PD Sheet, and

▪ The current maintenance data appropriate for the maintenance task.

Page: 6 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.28.6.1 Requested amendments to work order
Amendments means adding maintenance tasks and or deleting some tasks previously planned for
incorporation. In either case the customer communicate any amendments using the GMF Form
GMF/Q-028. The customer must state in this form what is to be added or deleted, sign it as
appropriate and hand it over to the project manager or to PPC (if project manager is not being
assigned).
The project Manager or the PPC is responsible to assign a control number of each amendment
and control the number of amendments issued. For additions, he/she process each amendment
to the planning engineer for the development of the appropriate maintenance documents and
also to customer service for billing.
For the deletions, he/she hand over a copy to certifying staff. The certifying staff will evaluate if
any airworthiness requirements are violated and he/she proceed as per section 3.9. At the end of
the maintenance, all amendments are handed over to certifying staff to determine appropriate
incorporation.
2.28.7 Daily scheduling the maintenance tasks – Execution phase
I. Defining the daily works (daily menu) based on the pre-established daily schedules &
Control Room Operations
The PPC controllers, project & program managers, and productions manager are part of the
control room team having their responsibility to perform the following on a daily basis:
a) Monitoring the daily work ensuring problems have been identified at the early stages and
correcting them as soon as possible;
b) Ensuring the daily work is finished as planed and meets quality targets;
c) Obtaining evidence that all maintenance and inspection operations have been completed
as planned;
d) Defining contingency plans and applying as necessary;
e) Scheduling the next shift or next day production and ensuring it being carried out under
controlled conditions. Controlled conditions include as applicable the following:
▪ The job cards and non-routine cards for execution;
▪ The applicable drawing and other approved maintenance data;
▪ The establishment of process controls for the next day by identifying the key
inspection points;
▪ Determining manpower and skills based on the above requirements and considering
human factors;
▪ Determining tools and material needed;
▪ Monitoring and controlling the utilities and supplies such as compressed air, electricity
and chemical products, to extend they may affect product quality.

Page: 7 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
II. Scheduling of safety-critical tasks during periods when staff are likely to be most alert
The production managers make any effort to minimize the impact of fatigue by:
▪ Allocating more critical tasks during day shifts when staff are likely to be more alert;
▪ Ensuring that appropriate checks are carried out after night shift work;
▪ Breaking up lengthy repetitive tasks into smaller tasks, with breaks in between;
▪ Consider the human performance limitations as instructed in MOE Section 2.28.3
The production and PPC Manager make any effort possible so that the safety critical tasks as per
MOE Section 2.23 are performed on the day shift.

Page: 8 of 8
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2.29 AIRWORTHINESS REVIEW PROCEDURES AND RECORDS

Ref: EASA Part 145.A.55(a), GM 145.A.55(a), 145.A.75(f)
Not Applicable

Page: 1 of 1
Exposition
PART L2
ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

BUSH 19130
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART: L2 ADDITIONAL LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES SECTION: L2.1
L2.1 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF AIRCRAFT COMPONENTS, TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, ETC

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.75 (d))
General - Contracted Line Maintenance at Line Stations and/or Work performed at locations other
than GMF AeroAsia Facility
In order for GMF AeroAsia to perform line maintenance at line stations it will be required, to
obtain the necessary approvals from the Authority of the A/C registration. The VP for Quality
Assurance & Safety will request for the necessary approvals as per Section 1.10 of this manual.
Should the necessary approval from the Authority of A/C registration is obtained and the GMF
AeroAsia's operations specifications indicated, so the VP for Line Maintenance will arrange for the
performance of the line maintenance as indicated in the GMF AeroAsia operation specifications
and at the designated line stations or locations.
The VP for Line Maintenance will assign line station Senior Managers and Supervisors as
appropriate for managing, supervising, performing and inspecting the work and he will also have
the prime responsibility for ensuring the requirements of this manual are followed. The GM for
Line Maintenance, before executing the work, he will ensure that:
The line maintenance is performed as per operator's maintenance program;
a) All the necessary material, equipment, trained personnel, and maintenance data as per
Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 & 2.6 & Section 3 of this manual are available;
b) Components removed serviceable from aircraft shall meet requirement as per Section
2.16.6
c) Material and equipment meet modification standard as per Section 2.11
d) Release of components to the maintenance process shall meet requirement as per Section
2.16.3
e) A supervisor holding the appropriate CASR Part 65 AMEL will supervise the work;
f) Certifying staff holding an appropriate Certifying Staff Authorization issued per Section 3.4
of this manual, as approved by the Authority of A/C registration will be available all the
time for releasing (if appropriate) the work to service;
g) The applicable Quality Procedures as referred to this Part L2 and this Manual are available
at the line station;
h) The forms used are the same described in this manual and Quality Procedures unless
specific forms are give by the operator;
i) Control of operator’s maintenance data as per section 2.8.1.4.
j) Component / material acceptance shall meet requirement as per Section 2.2.
The Quality Assurance & Safety will schedule and perform audits at line stations as per QP 301-01
for ensuring that the requirements of this manual are met.
Revision No. : 1 Date of Revision : 18 Oct 2022

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Special Request for One-Time Approval to Perform Work at another Location
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety, prior to issuing a formal request to the Authority of A/C
registration for one-time approval, he will ask the PMI of the Authority in concern for his
intensions. Should the Authority be indented to give such approval, The VP for Quality Assurance
& Safety will official apply for approval utilizing appropriate request forms from the Authority or as
required by the Authority. In addition to the above mentioned, the requirements of Section 2.24
of this manual will be followed as applicable. The work will be performed as required in Part L2 of
this manual.
Revision No. : 1 Date of Revision : 18 Oct 2022

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
L2.2 LINE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES RELATED TO SERVICING/FUELING/DE-ICING

INCLUDING INSPECTION FOR/REMOVAL OF DE-ICING/ANTI-ICING FLUID RESIDUES, ETC.
L2.2.1 General
The following typical servicing procedures are performed on line stations. Specific detailed
instructions from the operator will be followed depending on the type of aircraft and operator
involved.
All servicing, fuelling, defuelling, fuel quality monitoring and de-icing including inspection for
removal of de-icing fluid residues procedures are performed refer to related AMM ATA 12 and
operator technical manual/procedures.
Based on contract agreement between GMF and operators all references mentioned above will be
provided by electronic and/or hardcopies/CD/DVD in related line stations.
L2.2.2 Ground Support Equipment
Ground support equipments provider are choosen/provided by operator refer to their company
technical manual/procedures. Line engineers will assure that the equipments are meet the aircraft
specifications, serviceable and safely operated by authorize personnel before use to the aircrafts.
L2.2.3 Sub-Contracted Maintenance, Servicing and Ground Handling.
The maintenance, servicing and ground handling which are sub-contracted by GMF AeroAsia
shall be evaluated by doing audit as refer to Section 2.1 of this manual. During maintenance,
servicing, and ground handling which performed by subcontractors shall be supervised by GMF
AeroAsia authorized personnel to comply with related maintenance instructions.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
L2.3 LINE MAINTENANCE CONTROL OF DEFECTS AND REPETITIVE DEFECTS

This section describe the procedure followed by GMF AeroAsia regarding the rectification of
defects in line maintenance. The responsibility to identify and manage the repetitive defect is an
operator. In coordination with the operator, GMF AeroAsia may identify such repetitive defects
and take involve in relation with rectification action.
L2.3.1 Recording and Rectifying Defects
Defects occurring during the aircraft operation are reported and recorded as per operator
requirements. Based on the contract between GMF AeroAsia and Operator, the qualified line
maintenance technicians may inspect/check for defects, record the defects on the A/C line
maintenance defect log and may perform the rectifications and clearing out all defects recorded
on the log as per applicable the operator approved maintenance data.
The Line maintenance certifying staff will report to the operator any serious defects found. The
operator is responsible to report any serious defect to the Authority of the aircraft registry in
accordance with applicable requirements of the Authority of the aircraft registry.
L2.3.2 Deffering the Defects and Repeated Defects during operational
In order to avoid operator operational disruption, deffering the defect may be implemented
under control of operator authorized function, considering the operator Minimum Equipment List
(MEL) including Operation Procedure, Maintenance Procedure, Configuration Deviation List (CDL)
and other operator manual/procedure.
Base on operator agreement, managing and controling the operator deffered defect will be done
by Line Maintenance Support function.
Line Maintenance Support function will make coordination with others function for all aspects
needed to rectify the deffect at the first opportunity before interval limitation due.
Line Maintenance Support also monitoring defects through technical log including cabin log item
database and other aircraft specifics onboard maintenance systems data (such as : PFR, AHM,
Airman etc).
Any repeated defects indication and will inform GMF Central Engineering (depend on contracted
agreement) for deep evaluation and plan the further rectification action.

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
L2.3.3 Line Station Without Permanent B2 Staff
GMF AeroAsia is operating various line stations, it is not necessary that B2 CS is permanently
available at each line station, provided that in the line stations where the B2 CS is not available
one of the following condition may be met:
a) The line maintenance contracts in place (i.e. IATA SGHA-standard ground handling
agreement), clearly specify that the contracts are limited to defect rectification not
requiring B2 privileges to allow the aircraft release to service.
In this case GMF AeroAsia does not need to provide any evidence that B2 certifying staff is
permanently available at the line station for such a contract.
b) The line maintenance contracts in place do not have limitations.

In this case, the situation needs to be evaluated depending on the volume of work
performed at the line station (i.e. number and type of contracts in place, flight schedules,
on-call maintenance, etc.), taking into account the probability of having a defect which can
be only solved exercising the privileges of catagory B2 certifying staff. As a general criteria,
it may be considered acceptable not to have a catagory B2 certifying staff permanently on
site provided that he can be made available in case of need within a reasonable timeframe
to support the operation (maximum travel time 2 hours)
Such B2 certifying staff can be either one of the GMF AeroAsia B2 certifying staff or a
contracted “on call” B2 certifying staff from another maintenance organisation. This B2
certifying staff could be sufficient to support more than one line station within the limits of
GMF AeroAsia work capacity as refer to MOE section 1.7.
In this case, since the B2 certifying staff is going to sign on behalf of GMF AeroAsia, he/she
must be appropriately trained, assessed and authorized (issued a certifying staff
authorization). This is not necessary if the defect is rectified and released by the contracted
maintenance organisation under their own privileges.

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
L2.4 LINE PROCEDURE FOR COMPLETION OF TECHNICAL LOG

The technical log is completed as required by each operator procedure including the completion
of Sector Record Page and distribution of copies. However, the minimum information shall at least
describe basic details of the maintenance carried out as per applicable maintenance data. Any
material used shall be completed with its identification to be traceable to its certificate. The aircraft
technical log contains the release to service statement as required by each Authority.
The statement for EASA Part-145 Approval certificate is the following:
“Certifies that the work specified, except as otherwise specified, was carried out in accordance with
Part-145 and in respect to that work the aircraft/aircraft component is considered ready for release
to service”.
Prior A/C maintenance, GMF requires training to customer related to:

• operator procedures and maintenance record completion
• Certification / Sign-off (Maintenance Statements)
• Maintenance Independent Inspections
• ETOPS Certification
• Retention of records (Periods, Methods and Security)
The release of the aircraft has to be done as per section 2.16 of this MOE.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
L2.5 LINE PROCEDURE FOR POOLED PARTS AND LOANED PARTS

Installation on customer's aircraft of pool/loan parts borrowed by GMF AeroAsia
Primarily, the operator is responsible for the supply of his own components for the installation of
his aircraft. When the customer wants to use GMF AeroAsia parts, the following will apply:
a) The source of parts including loaned and pooled parts shall be listed in GMF Approved
Supplier List;
b) The supplied item must meet the operator requirement such as minimum available service
time required by customer, Modification Standard and AD Compliance;
c) Each loan/pool item should be in serviceable condition identified by EASA Form 1 or

equivalent as per MOE 2.2.1;
d) The certifying staff should ensure that the component/part is compatible for installation to
the next higher assembly;
e) AOG Situation
In case AOG situation see section 2.16.6;
f) Component remove serviceable from aircraft shall be managed refer to section 2.16.5;
g) Loaned parts installed in the customer aircraft shall be indicated in the Aircraft Maintenance
Log Book as per paragraph (b)
h) When loaned parts removed from the aircraft, it shall be completed with removable tag
indicating the status of the parts and also made traceable to the Aircraft Maintenance Log
Book;

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
L2.6 LINE PROCEDURE FOR RETURN OF DEFECTIVE PARTS REMOVED FROM AIRCRAFT
L2.6.1 Line Maintenance Procedures for Returning of Defective Parts Removed from Aircraft
After the operator returned the loaned components to GMF AeroAsia the following will apply by
an appropriate certifying staff:
a) Check the shipping ticket/tag issued by the operator and record the operating time of the
component while in use by the operator;
b) Depending on the component involved, it may require overhaul bench-check or repair. Sum
up the accumulating hours/cycles and take the appropriate actions;
c) Check the received component for any obvious damage;
d) Perform a visual inspection and if necessary a functional check to determine serviceability of
the component.
e) If applicable to the component involved, check filters and magnetic plugs and verify possible
contamination. If chips and other metallic particles found, consider the need for disassembly
and inspection as necessary to determine further defects.
L2.6.2 Inspection and Disposition of Components Removed from the Operator's Aircraft
Upon removal of a component, the authorized certifying staff will perform and record the
following:
a) Details of the removed component including reason for removal;

b) For the hard time components and rotables, check life consumed (hours, landings, calendar
time) checking against the operator's maintenance records. Enter consumed life (hours,
cycles, calendar time).
c) Perform visual inspection as appropriate for the component involved. Check general
condition, cleanliness, blanking of all ports and electrical plugs. Check of filters & magnetic
plugs as applicable;
d) If it is certain the component is in serviceable condition based on the above requirements
attach serviceable tag. Also, for the hard time components and rotables, locate the
airworthiness approval tag from the last maintenance and attach with the component.
NOTE:
1. The serviceable tag MUST indicate the remaining operating time since overhaul.
2. The removed component must be installed on an aircraft under the same Authority of
aircraft registration. It is not allowed for a component removed from PK registered aircraft,
for example, to be installed on a “N” or “EASA” registered aircraft unless GMF AeroAsia holds
the approval rating for the Authority of A/C registration for the specific component and an
authorized certifying staff inspects the component and issues the appropriate airworthiness
approval tag or release certificate.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
L2.7 LINE PROCEDURE CONTROL OF CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASKS AND ERROR-CAPTURING

METHODS
(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.75 (d)
Critical tasks are defined those tasks which the past experience has shown the possibility of an
error being repeated to reassemble aircraft components after removal especially when several
identical aircraft components are to be fitted to more that one system of the same aircraft.
Examples of such possible errors could be the possibility of failure to reinstall engine oil filters,
gearbox access covers, engine borescope access ports, etc
The performance of items identified by the operator maintenance program as critical/difficult task
will be in accordance with the operator requirements and Section 2.23 & 2.25 of this manual.

Page: 1 of 1
Exposition
PART 3
QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES

BUSH 19130
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART: 3 QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES SECTION: 3.1
3.1 QUALITY AUDIT OF ORGANIZATION PROCEDURES

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.65(c)1, AMC 145.A.65(c)(1), GM 145.A.65(c)(1), 145.A.65(c)2, AMC
145.A.65(c)(2))
3.1.1 General
The Quality Assurance & Safety will plan and independently implement quality audits to verify
whether quality activities and related results comply with planned arrangements, determine the
effectiveness of the quality system to ensure it can deliver a safe product and that GMF AeroAsia
remains in compliance with the requirements.
Composition and functions of management quality group are reflected in MOE section 1.5.2 and
the function briefly as described below:
1. The function VP Quality Assurance and Safety as Quality Manager described in MOE
section 1.4.2
2. SM of Quality System & Auditing shall define quality assurance standard and aviation
regulation applicable to GMF, ensure the revisions of GMF’s quality system include Quality
Manual and Quality Procedure, develop audit program include prepare schedule audit,
perform audit, issue NCR and handle quality audit records.
3. SM of Personnel Qualification & Quality System Documentation shall develop technical
personnel ability, investigate human error in aircraft maintenance, coordinate with the
trainer’s/training department, perform audit-training sources, train certifying staff, develop
training program for certifying staff, perform personnel qualification assessor grade 1 & 2
and perform any other tasks as instructed by his manager within his qualification scope
and quality system requirements.
4. SM of Safety Inspection shall analyze, manage, supervise and control Analysis, Investigate
and evaluate of Significant Occurrence regarding human performance error which effect
to quality standard deviation by using MEDA method as necessary and issue corrective
action recommendation to prevent the same cases in future. He shall manage, supervise
and control all safety promotion activities and safety risk in order to build safety culture in
the organization, responsible to manage their resources and by the result they get from
them and ensuring that all activities, rules and procedures refer to aviation authorities
requirement.
Records of quality audits and the corrective actions including the notification, audit reports and
audit plan will be kept for at least 2 (two) years from the date of the finding is closed.
3.1.2 Independent Audit
Independent audit shall be performed every 12 months cover the quality system, documentation
and audit management by Quality System & Auditing.
The quality system of GMF-AeroAsia could be audited by an independent auditor, being either:
1. A person employed by PT GMF AeroAsia Tbk and working in another department (i.e.
production), or;

Page: 1 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
2. A person requested by the maintenance organisation to perform audits on the quality system
procedures. This case does not mean subcontracting the quality system.
The independent auditor shall meet the following:

1. Be trained regulation of EASA 145 and Part M
2. Be trained audit technique
Records of independent audit and the corrective actions including the notification, audit report
and audit plan will be kept for at least 2 (two) years from the date of the finding is closed.
3.1.3 Quality Audit of Procedures
3.1.3.1 Audit Schedule
An audit schedule will be developed to include all workstations and ensure that all procedures are
scheduled at least every 12 months. The schedule will be periodically adjusted on the basis of the
status and importance of the activity to be audited. That means some workstations with
significant non-compliances will be audited more than one time in 12 months. The cross reference
table included in the chapter 0.6 of this MOE is used as a reference of the level of detail expected
in the system/procedure audit for compliance check of applicable regulation requirements and
MOE chapters.
Unannounced audit mean audit program which not have notification to the auditee. The
unannounced audit have purpose to make sure procedures are implemented based on self
awareness. Unannounced audit will be perform in critical area especially for area which human
performance affect the quality and safety of the products, like aircraft Maintenance, etc.
An audit checklist will be developed covering the Authority requirements reflected by applicable
MOE section and related quality procedures (applicable for audited work station). The audit
checklist together with the audit results will become the audit report for each workstation.
Audits schedule and unannounced audit will include audits during the night for those
workstations that work at night, which will be randomly selected.
Audit schedule will be issued by Auditor and approved by the Senior Manager of related Quality
Assurance and Safety in the beginning of the year. If there is any change of the schedule, Auditor
shall made revision records and those change should be approved by VP Quality Assurance and
Safety.
Audit of contracted organizations / Subcontracted / suppliers, as applicable depending to the

monitoring criteria defined in MOE chapter 2.1

Page: 2 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.1.3.2 Audit Report
The Quality Assurance & Safety will raise a report each time an audit is carried out describing what
has been checked and the findings against applicable requirements, procedures and products.
Procedures to manage findings and related due dates to be entered are described in MOE section
3.3.
The report including corrective action request will be sent to the audited department(s) for
corrective actions. The audited department(s) shall reply the audit report within the time specified
on the audit report. The corrective actions plan including the date of implementations will be
submitted to Quality Assurance & Safety for acceptance.
The results of the quality audits will be an integral part of the input to management review
activities. The Quality Assurance & Safety will keep a log of recurrent significant non-compliance
and will be brought to the attention of the senior management during the management review.
Detail requirement including follow up audit program are found in:
QP 301-01 Internal Quality Audits
3.1.3.3 Independence of Audits
The lead auditor who reports directly to VP for Quality Assurance & Safety and is independent of
those who have direct responsibility for the activity as well as the activity being audited shall carry
out the internal quality audits.
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety shall ensure that the number of auditing personnel is
sufficient to carry out the audits, raise finding reports and perform follow up activities to verify
that findings being rectified are in accordance with applicable requirements and effective.
3.1.4 Type of Audits
The Quality Assurance & Safety will plan and perform the following type of audits:
a) Procedures audits as per requirements of this procedure and QP 301-01;

b) Aircraft & components (product) audits as per MOE 3.2 and QP 301-01;
c) Special process audits as per requirements of this procedure and QP 301-01.
Detail requirement including development of audit plan, common audit procedures for several
lines of product, specific audit procedure by line of product and single exercise audit or
subdivided over 12 months are found in:
QP 301-01 Internal Quality Audits

Page: 3 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.2 QUALITY AUDIT OF AIRCRAFT AND/OR COMPONENTS

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.65 (c) (1), (2) / AMC 145.A.65 (c) (1), (2))
3.2.1 General
Product audit means that the sample check of a product means to witness any relevant testing
and visually inspect the product and associated documentation. The sample check should not
involve repeat disassembly or testing unless the sample check identifies findings requiring such
action.
Quality Assurance & Safety will perform audit in order to monitor compliance with required
aircraft/aircraft component standards and adequacy of the procedures to ensure that such
procedures invoke good maintenance practices and airworthy aircraft/aircraft components and
specialized services.
Product audit shall be performed either by sampling check one product on each product every 12
months and when cases will jeopardize the quality and safety of a certain product (trail or
investigation) as a demonstration of the effectiveness of maintenance procedures compliance. It
is recommended that procedures and product audits be combined by selecting a specific product
example, such as an aircraft or engine or instrument and sample checking all the procedures and
requirements associated with the specific product example to ensure that the end result should
be an airworthy product. Report of product audit shall describe the detail of product that was
checked.
3.2.2 Aircraft Components Audit
The Quality Assurance & Safety will plan and perform product audits for A/C components. The
product audits will be performed by sample checking one product on each of the following
workstations every 12 months as a demonstration of the effectiveness of the quality system. The
product of following workstations (as stated in MOE section 1.9) will be audited:
a) Engine shop;
b) Avionics shop;
c) Emergency equipment shop;
d) Sheet metal shop;
e) Wheels, Brake & Landing Gear shop;
f) Composite shop.
Procedures will be combined by the selected component and sample checking all the
requirements associated with it, to ensure that the end result will be an airworthy component.
The auditor will witness any relevant testing and visually and dimensionally as appropriate and
will inspect the component and the associated documentation.

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.2.3 Aircraft Audit
Aircraft audits will be performed every 12 months for each aircraft type inducted for aircraft
maintenance and line stations. The following hangars and line stations will subject to aircraft
audit:
a) Hangar 1 for wide body aircraft;
b) Hangar 2 for wide and narrow body aircraft light maintenance;
c) Hangar 3 for wide body aircraft;
d) Hangar 4 for narrow body aircraft
e) Cengkareng Line Station.
f) Denpasar Line Station.
To be effective, the audit for aircraft will be accomplished through the whole maintenance
process at different periods and maintenance phases. When product audit is performed on
aircraft, the audit may be extended to the shops where components are repaired for installation
onto aircraft being audited.
3.2.4 Specialized Services Audit

Specialized services audit shall be performed every 12 months and shall cover all type of
specialized services as scope of work in MOE section 1.9. Audit shall cover product and procedure,
including specific procedure for specific category. Specialized services audit shall cover all
categories in every production area that have specialized services activity as applicable.
The product audits will be planned and performed as required by the QP 301-01. Records of
product audits and the corrective actions including the notification, audit reports and audit plan
will be kept for at least 2 (two) years from the date of the finding is closed.
Immediate Action Notice Report

When non-conformity is found, it will automatically come to the attention of the responsible
function for immediate corrective action before further maintenance is performed.
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety - primarily responsible for the audit process - will initiate
immediate actions when a serious deficiency in the quality system has been found having an
impact on product quality. This may require stopping the production until significant non-
conformities corrected. He will sign the 'Immediate Action Notice' (form No GMF/Q-073) and will
be submitted to the audited manager responsible for the deficiency found.
The audited VP - primarily responsible for the audited function - will initiate all actions necessary
to comply with the 'Immediate Action Notice' as submitted to him by the VP for Quality Assurance
& Safety when a serious deficiency in the quality system has been found having an impact on
product quality.
Additional requirements are found in: QP 301-01 Internal Quality Audits

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.3 QUALITY AUDIT CORRECTIVE ACTION PROCEDURE

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.65 (c) (2), 145.A.95 (a), (b), (c) / AMC 145.A.65 (c) (2))
3.3.1 Corrective and Preventive Actions
The finding shall be classified based on the direct impact to quality & safety and what specific
requirement incompliance of EASA regulation and GMF Quality System. The detail of classification
is described in QP 301-01. For level 1 finding and Immediate Actions Notice issued by Quality
Assurance and Safety shall notify to Accountable Manager and EASA.
All Management personnel will take corrective and preventive actions to eliminate the causes of
actual or potential non-conforming products, systems and procedures to a degree appropriate to
the magnitude of problems and proportionate with the risks encountered. Quality, cost, turn
around time and conformance to airworthiness requirements will be taken into consideration.
When the corrective and preventive actions require long time period or high cost budget, the
Management personnel will set time-scales and activity plans to resolve the problems.
Corrective and preventive Actions will include:
a) The effective handling of non-conformance reports issued by the Quality Assurance & Safety;
b) The effective handling of customer complaints of product non-conformities;
c) The Investigation of the cause on deficiencies for the articles under maintenance or in
operation (maintained by GMF AeroAsia) and the effective corrective and preventive actions.
The corrective action plan is designed in a way which allows identifying and recording the finding,
the root cause, the relevant immediate and long term preventive action with the appropriate
timescales.
The Quality Assurance & Safety will keep records of corrective and preventive actions resulting
from raised non-conformance reports including minutes of meetings with management for two
years.
Each Senior Manager, will keep records of corrective and preventive actions he has taken to rectify
problems or to improve processes (see (a) to (c)) above for two years.
3.3.1.1 Corrective Actions Request from Quality Assurance & Safety Audits
Upon completion of the audit, all deficiencies found will be discussed with the responsible
managers and agree with the required corrective actions and target dates. Then, the Lead Auditor
will initiate non-conformance report (NCR) Form No.: GMF/Q-045 to responsible Senior Manager
for any Level 1 and 2 findings.
When non-conformity is found which has a direct impact on product quality, the VP for Quality
Assurance & Safety will issue an 'Immediate Action Notice' (Form No.: GMF/Q-073) to the
responsible Senior Manager and Vice President stating the immediate actions, which must be
taken to correct deficiencies. Such actions may require disassembly; re-inspection, product recall

Page: 1 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
and/or even production halt or provide acceptable alternative means of performing work until the
appropriate conditions are established.
3.3.1.2 Corrective action Request Due to Deficiencies Found by Third Party
The Auditors will issue NCR to responsible Senior Manager when non-compliance has been found
from one of the following parties:
a) Authority audits
b) Customer audits
c) Customer complaints
If necessary, the Authorities and the customer will be timely informed of the corrective actions
taken.
3.3.1.3 Planning the Corrective and Preventive Actions
The responsible Senior Manager will:
a) Determine the corrective actions needed to eliminate the cause of non-conformities;

b) Apply proper controls to ensure that the corrective action is taken and that it is effective;
c) Determine if changes in procedures resulting from corrective actions must be implemented
and recorded;
d) Use of appropriate sources of information to detect, analyze and eliminate potential causes
of non-conformities;
e) Determination of the steps needed to deal with any problems requiring preventive action;
f) Initiation of preventive action and application of controls to ensure that it is effective;
g) Use of appropriate tools such as Pareto diagrams, cause and effect analysis and any broad
range of additional tools designed to prevent non-conformities.
For corrective/preventive actions due to NCR, all Senior Managers as appropriate will:
a) Submit answers to QSA by the due date noted and not more than 14 days, for NCRs and/or
Immediate Action Notice that were issued during the audit. The responses should address
root cause, systemic corrective actions, and corrective action implementation date. See
QP301-01.
b) Initiate action to correct all deficiencies and ensure that all corrective actions consist of
investigating the source and the root cause of the noncompliance. Each finding will be
reviewed, signed and dated before being submitted to QSA for acceptance on or before the
established due date. Apply problem-solving techniques to identify the root cause of the
problem and correct it with the most effective way.
Note:
Due to extenuating circumstances, it may become necessary to extend the due date. The Lead
Auditor may grant extensions on a situational basis.
Page: 2 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
c) For corrective actions rejected by QSA, appropriate actions will be taken by the audited
Function to resolve any problems or misunderstandings. QSA will communicate with the
Function for appropriate adjustments/additions.
d) Corrective actions that have not been received by the date specified on the NCR will result in
a delinquent notification or equivalent, issued to the audited Function. Delinquencies will
result in the situation being brought to higher levels of management and may result in the
issuing of an Immediate Action Notice per QP301-01 requirements. The corrective action
which have not been received exceed from the due date could be seen in the NCR database
system.
e) Initiate all actions necessary to comply with the 'immediate action notice' (QP301-01)
submitted by the VP for Quality Assurance & Safety when a serious deficiency in the Quality
System have been found having an impact on product quality. Sign the immediate action
notice as indicated in the form.
3.3.1.4 Compliance with the Immediate Action Notice Report (form GMF/Q-072)
The audited Senior Manager, will take all actions instructed by the VP for Quality Assurance &
Safety to comply with the 'Immediate Action Notice' when a serious deficiency of the quality
system has been found having an impact on product quality. Such actions may require
disassembly; re-inspection, product recall and/or even production halt or provide acceptable
alternative means of performing work until the appropriate conditions are established.
Furthermore, he will initiate corrective and preventive actions as mentioned in Section 3.3.1.3
above.
3.3.1.5 Follow up Audits
The Quality Assurance & Safety will perform follow up audits to ensure, verify and record the
implementation and effectiveness of the corrective actions taken.
Depending of the follow up audit results and based on the significance and occurrence of
discrepancies at the workstations, the Quality Assurance & Safety will periodically adjust the audit
schedule to increase the audits periods. That means some workstations with significant non-
compliances or taking inadequate corrective actions will be audited more than one time a year.

Page: 3 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.3.2 Management Review of the Quality System
Management review is a formal evaluation by top management of the status and adequacy of the
quality system in relation to quality policy and new objectives to ensure that (apart from the
required output mentioned below):
a) The quality system continues to be effective and suitable - fulfilling the changing and future
needs of the company and its customers;
b) The quality system is updated as necessary;
c) The results of internal audits are reviewed, to ensure that the defined quality system is being
followed.
The Management shall review the quality system twice a year to ensure its continuing suitability
and effectiveness. The CEO/Accountable Manager will chair the quality system review meeting.
However, the quality feedback is not limited on the formal review meeting, VP Quality Assurance
and Safety has also direct access to Accountable Manager to control and report the condition of
Quality and Safety as appropriate in a specific case.
Procedure
The CEO/Accountable Manager and/or the VP for Quality Assurance & Safety will identify the need
of quality system management review and will initiate the meeting based on any of the following
criteria:
▪ Six months interval elapsed;
▪ Excessive customer complaints;
▪ Serious quality issues.
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety will prepare the agenda of the meeting, which will include
but not limited to:
a) Follow-up actions from previous management reviews;
b) Customer complaints and feedback;
c) Overdue NCR and related trends;
d) Aircraft and aircraft components deficiencies and quality trends;
e) Product performance (dispatch reliability, irregularities, etc);
f) Cost of quality;
g) Recommendations for improvements.
The output from the management review shall include the decisions and actions related to:
a) Improvement of the effectiveness of the quality system and its processes;

b) Improvement of product quality related to customer requirements, and
c) Resource needs.
For all identified deficiencies, corrective actions will be defined and taken by the responsible
Management personnel within a timeframe as per MOE 3.3. The Quality Assurance & Safety will be

Page: 4 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
responsible to ensure that the stated corrective actions have been properly implemented and are
effective. Records of management review shall be kept by the Quality Assurance & Safety for 2
years after the clearance of the corrective actions and will be distributed to the responsible Senior
Management.
3.3.3 Corrective Action on Deficiencies Created to A/C & A/C Components
All Production Senior Managers are responsible to make the appropriate investigations to define
the root cause of the deficiencies created to A/C and A/C components due to GMF AeroAsia faults
while is still under maintenance and during operation and take the appropriate corrective and
preventive actions.
The Quality Assurance & Safety is responsible to lead such investigations and ensure the
immediate and effective corrective actions are taken. The Quality Assurance & Safety will develop
quality measurement trends and will record each deficiency including recurring deficiencies and
will use them as a measurement of the effectiveness of the quality management system.
Investigations and corrective and preventive actions to correct a deficiency will be taken in two
situations:
a) Before the A/C or A/C component is returned to service, and

b) After the A/C or A/C component has been returned to service.
Investigations will include a review of housing, facilities, equipment, personnel qualifications,

material, processes and procedures in order to define the root cause of the problem. The
investigation should reveal if a deficiency is a systematic problem or a sporadic one. Systematic
deficiency will require a detailed assessment of the procedures and processes before concluding
to the cause of the problems and the corrective actions.
Deficiencies due to GMF AeroAsia fault may come, but not limited to, the following:
1) Engine rejected at the test cell after it has been repaired/overhauled. The engine cannot be
repaired at the test cell and requires to return to shop;
2) Components rejected during repair due to wrong processes or personnel carelessness;
3) Components rejected during test due to wrong assembly, or handling;
4) Aircraft maintenance not properly performed resulting in systems malfunction during tests
and operations;
5) Parts damaged due to mishandling, lack of preservation and due to poor storage conditions;
6) A/C and A/C components malfunctioning during operation as claimed by customer;
7) Any other deficiency, which jeopardize quality and wasting resources.
3.3.3.1 Deficiencies identified after the A/C or A/C component is release to service
Such deficiencies may be identified from the following situations:

Page: 5 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
a) Records may reveal that an important maintenance task (such as AD Note incorporation,
incomplete rectification of defects, etc), has not been performed;
b) Similar maintenance tasks have resulted in deficiencies on A/C and components under
maintenance. The same process was used, material, tools, etc.
c) Any other reason.
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety will determine the need to recall any article which may
subject to faults due to inappropriate process, material or, etc. He will inform the customer and
the authority of the A/C registration describing in detail the possible deficiency.
3.3.3.2 Controlling the Investigation and Corrective Action Process by the Quality Assurance
The Quality Assurance & Safety Lead Auditor Will:
a) Consider the need issuing NCR and/or Immediate Action Notice;

b) Participate and assist in the Investigation making sure the requirements of this section and
section 3.03 are followed;
c) Collect the NCR records and other report resulting from maintenance deficiencies non-
conformities due to GMF AeroAsia fault, for discussion during management review;
d) Collect cost of poor quality associated with the deficiency for management review.
e) Monitor and control the corrective actions as per section 3.3 of this manual.
The Quality Control (A/C or Shop) will:
a) Issue finding inspection report;

b) Collect all data related to deficiencies occurs;
c) Assist QSA during investigation.

Page: 6 of 6
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.4 CERTIFYING STAFF & CATEGORY B1 AND B2 SUPPORT STAFF QUALIFICATION AND TRAINING
PROCEDURES
(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.30(e), 145.A.30(f), 145.A.30(g), AMC 145.A.30(g), 145.A.30(h)1,
145.A.30(h)2, 145.A.30(i), AMC 145.A.30(h),b145.A.30(j)1, 145.A.30(j)2, AMC 145.A.30(f),
145.A.35(a), 145.A.35(b), 145.A.35(c), 145.A.35(d), 145.A.35(e), 145.A.35(f), 145.A.35(g),
145.A.35(h), 145.A.35(m), 145.A.35(n), 145.A.35(o), AMC 145.A.35(b), AMC 145.A.35(c), AMC
145.A.35(d), AMC 145.A.35(e), AMC 145.A.35(f), AMC 145.A.35(n), AMC 145.A.35(o), Appendix
IV
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety has the authority to issuing certifying staff authorizations for
GMF AeroAsia including scope of work. Provided that these personnel have been in compliant to
this procedure which is reflecting the requirement of UG.CAO.00122-xxx and UG.CAO.00126-xxx (as
amended). A roster of certifying staff is in GMF AeroAsia’s portal and kept by the Quality Assurance
& Safety department.
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety is also responsible for the proper training and qualification of
the certifying staff following the requirements of this manual. He/she must ensure that before a
person becomes a certifying staff and issue or re-issue the authorization, the candidate certifying
staff has an adequate knowledge of the relevant aircraft and aircraft components for the article
intended to release to service and the associated GMF AeroAsia procedures.
3.4.1 Aircraft Certifying Staff and/or Support Staff
Issuing an initial individual EASA Part-145 C/S individual authorisation;

The Aircraft certifying staff shall meet the following:
a) Minimum age is 21 years

b) Holds a valid EASA Part 66 aircraft type license and/or;
c) Holds a valid CASR 65 basic and type license.
d) Has relevant 5 years maintenance experience
e) Has received training Module 10 of EASA Part 66 (Aviation Legislation training) except for
holder of EASA Part 66 aircraft type license;
f) Has received quality system training relevant to his assignment;
g) Has received Module 9 (Human Factor) of EASA Part 66 ;
h) Has received Human Factors Training and Continuation of Part 145 as required by MOE
Section 3.13 and AMC2 145.A.30(e)
i) Has received initial and continuation training in both quality system and engineering
modules and passed the examinations.
j) Understands how the product functions;
k) Knows what are the more common defects with associated consequences, and
l) Understands, reads and writes English;
m) Has received Phase 1, Phase 2 and Continuation training in Fuel Tank Safety (FTS). Detailed
procedures of Fuel Tank Safety shall be described as per QP 304-06;
n) Has received training in EWIS.

Page: 1 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
o) Has 6 months of relevant maintenance experience in the last 2 year period and the
associated records of evidence.
Type training for candidate AMEL holder, who intends to become a certifying staff, shall be
performed by an EASA-147 approved training school before he is eligible for type training exams,
subject to appropriate maintenance experience mentioned in QP 304-03.
Exclusion for personnel in condition:
✓ The personnel having privileges before 2003 (under protected right) obtained all training
required in section 3.4 which was provided by GMF (Garuda Learning Center).
✓ The personnel having privileges before 25/2/2014 may continue to exercise them, while
remaining in the same EASA Part-145 AMO, without need of further assessment for
compliance to type training requirements;
However, after this date any certifying staff willing to extend the scope of their EASA Part-145 C/S-
S/S individual authorization to include additional privileges shall comply with this procedure.
The QP 304-03 in Process flow of training for Certifying staff has been developed to meet the
requirements for the certifying staff qualifications including demonstration of recent experience
criteria.
Renewing an individual EASA Part-145 C/S - S/S individual authorisation.

a) Holds a valid CASR 65 basic and type license.
b) Has 6 months of relevant maintenance experience in the last 2-year period and the
c) Has received training Module 10 of EASA Part 66 (Aviation Legislation training);
d) Has received quality system training relevant to his assignment;
e) Has received Human Factors Continuation Training Part 145 as required by MOE Section 3.13
and AMC2 145.A.30(e)
f) Has received Phase 1, Phase 2 and Continuation training in Fuel Tank Safety (FTS). Detailed
g) Has received training in EWIS.
Extension an individual EASA Part-145 C/S - S/S individual authorisation.
a) Holds a valid CASR 65 basic and type license.

b) Has received training Module 10 of EASA Part 66 (Aviation Legislation training);
c) Has received quality system training relevant to his assignment;
d) Has received Human Factor Continuation Training of Part 145 as required by MOE Section
3.13 and AMC2 145.A.30(e)
e) Has received initial and continuation training in both quality system and engineering
modules and passed the examinations;
f) Understands how the product functions;
g) Knows what are the more common defects with associated consequences, and

Page: 2 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
h) Understands, reads and writes English;

i) Has received Phase 1, Phase 2 and Continuation training in Fuel Tank Safety (FTS). Detailed
j) Has received training in EWIS.
k) Has 6 months of relevant maintenance experience in the last 2 year period and the
Lack of recent experience demonstration/record.
In the case it is not possible to demonstrate by records the duration and/or nature of experience
the EASA Part-145 C/S individual authorisation cannot be granted or renewed, unless the
candidate C/S:
- Attends a complete aircraft type training or component/ engine/APU training according to the
previous chapter “Credit of experience.
3.4.1.1 One –off Certification Authorizations
In the following unforeseen cases, where an aircraft is grounded at a location other than the main
base where no appropriate certifying staff are available, GMF may issue a one-off certification
authorization to one of its personnel holding equivalent type authorizations on aircraft of similar
technology, construction and systems.
All such cases shall be reported to EASA within seven days of the issuance of such certification
authorization. GMF shall ensure that any such maintenance that could affect flight safety is re-
checked by an appropriately approved organization.
In addition to the notification to EASA, GMF shall establish coordination with the customer
operator, to ensure the CAMO is informed of:
▪ The issuance of a one-off authorization.
▪ The need of a maintenance task performed under a one-off authorization to be re-checked
by an appropriately approved AMO.
3.4.2 Components/Engines/APU Certifying Staff
Initial EASA Part-145 Components/Engines/APU CS authorisation.

The Components/ Engines/ APU certifying staff shall meet the following:
a. Minimum age is 21 years

b. Has passed the examination of the product type, or he has the qualifications and experience
mentioned in QP 304-03.
c. Has two years relevant maintenance experience of components product type, and three years
relevant maintenance experience of engine/APU/Landing Gear product type.
d. Has received training Module 10 of EASA Part 66 (Aviation Legislation training);
e. Has received quality system training relevant to his assignment;
f. Has received Module 9 (Human Factor) of EASA Part 66;

Page: 3 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
g. Has received Human Factors Training and Continuation of Part 145 as required by MOE Section
3.13 and AMC2 145.A.30(e)
h. Has received initial and continuation training in both quality system and engineering modules
and passed the examinations;
i. Understands how the product functions;
j. Knows what are the more common defects with associated consequences, and
k. Understands, reads and writes English;
l. Has received Phase 1, Phase 2 and Continuation training in Fuel Tank Safety (FTS). Detailed
m. Has received training in EWIS.
For engines, components and special process certifying staff, the training function shall develop
the curriculum and standards for training as well as pre-qualification standards. The training shall
be performed in house or outsourced.
The QP 304-03 in process flow of training for engine and component Certifying staff has been
developed to meet the requirements for the certifying staff qualifications including demonstration
of recent experience criteria.
Renewal EASA Part-145 Components/Engines/APU CS authorisation.

a) Has received Human Factor Continuation Training of Part 145 as required by MOE Section
3.13 and AMC2 145.A.30(e)
b) Has received continuation training maintenance organisation procedures
c) Has received contnuation aviation regulation as applicable to the approval ratings and
scope of work.
d) Has received component continuation training that covers Technical Development
e) Has 6 months of relevant maintenance experience in the last 2 year period and the
f) Has passed written or oral assessment.
g) Has received Continuation training in Fuel Tank Safety (FTS).
h) Has received training in EWIS.
Extension EASA Part-145 Components/Engines/APU CS authorisation.

The Components/ Engines/ APU certifying staff shall meet the following:
a. Has passed the examination of the product type, or he has the qualifications and experience
mentioned in QP 304-03.
b. Has two years relevant maintenance experience of components product type, and three years
relevant maintenance experience of engine/APU/Landing Gear product type.
c. Has received training Module 10 of EASA Part 66 (Aviation Legislation training);
d. Has received quality system training relevant to his assignment;
e. Has received; Human Factor Continuation Training of Part 145 as required by MOE Section 3.13
and AMC2 145.A.30(e)
f. Has received initial and continuation training in both quality system and engineering modules
and passed the examinations;
g. Understands how the product functions;
Page: 4 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
h. Knows what are the more common defects with associated consequences, and
i. Understands, reads and writes English;
j. Has received Phase 1, Phase 2 and Continuation training in Fuel Tank Safety (FTS). Detailed
k. Has received training in EWIS.
Lack of recent experience demonstration/record.

In the case it is not possible to demonstrate by records the duration and/or nature of experience
the EASA Part-145 C/S - S/S individual authorisation cannot be granted or renewed, unless the
candidate C/S and/or S/S:
- Attends a complete aircraft type training or component/ engine/APU training according to the
previous chapter “Credit of experience.
3.4.3 Specialized Services (NDT) Certifying Staff
The Specialized Services (NDT) certifying staff shall meet the following:
a. Minimum age is 21 years

b. Has passed the training, experience and qualification requirement for NDT personnel as
described In QP 311-02
c. Has 6 months of relevant maintenance experience in the last 2 year period and the
associated records of evidence
3.4.4 Certifying Staff Initial Assessment and Authorization
Before an authorization for certifying staff is issued or re-issued, the candidate person shall be
assessed by the Quality Assurance & Safety for their competence, capability and qualification.
Ensure the authorization scope is within the approved scope and not to exceed the scope of the
national license.
a) Qualification Assessment
Collecting and checking all relevant requirements such as education level, EASA part 66 or by
authority licenses, any authorizations held, type/specialized training, examination results amount
of experience in respect to the required training and function) as laid down in QP 304-03. These
documents if not issued by GMF AeroAsia should be followed by a confirmation check with the
organizations that issued such documents. A comparison check for differences between the
product type ratings on the qualification documents and the relevant product types maintained by
GMF AeroAsia shall be made. This assessment may reveal a need for product type differences
training. All document attest to qualification shall be retained in file by the Quality Assurance &
Safety.
b) Competence and Capability Assessment

When all qualification requirements are successfully fulfilled, additional assessment shall ensure
that the personnel have the talent to successfully demonstrate to the degree necessary their
qualifications against their work requirements as certifying staff.

Page: 5 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
The mechanic who is intended to become a certifying person shall work for a month or more under
the supervision of either another certifying person or a lead auditor until the QA assessor arrives at
a conclusion. That time counts from the time the mechanic's Senior Manager applied to Quality
Assurance & Safety for that mechanic to become certifying person. The mechanic before is
recommended, as certifying person he should work at the same type of aircraft.
c) Authorization
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety shall issue a certifying staff authorization to authorize those
personnel to issue CRS in accordance with the Authority requirements and the requirements of this
manual subject to the validity of the license the certifying staff holds. The Quality Assurance & Safety
shall keep a copy of the authorization. Before the authorization is given to the certifying person, the
Quality Assurance & Safety shall ensure that he has understood the scope and limitation of his
authorization. The certifying person must present within a reasonable time his authorization to the
Authority.
d) Break in Period and Validity

The validity of all certifying staff authorizations shall not exceed two years from the date of issue or
previous renewal of the document. Authorizations related to aircraft maintenance are invalid when
the holder does not work for at least six months on the respective aircraft in a period of two years.
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety remains responsible to revoke any authorization when a
certifying person does not comply with the requirements set forth in this manual, and the Authority
requirements.
3.4.5 Continuation Training Program for Certifying Staff
The objective of the continuation training program is to ensure that the certifying staff remain
current in terms of procedures, human factors, and technical knowledge and that there is a
feedback system on the adequacy of the procedures of this manual, and any changes to aviation
regulations.
The continuation-training program shall cover the quality system training module and the
engineering training module. Both modules shall cover as a minimum the following requirements:
a) Changes in relevant requirements such as EASA Part-145
b) Changes in this manual and quality procedures;
c) Modification standard of the products being maintained;
d) Airworthiness Directives;
e) Human factor issues identified from any internal or external analysis of incidents;
f) Non-conformities caused due to GMF fault including the root cause of the problems;
g) Failure of following procedures as defined by the internal quality audits including the root
cause of such failures.
The Quality Assurance & Safety is responsible for the continuation-training program for the
certifying staff personnel. Responsibility includes arranging with the training function for the

Page: 6 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
contents of the training, the duration and the frequency and for ensuring all the training
requirements as mentioned in this manual and the associated QP 304-03 are incorporated.
The training function is responsible to develop the training syllabus, prepare the training material
and conduct the training, unless some parts of the training are subcontracted to approve training
schools.
3.4.5.1 Training Periods
The continuation training shall be performed every two years. Each training module may be
performed separately and at different periods provided the whole training program is covered
within the two years period.
3.4.5.2 Certifying Staff Continuation Assessment for Renewal the Authorization or Additional
Authorization
Before an authorization is re-issued, the Quality Assurance & Safety shall ensure that the candidate
staff for re-issuing the authorization complies with the following:
a) Appropriate recent maintenance experience in the last two years as per MOE section 3.4.4 (d).
The Quality Assurance & Safety assessor must accumulate the maintenance experience
having the responsible staff presenting a list of functions performed related to Certifying staff
functions;
b) Successful completion of the continuation training as mentioned in section 3.4.5. Above;
c) Being assessed (especially for additional authorization) as per MOE section 3.4.4 & 3.4.5.

Page: 7 of 7
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.5 CERTIFYING STAFF & SUPPORT STAFF RECORDS

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.35(j), AMC 145.A.35(j), 145.A.35(k), 145.A.35(l), 145.A.35(h))
The Quality Assurance & Safety will keep all authorization documents for certifying staff personnel.
The records will be kept for as long as the staff is under employment. For those personnel who have
ceased employment with GMF AeroAsia, the records will be kept for three years on separate files.
Upon requested, GMF AeroAsia will provide certifying person his/her personal records when
leaving organization.
Persons authorized to access the records will be maintained at a minimum to ensure that records
cannot be altered in an unauthorized manner or that such confidential records become accessible
to unauthorized persons.
The Authority is an authorized person when investigating the records system for initial and
continued approval or when the Authority has doubt about the competence of a particular
certifying person. The certifying person will be given reasonable access on request to his own
records,
The following information will be kept in records in respect of each certifying staff person:
a) Name;
b) Personnel identification number;
c) Date of birth;
d) Present title;
e) AMEL/Authorized License;
f) General License;
g) Basic and Type Training Certificate;
h) Continuation Training Certificate:
i) Experience log book;
j) Assessment result / test result.
k) Qualifications relevant to the authorization:
l) Scope and Identification Number of authorization:
m) Date of issue and expiry date of the authorization:
The certifying staff must be able to provide to the auditors their authorization within a reasonable
time not exceeding 24 hours.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.6 QUALITY AUDIT PERSONNEL

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.30 (e)
3.6.1 General
The CEO/accountable manager has appointed the VP for Quality Assurance & Safety with
responsibility for monitoring the quality system, including the associated feedback system and
requesting corrective actions as necessary to any Senior Management. The VP for Quality
Assurance & Safety, as per his job description (MOE Section 1.4), will have direct access to the
CEO/ Accountable Manager to ensure that he is kept properly informed on quality and
compliance matters.
3.6.2 Audit Management Process

The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety will select the appropriate number and skilled auditing
personnel for the performance of audits and will have the final responsibility for the proper
planning, auditing, follow up audit and reporting of the auditing management system. The VP for
Quality Assurance & Safety must:
a) Ensure the lead auditors and auditors are knowledgeable and suitably trained as required in
this procedure;
b) Monitor and evaluate the performance of their audit team in order to improve
their efficiency and effectiveness;
c) Ensure that all auditors make the same observations and draw the same conclusions
when confronted with the same evidence;
d) Rotate the Auditors at periodic intervals to ensure the integrity of the independent audits.
3.6.3 Training, Qualification and Experience of the Quality Audit Personnel

The lead auditors must have at least four years experience relevant to A/C and/or A/C
components maintenance and/or supporting functions.
They must also have specific knowledge in:

a) Quality Assurance & Safety standards;
b) Aviation regulations;
c) GMF AeroAsia quality system, organization and processes;
d) Audit techniques;
e) Aircraft and/or aircraft components maintenance and/or supporting functions as applicable;
f) Human factors training;
g) English language.
h) Fuel Tank Safety (FTS) obtained from Phase 1 FTS training. Detailed procedures of Fuel Tank
Safety will be described as per QP 304-06.
They must have specific skills in:

a) Presentation;
b) Auditing;
c) Problem solving;
d) Communicating and negotiating;
e) Consulting.

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
Training and qualification requirement for the auditors is specified in the PCM and QP 304-03.
3.6.4 Assessing the Auditors Skills

All auditing personnel will be assessed for having the appropriate knowledge and skills and the
talent before they are allowed to perform audits.
The candidate auditor, the will participate with skilled auditors in the audit process until they
reach to the point where they can demonstrate and equal or better performance by drawing the
same or better conclusions of an experience auditor of a selected workstation with a given
procedure. A customized performance assessment plan will ensure that the auditors have the
appropriate skills and knowledge.
The competence assessment process of auditor is described in the MOE 3.14
3.6.5 Responsibilities of the Lead Auditors
They report to VP for Quality Assurance & Safety and their responsibility is to:
a) Define quality assurance standards and aviation regulations applicable to GMF;

b) Ensure revisions to procedures do not violate standards and regulations;
c) Coordinate quality projects and activities in the units concern;
d) Advise the units in matters concerning quality related subjects;
e) Participate in investigations with responsible units;
f) Develop audit program and perform procedure and product audits;
g) Raise non-conformance reports to units concern;
h) Verify effectiveness of the corrective actions;
i) Communicate with the units regarding quality issues;
j) Escort customers and authorities within the units;
k) Handle quality audit records;
l) Perform vendor audits as required.
3.6.6 Authorities of the Lead Auditors
a) Accept or reject (if not effective) the corrective actions taken by audited managers;
b) To make arrangements with other functions to meet the quality objectives;
c) Approve or disapproved suppliers if there are written authorization by the VP for Quality
Assurance & Safety.

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.7 QUALIFYING INSPECTORS

(Ref: EASA Part-145. A.30 (e))
3.7.1 Qualifying Inspection Personnel
For the purpose of this procedure, inspectors means the certificated mechanics who undertake
inspection functions and sign-off the related task(s).
In GMF organization structure, Inspectors could be in line of production (aircraft and Line
maintenance Inspector, Engine and component , store receiving inspector etc). The inspection
personnel shall be controlled in roster of inspectors.
They may be authorised:

o As Aircraft/component/engine qualifying inspectors, in order to sign-off (ref. MOE 2.13
table) the tasks performed under supervision (i.e. work performed by trainees);
o As Aircraft/component/engine qualifying inspectors, in order to sign-off (ref. MOE 2.13
table) the independent inspection tasks.
o As Store incoming inspectors, to perform and attest the receiving inspection of aircraft
components/materials as per MOE 2.2 procedure
An Aircraft/component/engine qualifying inspectors is not authorized to issue a release to service

for aircraft or component or engine, unless he/she is also holding a “certifying staff privilege”.
When the staff is holding more than one authorisation (i.e. qualifying mechanic, qualifying
inspector and certifying staff), the different authorisations shall be clearly distinguished.
For example: a person may be at the same time:

- Airframe mechanic on the A320(CFM56), B777 (GE90) and ERJ-170 (GE CF34);
- Airframe inspector on the A320(CFM56) and B777 (GE90);
- holding a certification authorisation as certifying staff only for the B777 (GE90);
To be qualified as inspector, the certificated mechanics trained :

o Basic Inspection,
o General Training (FTS, CDCCL, EWIS when needed and Human Factor, MOE, standard
practices,…)
o Specific training requirements applicable to the scope of activity (aircraft, engine, store
etc.)
o Under stand, read and write English.
o Continuation training programme Programme (MOE and associated procedures, PART 145,
HF)
o Had pass competence assessement refer to MOE 3.14
Various of inspection task is listed in table 2.13.3.2.

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.7.2 Qualified Receiving Material Inspection Personnel
The material receiving inspection personnel is formed by a selected group of personnel based on
their formal training status, experience and knowledge of maintenance and inspection functions
and having met the competencies for their specific job title in the organization.
Available to the material receiving inspection personnel will be current specifications involving
inspection of shelf life material, instructions from Authorities regarding suspected unapproved
parts, IPC, purchase orders, GMF procedures related to their work, and any other information aids
to ensure proper inspection and disposition of the receiving material.
Activities for the Receiving Material Inspection Personnel
a) Visually inspect incoming material for conformance to requirements and for any obvious
damage;
b) Inspect for suspected unapproved parts;
c) Disposition all incoming material based on their inspection status;
d) Keep non-conforming material in quarantine area waiting disposition;
e) Keep records of all incoming material traceable to their sources.

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.8 QUALIFYING MECHANICS

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.30 (e)
3.8.1 Personnel Training and Development Program
The Human Resources Management function and Quality Assurance & Safety Department will plan
the training and development program and will develop the training process in conjunction with
other functions.
The Vice Presidents will assign trainers/training coordinators for their operation and they will
coordinate with Human Resources Management assisted by the Senior Managers for the
development units/elements of competencies and performance criteria. They will identify and
record the training needs for each job title as per Section 3.8.2 of this manual and they will ensure
that trained and qualified personnel perform activities affecting product quality.
Training Content Determination and Types of Training
The Human Resources Management function will develop the personnel competencies by defining
for each job title and competency level, the work requirements and the training and qualifications
required for the maintenance and inspection personnel.
The competencies will be developed to meet the EASA requirements and will be documented in
competency charts, which in turn, will be compiled in each unit's personnel competencies manual
(PCM) together with the unit's organization chart.
In order to determine the competencies and the necessary training, the Human Resources
Management, assisted by Senior Managers for each unit and trainers will perform a task analysis for
each job title and job grade in order to:
a) Define elements of competencies and performance criteria;

b) Define the required condition and knowledge;
c) Convert elements of competencies and performance criteria into different training needs,
d) Determine the continuation-training needs;
e) Develop the competency chart which will include from (a) to (d) above)
The Quality Assurance & Safety will monitor the development of the technical personnel
competency charts and will have the final responsibility to ensure maintenance personnel training
needs are in compliance with the authority of the aircraft registration and with the requirements of
this manual. The Quality Assurance & Safety will approve the PCM for technical personnel.
PCM Revision and Control
The Senior Managers are responsible to review the PCM every two years and revise it if necessary;
unless one or more of the following conditions are encountered it may be revised any time:
a) Changes to organization charts, job description / competency charts with new tasks are
required for the performance of maintenance;
Page: 1 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
b) New product and capabilities development requiring new training. This would be required
additional training (such as type training to be planned and perform;
c) Requirements from aviation regulation;
d) Requirements from quality assurance;
e) Changes to GMF Aero Asia procedures.
Distribution and Control
Human Resources Management will keep the complete master of PCM and be responsible to
control and distribute it. Each unit / function will receive only the applicable Part of Personnel
Competency Manual (PCM) together with the training syllabus. The Quality Assurance & Safety will
receive the complete manual.
The following procedures are associated with the training and development program:
MOE 3.13 Human factors training procedure;
MOE 3.14 Competence assessment of personnel;
QP 304-01 Personnel training;
QP 304-03 Qualification & Training Program for Authorized Personnel;
QP 308-01 Personnel assessment, stamp/authorization issue, use and control;
QP 311-02 NDT qualification personnel
3.8.2 Non-Certificated A/C Mechanics Training Program and Activities
For A/C maintenance, non-certificated aircraft maintenance mechanics are those mechanics who
do not hold an aircraft maintenance engineer license but they may have a basic A/C license. Those
mechanics attend the following training program:
a) MOE/Quality Procedures training in relation to their job function;

b) On the job training for the particular assignments;
c) Human factors training as per MOE section 3.13
d) Phase 2 training in Fuel Tank Safety (FTS) including EWIS for mechanics who are involved in
carrying maintenance task on aircraft or components classified as FTS items or Phase 1 for
mechanics who are not involved. Procedures of Fuel Tank Safety detail in per QP 304-06
Typical activities for non-certificated A/C mechanics
Non-certificated A/C mechanics responsible to perform only the activities described in the scope of
their C of C, such as:
a) Perform minor maintenance tasks not requiring A/C systems removal and installation;
b) Open A/C panels and components;
c) Installing safety devises;
d) Perform lubrication and servicing;
e) Install components limited to certain A/C types;
f) Responsible to perform work following the technical manuals and quality procedures.
g) To properly claim the work performed after he has verified by self inspection that is has been
Page: 2 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
in accordance with approved maintenance data;

h) Report non-conformities, defects and malfunctions and any problems to his/her Manager for
investigation and corrective action before any further work is performed;
3.8.3 Certificated/Licensed Mechanics Training Program and Activities
Certificated or licensed mechanics are those personnel who hold an A/C maintenance engineer
license as given by the Authority and/or an authorization as given by the Quality Assurance & Safety
appropriate for their assigned work.
Certain repair, inspection and test process and special process personnel are qualified as license
mechanics for the purpose of supervising repair processes and releasing components to service
after maintenance including special process maintenance.
The VP for Quality Assurance & Safety will grant a GMF AeroAsia authorization to those personnel
recommended by the production provided the individual meets certain qualification criteria as per
QP 304-03.
Depending on the scope of the authorization the following training are performed:
a) EASA Part-145
b) MOE/Quality Procedures training in relation to their job function;
c) On the job training for the particular assignments;
d) Human factors training as per MOE section 3.13
e) Phase 2 training in Fuel Tank Safety (FTS) including EWIS for mechanics who are involved in
carrying maintenance task on aircraft or components classified as FTS items or Phase 1 for
mechanics who are not involved. Procedures of Fuel Tank Safety detail in per QP 304-06.
Typical Activities for A/C qualified licensed mechanics

a) Perform scheduled inspections and checks;
b) Monitor and/or perform A/C modifications;
c) Install A/C systems and components;
d) Troubleshoot, investigate and perform adjustments and rigging;
e) Train and supervise lower grade mechanics;
f) Perform airworthiness determinations and interpret complex data and drawings;
g) Perform special tests such as compass swing and run up as endorsed in his authorization;
h) Write rectification order based on approved data;
i) Responsible to perform work following the technical manuals and quality procedures.
j) To properly claim the work performed after he has verified by self-inspection that is has been
done in accordance with current maintenance data.
The licensed personnel will NOT delegate their responsibilities to any personnel when they perform
work described in the scope of their authorization. The licensed mechanics shall be controlled in
roster of mechanics.

Page: 3 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.8.4 Qualifications of Staff with a Short Term Contract
Short-term staff recruited as per Section 1.7.1.1 of this manual will have their qualifications, training
and experience presented for assessment by the Quality Assurance & Safety as per QP 308-01.
The Quality Assurance & Safety will ensure that:
a) The contracted staff will not be responsible to perform required inspections or for releasing
to service. Such responsibility will remain to GMF AeroAsia certifying staff, unless the VP for
Quality Assurance & Safety - after consultation with the Authority - has approved such staff,
(and providing they meet the requirements of Section 3.4 and 3.7 of this manual).
b) The short-term staff is briefed about their intended work and they have been trained in GMF
AeroAsia procedures related to their assignment.
The Quality Assurance & Safety will issue a special design stamp and C of C to those short-term
contracted staff if found competent to perform maintenance affecting product quality.
3.8.5 Maintenance Managers (Supervisor) Qualification, Experience and Activities
Supervisory personnel are selected among the senior employees in GMF AeroAsia who have been
qualified as competency and tasks they are assigned to supervise. All managers are required to be
thoroughly familiar with the requirements of this manual, aviation regulations, and any
maintenance data related to the maintenance tasks they supervise. All aircraft and aircraft
components maintenance supervisors must be able to speak English.
Airframe & Power plant (A/P) supervisors as well as Electrical and Avionic (E/A) supervisors at the
line maintenance is required to have a valid A/C maintenance engineer license in order to be
eligible for supervisors.
Typical activities for A/C maintenance managers (Supervisors)
a) Organize and distribute work to qualified mechanics;

b) Organize and distribute OJT mechanics employees with senior qualified employees;
c) Ensure the mechanics perform the work in accordance with the maintenance data and be
available for consultation;
d) Resolve problems and/or arrange for the resolution in consultation with quality and
engineering;
e) Verify by self inspection and tests the proper functioning of A/C systems;
f) Manage airworthiness determinations, Interpret complex data and drawings;
g) Verify proper completion of paperwork and sign or stamp as necessary;
h) Introduce improvement process techniques;
i) Monitor the calibration of inspection measuring and test equipment.

Page: 4 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.9 AIRCRAFT OR AIRCRAFT COMPONENT MAINTENANCE TASKS EXEMPTION PROCESS

CONTROL
(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.65 (b) 1, GM 145.A.65 (b) (1))
3.9.1 General
GMF AeroAsia does not have the authority for exemption process for a maintenance interval
and/or to defer extension of defects that may be found during maintenance of customer's aircraft.
It is the responsibility of the operator to arrange for an extension of an interval or to defer a defect
with the Authority of aircraft registration.
3.9.2 Deferred Defects
The operator must determine what defects may be deferred and must provide an agreement or
letter to GMF AeroAsia and presented to certifying staff that allows deferring the defect
identifying the authority for such action.
When the letter or agreement is present, the certifying staff will issue a certificate of release to
service (CRS), provided the deferred defects are within the limits of the operator's maintenance
program as approved by their operator's authority. The certifying staff will identify the defects not
rectified on the CRS and he will also identify on the CRS specific actions required by the operator
related to the deferred defect.
NOTE:
The certifying staff prior to issuing CRS must ensure that the deferred item is within the operator's
limitations.
When such an agreement or letter is not present, or the letter/agreement does not identify the
authority for such action, or the deferred item is not included in the operator’s maintenance
program, the certifying staff will inform the VP for Quality Assurance & Safety for further actions.
In coordination with the operator, VP Quality Assurance and Safety may contact the operator’s
Authority to clarify whether a CRS must be issued indicating the defects not rectified. A non-
compliance with an AD Note on due is to be reported to Authority as well.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.10 CONCESSION CONTROL FOR DEVIATION FROM ORGANIZATIONS PROCEDURES

(Ref: AMC 145.A.65 (b))
3.10.1 Concession for Deviation from Quality Procedures
Concession for deviation may be required whenever there is a need to deviate from quality system
procedures. The Quality Assurance & Safety remains responsible to ensure any concessions do not
violate any Authority requirements. Deviation from quality system procedures requires concession
if:
a) One time or limited use instructions or information relative to the maintenance;
b) A specific process must be performed which is not covered in this manual or QPs;
c) A process is to be executed which goes beyond any limit as described in this manual and
quality procedure.
Concessions may be given to the following events:
a) Component or part with proper certificate not available at home base. This requires prior
approval by the authority;
b) Deviation from calibration schedules but not more than 5 working days.
Concessions are NOT ALLOWED in the following situations:

a) Deviation of the maintenance instructions and maintenance data as per Section 2.8.
b) Deviation from prescribed tools or equipment as defined per Section 2.4;
c) Extension of personnel authorizations as per Section 3.4.
3.10.2 Procedure
Any Senior Manager may request a concession for deviation from procedures to VP of Quality
Assurance & Safety. The VP of Quality Assurance & Safety will evaluate the request for concession
and will approve or disapprove the concession. When the VP of Quality Assurance & Safety
considers that a concession is possible to be approved by EASA competent inspector, he will
contact EASA competent inspector for approval.
NOTE:
The concession should clearly describe the purpose, procedures involved, justifications, required
conditions, applicability and the period of validity.
When the concession is approved by the EASA competent inspector, the Quality Assurance & Safety
will inform the production. All Management and maintenance personnel are responsible to the
overall process.

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.10.3 Concession for Maintenance away from the approved location
Any Senior Manager may request a concession for maintenance away from the approved location
by submitting Form GMF/Q-401 (For Aircraft) or Form GMF/Q-439 (For Engine and/or APU) to VP of
Quality Assurance & Safety.
The concession may be given for maintenance away from the approved location limited to scope
of work as mentioned in section 1.9 and with scenario other than mentioned in MOE section 2.24.1.
The concession request shall clearly describe its scope of work, procedures involved, personnel
qualification, required conditions, applicability of maintenance manual, instruction and other
reference including inspection and/or test, required tool and equipment and the period of validity.
The VP of Quality Assurance & Safety will evaluate the request for concession and will approve or
disapprove the concession. When the VP of Quality Assurance & Safety considers that a concession
is possible to be approved by EASA competent inspector, he will send all the required document as
mentioned in MOE section 2.24.2 and Form GMF/Q-443”Request of Concession for Deviation from
Quality Procedures” to the EASA competent inspector for approval. And when the concession is
given by the EASA competent inspector, the Quality Assurance & Safety will inform production to
perform the work.
Senior Manager who requesting this concession remain responsible to the overall process since the
evaluation of the process to the certification of work. Any deviation from initial proposed scope of
work or any mean to the compliance of work shall be consulted to Quality Assurance and Safety
and will not be performed prior to approval from VP. Quality Assurance and Safety.

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.11 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR SPECIALIZED ACTIVITIES SUCH AS NDT, WELDING, ETC.
(Ref: 145.A.30 (f), AMC 145.A.30(f), AMC 145.A.65(b)(2), AMC1 145.A.30(e), GM2
145.A.30(e), GM3 145.A.30(e))
3.11.1 Qualified NDT Personnel
An authorization for NDT will be issued to personnel based on results of qualification exams and
written Quality Procedures describing qualification criteria for NDT personnel. All levels of NDT
personnel shall be re-certified periodically in accordance with evidence of continued satisfactory
performance and re-examination in the general written or specific written exams as determined
by the employer's level 3 NDT.
Level I and II personnel will be trained, qualified and re-qualified by the GMF AeroAsia level 3 NDT
employees or other approved sources. Level 3 employee who is re-qualified by external approved
is designated as responsible level 3
Responsible level 3 having qualified may qualify another individual level 3 in accordance with
his/her certified NDT methods based on EN4179. Level 3 requires suitable training/examination at
least one method listed in the scope of work of the organization provided by an organization
under the general control of an EU NDT Board.
An authorization for NDT will be issued to personnel based on results of qualification exams and
written Quality Procedures describing qualification criteria for NDT personnel. All levels of NDT
personnel shall be re-certified periodically in accordance with evidence of continued satisfactory
performance and re-examination in the general written or specific written exams as determined
by the employer's level 3 NDT.
The following NDT methods are used:
a) Penetrant Testing (PT);

b) Magnetic Particle Testing;
c) Eddy Current Testing (ET);
d) Ultrasonic Testing (UT);
e) Radiographic Testing (RT);
f) Thermography Testing ( IRT);
NDT Levels
The following NDT levels are applicable:
Level 1: Issued to NDT personnel who are capable to perform preparations for NDT inspections
in accordance with the documented procedures. He is not allowed to sign off any
relevant maintenance documents. Level 2 verifies and/or reads the inspection results.
Level 2: Issued to NDT personnel who perform the inspections in accordance with documented
procedures. He is allowed to sign off relevant maintenance related documents. He can
Page: 1 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
evaluate and interpret imperfections and inspection results, convert manufacturer data
into work instructions and train and supervise Level 1.
Level 3: Issued to personnel with college level knowledge regarding NDT methods and
techniques and capable to train and supervise Level 1 and 2 Level 3 personnel are
responsible for the training and examination of level 1 and 2 personnel.
All levels personnel are re-qualified at interval not exceed 5 years in accordance with EN 4179.
Yearly eye examination for all levels is required.
See quality procedures:
▪ QP 304-03 Qualifying & Training Program for Authorized Personnel
▪ QP 311-02 NDT Qualification Personnel
The NDT Level 3 personnel are responsible for:
a) Developing and approving non-destructive test procedures for the control of NDT processes
using references from manufacturers manuals or current approved data;
b) Determining the kind of NDT required based on material, location, accessibility, etc, when
no clear instructions are given by the quality plans;
c) Coordinating NDT operations for indications such as internal and external cracks, voids,
inclusions, slams, laps, cold shuts, shrinkage porosity, gas holes, and shrinkage tears;
d) Assisting personnel to perform NDT and for the interpretation and evaluation of inspection
results. Ensure that the kind of defects found (cracks, voids, inclusions, laps, etc,) are
recorded in the inspection records together with the location and the length of the defects;
e) Evaluating and determine required amount of amperage and number of shots where not
clear instructions are given;
f) Determining and controlling the type and method of magnetic particle inspection to be
used. Mix and test inspection solution as required. Control all tools and equipment.
g) Planning the shielding requirements and barrier distances, danger areas, length of exposure,
and position of X-ray equipment so that all precautions have been met;
h) Setting up X-ray equipment, analyze, interpret, and evaluate radiographic disclosures;
i) Detecting and identify and interpret defects in various types of metals and metal joints;
j) Preparing and maintain necessary paperwork required by Indonesian regulations related to

X-ray activities;
k) Arranging for the periodic medical examination of NDT personnel as necessary;

Page: 2 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
l) Setting up and assist for the operation of various types of ultrasonic and eddy-current
equipment and performing the appropriate calibrations verifying results against masters;
m) Developing NDT personnel training curriculum, schedule and train them or arrange for
training as necessary in order to obtain and/or retain NDT certification. Follow the
regulations as applied to national or international standards;
Note:
The NDT level 3 will NOT delegate his duties to any personnel.
3.11.2 Qualified Special Processes Personnel (other than NDT)
The Welding, thermal spray, shot-peening, electroplating special process personnel are granted
authorizations following a qualification check based on periodic specimen evaluations and
approvals. Appropriate authorizations will be issued to personnel who perform those special
processes after passed the qualification checks.
Special process personnel training is based on qualifications procedures as described in:
QP311-01 Control of Special Process Personnel and Certifying Agents;

QP311-03 Qualification Procedures for Welder;
QP311-04 Qualification Procedures for special process other than NDT
QP209-15 Aircraft Painting Process section 7.7 Personnel qualification and training
Activities for the special processes Managers (other than NDT):

a) Develop good welding and brazing techniques to welders working with quality plans and
welding related specifications. Maintain current welding certification on various metal groups
by submitting weld and braze test pieces for examination on the fusion welding and brazing;
b) Assist welders in setting up of welding machines according to specifications for rod type and
position, gas and oxygen flow, machine feed, amperage, voltage and pressures;
c) Observe initial set up during welding operations and techniques used and authorize
operational corrections or additional passes;
d) Verify fixtures needed for welding and assure that: parts are welded in fixtures, apply heat
sinks and holding devices, to retain the part in correct alignment and obtain proper heat
distribution to minimize distortion as described on the operation sheets;
e) Monitor the identification and traceability status against AMS specification numbers of
welding & brazing wire rods, and other consumables used for penning, metal spraying etc;
f) Submit for examination welding, plasma sprayed, penning, specimens to certify/re-certify
operators;
g) Prepare engine parts, tools and fixtures by grit blasting, cleaning and masking. Apply various
plasma spray coatings to these parts per quality plans;
h) Monitor the shot peen and glass bead peen operations by ensuring acceptable penning
results by making tests at regular intervals, proper gun pressure and feed and proper sprayed
material;
i) Support the parts repair and welding by accomplishing various blending, polishing, cutting
and miscellaneous repairs as required on quality plans. Miscellaneous repairs will consist of
Page: 3 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
cutting away old damaged areas and fitting new details into correct position. Incorporating
radii, chamfers and blending to original contour on various engine parts;
j) Verify and assist as required for the proper preparation for welding like –V- grooving, and
polishing the area to be welded.
3.11.2.1 Qualified Borescope Personnel
Personnel who carry out borescope and interpret defects are properly trained and assessed for
their competence as required by QP 304-03. Borescope is performed in accordance with
maintenance manuals requirements.

Page: 4 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.12 CONTROL OF MANUFACTURER'S AND OTHER MAINTENANCE WORKING TEAMS

(Ref: EASA Part-145.A.75(b), AMC 145.A.75(b), AMC 145.A.10, 145.A.55(a))
This procedure is to describe the communication between the manufacturer field representatives
and also for other maintenance support teams that may occasionally contracted by GMF AeroAsia
to perform maintenance.
3.12.1 External Team Working under their own EASA Part 145 Approval
In cases a maintenance working team from another EASA part 145 approved organization or
manufacturer is contracted to accomplish a specified maintenance work package, the work will be
done under the approvals hold by the contracted organization. Segregation between the two
maintenance organization working in the same premises will be clearly defined in terms of space
to control work performed.
GMF will provide clear work order to the external working team. The maintenance job card will be
provided by the working team. The other resources that required for maintenance activities such
as tools/equipment, maintenance instruction, material, facilities, and the others will be provided
by the party as stated in the contract. The progress of maintenance performance will be
periodically communicated between GMF and working team.
Upon the completion of the work, the team will generate and sign off the appropriate
maintenance release forms. The signed forms will be used as part of the maintenance information
necessary to release the component or the aircraft to service i.e. aircraft CRS or EASA Form 1, as
applicable.
3.12.2. External Working team not holding on EASA part 145 Approval
For the working team not holding EASA 145 Approval, maintenance will be performed based on
GMF quality system procedure. The external working team shall be consider as a subcontractor
and controlled refer to MOE section 2.1, also the organization shall be listed in MOE 5.2.
All working instruction, procedure, and documentation of drawings, modification, repair

instruction that used shall be met with requirement in MOE section 2.8. For material that used
shall be chosen and controlled as per MOE section 2.1 and 2.3. For tools that used shall be chosen
and controlled as per MOE section 2.4 and 2.6. For environmental condition to perform the
maintenance activities shall be met with requirement in MOE section 2.7.
Any required technical advices from the working team will be transfer into GMF AeroAsia's
maintenance forms such as Engineering Instructions, Job Cards, and PD Sheets, giving reference
to formal documents from the field representatives. The progress of maintenance performance
will be periodically communicated between GMF and working team.

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
GMF will conduct the training to the external staff related to GMF quality system procedure as per
MOE section 3.4 before performing the maintenance.
The external working team personnel may certify the work performed by themselves such as
repair, replacement, modification, overhaul, test, and inspection after passing the assessment and
given the C of C by Personnel Qualification and Quality System Documentation Unit as per MOE
section 3.8. Certifying staff will perform the final certification after verified that all works
performed by the maintenance working team meet the MOE section 2.16 requirement.

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.13 HUMAN FACTORS TRAINING PROCEDURE

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.30(e), AMC2 145.A.30(e), GM1 145.A.30(e))
3.13.1 General
In respect to the understanding of the application of human factors and human performance issues,
maintenance, management, and quality audit personnel will be assessed for the need to receive
Initial human factors training for the differences between the existing GMF AeroAsia syllabus they
have been trained, and the syllabus given in GM 145.A.30 (e). Any differences must be arranged for
initial training before September 28, 2006.
In any case all maintenance, management, and quality audit personnel should receive human
factors continuation training. This will concern to a minimum:
a) Post-holders, managers, supervisors;

b) Certifying staff, technicians, and mechanics;
c) Technical support personnel such as, planners, engineers, technical record staff;
d) Quality control/assurance staff;
e) Specialized services staff;
f) Human factors staff/ human factors trainers;
g) Store department staff, purchasing department staff;
h) Ground equipment operators;
i) Contract staff in the above categories.
3.13.2 Initial Training Requirements
The training department will perform the following:

a) Arrange for the proper training and understanding of human factors training for the trainers. If
the training is subcontracted, ensure the training school or the trainer is an accepted source.
NOTE:
The training curriculum and syllabus will be prepared by GMF AeroAsia training department
and not from the subcontracted source and it must meet the Authority requirements and the
requirements of this procedure.
b) Prepare the training program and the training syllabus. Initial human factors training will cover
all the topics of the training syllabus specified in GM 145.A.30 (e) either as a dedicated course
or else integrated within other training. The syllabus may be adjusted to reflect the particular
nature of the organization or workstation. The syllabus may also be adjusted to meet the
particular nature of work for each function within the organization.
c) Conduct complete training or differences training to existing employees as instructed in this
procedure;
d) Conduct training to new employees not later than six months after their employment
e) Personnel being recruited from any other organization (short-term contract employees) should
receive initial human factors training compliant with the GMF’s training standards prior to
commencing actual job function, unless their competence assessment justifies that there is no
need for such training.

Page: 1 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.13.3 Continuation Training Requirements
The purpose of human factors continuation training is primarily to ensure that management and
maintenance personnel remain current in terms of human factors and also to collect feedback on
GMF AeroAsia human factors issues. Consideration should be given to the possibility that such
training has the involvement of the quality department.
Human factors continuation training will be of an appropriate duration in each two-year period in
relation to relevant quality audit findings and other third party or Authority findings of information
available to the organization on human errors in maintenance.
Human factors continuation training will cover knowledge and skills related to human
performance, including co-ordination with other maintenance personnel and flight crew,
limitations relevant to the duties of an aircraft maintenance authorization holder.
The lead auditor will be responsible to perform the following:
a) Ensure the non-conformities and deficiencies are properly analyzed and the root cause is
defined by the responsible managers
b) Accumulate corrective action reports as per MOE Section 3.3
c) Provide deficiencies and non-conformities related to human error and also route causes and
corrective actions to the Quality Assurance & Safety personnel assessor and trainers.
d) Lead the human factors coordination meeting.
The trainer will be responsible to perform the following:
a) Analyze information caused from deficiencies in GMF AeroAsia related to human error;
b) Develop the training syllabus for the continuation program addressing human errors in GMF
AeroAsia organization.
c) Consider changes to initial training syllabus based on Authority changes and or in house
human factor issues;
d) Develop and distribute the training bulletin every three months to address human factors
problems in GMF AeroAsia;
e) Plan, and deliver human factors continuation training every two years. It will include the
human factors addressed in the training bulletin during the two years period plus any updates
come from authorities.
f) Adjust the training syllabus according to the personnel job descriptions. For example:
▪ Workstations not working in shifts may cover in less depth subjects related to teamwork
and communication;
▪ Planners may cover in more depth the scheduling and planning objective of the syllabus
and in less depth the objective of developing skills for shift working.

Page: 2 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.13.4 Human factors issues coordination, communication and feedback
Every three months, the VP for Quality Assurance & Safety will assign Learning Services Unit to lead
a meeting with the personnel assessors, safety inspection personnel and other related personnel to
discuss human factor issues at GMF AeroAsia. They will collect data regarding problem
performance, personnel behavior and any other information that is necessary to improve human
performance. They will develop a feedback system to collect and analyze information as described
in the requirements above.
The data will be used to:
a) Develop the training bulletin;

b) Develop the syllabus for the next continuation training;
c) Take any actions necessary short term or long term to improve human factors.

Page: 3 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.14 COMPETENCE ASSESSMENT OF PERSONNEL

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.30(a)3, 145.A.30(b)3, 145.A.30(e), AMC 145.A.30(a), AMC1 145.A.30(e),
AMC3 145.A.30(e) , AMC4 145.A.30(e), GM2 145.A.30(e), GM3 145.A.30(e), 145.A.35(a), AMC
145.A.35(a), Appendix IV to AMC 145.A.30(e))
3.14.1 General
The Quality Assurance & Safety shall assess the maintenance personnel based on the competency
chart requirements to ensure they have received the appropriate training and are competent to
performing maintenance tasks before unsupervised work is permitted.
All personnel changing positions shall be trained and assessed by responsible managers for
competence to their new positions. Short term contracted employees shall have their training
records and past experience assessed to ensure they fit for the specific assignment The QP 308-01
shall be used for the assessment and issuance of stamp and certificate to personnel.
All maintenance personnel and certifying staff shall be able to understand, read, and write in
English.
3.14.2 Assessment Objectives
The objectives of the assessment shall be to ensure that:
a) Planning engineers are able to interpret maintenance requirements into maintenance tasks,
and have an appreciation that they have no authority to deviate from the maintenance data;
b) Mechanics are able to carry out maintenance tasks to any standard specified in the
maintenance data and shall notify supervisors of mistakes requiring rectification to re-
establish required maintenance standards;
c) Specialized services staff are able to carry out specialized maintenance tasks to the standard
specified in the maintenance instructions and shall both inform and await instructions from
their supervisor in any case where it is not possible to complete the specialized maintenance
in accordance with the maintenance data;
d) Managers are able to ensure that all required maintenance tasks are carried out and where
not done or where it is evident that a particular maintenance task cannot be carried out to
the maintenance data then such problems shall be reported to Quality Assurance & Safety for
further actions;
e) Certifying staffs are able to verify product acceptance characteristics and determine
conformance to specifications, TC Holder maintenance data and aviation regulations. Also
they must be able to decide when the aircraft or aircraft component is ready to release to
service and when it should not be released to service;
f) Supervisors are able to ensure that all required maintenance tasks are carried out and where
not completed or where it is evident that a particular maintenance task cannot be carried out
to the maintenance data, and then such problems shall be reported to the Quality Assurance
& Safety person for appropriate action. In addition, for those supervisors who also carry out
maintenance tasks that they understand such tasks should not be undertaken when
incompatible with their management responsibilities.
Page: 1 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
g) Quality audit staffs are able to monitor compliance with the regulations of the Authority of
aircraft registration and identifying non-compliance in an effective and timely manner in
order that the organization may remain in compliance with the regulations and quality
system.
3.14.3 Assessment Procedure
All maintenance personnel after they have passed the basic training, they are subsequently located
to their respective departments and they are assigned to perform specific maintenance functions
under the supervision of supervisors, trainers and or senior mechanics. While under on-the-job-
training, their progress is monitored on regular basis.
When his Manager is satisfied that the employee can perform unsupervised work, he requests to
the quality assurance assessor to assess the employee for competent against the performance
criteria set in the PCM applicable for the job title and job grade (see MOE 3.8). The assessment shall
be performed based on personnel records, interview, and on the job performance evaluation as
detailed in QP 308-01, which cover relevant knowledge of technical & procedure, skill, experience,
and appropriate attitude as per job function requirement. Verification that all the applicable
qualification requirements for the specific category of staff as detailed in the relevant MOE
chapter/Job Description (i.e. 3.4 in the case of certifying staff, 3.6 in the case of Quality Audit
Personnel, 3.7 in the case of Qualifying Inspector, 3.8 in the case of Qualifying mechanics, and 3.11
in the case of Qualified Special Process Personnel) are met.
Upon satisfactory assessment as per QP 308-01, the quality assurance assessor issues a stamp; a
certificate of competency (C of C) or an Authorization describing the scope and limitation of the
work the employee can perform without being supervised.
The certificate of competency (C of C) is valid for as long as the employee maintains his job title and
job grade and effectively performs the functions described in the scope of his C of C. The
Authorization is valid for as long as the License given by the authority is valid but not more than 2
years.
The criteria for personnel assessment and qualification are described in the appropriate PCM and
also for the authorizations in the QP 304-03.
The record of personnel assessment shall be maintained as described in QP 308-01. Upon request,
depending on employee contract, Human Capital Management Unit will consolidate with
Personnel Qualification & Quality System Documentation Unit to provide certifying person his/her
personal records together with associated evidence such as training certificate and/or experience
logbook when leaving the organization.
According to the job functions and the scope, the assessment shall consider the following
mandatory training. Checklist of this mandatory training will be available in the assessment form
and shall be validated by the Assessor.

Page: 2 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
SUPERVISORS SPECIALISED
MANDATORY CERTIFYING
MANAGERS PLANNERS / QUALIFYING MECHANICS SERVICE QUALITY AUDIT
TRAININGS STAFF
INSPECTOR STAFF
Human Factor
(initial & √ √ √ √ √ √ √
recurrent)
Module 9 √
Part-145 (initial
& recurrent) √ √ √ √ √
Part-M related
to Part-145
√ √ √ √ √
(initial &
recurrent)
Fuel Tank
Safety / CDCCL √ √ √ √ √ √ √
(initial)
Fuel Tank
Safety / CDCCL
√ √ √
(recurrent)
when relevant
EWIS
√ √ √ √ √ √ √
(initial)
EWIS
(recurrent) √ √ √
when relevant
Quality System √ √ √ √ √ √ √
Lead Auditor
√
Course
Module 10 √ √ √
3.14.4 Control of Issued Stamps
The Quality Assurance & Safety personnel assessor:
a) Is responsible for the design and issuance of stamp.

b) Shall monitor to ensure that personnel stamps are legible, retained and used by the assigned
personnel;
c) Keep a roster of all personnel stamps, stamp designs, codes, letters etc.;
d) Keep records for two years for the returned, lost, damaged or revoked stamps. When a stamp
is lost, notify all personnel for the loss of stamp in writing to preclude unauthorized use.
The following procedure gives detail instructions about personnel assessment:
QP 308-01 Personnel assessment and stamp & license issue use and control

Page: 3 of 3
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.15 TRAINING PROCEDURES FOR ON-THE-JOB TRAINING AS PER SECTION 6 OF APPENDIX III
TO PART-66
Not Applicable

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
3.16 PROCEDURE FOR THE ISSUE OF A RECOMMENDATION TO THE COMPETENT AUTHORITY

FOR THE ISSUE OF A PART-66 LICENCE IN ACCORDANCE WITH 66.B.105
Not Applicable

Page: 1 of 1
Exposition
PART 4
CONTRACTING OPERATORS

BUSH 19130
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART: 4 CONTRACING OPERATORS SECTION: 4.1
4.1 CONTRACTING OPERATORS

(Ref: EASA Part 145. A.70 (a)13)
The Sales & Marketing handles all contracts with A/C operators and owners who have contracted
maintenance to GMF AeroAsia.
A list of contracting operators will be provided in document DQ-035: List of Contracting Operators
which will be evaluated and updated from time to time based on contract information from Sales
& Marketing function.
The maintenance services provided by GMF Aeroasia to the operator will be listed by Sales &
Marketing function.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART: 4 CONTRACTED OPERATORS SECTION: 4.2
4.2 OPERATOR PROCEDURES AND PAPER WORK

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.65 (b)1, GM 145.A.65(b)(1), GM 145.A.70(a))
4.2.1 General
For each individual operator there might be different procedures and requirements to control
particular paperwork, forms, and overall procedures. For this reason, Business cooperation and
development compiles those requirements for each operator, with a listing of the particulars as
required by the operator and based on the contractual agreements.
The Account Manager and Customer Service functions as appropriate arrange with the
Operator/Owner and ensure through agreement the following document depending on the
Operator/Owner, the kind of maintenance and the Authority involved:
a) Contact persons: Who is controlling contract for operator, who shall be contacted when a
problem arises, etc;
b) Scope of work: What type of maintenance is performed (Line), does it include maintenance of
components, special services, etc.
c) Responsibility for pool parts, loan parts, replaced parts, etc.
d) The availability of the operator's approved and maintenance program, time and planning
schedule, quality system, reliability program etc. Maintenance personnel receive training of
operator’s procedure from the customer including on how to implement the maintenance
program and specifications and making the appropriate work preparation for the
maintenance and completing the job card/worksheet in accordance with operator procedure;
e) The availability of operator's maintenance data and the responsibility of the operator to
ensure that it remain current all the times. Evidence can be established by:
1. Having a written confirmation from the operator/customer that all such
maintenance data is up to date; or,
2. The work order specifies the amendment status of the maintenance data; or,
3. It can be show it is on the operator/customer maintenance data amendment list.
f) It must be established whether the operator requires any specific maintenance procedure,
different types of servicing, etc;
g) The operator's forms may be used for any concluding maintenance, usually the operator's job
cards is used;
h) Coordination, evaluation and progress meeting
i) Compliance with all mandatory AD Notes and optional modifications;
j) Duplicate inspections by the operator. The operator may require to train and approve the
Duplicate inspections personnel. The duplicate inspections list and Personnel must be
available at GMF AeroAsia;
k) At time of release, the operator's release procedures and forms/certificates may be observed
and/or used. Aspects like signing the Aircraft Log Book, issuance release to service, etc must
be considered;
l) After concluding any maintenance, agreements regarding delivery of the maintenance
documentation that must be observed with regard to the individual operator;

Page: 1 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
m) Customer representative accommodation and work interface with GMF AeroAsia functions
and personnel;
n) Any other requirements as appropriate.

Page: 2 of 2
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
4.3 OPERATOR RECORD COMPLETION

(Ref: EASA Part 145.A.60(d), 145.A.65(b)1, 145.A.55(b), 145.A.55(c)1, 145.A.55(c)2,
145.A.55(c)3)
When the operator provides the Logbook to record maintenance performed by GMF AeroAsia,
the certifying staff holding the appropriate rating is responsible for completion of such records on
the logbook as per operator procedures.
GMF AeroAsia customer service after getting the records from the records function will hand over
it to the operator as agreed by the contract
The records will be transmitted to the operator as soon as possible after the maintenance is
completed. The time period will not exceed that specified by the contract agreement.
When GMF AeroAsia is contracted to keep the operator records on behalf of the operator, the
records retention period as well as the records which will be kept and method of retention will be
determined by the operator.
Note: Procedure for record control and retention period describe in MOE Section 2.14 & 2.17

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
4.4 CONTRACT REVIEW

(Ref: EASA Part-145. A.65 (b))
4.4.1 Contract Requirements
The sales & marketing function will negotiate the contract requirements with the customer and
will make those requirements available for review and coordination with the appropriate
departments and personnel to ensure that GMF AeroAsia has the capability to meet the
contractual requirements before the work starts. Records of contract reviews shall be maintained.
The sales & marketing will contract work based on the privileges and limitations given by the
Approval certificates and ratings held by the Authorities and only if GMF AeroAsia has the
capability to perform such work. See Section 1.9 of this manual.
The Quality Assurance & Safety will participate in contract reviews as appropriate to ensure that
contractual requirements do not violate any quality requirements and aviation regulations.
4.4.2 Sales & Marketing
The sales & marketing function will take the lead in establishing the quality requirements of the
product or service to be delivered to the customer. Therefore, it must:
a) Accurately define the GMF AeroAsia’s capability;

b) Carefully prospect the market for potential customers;
c) Accurately determine the customer requirements, including an assessment of any unstated
expectations or biases held by the customer. Clearly define:
1) The duration of the contract;
2) The production volume involved as can be determined during the negotiations;
3) The turn around times;
4) The customer's requirements (initial and amendments);
5) The packaging and transportation;
6) The certificate of release to service required.
The Vice Presidents as appropriate for the maintenance involved will:
a) Ensure that they have received a clear work order from the customer;
b) Nominate a technical person or persons as a customer service with responsibility for
communicating with the customer and ensuring that initial work order and any
amendments are properly executed;
c) Ensure that the customer has either provided the maintenance data or has confirmed that
the GMF AeroAsia's maintenance data is current and data is approved;
d) Ensure hangar space (slot) will be available at the time of maintenance.

Page: 1 of 1
Exposition
PART 5
APPENDICES

BUSH 19130
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART: 5 APPENDICES SECTION: 5.1
5.1 SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS

(Ref: AMC 145.A.70 (a))
This chapter list all the documents and forms in use by the organization. Each form is uniquely
identified with a number and revision date to allow traceability of changes.
5.1.1 Issue, Revision and Control of Forms
GMF AeroAsia develops the forms as instructed in each Quality Procedure (Section 2.8.3) and in this
MOE. Each form is exhibited in the Network sharing data and is accessible to users as necessary for
the execution of the inspection and maintenance.
The user is responsible for designing the form to meet the recording requirements. When the user
recommends a form revision, the appropriate QP or MOE Section (where the form authorized) is
revised to authorize the revision of the form. When a revision takes place the letter ''R'' following
with a revision sequence number (R1, R2, etc) is added next to the form number.
The Quality Assurance & Safety prepares the current forms in full size and distributes them to the
users via the Network sharing data. The Quality Assurance & Safety ensures that there is only one
source for the users retrieving the forms.
The user is responsible to print out and use the current forms found in the Network sharing data.
Forms taken from any other source is not allowed. Should a form is not found in the Network sharing
data; the user must inform the Quality Assurance & Safety immediately and proceed as instructed.
A list of forms used is found in Section 5.1.2 of this manual and also in Network sharing data. The
list includes: a) Form Number, b) Title, c) Last Revision
5.1.1.1 Forms Numbering System and Control
The Quality Assurance & Safety is responsible to assign a number to each quality related form using
the numbering system below:
GMF/Q-001, where:
GMF = Garuda Maintenance Facility,

Q = Quality (the form initiated by the QA) or,
B = (initiated by base maintenance) or
H = (Initiated by Personnel), etc.
001 = Sequence number.
The Quality Assurance & Safety will keep and maintain a log of such forms for controlling the
numbering system.

Page: 1 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
5.1.1.2 Control and Use of Forms Given by the Authority of Aircraft Registration
Forms issued by the Authority of A/C registration for the purpose of releasing A/C and A/C
components to service, reporting suspected unapproved parts, for malfunction and defect reports,
etc, are listed in section 5.1.2 of this manual and in Network sharing data and are prepared in full
size, controlled and retrieved with the same manner as the GMF AeroAsia forms. The number of
these forms is usually the number given by the Authority of A/C registration except the A/C release
to service forms which have GMF AeroAsia number.
Instructions to use such forms may be given by this manual directly and may not be in any
associated QP. When a QP does not give instructions to complete such form, the instructions are
found in the appropriate section of this manual. See also section 5.1.2 (''Authorized by'' column).
5.1.1.3 Forms Required by the Customer - Customer Design & Use Forms
When a customer requires the use of his own forms, then these forms may be used provided that:
a) Instructions for competing such forms are available by the customer;

b) The Quality Assurance & Safety has issued specific instructions of how, when and where such
forms will be used using a ''Quality Bulletin'' or any other means of communication such as
quality plans (based on customer needs), or
c) Revise the appropriate QP or MOE Section to incorporate a supplement applicable to the
specific customer only;
d) Those forms will be used for the specific customer only; and
e) All forms will be part of the work order maintenance records and kept as per section 2.14 of
this manual.
5.1.1.4 Usage of Forms by Maintenance and Inspections Personnel
The forms will be used and all the blocks of the form will be filled as instructed by the appropriate
QP, which authorized the use of such form or the appropriate section of this manual. Unfilled blocks
are not allowed. If an entry is not necessary or not applicable, the user will enter ''N/A'' to indicate
that the requirements of the specific block is not necessary or not applicable for the specific
operation or process. The same will apply for maintenance support computerized forms - which a
print out is not necessary.
5.1.1.5 Retention and Storage of Completed Forms
All inspection and maintenance forms including GMF AeroAsia serviceable tags and airworthiness
approval tags from in house and vendors associated with the specific contracted maintenance and
also customer or Authority design forms will be part of the maintenance records and will be kept
under the specific work order as required by section 2.14 of this manual.
All forms used to support the contracted maintenance which are not part of the work order
maintenance records, will be kept as general support records. Example: calibration records, audit
records, etc.
Page: 2 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
5.1.2 List of Forms
The Quality Assurance & Safety keeps a list of form available in document TFM (Technical Form
Manual) which could be accessed through Network Sharing Data. The form is uniquely identified
with a number and revision date to allow traceability of changes and will be reviewed semesterly.
NO FORM NUMBER TITLE

1 EASA Form one Authorized Release Certificate
2 EASA Form two Request to EASA for approval of an Exposition amendment
3 EASA Form two Request to EASA for acceptance of a Capability List change
4 GMF/Q-001 Aircraft Maintenance Work Order
5 GMF/Q-002 Job Card
6 GMF/Q-003 Maintenance Discrepancy & Rectification
7 GMF/Q-004 Preliminary Inspection Report (Aircraft)
8 GMF/Q-005 Preliminary Inspection Report (Component)
9 GMF/Q-008 Material Receiving Serviceable Tag
10 GMF/Q-011 Repairable Tag
11 GMF/Q-012 Serviceable Tag
12 GMF/Q-013 Condemned Tag
13 GMF/Q-018 Material Receiving Inspection Report
14 GMF/Q-026 ELMO Planning Data Sheet
15 GMF/Q-028 Sales Order Amendment
16 GMF/Q-035 Procedure Issue-Rev. Request
17 GMF/Q-041 Candidate Supplier Quality Evaluation Sheet
18 GMF/Q-042 Work Order (Component Maintenance)
19 GMF/Q-043 Audit Plan
20 GMF/Q-045 Non Conformance Report
21 GMF/Q-048 Procedure Audit Checklist & Report
22 GMF/Q-050 Radiographic Inspection report
23 GMF/Q-051 Eddy Current Inspection Report
24 GMF/Q-052 Ultrasonic Inspection Report
25 GMF/Q-053 Magnetic Particle Inspection Report
26 GMF/Q-054 Fluorescent Penetrant Inspection Report
27 GMF/Q-067 Revision Transmittal Acknowledgement Sheet
28 GMF/Q-070 Supplier Correction Request
29 GMF/Q-071 AD and SB Compliance Records
30 GMF/Q-072 Engineering Instruction
31 GMF/Q-073 Immediate Action Notice Report
32 GMF/Q-074 Pending Disposition Tag
33 GMF/Q-075 Engine Work Order
34 GMF/Q-085 Equipment Repair tag
35 GMF/Q-086 No Calibration Required
36 GMF/Q-104 Warning tag (Do not operate tag)
37 GMF/Q-108 Pending Disposition Log
38 GMF/Q-123 Certificate of Release to Service-EASA
39 GMF/Q-148 Engine PD Sheet Category-3 Part
40 GMF/Q-150 Base maintenance Planning Data Sheet (Aircraft Maintenance)
41 GMF/Q-152 Component Maintenance Work Order (Aircraft Maintenance)
42 GMF/Q-155 Temporary Rejection Label
43 GMF/Q-162 Inspection Finding Report
44 GMF/Q-167 Avionic Component Planning Data Sheet
45 GMF/Q-189 Engineering Evaluation Sheet
Page: 3 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
NO FORM NUMBER TITLE

46 GMF/Q-191 Part/Component Airworthiness Directives Control & Disposition
47 GMF/Q-226 Occurrence Report
48 GMF/Q-296 Part/material certification
49 GMF/Q-402 Roster EASA Certifying Staff & Support Staff
50 GMF/B-011 Job Card Inventory
51 GMF/B-012 MDR Control Sheet
52 GMF/Q-372 Airworthiness Directive Status
53 GMF/Q-373 SB Status Report
54 GMF/Q-374 Engine Maintenance Job Card Form
55 GMF/Q-375 Engine Maintenance Discrepancies and Rectification Form
56 GMF/Q-376 Engine Accessories List Form
57 GMF/Q-378 Open Item List
58 GMF/Q-411 Wheel, Brake and Landing Gear Planning Data Sheet
59 GMF/Q-434 Serviceability Tag
60 GMF/Q-483 Authorized released Certificate

Page: 4 of 4
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
5.2 LIST OF SUB-CONTRACTORS AS PER PART 145.A.75 (b)

(Ref: EASA Part-145.A.70 (a)14)
The Quality Assurance & Safety keeps a list of approved or accepted non-part 145 (not holding an
EASA Part-145 approval) subcontractors organizations in computerized system as required in MOE
Section 2.1 and 2.2. A hard copy is also available on document no. DQ-005. The list includes the
following information:
a) The name of the company;

b) The certification which sub-contractor hold
c) The types of the maintenance tasks subcontracted (scope of work);
d) The location.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
5.3 LIST OF LINE MAINTENANCE LOCATIONS AS PER PART 145.A.75 (d)

(Ref: EASA Part-145.A.70 (a)15, 145.A.75 (d))
GMF AeroAsia holds line maintenance approval at the following airport location:
1. Terminal 2 Soekarno – Hatta International Airport

Cengkareng line maintenance station
Jalan P2 Tangerang, Banten 19120
2. Terminal 2 Denpasar Ngurah Rai International Airport

Denpasar line maintenance station
Jalan Raya Gusti Ngurah Rai, Tuban, Kuta, Kabupaten Badung, Bali 80362
Rating holds by those line maintenance stations are described in section 1.9 and the location
layout details are described in section 1.8.

Page: 1 of 1
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
5.4 LIST OF CONTRACTED ORGANIZATIONS AS PER 145.A.70 (a) (16)

(Ref: EASA Part-145.A.70 (a) (16))
GMF AeroAsia audits contracted organizations which holding an EASA Part-145 approval relevant
to the maintenance activity contracted linked with MOE Section 2.1 and 2.2. An Approved
Supplier List (ASL) is kept by the Quality Assurance & Safety on document No.: DQ-005, and also in
Computerized system. The list includes the following information:
a) The name of the company;

b) The company’s approvals or authorizations;
c) The types of the maintenance tasks subcontracted (scope of work);
d) The location.

Page: 1 of 1
Exposition
PART 6
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE

BUSH 19130
GARUDA MAINTENANCE
PART: 6 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE SECTION: 6.1
6.1 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE
Not Applicable

Page: 1 of 1

A. MOE EASA (DQ-007)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

A. MOE EASA (DQ-007)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A. MOE EASA (DQ-007)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

9/19/23, 9:23 AM Reports : Intelex 6.5.170.

EASA - IFP - F145 - MOQM - EASA held and approved…

EASA approved documents (directly and indirectly approved)

EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - DQ-007 18 01/Aug/22 4 03/Aug/23 18/Sep/23 No

EASA.145.0… PT. GARUDA 145 - Other QP-108-01 8 17/Sep/21 12/Jun/23 Yes

PT Garuda Maintenance Facility Aero Asia Tbk

GARUDA MAINTENANCE FACILITY (GMF) AERO ASIA

EASA Part 145 APPROVED MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATION

Aproval Ref.: EASA.145.0062

Document No. DQ-007

GMF AeroAsia Management Building 3rd Floor Hangar 2, 2nd floor

PT Garuda Maintenance Facility Aero Asia Tbk

0.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section Description Pages

0.1 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1-8

1.1 CORPORATE COMMITMENT BY THE ACCOUNTABLE MANAGER -

Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023

PART 1 MANAGEMENT (Cont’d…)

Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023

PART 2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

Section Description Pages

2.1 SUPPLIERS EVALUTION AND SUBCONTRACT CONTROL PROCEDURE -

Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023

PART 2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES (Cont’d…)

Section Description Pages

2.9 REPAIR PROCEDURE -

2.15 RECTIFICATION AND CONTROL OF DEFECTS ARISING DURING MAINTENANCE -

2.16 RELEASE TO SERVICE PROCEDURE -

Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023

PART 2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES (Cont’d…)

2.17 RECORD FOR THE OPERATOR 1

Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023

PART 2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES (Cont’d…)

Section Description Pages

PART L2 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES

Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023

PART 3 QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES

Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023

PART 3 QUALITY SYSTEM PROCEDURES (Cont’d…)

3.11 QUALIFICATION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIALIZED ACTIVITIES SUCH AS NDT, WELDING -

4.1 CONTRACTING OPERATORS 1

5.1 SAMPLE OF DOCUMENTS -

PART 6 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE

6.1 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE 1

Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023

0.2 LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

0.2.1 List of Effective Pages

Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (cont’d)

Pages Section Issue Rev Effective Date

Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (cont’d)

Pages Section Issue Rev Effective Date

Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES (cont’d)

Pages Section Issue Rev Effective Date

Revision No. : 4 Date of Revision : 03 Aug 2023